head teachers training manual.pdf

40
 Government Primary Schools Head Teachers’ Training Training Guide Supporting Primary Schools through Food and other Education-based Incentives for the Vulnerable Populations of NWFP, Sindh and Balochistan

Upload: shane-charlton

Post on 04-Jun-2018

239 views

Category:

Documents


0 download

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: Head Teachers Training Manual.pdf

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 140

Government Primary Schools Head

Teachersrsquo Training

Training Guide

Supporting Primary Schools through Food and other Education-based

Incentives for the Vulnerable Populations of NWFP Sindh and Balochistan

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 240

Introduction

This short head teachers training course needs to be understood under the bigger

picture of the project The WFP-UNESCO joint program has been designed to provide

food and non-food assistance in 20 severely affected districts of NWFP Balochistan andsome districts of Arid Zone of Sindh as an effort in support of the GoP safety net

activities The Joint Program will adopt a two-pronged approach ie i) to ameliorate the

effect of the food crisis through the provision of a 36 liter tin of edible oil (4 litredistributed per month for 9 months in a school year)and 150 Kg of wheat per family( 50

kg distributed on a quarterly basis 3 times in a school year) during a one year period

(2008-09) for each student who would enroll in primary school (grades 1-5) or attendclasses in the aforementioned grades for a minimum of 20 days per month ii) Through

the provision of non-food incentives in the form of IEC material for the parents of school

children containing useful awareness raising messages to foster their support in theschooling of their children (through enrollment attendance and retention) even during the

crisis-ridden circumstancesThe point to be communicated is that sending messages to parents to send their

children is one part of the process The other part is improving schoolsrsquo internalconditions to make teaching and learning happen in a conducive environment In order to

strengthen collaboration from various stakeholders for effective implementation of the

joint program the non-food incentives involves orientation training workshops andcapacity building at the provincial and district levels and training of head teachers to

improve school internal conditions and organize 3 ldquoschool daysrdquo per school per year for

distribution of food items and IEC material messages in the selected 5400 primaryschool for girls

This training course is designed to meet the requirements of the head teachers to

make their schools as affective as possible for student attendance and learning for thestudents This course includes Classroom Management School Management Health andHygiene Use of Teaching and Learning Kit ensuring attendance and reducing drop out

community involvement celebration of School Day in the overall Child Rights

perspective Besides this training each school will get a School Improvement Booklet published by UNESCO All these materials will help you in planning for your school

improvement

It is therefore our personal and professional obligation to implement in ourschools whatever we learn in the workshop

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 340

983105 983106983137983139983147983143983154983151983157983150983140

Head teachers are the most important facilitators of school improvement The Head

Teachers are also change managers who plan for the betterment of their schools onregular bases Also the Head Teacher is a bridge between the school the community andthe education authorities To manage the school in a context in which an increasing

amount of responsibility is delegated to head teachers requires new skills and knowledge

In Pakistan most of the government primary schools are in multi-grade situation Inmajority of schools there is a single teacher concept In such situation the head teachers

are responsible of school management as well as teaching the students Keeping the needs

and interest of the schools UNESCO has designed a 2-daysrsquo training program includingthe essential aspects of school and classroom management child right health and

hygiene and orientation to School Feeding Programme This training component aims at

providing the necessary training and skills for Head Teachers to use their responsibilities

well Moreover this training has been designed in line with the Strengthening TeacherEducation in Pakistanrsquos (STEP) generic teachersrsquo training standards

This training programme consists of a total seven sessions Each of these sessionsattempts to address the current needs of the government primary schools of Pakistan

particularly in NWFP Sindh and Balochistan

This manual clearly outlines the training sessions with interactive learning activities

Including to this training manual a workbook has been designed to help participants to

acquire the learning materials required and work on it during and after the sessions

983106 983119983138983146983141983139983156983145983158983141983155

The in-service training program objectives are as follows

bull To introduce to the head teachers about child rights to education barriers to

enrollment effective classroom management in multi-grade situation andimportance of food for education programme in increasingmaintaining school

enrolment

bullbullbullbull To train head teachers in effective utilization of teaching and learning material intheir classrooms and in the schools

bullbullbullbull To train head teachers in strategies to promote improved school health andhygiene and to increase community involvement in the school improvement

processes

bullbullbullbull To enhance head teachersrsquo knowledge and skills for school management andeffective school documentation including budgeting and record keeping

The above interventions have been designed in line with the generic professional

standards for teachers of Pakistan It will address some of the professional standards set

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 440

under STEP which includes knowledge of pedagogy teaching method learning

approaches and human development reflective practice and collaborative partnership

983107 983107983151983150983156983141983150983156 983151983142 983156983144983141 983124983154983137983145983150983145983150983143

The content of the workshop is very ambitious therefore the trainers are requested not togo into details rather follow the simple activities suggested against each topic

bullbullbullbull Child Rights to education and barriers to enrolment and learning

bullbullbullbull Strategies for effective classroom management in multi-grade setting

bullbullbullbull Promotion of school health and hygiene education

bullbullbullbull Strategies to promote community involvement PTCsSMCs

bullbullbullbull Purpose of food distribution and its impact on studentsrsquo learning achievement

bullbullbullbull Effective monitoring system of enrolment and attendance and its documentation

983108 983124983154983137983145983150983145983150983143 983117983141983156983144983151983140983151983148983151983143983161The training will be interactive and participatory The participants will be exposed to

varieties of approaches to experience alternatives teaching methods They will also be

exposed to new knowledge and skills that can help them to develop as effective head

teachers This will not only provide them an opportunity to reflect critically on their present practices also to work on alternative strategies to develop their action plans for

bringing about improvement in their schools The following methods have been

suggested to employ in the training 1) Debates 2) role-play 3) presentations 4)demonstrations 5) presentations as group pair and individual work

983124983144983141 983156983154983137983145983150983145983150983143 983142983137983139983145983148983145983156983137983156983151983154983155 983137983154983141 983154983141983153983157983141983155983156983141983140 983156983151 983138983141 983139983154983141983137983156983145983158983141 983137983150983140 983157983155983141

983149983141983156983144983151983140983155 983156983144983137983156 983138983141983155983156 983142983145983156983155 983137 983155983145983156983157983137983156983145983151983150983086 983120983148983141983137983155983141 983149983145983160 983156983144983141 983149983141983156983144983151983140983155 983137983150983140

983156983144983141 983155983151983139983145983137983148 983155983141983156983156983145983150983143983155 983148983145983147983141 983156983144983141983154983141 983155983144983151983157983148983140 983150983151983156 983138983141 983151983150983148983161 983143983154983151983157983152 983159983151983154983147 983151983154

983151983150983148983161 983152983137983145983154 983159983151983154983147983086 983113983150 983156983144983141 983155983137983149983141 983159983137983161983155 983151983150983148983161 983140983145983155983139983157983155983155983145983151983150983155 983137983150983140

983152983154983141983155983141983150983156983137983156983145983151983150 983159983145983148983148 983149983137983147983141 983156983144983141 983152983137983154983156983145983139983145983152983137983150983156983155 983148983151983151983155983141 983156983144983141983145983154 983145983150983156983141983154983141983155983156 983145983150

983156983144983141 983155983141983155983155983145983151983150983086

983109 983112983151983159 983156983151 983157983155983141 983156983144983141 983149983137983150983157983137983148983103

983124983144983145983155 983149983137983150983157983137983148 983145983155 983137 983143983157983145983140983141983148983145983150983141 983151983142 983144983151983159 983156983151 983139983151983150983140983157983139983156 983156983144983141 983112983141983137983140 983124983141983137983139983144983141983154983155

983156983154983137983145983150983145983150983143983155 983145983150 983156983144983141 983152983154983151983146983141983139983156 983140983145983155983156983154983145983139983156983155983086 983123983145983150983139983141 983156983144983141 983155983141983155983155983145983151983150983155 983137983154983141 983139983137983154983141983142983157983148983148983161

983152983148983137983150983150983141983140 983145983156 983154983141983153983157983145983154983141983155 983156983144983141 983142983137983139983145983148983145983156983137983156983151983154983155 983156983151 983149983137983147983141 983152983154983141983152983137983154983137983156983145983151983150983155 983159983141983148983148

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 540

983138983141983142983151983154983141 983156983144983141 983155983141983155983155983145983151983150983155983086 983105983148983148 983142983151983154983149983137983156983155 983150983141983141983140983155 983156983151 983138983141 983152983154983145983150983156983141983140 983151983157983156 983152983154983141983085

983152983154983141983152983137983154983141983140 983139983144983137983154983156983155 983154983141983137983140983161 983137983140983140983145983156983145983151983150983137983148 983154983141983137983140983145983150983143 983149983137983156983141983154983145983137983148983155 983154983141983137983140 983137983150983140

983157983150983140983141983154983155983156983151983151983140983086 983120983148983141983137983155983141 983157983155983141 983156983144983141 991260983123983139983144983151983151983148 983113983149983152983154983151983158983141983149983141983150983156 983106983151983151983147983148983141983156991261 983142983151983154

983137983140983140983145983156983145983151983150983137983148 983154983141983137983140983145983150983143 983145983150 983159983144983145983139983144 983125983118983085983107983122983107 983137983154983156983145983139983148983141983155 983137983154983141 983137983148983155983151 983149983141983150983156983145983151983150983141983140983086

983124983144983141 983137983139983156983145983158983145983156983145983141983155 983137983154983141 983140983141983155983145983143983150983141983140 983157983155983145983150983143 983149983141983156983144983151983140983155 983151983142 983137983140983157983148983156 983148983141983137983154983150983145983150983143 983155983151983152983148983141983137983155983141 983142983151983148983148983151983159 983156983144983141 983152983137983156983156983141983154983155 983155983157983143983143983141983155983156983141983140 983145983150 983156983144983145983155 983149983137983150983157983137983148983086

983123983151983149983141 983155983141983155983155983145983151983150983155 983148983145983147983141 983151983154983145983141983150983156983137983156983145983151983150 983151983150 983156983144983141 983152983154983151983146983141983139983156 983137983150983140 983107983141983148983141983138983154983137983156983145983151983150 983151983142

983123983139983144983151983151983148 983108983137983161 983137983154983141 983158983141983154983161 983145983149983152983151983154983156983137983150983156 983145983142 983161983151983157 983142983141983141983148 983137983150983161 983140983145983142983142983145983139983157983148983156983161 983145983150 983156983144983145983155

983154983141983143983137983154983140983155 983152983148983141983137983155983141 983139983151983150983156983137983139983156 983125983118983109983123983107983119 983154983141983152983154983141983155983141983150983156983137983156983145983158983141 983145983150 983161983151983157983154 983154983141983143983145983151983150983155983086

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 640

983110 983124983113983117983109 983124983105983106983116983109 983119983110 983124983112983109 983112983109983105983108 983124983109983105983107983112983109983122983123991257 983124983122983105983113983118983113983118983111

Day-ITime Themes sessions

800-830 Session 1Introductory session- Introduction of the training

- Introduction of the participation

830-850 - Sharing objectives of the workshop to the participants

- Setting ground rules

850-1040 Session-2 Introduction to Child Rights to education

- Role of schoolsrsquo in addressing child right

- Analysis of enrolment barriers

1040-1100 Tea Break

1100 -12001200-100 Session-3 a)Effective classroom management b) Classroom management in multi-grade situation

100-200 Lunch and Prayer Break

300-400 c) Developing lesson plan for multi-grade situation

400-430 d) Demonstration of teaching and learning material

Day-II

800-815 Reflection on pervious dayrsquos session

815-1030 Session-4 Promotion of health and hygiene education

- Promotion of hygiene

- Techniques of teaching hygiene

1030-1100 Tea Break

1100-1200 Session-5 Overview of food crises and purpose of food distribution and

educational intervention in child education

1200-100 Session-6 Ways of developing linkages with community and parentsRole of PTCSMC to assist the school

100-200 Lunch and Prayer Break

200- 4 30 Session-7 a) Action Plan ( School Development plan) b) Celebration of School Day

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 740

983108983105983129 983085983113

1 983113983150983156983154983151983140983157983139983156983151983154983161 983123983141983155983155983145983151983150

Objectives By the end of this session the participants will be able to

bull Get to know each other

bull Become well acquainted with the training objectives

Time Allocation

Introduction and opening 15 minutes

Introduction of participants 15 minutes

Outline of the course objectives 15 minutes

Set training ground rules 10 minutes

Total 55 minutes

Materials required

o String (a roll of string that the participants will throw to each other

while holding one end and making a web)

o Pre-prepared flipchart with the course objectives written on it clearly

and neatlyo Pre-prepared flipchart with ldquocontentmethodologyrdquo written on it

12 Introduction

Welcome the participants and introduce yourself other team members and your background being chosen a trainer After official opening tell them that it is important for

all the workshop participants to become familiar to each other Ask the participants to

stand in a circle Explain them to throw the role of thread to each participant whileholding one end of the thread In this way everyone has got an end of thread Once the

participants got the thread they will say their name position and reason to attend this

workshop and make a web Once everyone has got the thread the facilitator will probe

from the participants that what does it means The say it means interaction sharingrespecting each others experiences openness and so on

13 983107983151983157983154983155983141 983151983157983156983148983145983150983141 983137983150983140 983119983138983146983141983139983156983145983158983141983155

This is a 2-days training-to train head teachers in developing skills of effective classroommanagement effective monitoring and documentation making links between

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 840

communityparents and promotion of health education at the school level The themes of

the courses are

bull To introduce the head teachers child right to education barriers to enrollmenteffective classroom management in multi-grade situation and importance of food

for education programme in increasingmaintaining school enrolmentbullbullbullbull To train head teachers in effective utilization of teaching and learning materials

in their schools

bullbullbullbull To train head teachers in strategies to promote improved school health andhygiene

bullbullbullbull Increase community involvement through PTCSMCs

bullbullbullbull To enhance head teachersrsquo knowledge and skills for school improvement andeffective school management

After sharing the training objectives ask the participants if they have any question about

the course objectives Add these on a new flip chart sheet separately (use your own

creative ways to introduce the session)

Make sure the participants are well informed about the methods to be used in the trainingThe core methodology will be interactive and participants centered Since they are adult

learners the participants will be given ample chance to contribute to the session through

discussion role-plays demonstrations and presentations

The participants will be encouraged to list down all the approaches used during this

workshop and try to utilize them in their classroom with their students

Also set a ground rule for the workshop Tell the participants to write down these rules

for the workshop on the flip charts These rules could be punctuality listening andsharing in the sessions respecting each others and switching off mobile phones

Explain to the participants that there is also a small portion of readings in their Work

Books that they will read for more information Explain that this should be read on theirfree time as there is not enough time during the course to do this

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 940

2 983123983141983155983155983145983151983150 983113983150983156983154983151983140983157983139983156983145983151983150 983156983151 983107983144983145983148983140 983122983145983143983144983156983155 983137983150983140 983138983137983154983154983145983141983154983155 983156983151

983141983150983154983151983148983149983141983150983156 983137983150983140 983148983141983137983154983150983145983150983143

ObjectivesBy the end of the session the participants will be able to

bull Get well acquainted with the Child Protection and child right in Islamic context

bull Analyze the barriers to enrolment at the school home and family level

bull Implement child right to programme

Session-2 Introduction to child right to education and barriers to enrollment

Activity-1 Sharing Protection of Child Right 10 minutes

Activity-2 Comparative analysis of Protection of Child Right in

CRC and Islamic context

20 minutes

Activity-3 Implement child right to programme 25 minutes

Activity-4 Analysis of enrolment barriers 40 minutes

Total 135

Material required-

o UN CRC worksheetso flip chartso marker pens

o blackboardo grids of enrolment analysiso workbooks

21 983107983144983145983148983140 983122983145983143983144983156 983145983150 983113983155983148983137983149 983137983150983140 983107983144983145983148983140 983122983145983143983144983156983155 983107983151983150983158983141983150983156983145983151983150

Activity-1Facilitator will write ldquoChild Rightsrdquo on the flip chart and elicit the participantsrsquo responses

of what this notion signifies Different responses will come from the participants which

will be listed around the statement Encourage more and more responses of the participants This is an opportunity to engage the entire participant to think and

contribute Once participantsrsquo responses were listed on the flip chart the facilitator will

lead the discussion specific to the child rights in Islamic context and in the Holy Quran

Activity-2

The next step participants will comparatively look at Child Rights in Islamic United Nation Child Rights Convention and on their own context Moreover the participants in

groups of five will discuss (workbook) how it can be addressed in schools

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 1040

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 1140

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 1240

983109983142983142983141983139983156983145983158983141

983123983139983144983151983151983148

Objectives of child right atschool level

What teachers can do

Reaching

All Children

Article 28

Promoting rights of children within the

community Enrolling excluded children in

programmes Treating children within the child rights

Achieving

Child Centered

Environments

Article 29 30

Concerned about the health of the child

Learning activities develop the childrsquos

full potential Act in the best interest of the child

Safe and secure school environment

Including

All ChildrenArticle 23

983110983154983141983141 983141983140983157983139983137983156983145983151983150

Treat children fairly in school

Respect diversity Provide quality learning for all children

Needing

Effective Learning

Article 13 2829

Activity based co-operative learning

methods

Learning involves use of qualitymaterial cultural and local resources

Assessment and monitoring systems use

Being

Healthy and

Protective ofChildrenArticle 1719 23

39

Ensure a healthy safe hygienic

environment

Promote both the physical and the psycho-socio-emotional health of

teachers and learners Prohibit corporal punishment

Openly

Gender SensitiveArticle 282939

Girls and boys are in a non violentenvironment

Respect for girls and boys rights dignity

and equality encouraged Gender friendly environments

Involving whole

family andcommunity with

childrenArticle 14 27

Link school with familycommunity Children participate in all aspects of life Encourage parentscommunity involve

in school affairs

Parents send their children to school

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 1340

22 983105983150983137983148983161983155983145983155 983156983144983141 983138983137983154983154983145983141983154983155 983156983151 983155983139983144983151983151983148 983141983150983154983151983148983149983141983150983156

Activity-4

The facilitator will explain to the participants how to identify barriers of enrolment at

different levels

1 Home and Community level2 School level

3 Policy and system level barriersThe participants will be divided into groups of five (according to the number of the

participants) and will be given grids (in the work book) to analyze barriers to enrolments

as example given below

Areas of analysis Possible

findings causes

Broad strategy Possible intervention

School Level

Example Poorquality

environment eg

- poor condition of

building- overcrowding

- lack of water

or sanitation- violence

(physical and

psychological)

Increasedlikelihood of non-

enrolment or non-

attendance and

dropping out afterenrolment

Provide support andtechnical assistance to

government and

communities to ensure

increased access forthose children who are

hardest to reach

School mapping toimprove planning and

targeting Child-

seeking Child Friendly

Schools

Home and Community level

Example- Directcosts of schooling

- school expenses- clothing

- books supplies

Advocacy for affordableeducation

Awareness-raising in

importance of childeducation

Incentive programmessuch as small

scholarships subsidies

food school supplies anduniforms

Policy Level

Example

Inadequate legalframework in such

areas as

- compulsoryeducation- child labour

- re-entry into

school

Education not free

and compulsory in principle or

practice

Increasedlikelihood thatchildren will fall

through the safety

net be unable totake examinations

or be forbidden re-

entry into school

Advocacy for

implementation ofcompulsory education

laws

Advocacy forimplementation of labourlaws

Advocacy for laws

allowing for continuedschooling for pregnant

girls or re-admission to

schools after pregnancy

Birth registration

campaignsAnalysis planning and

implementation of

policies supporting girlsrsquoeducation

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 1440

Once the participants have identified the potential causes they will be encouraged to think

of possible intervention to bridge these barriers This will be a rigorous exercise thereforethe facilitator must support and encourage each groups to work out the enrollment barrier

in the grid Once the participants worked out the analysis they should produce it on a flip

chart and present it to the whole group Once all the presentation finished display thesecharts on the walls The participants will have an opportunity to look at each others work

and learn from each other

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 1540

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 1640

Activity-2 (15 minutes)After this exercise ask the participants write down all the issues related to classroom

management they face in their class This is an individual task- the facilitator will

encourage each of the participants to think two issues and share it with the other participants sitting near by The responses might be discipline sitting issues over

crowded class and so on They will also prepare them on the flip charts and facilitator

will display them on the wall

32 983108983145983155983139983157983155983155 983140983145983142983142983141983154983141983150983156 983140983145983149983141983150983155983145983151983150983155 983151983142 983107983148983137983155983155983154983151983151983149 983149983137983150983137983143983141983149983141983150983156

Classroom organization is the key to managing teaching effectively Classroom

atmosphere is the key to managing the needs of the students Classroom planningassessment and record keeping are the keys to managing the curriculum learning

outcomes Classroom routines roles responsibilities relationships instructions and

positive praise are the keys to managing successful learning Planning is an essential management guideline so the next step of learning and most effective way to manage

resources can be decided Teachers need to ensure children reach their potential and gain

educational outcomes and skills for life long learning

Activity-3Facilitator will give his input about Classroom Management There are different

dimensions to the classroom management as mentioned in the table below The

participants will be divided into 8 pairs or groups depending to the size of the class Give

them themes of the Classroom Management with instructions (as mentioned below) the

participants will discuss and make suggestions under each headings

Organization How do you organize your class

Setting routine list out your daily routines with timing

Lay out of classroom How should be classroom displays and settings

Planning What needs to be planned and how

Sharing responsibilities Decide roles for students

Safe and secure environment What points need to be considered

Setting rule and procedures Think of possible rules for your classroom

Sanction and rewords How will you deal with behaviors

Once the groups finished discussing in their themes groups they will then write those

points on the flip charts Next the facilitator will consolidate all the group work and

display around the classroom management

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 1740

Discussion

At the end of the session summarize classroom management by using the information

below The facilitator will require summarized chart of classroom management and share

it with the participants Facilitator will also provide these readings to the participants to

read on their own time (Reading on Work Book)

33 983107983148983137983155983155983154983151983151983149 983149983137983150983137983143983141983149983141983150983156 983145983150 983117983157983148983156983145983085983143983154983137983140983141 983155983145983156983157983137983156983145983151983150

Since most of the government primary schools are in multi-grade situation we have to

keep in mined our classroom before teaching

ActivityAsk the participants to draw their classroom where the sitting may be

bull Classroom may be in different shape (triangle rectangle etc)

bull Sitting arrangement of mats or chairs (in lines circle u shape or in groups)

bull Number of doors windows ( if tents specify)

bull Location of black board and teachers desk

bull Location of teaching material

bull Displays of students work or chartsAfter the participants illustrate their classrooms they should display them on the wall

Facilitator will share the following classroom setting to encourage favourable learningenvironment

Classroom

Management

Organization

Lay out of

classroom

Atmosphere Setting routine

Setting rule and

procedures

Safe and secure

environment

Planning

Sharing

responsibilities

Sanction and

rewords

Figure - 1

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 1840

C-3

C-1 C-2

C-5C-4

Effective sitting arrangement in multi-grade classroom

(Students sitting in groups on desks in multi-grade situation)

(Students sitting in semi-circle on mats in multi-grade situation)

34 983120983148983137983150983150983145983150983143 983137983150983140 983154983151983157983156983145983150983141 983155983141983156983156983145983150983143 983145983150 983117983157983148983156983145983085983143983154983137983140983141 983155983145983156983157983137983156983145983151983150

A multi-grade situation is where there are a number of students in a classroom who areclassified into different grades This situation is common in a village where the number

of children for an average class size is insufficient and the practical solution is to sit

them all together in one classroom The most difficult hurdle for a multi-grade teacher is

the demand to complete a curriculum or textbook for each grade regardless of studentability needs or skills In the Government primary school are exam driven which

multiplies the challenges Effective planning and conscious effort can address this issue

Facilitator will show how to integrate lessons and set effective routines for their classes

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 1940

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2040

b Vertical integration- Block planning and teaching

Select topics of different levels which have common purpose for example similar topics in

science social studies Language Islamiyat

Block Number Class-1 Class-2

1 science language Visit to zoo Animals

2 Science Cleanliness Prevention from diseases

3 Social studies My parents My family

35 983107983148983137983155983155983154983151983151983149 983124983145983149983141983156983137983138983148983141 983137983150983140 983122983151983157983156983145983150983141 983155983141983156983156983145983150983143

Develop a timetable for your classroom keep in mind the number of classes children

teachers classrooms and subjects See how best you can utilize the time available in a

working day

36 983109983142983142983141983139983156983145983158983141 983111983154983151983157983152983145983150983143

A multi-grade classroom needs students doing group work so careful management isrequired There will be a wide range of ages abilities attainments and interests

Grouping must be flexible during the day and times when grouping sitting in groups and

doing group work will be necessary This grid shows teachersrsquo studentsrsquo activities duringa period with different group in multi grade situation

Period Class- 1

Group

Class-2

Group

Class-3

Group

40 mins

Period-1 Teacher

(Teaching in C-1

)

Activity

(students

doing

activities)

Written

(Students

writing)

13 mins

Period-1 Written

(Students)

Teacher

(Teaching)

Activity

(Students)

13 mins

Period-1 Activity

(Students)

Written

(Students)

Teacher

(Teaching)

13 mins

The same pattern can follow for the next periods The teacher must be very specific in

her planning stating what objectives will be taught what written work and type ofactivities will be done which should be monitored on a regular basis

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2140

Facilitator will explain ldquofor the multi-grade situation the period lesson plan needs to be

extended to include the specific activities the students will do and how the teacher will

divide herhis time with the different groups

37 983108983141983158983141983148983151983152983145983150983143 983148983141983155983155983151983150983155 983145983150 983117983157983148983156983145983085983143983154983137983140983141 983155983145983156983157983137983156983145983151983150

Activity-4

Participants in groups will be given books to design lessons for class-1 and class-2Facilitator will assist the participants in identifying topics of different classes with same

objectives For example in science take the topic ldquoplantsrdquo For class-1 students will have

to learn three main parts of tree (root stem and leaves) and for class-2 the students haveto learn more then three parts of tree The participants will identify similar topics in

sciences language social studies mathematics and Islamiyat and make and try to

integrate the lesson

For example

Action Session 1C- 1 Session 2C-2 Session 3C-3

Subject

Objective

Content

Materials

Activity

Evaluation

38 983125983156983145983148983145983162983137983156983145983151983150 983151983142 983124983141983137983139983144983145983150983143 983137983150983140 983148983141983137983154983150983145983150983143 983149983137983156983141983154983145983137983148

Facilitator will demonstrate to develop some teaching and learning materials and it willuse it in the classroom Heshe will explain teaching and learning material to the

participants how it supplements teaching

During demonstration the facilitator will make the following pointsAn interesting teachinglearning material makes learning easy for children Learning

becomes more interesting by focusing the curiosity of the children with verities of

teaching support UNESCO teaching and learning material consists of range of subject

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2240

matters It encompasses all the curriculum subjects in an activity based child centred

approach

Children can visualise things easily especially when it involves their sense of learning

and sight The children gain lots of confidence when presenting or working in front of the

class The natural desire to move is fulfilled by the use of teaching and learningmaterials

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2340

DAY-II

4 9831239831419831559831559831459831519831509830854 983120983154983151983149983151983156983145983151983150 983151983142 983112983141983137983148983156983144 983137983150983140 983112983161983143983145983141983150983141 983109983140983157983139983137983156983145983151983150

Objectives By the end of the session the participants will be able to

bull Acquire knowledge on principals of hygiene and healthy practices

bull Identify potentially harmful situations in schools regard to health

bull Devise strategies to promote health and hygiene in schools

Time Allocation

Activity 1 Principle of hygiene and healthy practices 10 minutes

Activity 2 Strategies to teach hygiene 20 minutes

Activity 3 Prevention and minimization of diseasesAction-Plans for school health

20 minutes

Conclusion 05 minutes

Total 55 minutes

Materials required

o Flip chart papero marker pens

o tapeo Workbook for each of the

participants

41 983113983150983156983154983151983140983157983139983156983145983151983150 983120983154983145983150983139983145983152983137983148 983151983142 983112983161983143983145983141983150983141

In this session we will look at some physical health issues that occur because of thecondition under which people have to live while they rebuild their lives The WHO

defines health as a state of complete physical mental and social wellbeing and not merely

the absence of disease or infirmity Hygiene is defined as the principles and laws

governing the preservation of health and their practical application practice conducive togood health it may refer to keeping clean in order to prevent diseases and maintain health

Activity 1 Principles of hygiene [10 minutes]

The participants individually should think of five principles of hygiene (healthy life)keeping the current situation of children in the primary schools

1 Wash hands with soap after using toilet and before eat meal2 Daily bath

3 Do not spit cover nose suppression

4 Use purified and boiled water keep water covered

5 Wash fruit before eating fruit

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2440

After the participants listed the principle of hygiene the facilitator will write the

definitions of health and hygiene on flip charts and explain it to the participants

42 983123983156983154983137983156983141983143983145983141983155 983156983151 983156983141983137983139983144 983144983161983143983145983141983150983141

Activity 2In your small groups pick the five principles that are most common to the group and

develop teaching strategies to help students understand the need for these principles

Principles Teaching strategies

1 Wash hands

2---------------

3---------------

4---------------5---------------

Demonstration of hand washing with soap

------------------------------------------------------------------

------------------------------------------------------------------

Allow 15 minutes for this exerciseBring the groups back to plenary and put up the flip charts on the walls Ask people to

move around the room and read all the sheets Encourage people note down if any

strategies they like

Allow 5 minutes for questions and discussion

43 983120983154983141983158983141983150983156983145983151983150 983137983150983140 983149983145983150983145983149983145983162983137983156983145983151983150Activity-3Explain to the participants that while regular hygiene activities are necessary there are

specific diseases that my be spread more easily in situations of temporary shelter

contaminated water insufficient water and the other conditions under which people arestill living Ask the group to find one person with whom they would like to work Explain

that this activity will be completed as pair work However each person should fill in the

table in their workbook

Common

Health Proble

Risk condition Prevention minimization

intervention

Diarrhea

cholera

dysentery

Poor sanitation inadequate

water condition poor

personal hygiene

Sanitation facilities Water

purification Personal hygiene ORS

(treatment only) Effectivesurveillance systems to prevent or

minimize disease outbreaks

Malaria and

other vector

Standing uncovered water

increasing the risk of

Health education raising awareness

about the risks of standing water

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2540

borne diseases(eg typhoid)

mosquitoes breedingCongested living conditions

increasing the possibility of

infection

Exposure to areas where

disease-transmittingorganism are more common

Increased population density promoting mosquito bites

use of mosquito nets understandingof symptoms of the disease etc

Advocates for measures for vector

control spraying for example

Effective surveillance systems by

health authorities

Respiratorytract

infections

(includingPneumonia)

Inadequate shelterPoor health care services

Overcrowding

Lack of food malnutritionRainy season

Improved shelter (especially fromwind but ensuring ventilation) Dry

clothes when wet

Use of antibiotics with doctorrsquosConsultation

Water borneDiseases

Contaminated water (garbagein

water source urinecontamination ndash animal orhuman)

Inadequately treated drinking

water (un-boiled orinsufficiently

boiled) Poor hygienic

conditions in

Shelters

Boil water for cooking washing anddrinking where possible Use water

purification tablets where possibleCare of immediate environmentin terms of covering water getting

rid of standing water ensuring that

clothes and bedding are well-aired Use of

antibiotics under medical

supervision

SkinInfections

Inadequate hygienePoor hygienic conditions in

Shelters

Regular washing with soap andwater

Thorough drying of skin Eliminationof vermin from the environment

Medication where necessary undermedical supervision

Tetanus Open wounds (due to

trauma)

Poor hygiene

Clean wounds (antiseptic if

available or soap and water) Cover

wounds with clean cloth orDressings Seek medical helpimmediately

Animal

transmitted

diseases

Unhygienic slaughtering

Contact with infected

animals dueto lack of veterinary control

Increased rate of diseases in

Animals

Ensuring that animals are

slaughtered according to Islamic law

(meat is halaal) Use of antibioticsunder medical supervision

When the participants have completed the exercise ask for one or two examples that are

particularly relevant and possible to accomplish While the pairs are working movearound the room so that you can see any really good examples to discuss in plenary Now

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2640

ask the participants to develop Health Action Plans for their school An example is shown

below

45 983105983139983156983145983151983150983085983120983148983137983150983085 983123983139983144983151983151983148 983112983141983137983148983156983144 983137983150983140 983112983161983143983145983141983150983141 983120983154983151983143983154983137983149983149983141

Health problems Interventions

What Who How When

Diarrhea cholera

dysentery

Water Teachers

andStudents

Clean water

Malaria Cleanenvironment

All Dustbins

ConclusionBasic health and hygiene are more difficult in situations of disaster and lack of

infrastructure in place In situations like NWFP Balochistan and Sindh (natural and man

made disaster at peak) it is important to reinforce the basic principles as people who areunder stress often neglect these basics and so children may not learn appropriately

5 9831239831419831559831559831459831519831509830855 983119983158983141983154983158983145983141983159 983151983142 983156983144983141 983142983151983151983140 983139983154983145983155983141983155 983137983150983140 983152983157983154983152983151983155983141 983151983142

983142983151983151983140 983140983145983155983156983154983145983138983157983156983145983151983150

Objectives By the end of this session the participants will be able to

bull Discuss the recent food crises and its impact on common people particularly onchildren

bull Purpose of food distribution to schools and what are the indirect impacts on childeducation

Time Allocation

Activity 1 discuss the recent food crises and high prices issue 10 minutes

Activity 2 purpose of food distribution to schools and its impact onchild education

20 minutes

Activity 3 food distribution project 20 minutes

Conclusion 05 minutes

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2740

Total 55 minutes

11 Materials required

o Flip chart paper

o marker penso tape

o workbook for each of the

participantso leaflets of food distribution

programme

IntroductionIntroduce the WFP-UNESCO in partnership with the Government of Pakistan has

initiated school feeding programme to mitigate short term hunger When children come

for school with empty stomach (without breakfast) they are less likely to concentrate and

engage in learning activities This programme can temporarily bridge food gapes infamilies and can be helpful in refocusing studentrsquos attention to the lessons This can also

be an incentive to increase the enrolment attendance and decrease dropout It is alsoassumed that this programme may increase the education quality improvement from

school to district level

Activity- 1

Facilitator will explain the following agendas of Food for Education The followingcatchphrase of school feeding programme will be written on flip chart and discussed

thoroughly

bull School feeding can decrease short-term hunger thereby increasing learningcapacity

bull School feeding and take home ration can improve school enrollment andattendance and decrease drop-out

bull Food assistance can encourage community participation in education

bull Involvement of district government education department can act as a lever for

school quality improvement

bull School feeding can improve nutritional status and hence improve school performance

bull School feeding and Take home ration are education intervention

Activity-2

The participants will discuss in groups and workout the grid mentioned below The participants will be encouraged to think on the activities that school can perform to

enhance school feeding programme specific objectives

Objectives and activities for school feeding programme

Objectives Activities

WFPUNESCO What school Can do

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2840

Increase enrollmentattendance retention and

completion

School ration (wheat and oil) Parents outreach

Enhance learning

environment

Provision of teaching and

learning materials

Enhance teachers quality Teachers complete a two-dayHead Teachersrsquo training

receive

Enhance learning capacity Provision of teaching and

learning kit

Increase community

participation

school food distribution

managed by parent IEC

campaign PTC training

Improve support to schools Management of ToT training

for head teachers

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2940

o Flip chart papero Marker penso Tape for sticking papers to the wallso Workbook for each participant

6 9831239831419831559831559831459831519831509830856 983107983151983149983149983157983150983145983156983161 983137983150983140 983120983137983154983141983150983156983155 983141983150983143983137983143983141983149983141983150983156 983145983150 983155983139983144983151983151983148Objectives By the end of this session the participants will be able to

bull Identify roles of PTCSMC in school

bull How to mobilize communityPTC in the school affairsbull What are their role in food distribution teaching material distribution and

monitoring

Time Allocation

What PTC and SMCs can do for the schools

Activity-1 Need and response 40

Activity-2 ways of communication with community- School

improvement booklet and awareness raising message

10

Conclusion 05 minutes

Total 55 minutes

Materials required

IntroductionFacilitator will introduce community participation in education Community and parents

are best resources to be utilized In Pakistan SMCs PTCs representingcommunityparents have been initiated to assist the school

61 983105983139983156983145983158983145983156983161 1 983118983141983141983140983155 983137983150983140 983122983141983155983152983151983150983155983141983155

Divide the participants into small groups (3-4) Ask participants to open their workbooks

and list in the first column the 5 pressing needs of their schools Then the second columnthey should list one point for each need where SMCPTCs can assist The groups have 20

minutes for this exercise

Needs Assistance

Children not attending schools PTAsSMCs can advocate in the

community and support families to sendtheir children to school through provision of

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3040

scholarships especially their girl children

Distribution of food and teaching

learning materials

PTC and SMC can monitor of the fair distribution

Activity-4

The community is part of the class room atmosphere and school physical environmentHead teacher needs to build a good relationship with the community Know the

community develop co-operation communicate with them There are many ways of

connecting with the community as mentioned below

62 983127983137983161983155 983151983142 983149983137983147983145983150983143 983148983145983150983147983137983143983141983155 983159983145983156983144 983107983151983149983149983157983150983145983156983161983120983137983154983141983150983156983155

Some suggested ideas for information sharing below

letters Events like School Day parents day PTCSMCs and teachers meetings

community projects clean ups information promotions (heath and sanitation) the school as a centre for community activities and adult classes sharing School Improvement Booklet-awareness raising materials

7 9831239831419831559831559831459831519831509830857 983105983139983156983145983151983150983085983120983148983137983150

ObjectivesBy the end of this session the participants will be able to

bull Develop Action Plans to address the following School Improvement Indicatorso School attendance and enrollmento Improved School environment

o Health and hygieneo Utilization of teaching and learning resourceso Monitoring and recording wheat and oil rationo Activation of PTCSMC

Present Action plan format 10

Activity-1 design action plans for their schools 50

Activity -2 Presentations 20

Summing up 10

Total 1 30 minutes

Materials required

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3140

o Flip Charto Marker pens

o Action plan format

o School Day Charto Tape

o White Sheets

Introduction

The facilitator will share format of Action Plan to the participants Clearly explain how to

go about it Then ask the participants individually develop Action plan that will beimplemented in their schools The participants will also be informed that on the bases of

these Action Plans they will be monitored

What How Who When Comments

1 School

health

Providing

clean

water

HT

Teachers

PTCSMC

March 09 Head teacher in

collaboration with

PTCSMC will makesure there is a safe clean

water for students in the

school

2 Students

enrolment

Enrolment

campaignSchool

day

Visithomes

PTCSMC

HT

5t

Apr-09

3 School day

4 SMC

meeting

5 Improve

school

environment

The training participants will fill out this action plan according to their school needs and priority Share these Action Plans to the whole group and encourage others to make notes

from each others work incases they see it relevant to their schools as well

Objectives

By the end of this session the participants will be able too To develop an understanding of how a School Day is celebratedo Plan for their own schools of how they will celebrate the day

Present School Day Plan 10 minutes

Activity-1 Discuss in small groups how the day will be

celebrate

20 minutes

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3240

Make plans when the day will be celebrated at their school 30 minutes

Total 60 minutes

Materials required

o Flip Chart

o Marker pens

o School Day Chart

o Tapeo White Sheets

School DayA lsquoSchool Dayrsquo is the day in the GOP-WFP-UNESCO project when parents teachers and projectofficials meet in the school premises to discuss ways to improve the school Several factorscontribute to school improvement School attendance and enrollment Retention of studentsSchool environment Health and hygiene of students Utilization of teaching and learning

materials PTACommunity involvement Nutrition and diet and use of oil and wheat rations Ona School Day the head teacher with the help of Social Mobilizer of the implementing partner willdiscuss the school improvement factors with the parents and children of the school

ActivitiesThe following activities are suggested to make the day useful and attractive to the children

parents and community members

Activity 1 Preparation of activities of the day

Send invitation to all parents at least a week before the ldquoSchool Dayrdquo through children verballyand also in writing (hand written notes would suffice) and also spread the message by word-of-mouth At least two days before the program send a reminder by writing the message on the

studentsrsquo copy books or paper slips and read it loudly and clearly in the classrooms Make surethat the children have understood the message by asking them to explain And if possible invite

the community members through telephone calls or by sending the school children to spread thenews Advance planning is the key to success

Activity 2 Follow the agenda

SN Activities Time in

Minutes

Registration of the participants

1 Recitation verses from the holy Quran by one of the students 03

2 Naat by a student 05

Celebrate a School Day

Make sure you have

1 All parents children teachers head teacher supervisorADO and the PTASMC PTC are invited

2 A plan is ready for the day

3 Food items (wheat and oil) ready for distribution

4 Key messages and teaching and learning kits are available and are on display

5 Students prepared to show their talents to their parents and to the community members

6 Successes and areas needing improvements for discussion with parents and community

7 Constituted a committee for organization of the School Day

8 Informed the students that they should come neat and clean and in school uniform

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3340

Notes for the Head Teacher Use the day to celebrate to celebrate the schoolsrsquo achievements Open the school gates for parents community members and social workers of the villag

Involve everybody in the sessions and avoid a lot of talking (Sweeten the small stuff) Give children space to speak about their successes and problems at the school

If you have more than one teacher involve them in planning of the day Ask teachers to facilitate group discussions without dominating the discussion If teachers

are not available ask some literate volunteers from the village or NGO representatives if

available to help Decorate the school with childrenrsquos work and readymade displays and locally available

flowers and plants You have some of the resources available in your teaching andlearning kit

Have a positive focus Do not talk with parents about what their children can not dorather talk about what the children can do

Explore use of local resources

Take ideas from School Improvement Booklet (SIB) for the event Appreciate studentsrsquo successes and achievements with some rewards if possible Pray for every ones success and those who have helped in providing an opportunity to

celebrate the day pray for the country and the people for their good health wealth peaceand prosperity and thank everyone for their participation

Actively follow up on the implementation of School Improvement Plan prepared on theSchool Day

3 Welcome address by PTAPTCSMC representative 10

4 Introduction of the day by the Head teacher 20

5 Poem song or some creative item from the students 20

6 Discussion on the key messages (what does the messages mean how it will be disseminated

in the village How to achieve it)

40

7 Discussion on the topics (use group work) followed by whole group open discussion

School attendance and enrollment School environment Health and hygiene Utilization ofTeaching and Learning materials PTACommunity Involvement Nutrition and diet and

Use of oil and wheat rations (please involve some representative students as well)

40

8 Develop a School Development Plan (SDP ) while using the following pattern

40

Issues1 How it will be

resolved

Who will be

responsible

Resources

required

Source of

funding

Time (By

When)

Note Please use short term and quickly doable plans like reducing absenteeism by students and teachers cleaningthe school planning trees (use School Improvement Book for more ideas)

9 Conclude the day by stating the background and the purpose of food and educational

incentives and by asking the parents and children to take their food ration and remind them

about the key messages As a concluding activity invite the parents and the community

members to visit the classrooms and ask the students to explain to them their creative work

10

Activity 3 Documentation and Reporting

Document the proceedings of the day and develop a short report for Project Implementation Unit

ADO circle or talka

1 For example student attendance has declined in the past two months

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3440

Course Evaluation

Note Please take a few minutes to complete the form and return to the facilitator

1 List out what have you learnt from this training

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

----------------------------------------------------------

2 What did you like from the training

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------

3 What particular learning will you implement How

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------

4 What are the suggestions to improve the training

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------

5 How do you rate the facilitator knowledge skills and attitude

Knowledge 1------2--------3--------4--------5

Skills 1------2--------3--------4--------5

Attitude 1------2--------3--------4--------5

Note 1 is the lowest and 5 is highest rate Please circle the number that you think

the facilitator has performed

6 Over all comments about the training

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3540

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3640

Reading Materials

Facilitator Child Rights Our Educational Responsibilities

All Education programmes must be based on the understanding of the Convention on

the Rights of a Child When training is based on these values then the child will be thecentre of all topics presented The teachers job is to provide opportunities theatmosphere and environment so the rights of the child are met in the place they willspend much of their waking hours The main educational rights involve in schools arebased from rights number 13 17 28 29 and 31

Important Rights to note childrens right to leisure and play childrens need for space to develop the need to take childrens opinions into account the need to involve children in the learning process

the need for policies and training to be in the best interest of the child the need for learning to be life skills relevant local roots and global connections the importance of a change in attitude towards facilitating learning

The following needs to be in place so it can happen in Child Friendly SchoolsUniversal AccessReference to the many million children still deprived of education many of whom aregirls many of whom finish primary school lacking essential knowledge skills attitudesand values

Role of Parents Teachers and Community

awareness of the role of teachers and trainers being imperative in realising the ideaof childrens rights basing training on interpreting the Convention on the Rights of the Child and

putting it into real practice having all the skills necessary to encourage and assist all in the learning process realising that learning is not just about the facts but learning how to access and

process information so it is beneficial and relevant supporting and rewarding trainers and teachers ensuring that parents are given a key responsibility in forming constructive

relationships with teachers and schools for learning and training requirement fortheir children

Equal Opportunities an understanding of non-discrimination against girls special needs learning

difficulties children who are nomadic indigenous immigrant or are a linguisticminority

a realisation that every child has unique characteristics interests abilities needs

The Appropriate Quality Education Content

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3740

training of teachers and school learning being relevant to the child now and for thefuture

training sessions and consequently classroom and schools helping to developpersonalities talents mental and physical abilities to their fullest potential

Cultural roots and Global Values

the need to include respect for human rights in our learning environments an awareness of combination of learning to respect ones own nation and culture and

the culture of others the need to encourage tolerance and harmony for a better understanding of

minorities indigenous peoples refugees immigrants and gender equality

New Methods of Learning an agreement that learning is a combination of critical thinking and having fun that

passive listening and rote memorisation are less valuable than application andprocess to enhance understanding

the need for training workshops and classrooms to be participant friendly allowing for curiosity time to question receive answers to argue debate test andmake mistakes to create be spontaneous to be recognised and respected

Mutual Respect reflecting in training and inner life of a school the education message of vision

values human rights tolerance respecting dignity encouraging problem-solving skills allowing teachers to help children develop tools

for peaceful conflict resolution in all new learning situations the need to feel safe secure and totally trust our

teachersStudent Participation Opportunities for learners to express their points of view encouraging learners to

take personal responsibility for their studies Having a system of sharing responsibilities sharing ideas regular feedback and

learning evaluation Knowing that a good school and a good training workshop both promote total

participation and is a model of fairness for all

Child Rights and our Primary Health Care Responsibilities

The Child Health Rights directly concerning the teacher and the school must also beconsidered as the school can play a vital role in ensuring they are addressed Thefollowing particularly relate to articles 19 23 24 29 and 31

educational policies in schools and classrooms must be in place to protect childrenfrom all forms of physical punishment mental violence injury abuse neglect ormaltreatment

that an effort be made to include mentally and physically disabled children in theschool and classroom programmes so they can enjoy a full and decent life whichpromotes dignity self reliance and participation in the school and community

that schools may assist in facilitating a child in health rehabilitation

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3840

to ensure basic medical assistance is given in school for first aid and thedevelopment of primary health care awareness

keeping health records and observing nutritional state of individual children providing clean water in schools to ensure the educational programmes support mental and physical development

a child has an opportunity at school to rest and leisure and playIn Pakistan there is higher infant mortality lower immunisation lower literacy rateslower school enrolment lower access to safe water and more severely underweightchildren Primary health care is vital on the long list of human development needs Allchildren have the right to the best health care that is availableThis area is of concern to all involved in teaching as the child entering the school cantake advantage of all the opportunities if they are healthy and well cared for in pre-school environments and homesSchools also must ensure their primary role in health care so children can carry thelearning to other parts of the community The two concerns involve preventive orcurative methods

Ignorance polluted surroundings negligence in food care washing facilities animalsclose to living areas unsafe drinking water sanitation living surroundings seasonaldiseases communicable diseases personal hygiene girl children and their health andcommunicable diseases are all areas of concern The population growth rate isincreasing and many are deprived of basic Primary Health Care

When the population rate is more than the resources the situation can be extremelydifficult and expensive to remedy

In classroom and at schools areas of health can be addressed throughout the primaryyears so information is clearly disseminated with the help of the children Awareness of

healthy habits helps children build their self-esteem and learning to value your-self is animportant aspect of primary health care

The value of children learning aspects of Primary Health Care

they are very good and quick learners they share with others whatever they learn the learning in childhood is long lasting the teachers instructions or words are important words for a child children experience that is they do practical work and learn more school is the place where a childrsquos thought is effected for a practical life

Teachers and Community Role

recording weight height and skin colour observing health changes carefully observing and noting abnormalities and informing the parents having positive discussions with parents joyful learning lessons on primary health care making a health class and playground environment ensuring there is safe water in the school

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3940

ensuring there are adequate male and female toilet facilities in the schools having regular health chart challenges

Primary Health Care having healthy well nourished children learning in a healthyhygienic environment with clean safe water clean safe surroundings clean safepersonal habits clean safe food preparation Classroom Climate caring for the

emotional and physical well-being of children

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 4040

Appendix-A

Ref Right of children in Islam What the teacher can do

Al Hadith In accordance with Islamic preceptldquochildrenrdquo means both male andfemaleldquoAcquisition of knowledge is obligatory

for all true believersrdquo

Ensure that both boys and girls haveaccess to schoolIf there is a mixed class of boys andgirls the girls should have as much

attention as the boys

Right to be brought up properlylooked after and provided for andeducated

The teacher is in loco parentis (in the place of the parents) and has theresponsibility to provide the same careas the parents

Al Quran666

Right to religious moral ethicalguidance provided with an

understanding of right and wrong

The teacher needs to know andunderstand the teachings of Islam so

as to provide the child with a good

education without bias and with agood ethical foundation

Al Quran5251

Children are given in trust to their parents ndash who will be held

accountableldquoEveryone of you is a caretaker andeveryone of you is answerable for hissubjectsrdquo

As teachers are in the place of parents ndash they too may be held accountable

Abu BakrRAA

Justice and equality Inequality isinjustice (forbidden in Islam)ldquoHe dieth not who takes to learning totreat children affectionately and to kiss

them are charitable actsrdquo

The teacher must be very sure that the treatmentof all children is equal and fair no favoritismno bias against certain children for whateverreason

This is especially important with regard to thosechildren who have been left as orphans ordisabled either as a result of the earthquake orfor any other reason

Al Hadith ldquoIt is a childrsquos right that his fathershould teach him how to read write

helliprdquo

Teachers have a responsibility to be professional in their teaching and also

to help parents and the community tounderstand their obligations about sending all

their children to school

Abu Daud ldquoWhoever has a girl under hisguardianshiphellip[and does not] treat herwith contempt nor gives preference to

his sons over her Allah will admit himto paradiserdquo

Teachers have an obligation to treatgirls equally and without bias and tohelp the parents and community to

understand their obligations in termsof helping girls to have an education

Page 2: Head Teachers Training Manual.pdf

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 240

Introduction

This short head teachers training course needs to be understood under the bigger

picture of the project The WFP-UNESCO joint program has been designed to provide

food and non-food assistance in 20 severely affected districts of NWFP Balochistan andsome districts of Arid Zone of Sindh as an effort in support of the GoP safety net

activities The Joint Program will adopt a two-pronged approach ie i) to ameliorate the

effect of the food crisis through the provision of a 36 liter tin of edible oil (4 litredistributed per month for 9 months in a school year)and 150 Kg of wheat per family( 50

kg distributed on a quarterly basis 3 times in a school year) during a one year period

(2008-09) for each student who would enroll in primary school (grades 1-5) or attendclasses in the aforementioned grades for a minimum of 20 days per month ii) Through

the provision of non-food incentives in the form of IEC material for the parents of school

children containing useful awareness raising messages to foster their support in theschooling of their children (through enrollment attendance and retention) even during the

crisis-ridden circumstancesThe point to be communicated is that sending messages to parents to send their

children is one part of the process The other part is improving schoolsrsquo internalconditions to make teaching and learning happen in a conducive environment In order to

strengthen collaboration from various stakeholders for effective implementation of the

joint program the non-food incentives involves orientation training workshops andcapacity building at the provincial and district levels and training of head teachers to

improve school internal conditions and organize 3 ldquoschool daysrdquo per school per year for

distribution of food items and IEC material messages in the selected 5400 primaryschool for girls

This training course is designed to meet the requirements of the head teachers to

make their schools as affective as possible for student attendance and learning for thestudents This course includes Classroom Management School Management Health andHygiene Use of Teaching and Learning Kit ensuring attendance and reducing drop out

community involvement celebration of School Day in the overall Child Rights

perspective Besides this training each school will get a School Improvement Booklet published by UNESCO All these materials will help you in planning for your school

improvement

It is therefore our personal and professional obligation to implement in ourschools whatever we learn in the workshop

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 340

983105 983106983137983139983147983143983154983151983157983150983140

Head teachers are the most important facilitators of school improvement The Head

Teachers are also change managers who plan for the betterment of their schools onregular bases Also the Head Teacher is a bridge between the school the community andthe education authorities To manage the school in a context in which an increasing

amount of responsibility is delegated to head teachers requires new skills and knowledge

In Pakistan most of the government primary schools are in multi-grade situation Inmajority of schools there is a single teacher concept In such situation the head teachers

are responsible of school management as well as teaching the students Keeping the needs

and interest of the schools UNESCO has designed a 2-daysrsquo training program includingthe essential aspects of school and classroom management child right health and

hygiene and orientation to School Feeding Programme This training component aims at

providing the necessary training and skills for Head Teachers to use their responsibilities

well Moreover this training has been designed in line with the Strengthening TeacherEducation in Pakistanrsquos (STEP) generic teachersrsquo training standards

This training programme consists of a total seven sessions Each of these sessionsattempts to address the current needs of the government primary schools of Pakistan

particularly in NWFP Sindh and Balochistan

This manual clearly outlines the training sessions with interactive learning activities

Including to this training manual a workbook has been designed to help participants to

acquire the learning materials required and work on it during and after the sessions

983106 983119983138983146983141983139983156983145983158983141983155

The in-service training program objectives are as follows

bull To introduce to the head teachers about child rights to education barriers to

enrollment effective classroom management in multi-grade situation andimportance of food for education programme in increasingmaintaining school

enrolment

bullbullbullbull To train head teachers in effective utilization of teaching and learning material intheir classrooms and in the schools

bullbullbullbull To train head teachers in strategies to promote improved school health andhygiene and to increase community involvement in the school improvement

processes

bullbullbullbull To enhance head teachersrsquo knowledge and skills for school management andeffective school documentation including budgeting and record keeping

The above interventions have been designed in line with the generic professional

standards for teachers of Pakistan It will address some of the professional standards set

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 440

under STEP which includes knowledge of pedagogy teaching method learning

approaches and human development reflective practice and collaborative partnership

983107 983107983151983150983156983141983150983156 983151983142 983156983144983141 983124983154983137983145983150983145983150983143

The content of the workshop is very ambitious therefore the trainers are requested not togo into details rather follow the simple activities suggested against each topic

bullbullbullbull Child Rights to education and barriers to enrolment and learning

bullbullbullbull Strategies for effective classroom management in multi-grade setting

bullbullbullbull Promotion of school health and hygiene education

bullbullbullbull Strategies to promote community involvement PTCsSMCs

bullbullbullbull Purpose of food distribution and its impact on studentsrsquo learning achievement

bullbullbullbull Effective monitoring system of enrolment and attendance and its documentation

983108 983124983154983137983145983150983145983150983143 983117983141983156983144983151983140983151983148983151983143983161The training will be interactive and participatory The participants will be exposed to

varieties of approaches to experience alternatives teaching methods They will also be

exposed to new knowledge and skills that can help them to develop as effective head

teachers This will not only provide them an opportunity to reflect critically on their present practices also to work on alternative strategies to develop their action plans for

bringing about improvement in their schools The following methods have been

suggested to employ in the training 1) Debates 2) role-play 3) presentations 4)demonstrations 5) presentations as group pair and individual work

983124983144983141 983156983154983137983145983150983145983150983143 983142983137983139983145983148983145983156983137983156983151983154983155 983137983154983141 983154983141983153983157983141983155983156983141983140 983156983151 983138983141 983139983154983141983137983156983145983158983141 983137983150983140 983157983155983141

983149983141983156983144983151983140983155 983156983144983137983156 983138983141983155983156 983142983145983156983155 983137 983155983145983156983157983137983156983145983151983150983086 983120983148983141983137983155983141 983149983145983160 983156983144983141 983149983141983156983144983151983140983155 983137983150983140

983156983144983141 983155983151983139983145983137983148 983155983141983156983156983145983150983143983155 983148983145983147983141 983156983144983141983154983141 983155983144983151983157983148983140 983150983151983156 983138983141 983151983150983148983161 983143983154983151983157983152 983159983151983154983147 983151983154

983151983150983148983161 983152983137983145983154 983159983151983154983147983086 983113983150 983156983144983141 983155983137983149983141 983159983137983161983155 983151983150983148983161 983140983145983155983139983157983155983155983145983151983150983155 983137983150983140

983152983154983141983155983141983150983156983137983156983145983151983150 983159983145983148983148 983149983137983147983141 983156983144983141 983152983137983154983156983145983139983145983152983137983150983156983155 983148983151983151983155983141 983156983144983141983145983154 983145983150983156983141983154983141983155983156 983145983150

983156983144983141 983155983141983155983155983145983151983150983086

983109 983112983151983159 983156983151 983157983155983141 983156983144983141 983149983137983150983157983137983148983103

983124983144983145983155 983149983137983150983157983137983148 983145983155 983137 983143983157983145983140983141983148983145983150983141 983151983142 983144983151983159 983156983151 983139983151983150983140983157983139983156 983156983144983141 983112983141983137983140 983124983141983137983139983144983141983154983155

983156983154983137983145983150983145983150983143983155 983145983150 983156983144983141 983152983154983151983146983141983139983156 983140983145983155983156983154983145983139983156983155983086 983123983145983150983139983141 983156983144983141 983155983141983155983155983145983151983150983155 983137983154983141 983139983137983154983141983142983157983148983148983161

983152983148983137983150983150983141983140 983145983156 983154983141983153983157983145983154983141983155 983156983144983141 983142983137983139983145983148983145983156983137983156983151983154983155 983156983151 983149983137983147983141 983152983154983141983152983137983154983137983156983145983151983150983155 983159983141983148983148

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 540

983138983141983142983151983154983141 983156983144983141 983155983141983155983155983145983151983150983155983086 983105983148983148 983142983151983154983149983137983156983155 983150983141983141983140983155 983156983151 983138983141 983152983154983145983150983156983141983140 983151983157983156 983152983154983141983085

983152983154983141983152983137983154983141983140 983139983144983137983154983156983155 983154983141983137983140983161 983137983140983140983145983156983145983151983150983137983148 983154983141983137983140983145983150983143 983149983137983156983141983154983145983137983148983155 983154983141983137983140 983137983150983140

983157983150983140983141983154983155983156983151983151983140983086 983120983148983141983137983155983141 983157983155983141 983156983144983141 991260983123983139983144983151983151983148 983113983149983152983154983151983158983141983149983141983150983156 983106983151983151983147983148983141983156991261 983142983151983154

983137983140983140983145983156983145983151983150983137983148 983154983141983137983140983145983150983143 983145983150 983159983144983145983139983144 983125983118983085983107983122983107 983137983154983156983145983139983148983141983155 983137983154983141 983137983148983155983151 983149983141983150983156983145983151983150983141983140983086

983124983144983141 983137983139983156983145983158983145983156983145983141983155 983137983154983141 983140983141983155983145983143983150983141983140 983157983155983145983150983143 983149983141983156983144983151983140983155 983151983142 983137983140983157983148983156 983148983141983137983154983150983145983150983143 983155983151983152983148983141983137983155983141 983142983151983148983148983151983159 983156983144983141 983152983137983156983156983141983154983155 983155983157983143983143983141983155983156983141983140 983145983150 983156983144983145983155 983149983137983150983157983137983148983086

983123983151983149983141 983155983141983155983155983145983151983150983155 983148983145983147983141 983151983154983145983141983150983156983137983156983145983151983150 983151983150 983156983144983141 983152983154983151983146983141983139983156 983137983150983140 983107983141983148983141983138983154983137983156983145983151983150 983151983142

983123983139983144983151983151983148 983108983137983161 983137983154983141 983158983141983154983161 983145983149983152983151983154983156983137983150983156 983145983142 983161983151983157 983142983141983141983148 983137983150983161 983140983145983142983142983145983139983157983148983156983161 983145983150 983156983144983145983155

983154983141983143983137983154983140983155 983152983148983141983137983155983141 983139983151983150983156983137983139983156 983125983118983109983123983107983119 983154983141983152983154983141983155983141983150983156983137983156983145983158983141 983145983150 983161983151983157983154 983154983141983143983145983151983150983155983086

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 640

983110 983124983113983117983109 983124983105983106983116983109 983119983110 983124983112983109 983112983109983105983108 983124983109983105983107983112983109983122983123991257 983124983122983105983113983118983113983118983111

Day-ITime Themes sessions

800-830 Session 1Introductory session- Introduction of the training

- Introduction of the participation

830-850 - Sharing objectives of the workshop to the participants

- Setting ground rules

850-1040 Session-2 Introduction to Child Rights to education

- Role of schoolsrsquo in addressing child right

- Analysis of enrolment barriers

1040-1100 Tea Break

1100 -12001200-100 Session-3 a)Effective classroom management b) Classroom management in multi-grade situation

100-200 Lunch and Prayer Break

300-400 c) Developing lesson plan for multi-grade situation

400-430 d) Demonstration of teaching and learning material

Day-II

800-815 Reflection on pervious dayrsquos session

815-1030 Session-4 Promotion of health and hygiene education

- Promotion of hygiene

- Techniques of teaching hygiene

1030-1100 Tea Break

1100-1200 Session-5 Overview of food crises and purpose of food distribution and

educational intervention in child education

1200-100 Session-6 Ways of developing linkages with community and parentsRole of PTCSMC to assist the school

100-200 Lunch and Prayer Break

200- 4 30 Session-7 a) Action Plan ( School Development plan) b) Celebration of School Day

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 740

983108983105983129 983085983113

1 983113983150983156983154983151983140983157983139983156983151983154983161 983123983141983155983155983145983151983150

Objectives By the end of this session the participants will be able to

bull Get to know each other

bull Become well acquainted with the training objectives

Time Allocation

Introduction and opening 15 minutes

Introduction of participants 15 minutes

Outline of the course objectives 15 minutes

Set training ground rules 10 minutes

Total 55 minutes

Materials required

o String (a roll of string that the participants will throw to each other

while holding one end and making a web)

o Pre-prepared flipchart with the course objectives written on it clearly

and neatlyo Pre-prepared flipchart with ldquocontentmethodologyrdquo written on it

12 Introduction

Welcome the participants and introduce yourself other team members and your background being chosen a trainer After official opening tell them that it is important for

all the workshop participants to become familiar to each other Ask the participants to

stand in a circle Explain them to throw the role of thread to each participant whileholding one end of the thread In this way everyone has got an end of thread Once the

participants got the thread they will say their name position and reason to attend this

workshop and make a web Once everyone has got the thread the facilitator will probe

from the participants that what does it means The say it means interaction sharingrespecting each others experiences openness and so on

13 983107983151983157983154983155983141 983151983157983156983148983145983150983141 983137983150983140 983119983138983146983141983139983156983145983158983141983155

This is a 2-days training-to train head teachers in developing skills of effective classroommanagement effective monitoring and documentation making links between

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 840

communityparents and promotion of health education at the school level The themes of

the courses are

bull To introduce the head teachers child right to education barriers to enrollmenteffective classroom management in multi-grade situation and importance of food

for education programme in increasingmaintaining school enrolmentbullbullbullbull To train head teachers in effective utilization of teaching and learning materials

in their schools

bullbullbullbull To train head teachers in strategies to promote improved school health andhygiene

bullbullbullbull Increase community involvement through PTCSMCs

bullbullbullbull To enhance head teachersrsquo knowledge and skills for school improvement andeffective school management

After sharing the training objectives ask the participants if they have any question about

the course objectives Add these on a new flip chart sheet separately (use your own

creative ways to introduce the session)

Make sure the participants are well informed about the methods to be used in the trainingThe core methodology will be interactive and participants centered Since they are adult

learners the participants will be given ample chance to contribute to the session through

discussion role-plays demonstrations and presentations

The participants will be encouraged to list down all the approaches used during this

workshop and try to utilize them in their classroom with their students

Also set a ground rule for the workshop Tell the participants to write down these rules

for the workshop on the flip charts These rules could be punctuality listening andsharing in the sessions respecting each others and switching off mobile phones

Explain to the participants that there is also a small portion of readings in their Work

Books that they will read for more information Explain that this should be read on theirfree time as there is not enough time during the course to do this

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 940

2 983123983141983155983155983145983151983150 983113983150983156983154983151983140983157983139983156983145983151983150 983156983151 983107983144983145983148983140 983122983145983143983144983156983155 983137983150983140 983138983137983154983154983145983141983154983155 983156983151

983141983150983154983151983148983149983141983150983156 983137983150983140 983148983141983137983154983150983145983150983143

ObjectivesBy the end of the session the participants will be able to

bull Get well acquainted with the Child Protection and child right in Islamic context

bull Analyze the barriers to enrolment at the school home and family level

bull Implement child right to programme

Session-2 Introduction to child right to education and barriers to enrollment

Activity-1 Sharing Protection of Child Right 10 minutes

Activity-2 Comparative analysis of Protection of Child Right in

CRC and Islamic context

20 minutes

Activity-3 Implement child right to programme 25 minutes

Activity-4 Analysis of enrolment barriers 40 minutes

Total 135

Material required-

o UN CRC worksheetso flip chartso marker pens

o blackboardo grids of enrolment analysiso workbooks

21 983107983144983145983148983140 983122983145983143983144983156 983145983150 983113983155983148983137983149 983137983150983140 983107983144983145983148983140 983122983145983143983144983156983155 983107983151983150983158983141983150983156983145983151983150

Activity-1Facilitator will write ldquoChild Rightsrdquo on the flip chart and elicit the participantsrsquo responses

of what this notion signifies Different responses will come from the participants which

will be listed around the statement Encourage more and more responses of the participants This is an opportunity to engage the entire participant to think and

contribute Once participantsrsquo responses were listed on the flip chart the facilitator will

lead the discussion specific to the child rights in Islamic context and in the Holy Quran

Activity-2

The next step participants will comparatively look at Child Rights in Islamic United Nation Child Rights Convention and on their own context Moreover the participants in

groups of five will discuss (workbook) how it can be addressed in schools

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 1040

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 1140

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 1240

983109983142983142983141983139983156983145983158983141

983123983139983144983151983151983148

Objectives of child right atschool level

What teachers can do

Reaching

All Children

Article 28

Promoting rights of children within the

community Enrolling excluded children in

programmes Treating children within the child rights

Achieving

Child Centered

Environments

Article 29 30

Concerned about the health of the child

Learning activities develop the childrsquos

full potential Act in the best interest of the child

Safe and secure school environment

Including

All ChildrenArticle 23

983110983154983141983141 983141983140983157983139983137983156983145983151983150

Treat children fairly in school

Respect diversity Provide quality learning for all children

Needing

Effective Learning

Article 13 2829

Activity based co-operative learning

methods

Learning involves use of qualitymaterial cultural and local resources

Assessment and monitoring systems use

Being

Healthy and

Protective ofChildrenArticle 1719 23

39

Ensure a healthy safe hygienic

environment

Promote both the physical and the psycho-socio-emotional health of

teachers and learners Prohibit corporal punishment

Openly

Gender SensitiveArticle 282939

Girls and boys are in a non violentenvironment

Respect for girls and boys rights dignity

and equality encouraged Gender friendly environments

Involving whole

family andcommunity with

childrenArticle 14 27

Link school with familycommunity Children participate in all aspects of life Encourage parentscommunity involve

in school affairs

Parents send their children to school

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 1340

22 983105983150983137983148983161983155983145983155 983156983144983141 983138983137983154983154983145983141983154983155 983156983151 983155983139983144983151983151983148 983141983150983154983151983148983149983141983150983156

Activity-4

The facilitator will explain to the participants how to identify barriers of enrolment at

different levels

1 Home and Community level2 School level

3 Policy and system level barriersThe participants will be divided into groups of five (according to the number of the

participants) and will be given grids (in the work book) to analyze barriers to enrolments

as example given below

Areas of analysis Possible

findings causes

Broad strategy Possible intervention

School Level

Example Poorquality

environment eg

- poor condition of

building- overcrowding

- lack of water

or sanitation- violence

(physical and

psychological)

Increasedlikelihood of non-

enrolment or non-

attendance and

dropping out afterenrolment

Provide support andtechnical assistance to

government and

communities to ensure

increased access forthose children who are

hardest to reach

School mapping toimprove planning and

targeting Child-

seeking Child Friendly

Schools

Home and Community level

Example- Directcosts of schooling

- school expenses- clothing

- books supplies

Advocacy for affordableeducation

Awareness-raising in

importance of childeducation

Incentive programmessuch as small

scholarships subsidies

food school supplies anduniforms

Policy Level

Example

Inadequate legalframework in such

areas as

- compulsoryeducation- child labour

- re-entry into

school

Education not free

and compulsory in principle or

practice

Increasedlikelihood thatchildren will fall

through the safety

net be unable totake examinations

or be forbidden re-

entry into school

Advocacy for

implementation ofcompulsory education

laws

Advocacy forimplementation of labourlaws

Advocacy for laws

allowing for continuedschooling for pregnant

girls or re-admission to

schools after pregnancy

Birth registration

campaignsAnalysis planning and

implementation of

policies supporting girlsrsquoeducation

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 1440

Once the participants have identified the potential causes they will be encouraged to think

of possible intervention to bridge these barriers This will be a rigorous exercise thereforethe facilitator must support and encourage each groups to work out the enrollment barrier

in the grid Once the participants worked out the analysis they should produce it on a flip

chart and present it to the whole group Once all the presentation finished display thesecharts on the walls The participants will have an opportunity to look at each others work

and learn from each other

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 1540

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 1640

Activity-2 (15 minutes)After this exercise ask the participants write down all the issues related to classroom

management they face in their class This is an individual task- the facilitator will

encourage each of the participants to think two issues and share it with the other participants sitting near by The responses might be discipline sitting issues over

crowded class and so on They will also prepare them on the flip charts and facilitator

will display them on the wall

32 983108983145983155983139983157983155983155 983140983145983142983142983141983154983141983150983156 983140983145983149983141983150983155983145983151983150983155 983151983142 983107983148983137983155983155983154983151983151983149 983149983137983150983137983143983141983149983141983150983156

Classroom organization is the key to managing teaching effectively Classroom

atmosphere is the key to managing the needs of the students Classroom planningassessment and record keeping are the keys to managing the curriculum learning

outcomes Classroom routines roles responsibilities relationships instructions and

positive praise are the keys to managing successful learning Planning is an essential management guideline so the next step of learning and most effective way to manage

resources can be decided Teachers need to ensure children reach their potential and gain

educational outcomes and skills for life long learning

Activity-3Facilitator will give his input about Classroom Management There are different

dimensions to the classroom management as mentioned in the table below The

participants will be divided into 8 pairs or groups depending to the size of the class Give

them themes of the Classroom Management with instructions (as mentioned below) the

participants will discuss and make suggestions under each headings

Organization How do you organize your class

Setting routine list out your daily routines with timing

Lay out of classroom How should be classroom displays and settings

Planning What needs to be planned and how

Sharing responsibilities Decide roles for students

Safe and secure environment What points need to be considered

Setting rule and procedures Think of possible rules for your classroom

Sanction and rewords How will you deal with behaviors

Once the groups finished discussing in their themes groups they will then write those

points on the flip charts Next the facilitator will consolidate all the group work and

display around the classroom management

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 1740

Discussion

At the end of the session summarize classroom management by using the information

below The facilitator will require summarized chart of classroom management and share

it with the participants Facilitator will also provide these readings to the participants to

read on their own time (Reading on Work Book)

33 983107983148983137983155983155983154983151983151983149 983149983137983150983137983143983141983149983141983150983156 983145983150 983117983157983148983156983145983085983143983154983137983140983141 983155983145983156983157983137983156983145983151983150

Since most of the government primary schools are in multi-grade situation we have to

keep in mined our classroom before teaching

ActivityAsk the participants to draw their classroom where the sitting may be

bull Classroom may be in different shape (triangle rectangle etc)

bull Sitting arrangement of mats or chairs (in lines circle u shape or in groups)

bull Number of doors windows ( if tents specify)

bull Location of black board and teachers desk

bull Location of teaching material

bull Displays of students work or chartsAfter the participants illustrate their classrooms they should display them on the wall

Facilitator will share the following classroom setting to encourage favourable learningenvironment

Classroom

Management

Organization

Lay out of

classroom

Atmosphere Setting routine

Setting rule and

procedures

Safe and secure

environment

Planning

Sharing

responsibilities

Sanction and

rewords

Figure - 1

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 1840

C-3

C-1 C-2

C-5C-4

Effective sitting arrangement in multi-grade classroom

(Students sitting in groups on desks in multi-grade situation)

(Students sitting in semi-circle on mats in multi-grade situation)

34 983120983148983137983150983150983145983150983143 983137983150983140 983154983151983157983156983145983150983141 983155983141983156983156983145983150983143 983145983150 983117983157983148983156983145983085983143983154983137983140983141 983155983145983156983157983137983156983145983151983150

A multi-grade situation is where there are a number of students in a classroom who areclassified into different grades This situation is common in a village where the number

of children for an average class size is insufficient and the practical solution is to sit

them all together in one classroom The most difficult hurdle for a multi-grade teacher is

the demand to complete a curriculum or textbook for each grade regardless of studentability needs or skills In the Government primary school are exam driven which

multiplies the challenges Effective planning and conscious effort can address this issue

Facilitator will show how to integrate lessons and set effective routines for their classes

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 1940

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2040

b Vertical integration- Block planning and teaching

Select topics of different levels which have common purpose for example similar topics in

science social studies Language Islamiyat

Block Number Class-1 Class-2

1 science language Visit to zoo Animals

2 Science Cleanliness Prevention from diseases

3 Social studies My parents My family

35 983107983148983137983155983155983154983151983151983149 983124983145983149983141983156983137983138983148983141 983137983150983140 983122983151983157983156983145983150983141 983155983141983156983156983145983150983143

Develop a timetable for your classroom keep in mind the number of classes children

teachers classrooms and subjects See how best you can utilize the time available in a

working day

36 983109983142983142983141983139983156983145983158983141 983111983154983151983157983152983145983150983143

A multi-grade classroom needs students doing group work so careful management isrequired There will be a wide range of ages abilities attainments and interests

Grouping must be flexible during the day and times when grouping sitting in groups and

doing group work will be necessary This grid shows teachersrsquo studentsrsquo activities duringa period with different group in multi grade situation

Period Class- 1

Group

Class-2

Group

Class-3

Group

40 mins

Period-1 Teacher

(Teaching in C-1

)

Activity

(students

doing

activities)

Written

(Students

writing)

13 mins

Period-1 Written

(Students)

Teacher

(Teaching)

Activity

(Students)

13 mins

Period-1 Activity

(Students)

Written

(Students)

Teacher

(Teaching)

13 mins

The same pattern can follow for the next periods The teacher must be very specific in

her planning stating what objectives will be taught what written work and type ofactivities will be done which should be monitored on a regular basis

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2140

Facilitator will explain ldquofor the multi-grade situation the period lesson plan needs to be

extended to include the specific activities the students will do and how the teacher will

divide herhis time with the different groups

37 983108983141983158983141983148983151983152983145983150983143 983148983141983155983155983151983150983155 983145983150 983117983157983148983156983145983085983143983154983137983140983141 983155983145983156983157983137983156983145983151983150

Activity-4

Participants in groups will be given books to design lessons for class-1 and class-2Facilitator will assist the participants in identifying topics of different classes with same

objectives For example in science take the topic ldquoplantsrdquo For class-1 students will have

to learn three main parts of tree (root stem and leaves) and for class-2 the students haveto learn more then three parts of tree The participants will identify similar topics in

sciences language social studies mathematics and Islamiyat and make and try to

integrate the lesson

For example

Action Session 1C- 1 Session 2C-2 Session 3C-3

Subject

Objective

Content

Materials

Activity

Evaluation

38 983125983156983145983148983145983162983137983156983145983151983150 983151983142 983124983141983137983139983144983145983150983143 983137983150983140 983148983141983137983154983150983145983150983143 983149983137983156983141983154983145983137983148

Facilitator will demonstrate to develop some teaching and learning materials and it willuse it in the classroom Heshe will explain teaching and learning material to the

participants how it supplements teaching

During demonstration the facilitator will make the following pointsAn interesting teachinglearning material makes learning easy for children Learning

becomes more interesting by focusing the curiosity of the children with verities of

teaching support UNESCO teaching and learning material consists of range of subject

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2240

matters It encompasses all the curriculum subjects in an activity based child centred

approach

Children can visualise things easily especially when it involves their sense of learning

and sight The children gain lots of confidence when presenting or working in front of the

class The natural desire to move is fulfilled by the use of teaching and learningmaterials

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2340

DAY-II

4 9831239831419831559831559831459831519831509830854 983120983154983151983149983151983156983145983151983150 983151983142 983112983141983137983148983156983144 983137983150983140 983112983161983143983145983141983150983141 983109983140983157983139983137983156983145983151983150

Objectives By the end of the session the participants will be able to

bull Acquire knowledge on principals of hygiene and healthy practices

bull Identify potentially harmful situations in schools regard to health

bull Devise strategies to promote health and hygiene in schools

Time Allocation

Activity 1 Principle of hygiene and healthy practices 10 minutes

Activity 2 Strategies to teach hygiene 20 minutes

Activity 3 Prevention and minimization of diseasesAction-Plans for school health

20 minutes

Conclusion 05 minutes

Total 55 minutes

Materials required

o Flip chart papero marker pens

o tapeo Workbook for each of the

participants

41 983113983150983156983154983151983140983157983139983156983145983151983150 983120983154983145983150983139983145983152983137983148 983151983142 983112983161983143983145983141983150983141

In this session we will look at some physical health issues that occur because of thecondition under which people have to live while they rebuild their lives The WHO

defines health as a state of complete physical mental and social wellbeing and not merely

the absence of disease or infirmity Hygiene is defined as the principles and laws

governing the preservation of health and their practical application practice conducive togood health it may refer to keeping clean in order to prevent diseases and maintain health

Activity 1 Principles of hygiene [10 minutes]

The participants individually should think of five principles of hygiene (healthy life)keeping the current situation of children in the primary schools

1 Wash hands with soap after using toilet and before eat meal2 Daily bath

3 Do not spit cover nose suppression

4 Use purified and boiled water keep water covered

5 Wash fruit before eating fruit

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2440

After the participants listed the principle of hygiene the facilitator will write the

definitions of health and hygiene on flip charts and explain it to the participants

42 983123983156983154983137983156983141983143983145983141983155 983156983151 983156983141983137983139983144 983144983161983143983145983141983150983141

Activity 2In your small groups pick the five principles that are most common to the group and

develop teaching strategies to help students understand the need for these principles

Principles Teaching strategies

1 Wash hands

2---------------

3---------------

4---------------5---------------

Demonstration of hand washing with soap

------------------------------------------------------------------

------------------------------------------------------------------

Allow 15 minutes for this exerciseBring the groups back to plenary and put up the flip charts on the walls Ask people to

move around the room and read all the sheets Encourage people note down if any

strategies they like

Allow 5 minutes for questions and discussion

43 983120983154983141983158983141983150983156983145983151983150 983137983150983140 983149983145983150983145983149983145983162983137983156983145983151983150Activity-3Explain to the participants that while regular hygiene activities are necessary there are

specific diseases that my be spread more easily in situations of temporary shelter

contaminated water insufficient water and the other conditions under which people arestill living Ask the group to find one person with whom they would like to work Explain

that this activity will be completed as pair work However each person should fill in the

table in their workbook

Common

Health Proble

Risk condition Prevention minimization

intervention

Diarrhea

cholera

dysentery

Poor sanitation inadequate

water condition poor

personal hygiene

Sanitation facilities Water

purification Personal hygiene ORS

(treatment only) Effectivesurveillance systems to prevent or

minimize disease outbreaks

Malaria and

other vector

Standing uncovered water

increasing the risk of

Health education raising awareness

about the risks of standing water

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2540

borne diseases(eg typhoid)

mosquitoes breedingCongested living conditions

increasing the possibility of

infection

Exposure to areas where

disease-transmittingorganism are more common

Increased population density promoting mosquito bites

use of mosquito nets understandingof symptoms of the disease etc

Advocates for measures for vector

control spraying for example

Effective surveillance systems by

health authorities

Respiratorytract

infections

(includingPneumonia)

Inadequate shelterPoor health care services

Overcrowding

Lack of food malnutritionRainy season

Improved shelter (especially fromwind but ensuring ventilation) Dry

clothes when wet

Use of antibiotics with doctorrsquosConsultation

Water borneDiseases

Contaminated water (garbagein

water source urinecontamination ndash animal orhuman)

Inadequately treated drinking

water (un-boiled orinsufficiently

boiled) Poor hygienic

conditions in

Shelters

Boil water for cooking washing anddrinking where possible Use water

purification tablets where possibleCare of immediate environmentin terms of covering water getting

rid of standing water ensuring that

clothes and bedding are well-aired Use of

antibiotics under medical

supervision

SkinInfections

Inadequate hygienePoor hygienic conditions in

Shelters

Regular washing with soap andwater

Thorough drying of skin Eliminationof vermin from the environment

Medication where necessary undermedical supervision

Tetanus Open wounds (due to

trauma)

Poor hygiene

Clean wounds (antiseptic if

available or soap and water) Cover

wounds with clean cloth orDressings Seek medical helpimmediately

Animal

transmitted

diseases

Unhygienic slaughtering

Contact with infected

animals dueto lack of veterinary control

Increased rate of diseases in

Animals

Ensuring that animals are

slaughtered according to Islamic law

(meat is halaal) Use of antibioticsunder medical supervision

When the participants have completed the exercise ask for one or two examples that are

particularly relevant and possible to accomplish While the pairs are working movearound the room so that you can see any really good examples to discuss in plenary Now

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2640

ask the participants to develop Health Action Plans for their school An example is shown

below

45 983105983139983156983145983151983150983085983120983148983137983150983085 983123983139983144983151983151983148 983112983141983137983148983156983144 983137983150983140 983112983161983143983145983141983150983141 983120983154983151983143983154983137983149983149983141

Health problems Interventions

What Who How When

Diarrhea cholera

dysentery

Water Teachers

andStudents

Clean water

Malaria Cleanenvironment

All Dustbins

ConclusionBasic health and hygiene are more difficult in situations of disaster and lack of

infrastructure in place In situations like NWFP Balochistan and Sindh (natural and man

made disaster at peak) it is important to reinforce the basic principles as people who areunder stress often neglect these basics and so children may not learn appropriately

5 9831239831419831559831559831459831519831509830855 983119983158983141983154983158983145983141983159 983151983142 983156983144983141 983142983151983151983140 983139983154983145983155983141983155 983137983150983140 983152983157983154983152983151983155983141 983151983142

983142983151983151983140 983140983145983155983156983154983145983138983157983156983145983151983150

Objectives By the end of this session the participants will be able to

bull Discuss the recent food crises and its impact on common people particularly onchildren

bull Purpose of food distribution to schools and what are the indirect impacts on childeducation

Time Allocation

Activity 1 discuss the recent food crises and high prices issue 10 minutes

Activity 2 purpose of food distribution to schools and its impact onchild education

20 minutes

Activity 3 food distribution project 20 minutes

Conclusion 05 minutes

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2740

Total 55 minutes

11 Materials required

o Flip chart paper

o marker penso tape

o workbook for each of the

participantso leaflets of food distribution

programme

IntroductionIntroduce the WFP-UNESCO in partnership with the Government of Pakistan has

initiated school feeding programme to mitigate short term hunger When children come

for school with empty stomach (without breakfast) they are less likely to concentrate and

engage in learning activities This programme can temporarily bridge food gapes infamilies and can be helpful in refocusing studentrsquos attention to the lessons This can also

be an incentive to increase the enrolment attendance and decrease dropout It is alsoassumed that this programme may increase the education quality improvement from

school to district level

Activity- 1

Facilitator will explain the following agendas of Food for Education The followingcatchphrase of school feeding programme will be written on flip chart and discussed

thoroughly

bull School feeding can decrease short-term hunger thereby increasing learningcapacity

bull School feeding and take home ration can improve school enrollment andattendance and decrease drop-out

bull Food assistance can encourage community participation in education

bull Involvement of district government education department can act as a lever for

school quality improvement

bull School feeding can improve nutritional status and hence improve school performance

bull School feeding and Take home ration are education intervention

Activity-2

The participants will discuss in groups and workout the grid mentioned below The participants will be encouraged to think on the activities that school can perform to

enhance school feeding programme specific objectives

Objectives and activities for school feeding programme

Objectives Activities

WFPUNESCO What school Can do

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2840

Increase enrollmentattendance retention and

completion

School ration (wheat and oil) Parents outreach

Enhance learning

environment

Provision of teaching and

learning materials

Enhance teachers quality Teachers complete a two-dayHead Teachersrsquo training

receive

Enhance learning capacity Provision of teaching and

learning kit

Increase community

participation

school food distribution

managed by parent IEC

campaign PTC training

Improve support to schools Management of ToT training

for head teachers

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2940

o Flip chart papero Marker penso Tape for sticking papers to the wallso Workbook for each participant

6 9831239831419831559831559831459831519831509830856 983107983151983149983149983157983150983145983156983161 983137983150983140 983120983137983154983141983150983156983155 983141983150983143983137983143983141983149983141983150983156 983145983150 983155983139983144983151983151983148Objectives By the end of this session the participants will be able to

bull Identify roles of PTCSMC in school

bull How to mobilize communityPTC in the school affairsbull What are their role in food distribution teaching material distribution and

monitoring

Time Allocation

What PTC and SMCs can do for the schools

Activity-1 Need and response 40

Activity-2 ways of communication with community- School

improvement booklet and awareness raising message

10

Conclusion 05 minutes

Total 55 minutes

Materials required

IntroductionFacilitator will introduce community participation in education Community and parents

are best resources to be utilized In Pakistan SMCs PTCs representingcommunityparents have been initiated to assist the school

61 983105983139983156983145983158983145983156983161 1 983118983141983141983140983155 983137983150983140 983122983141983155983152983151983150983155983141983155

Divide the participants into small groups (3-4) Ask participants to open their workbooks

and list in the first column the 5 pressing needs of their schools Then the second columnthey should list one point for each need where SMCPTCs can assist The groups have 20

minutes for this exercise

Needs Assistance

Children not attending schools PTAsSMCs can advocate in the

community and support families to sendtheir children to school through provision of

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3040

scholarships especially their girl children

Distribution of food and teaching

learning materials

PTC and SMC can monitor of the fair distribution

Activity-4

The community is part of the class room atmosphere and school physical environmentHead teacher needs to build a good relationship with the community Know the

community develop co-operation communicate with them There are many ways of

connecting with the community as mentioned below

62 983127983137983161983155 983151983142 983149983137983147983145983150983143 983148983145983150983147983137983143983141983155 983159983145983156983144 983107983151983149983149983157983150983145983156983161983120983137983154983141983150983156983155

Some suggested ideas for information sharing below

letters Events like School Day parents day PTCSMCs and teachers meetings

community projects clean ups information promotions (heath and sanitation) the school as a centre for community activities and adult classes sharing School Improvement Booklet-awareness raising materials

7 9831239831419831559831559831459831519831509830857 983105983139983156983145983151983150983085983120983148983137983150

ObjectivesBy the end of this session the participants will be able to

bull Develop Action Plans to address the following School Improvement Indicatorso School attendance and enrollmento Improved School environment

o Health and hygieneo Utilization of teaching and learning resourceso Monitoring and recording wheat and oil rationo Activation of PTCSMC

Present Action plan format 10

Activity-1 design action plans for their schools 50

Activity -2 Presentations 20

Summing up 10

Total 1 30 minutes

Materials required

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3140

o Flip Charto Marker pens

o Action plan format

o School Day Charto Tape

o White Sheets

Introduction

The facilitator will share format of Action Plan to the participants Clearly explain how to

go about it Then ask the participants individually develop Action plan that will beimplemented in their schools The participants will also be informed that on the bases of

these Action Plans they will be monitored

What How Who When Comments

1 School

health

Providing

clean

water

HT

Teachers

PTCSMC

March 09 Head teacher in

collaboration with

PTCSMC will makesure there is a safe clean

water for students in the

school

2 Students

enrolment

Enrolment

campaignSchool

day

Visithomes

PTCSMC

HT

5t

Apr-09

3 School day

4 SMC

meeting

5 Improve

school

environment

The training participants will fill out this action plan according to their school needs and priority Share these Action Plans to the whole group and encourage others to make notes

from each others work incases they see it relevant to their schools as well

Objectives

By the end of this session the participants will be able too To develop an understanding of how a School Day is celebratedo Plan for their own schools of how they will celebrate the day

Present School Day Plan 10 minutes

Activity-1 Discuss in small groups how the day will be

celebrate

20 minutes

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3240

Make plans when the day will be celebrated at their school 30 minutes

Total 60 minutes

Materials required

o Flip Chart

o Marker pens

o School Day Chart

o Tapeo White Sheets

School DayA lsquoSchool Dayrsquo is the day in the GOP-WFP-UNESCO project when parents teachers and projectofficials meet in the school premises to discuss ways to improve the school Several factorscontribute to school improvement School attendance and enrollment Retention of studentsSchool environment Health and hygiene of students Utilization of teaching and learning

materials PTACommunity involvement Nutrition and diet and use of oil and wheat rations Ona School Day the head teacher with the help of Social Mobilizer of the implementing partner willdiscuss the school improvement factors with the parents and children of the school

ActivitiesThe following activities are suggested to make the day useful and attractive to the children

parents and community members

Activity 1 Preparation of activities of the day

Send invitation to all parents at least a week before the ldquoSchool Dayrdquo through children verballyand also in writing (hand written notes would suffice) and also spread the message by word-of-mouth At least two days before the program send a reminder by writing the message on the

studentsrsquo copy books or paper slips and read it loudly and clearly in the classrooms Make surethat the children have understood the message by asking them to explain And if possible invite

the community members through telephone calls or by sending the school children to spread thenews Advance planning is the key to success

Activity 2 Follow the agenda

SN Activities Time in

Minutes

Registration of the participants

1 Recitation verses from the holy Quran by one of the students 03

2 Naat by a student 05

Celebrate a School Day

Make sure you have

1 All parents children teachers head teacher supervisorADO and the PTASMC PTC are invited

2 A plan is ready for the day

3 Food items (wheat and oil) ready for distribution

4 Key messages and teaching and learning kits are available and are on display

5 Students prepared to show their talents to their parents and to the community members

6 Successes and areas needing improvements for discussion with parents and community

7 Constituted a committee for organization of the School Day

8 Informed the students that they should come neat and clean and in school uniform

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3340

Notes for the Head Teacher Use the day to celebrate to celebrate the schoolsrsquo achievements Open the school gates for parents community members and social workers of the villag

Involve everybody in the sessions and avoid a lot of talking (Sweeten the small stuff) Give children space to speak about their successes and problems at the school

If you have more than one teacher involve them in planning of the day Ask teachers to facilitate group discussions without dominating the discussion If teachers

are not available ask some literate volunteers from the village or NGO representatives if

available to help Decorate the school with childrenrsquos work and readymade displays and locally available

flowers and plants You have some of the resources available in your teaching andlearning kit

Have a positive focus Do not talk with parents about what their children can not dorather talk about what the children can do

Explore use of local resources

Take ideas from School Improvement Booklet (SIB) for the event Appreciate studentsrsquo successes and achievements with some rewards if possible Pray for every ones success and those who have helped in providing an opportunity to

celebrate the day pray for the country and the people for their good health wealth peaceand prosperity and thank everyone for their participation

Actively follow up on the implementation of School Improvement Plan prepared on theSchool Day

3 Welcome address by PTAPTCSMC representative 10

4 Introduction of the day by the Head teacher 20

5 Poem song or some creative item from the students 20

6 Discussion on the key messages (what does the messages mean how it will be disseminated

in the village How to achieve it)

40

7 Discussion on the topics (use group work) followed by whole group open discussion

School attendance and enrollment School environment Health and hygiene Utilization ofTeaching and Learning materials PTACommunity Involvement Nutrition and diet and

Use of oil and wheat rations (please involve some representative students as well)

40

8 Develop a School Development Plan (SDP ) while using the following pattern

40

Issues1 How it will be

resolved

Who will be

responsible

Resources

required

Source of

funding

Time (By

When)

Note Please use short term and quickly doable plans like reducing absenteeism by students and teachers cleaningthe school planning trees (use School Improvement Book for more ideas)

9 Conclude the day by stating the background and the purpose of food and educational

incentives and by asking the parents and children to take their food ration and remind them

about the key messages As a concluding activity invite the parents and the community

members to visit the classrooms and ask the students to explain to them their creative work

10

Activity 3 Documentation and Reporting

Document the proceedings of the day and develop a short report for Project Implementation Unit

ADO circle or talka

1 For example student attendance has declined in the past two months

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3440

Course Evaluation

Note Please take a few minutes to complete the form and return to the facilitator

1 List out what have you learnt from this training

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

----------------------------------------------------------

2 What did you like from the training

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------

3 What particular learning will you implement How

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------

4 What are the suggestions to improve the training

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------

5 How do you rate the facilitator knowledge skills and attitude

Knowledge 1------2--------3--------4--------5

Skills 1------2--------3--------4--------5

Attitude 1------2--------3--------4--------5

Note 1 is the lowest and 5 is highest rate Please circle the number that you think

the facilitator has performed

6 Over all comments about the training

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3540

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3640

Reading Materials

Facilitator Child Rights Our Educational Responsibilities

All Education programmes must be based on the understanding of the Convention on

the Rights of a Child When training is based on these values then the child will be thecentre of all topics presented The teachers job is to provide opportunities theatmosphere and environment so the rights of the child are met in the place they willspend much of their waking hours The main educational rights involve in schools arebased from rights number 13 17 28 29 and 31

Important Rights to note childrens right to leisure and play childrens need for space to develop the need to take childrens opinions into account the need to involve children in the learning process

the need for policies and training to be in the best interest of the child the need for learning to be life skills relevant local roots and global connections the importance of a change in attitude towards facilitating learning

The following needs to be in place so it can happen in Child Friendly SchoolsUniversal AccessReference to the many million children still deprived of education many of whom aregirls many of whom finish primary school lacking essential knowledge skills attitudesand values

Role of Parents Teachers and Community

awareness of the role of teachers and trainers being imperative in realising the ideaof childrens rights basing training on interpreting the Convention on the Rights of the Child and

putting it into real practice having all the skills necessary to encourage and assist all in the learning process realising that learning is not just about the facts but learning how to access and

process information so it is beneficial and relevant supporting and rewarding trainers and teachers ensuring that parents are given a key responsibility in forming constructive

relationships with teachers and schools for learning and training requirement fortheir children

Equal Opportunities an understanding of non-discrimination against girls special needs learning

difficulties children who are nomadic indigenous immigrant or are a linguisticminority

a realisation that every child has unique characteristics interests abilities needs

The Appropriate Quality Education Content

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3740

training of teachers and school learning being relevant to the child now and for thefuture

training sessions and consequently classroom and schools helping to developpersonalities talents mental and physical abilities to their fullest potential

Cultural roots and Global Values

the need to include respect for human rights in our learning environments an awareness of combination of learning to respect ones own nation and culture and

the culture of others the need to encourage tolerance and harmony for a better understanding of

minorities indigenous peoples refugees immigrants and gender equality

New Methods of Learning an agreement that learning is a combination of critical thinking and having fun that

passive listening and rote memorisation are less valuable than application andprocess to enhance understanding

the need for training workshops and classrooms to be participant friendly allowing for curiosity time to question receive answers to argue debate test andmake mistakes to create be spontaneous to be recognised and respected

Mutual Respect reflecting in training and inner life of a school the education message of vision

values human rights tolerance respecting dignity encouraging problem-solving skills allowing teachers to help children develop tools

for peaceful conflict resolution in all new learning situations the need to feel safe secure and totally trust our

teachersStudent Participation Opportunities for learners to express their points of view encouraging learners to

take personal responsibility for their studies Having a system of sharing responsibilities sharing ideas regular feedback and

learning evaluation Knowing that a good school and a good training workshop both promote total

participation and is a model of fairness for all

Child Rights and our Primary Health Care Responsibilities

The Child Health Rights directly concerning the teacher and the school must also beconsidered as the school can play a vital role in ensuring they are addressed Thefollowing particularly relate to articles 19 23 24 29 and 31

educational policies in schools and classrooms must be in place to protect childrenfrom all forms of physical punishment mental violence injury abuse neglect ormaltreatment

that an effort be made to include mentally and physically disabled children in theschool and classroom programmes so they can enjoy a full and decent life whichpromotes dignity self reliance and participation in the school and community

that schools may assist in facilitating a child in health rehabilitation

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3840

to ensure basic medical assistance is given in school for first aid and thedevelopment of primary health care awareness

keeping health records and observing nutritional state of individual children providing clean water in schools to ensure the educational programmes support mental and physical development

a child has an opportunity at school to rest and leisure and playIn Pakistan there is higher infant mortality lower immunisation lower literacy rateslower school enrolment lower access to safe water and more severely underweightchildren Primary health care is vital on the long list of human development needs Allchildren have the right to the best health care that is availableThis area is of concern to all involved in teaching as the child entering the school cantake advantage of all the opportunities if they are healthy and well cared for in pre-school environments and homesSchools also must ensure their primary role in health care so children can carry thelearning to other parts of the community The two concerns involve preventive orcurative methods

Ignorance polluted surroundings negligence in food care washing facilities animalsclose to living areas unsafe drinking water sanitation living surroundings seasonaldiseases communicable diseases personal hygiene girl children and their health andcommunicable diseases are all areas of concern The population growth rate isincreasing and many are deprived of basic Primary Health Care

When the population rate is more than the resources the situation can be extremelydifficult and expensive to remedy

In classroom and at schools areas of health can be addressed throughout the primaryyears so information is clearly disseminated with the help of the children Awareness of

healthy habits helps children build their self-esteem and learning to value your-self is animportant aspect of primary health care

The value of children learning aspects of Primary Health Care

they are very good and quick learners they share with others whatever they learn the learning in childhood is long lasting the teachers instructions or words are important words for a child children experience that is they do practical work and learn more school is the place where a childrsquos thought is effected for a practical life

Teachers and Community Role

recording weight height and skin colour observing health changes carefully observing and noting abnormalities and informing the parents having positive discussions with parents joyful learning lessons on primary health care making a health class and playground environment ensuring there is safe water in the school

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3940

ensuring there are adequate male and female toilet facilities in the schools having regular health chart challenges

Primary Health Care having healthy well nourished children learning in a healthyhygienic environment with clean safe water clean safe surroundings clean safepersonal habits clean safe food preparation Classroom Climate caring for the

emotional and physical well-being of children

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 4040

Appendix-A

Ref Right of children in Islam What the teacher can do

Al Hadith In accordance with Islamic preceptldquochildrenrdquo means both male andfemaleldquoAcquisition of knowledge is obligatory

for all true believersrdquo

Ensure that both boys and girls haveaccess to schoolIf there is a mixed class of boys andgirls the girls should have as much

attention as the boys

Right to be brought up properlylooked after and provided for andeducated

The teacher is in loco parentis (in the place of the parents) and has theresponsibility to provide the same careas the parents

Al Quran666

Right to religious moral ethicalguidance provided with an

understanding of right and wrong

The teacher needs to know andunderstand the teachings of Islam so

as to provide the child with a good

education without bias and with agood ethical foundation

Al Quran5251

Children are given in trust to their parents ndash who will be held

accountableldquoEveryone of you is a caretaker andeveryone of you is answerable for hissubjectsrdquo

As teachers are in the place of parents ndash they too may be held accountable

Abu BakrRAA

Justice and equality Inequality isinjustice (forbidden in Islam)ldquoHe dieth not who takes to learning totreat children affectionately and to kiss

them are charitable actsrdquo

The teacher must be very sure that the treatmentof all children is equal and fair no favoritismno bias against certain children for whateverreason

This is especially important with regard to thosechildren who have been left as orphans ordisabled either as a result of the earthquake orfor any other reason

Al Hadith ldquoIt is a childrsquos right that his fathershould teach him how to read write

helliprdquo

Teachers have a responsibility to be professional in their teaching and also

to help parents and the community tounderstand their obligations about sending all

their children to school

Abu Daud ldquoWhoever has a girl under hisguardianshiphellip[and does not] treat herwith contempt nor gives preference to

his sons over her Allah will admit himto paradiserdquo

Teachers have an obligation to treatgirls equally and without bias and tohelp the parents and community to

understand their obligations in termsof helping girls to have an education

Page 3: Head Teachers Training Manual.pdf

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 340

983105 983106983137983139983147983143983154983151983157983150983140

Head teachers are the most important facilitators of school improvement The Head

Teachers are also change managers who plan for the betterment of their schools onregular bases Also the Head Teacher is a bridge between the school the community andthe education authorities To manage the school in a context in which an increasing

amount of responsibility is delegated to head teachers requires new skills and knowledge

In Pakistan most of the government primary schools are in multi-grade situation Inmajority of schools there is a single teacher concept In such situation the head teachers

are responsible of school management as well as teaching the students Keeping the needs

and interest of the schools UNESCO has designed a 2-daysrsquo training program includingthe essential aspects of school and classroom management child right health and

hygiene and orientation to School Feeding Programme This training component aims at

providing the necessary training and skills for Head Teachers to use their responsibilities

well Moreover this training has been designed in line with the Strengthening TeacherEducation in Pakistanrsquos (STEP) generic teachersrsquo training standards

This training programme consists of a total seven sessions Each of these sessionsattempts to address the current needs of the government primary schools of Pakistan

particularly in NWFP Sindh and Balochistan

This manual clearly outlines the training sessions with interactive learning activities

Including to this training manual a workbook has been designed to help participants to

acquire the learning materials required and work on it during and after the sessions

983106 983119983138983146983141983139983156983145983158983141983155

The in-service training program objectives are as follows

bull To introduce to the head teachers about child rights to education barriers to

enrollment effective classroom management in multi-grade situation andimportance of food for education programme in increasingmaintaining school

enrolment

bullbullbullbull To train head teachers in effective utilization of teaching and learning material intheir classrooms and in the schools

bullbullbullbull To train head teachers in strategies to promote improved school health andhygiene and to increase community involvement in the school improvement

processes

bullbullbullbull To enhance head teachersrsquo knowledge and skills for school management andeffective school documentation including budgeting and record keeping

The above interventions have been designed in line with the generic professional

standards for teachers of Pakistan It will address some of the professional standards set

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 440

under STEP which includes knowledge of pedagogy teaching method learning

approaches and human development reflective practice and collaborative partnership

983107 983107983151983150983156983141983150983156 983151983142 983156983144983141 983124983154983137983145983150983145983150983143

The content of the workshop is very ambitious therefore the trainers are requested not togo into details rather follow the simple activities suggested against each topic

bullbullbullbull Child Rights to education and barriers to enrolment and learning

bullbullbullbull Strategies for effective classroom management in multi-grade setting

bullbullbullbull Promotion of school health and hygiene education

bullbullbullbull Strategies to promote community involvement PTCsSMCs

bullbullbullbull Purpose of food distribution and its impact on studentsrsquo learning achievement

bullbullbullbull Effective monitoring system of enrolment and attendance and its documentation

983108 983124983154983137983145983150983145983150983143 983117983141983156983144983151983140983151983148983151983143983161The training will be interactive and participatory The participants will be exposed to

varieties of approaches to experience alternatives teaching methods They will also be

exposed to new knowledge and skills that can help them to develop as effective head

teachers This will not only provide them an opportunity to reflect critically on their present practices also to work on alternative strategies to develop their action plans for

bringing about improvement in their schools The following methods have been

suggested to employ in the training 1) Debates 2) role-play 3) presentations 4)demonstrations 5) presentations as group pair and individual work

983124983144983141 983156983154983137983145983150983145983150983143 983142983137983139983145983148983145983156983137983156983151983154983155 983137983154983141 983154983141983153983157983141983155983156983141983140 983156983151 983138983141 983139983154983141983137983156983145983158983141 983137983150983140 983157983155983141

983149983141983156983144983151983140983155 983156983144983137983156 983138983141983155983156 983142983145983156983155 983137 983155983145983156983157983137983156983145983151983150983086 983120983148983141983137983155983141 983149983145983160 983156983144983141 983149983141983156983144983151983140983155 983137983150983140

983156983144983141 983155983151983139983145983137983148 983155983141983156983156983145983150983143983155 983148983145983147983141 983156983144983141983154983141 983155983144983151983157983148983140 983150983151983156 983138983141 983151983150983148983161 983143983154983151983157983152 983159983151983154983147 983151983154

983151983150983148983161 983152983137983145983154 983159983151983154983147983086 983113983150 983156983144983141 983155983137983149983141 983159983137983161983155 983151983150983148983161 983140983145983155983139983157983155983155983145983151983150983155 983137983150983140

983152983154983141983155983141983150983156983137983156983145983151983150 983159983145983148983148 983149983137983147983141 983156983144983141 983152983137983154983156983145983139983145983152983137983150983156983155 983148983151983151983155983141 983156983144983141983145983154 983145983150983156983141983154983141983155983156 983145983150

983156983144983141 983155983141983155983155983145983151983150983086

983109 983112983151983159 983156983151 983157983155983141 983156983144983141 983149983137983150983157983137983148983103

983124983144983145983155 983149983137983150983157983137983148 983145983155 983137 983143983157983145983140983141983148983145983150983141 983151983142 983144983151983159 983156983151 983139983151983150983140983157983139983156 983156983144983141 983112983141983137983140 983124983141983137983139983144983141983154983155

983156983154983137983145983150983145983150983143983155 983145983150 983156983144983141 983152983154983151983146983141983139983156 983140983145983155983156983154983145983139983156983155983086 983123983145983150983139983141 983156983144983141 983155983141983155983155983145983151983150983155 983137983154983141 983139983137983154983141983142983157983148983148983161

983152983148983137983150983150983141983140 983145983156 983154983141983153983157983145983154983141983155 983156983144983141 983142983137983139983145983148983145983156983137983156983151983154983155 983156983151 983149983137983147983141 983152983154983141983152983137983154983137983156983145983151983150983155 983159983141983148983148

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 540

983138983141983142983151983154983141 983156983144983141 983155983141983155983155983145983151983150983155983086 983105983148983148 983142983151983154983149983137983156983155 983150983141983141983140983155 983156983151 983138983141 983152983154983145983150983156983141983140 983151983157983156 983152983154983141983085

983152983154983141983152983137983154983141983140 983139983144983137983154983156983155 983154983141983137983140983161 983137983140983140983145983156983145983151983150983137983148 983154983141983137983140983145983150983143 983149983137983156983141983154983145983137983148983155 983154983141983137983140 983137983150983140

983157983150983140983141983154983155983156983151983151983140983086 983120983148983141983137983155983141 983157983155983141 983156983144983141 991260983123983139983144983151983151983148 983113983149983152983154983151983158983141983149983141983150983156 983106983151983151983147983148983141983156991261 983142983151983154

983137983140983140983145983156983145983151983150983137983148 983154983141983137983140983145983150983143 983145983150 983159983144983145983139983144 983125983118983085983107983122983107 983137983154983156983145983139983148983141983155 983137983154983141 983137983148983155983151 983149983141983150983156983145983151983150983141983140983086

983124983144983141 983137983139983156983145983158983145983156983145983141983155 983137983154983141 983140983141983155983145983143983150983141983140 983157983155983145983150983143 983149983141983156983144983151983140983155 983151983142 983137983140983157983148983156 983148983141983137983154983150983145983150983143 983155983151983152983148983141983137983155983141 983142983151983148983148983151983159 983156983144983141 983152983137983156983156983141983154983155 983155983157983143983143983141983155983156983141983140 983145983150 983156983144983145983155 983149983137983150983157983137983148983086

983123983151983149983141 983155983141983155983155983145983151983150983155 983148983145983147983141 983151983154983145983141983150983156983137983156983145983151983150 983151983150 983156983144983141 983152983154983151983146983141983139983156 983137983150983140 983107983141983148983141983138983154983137983156983145983151983150 983151983142

983123983139983144983151983151983148 983108983137983161 983137983154983141 983158983141983154983161 983145983149983152983151983154983156983137983150983156 983145983142 983161983151983157 983142983141983141983148 983137983150983161 983140983145983142983142983145983139983157983148983156983161 983145983150 983156983144983145983155

983154983141983143983137983154983140983155 983152983148983141983137983155983141 983139983151983150983156983137983139983156 983125983118983109983123983107983119 983154983141983152983154983141983155983141983150983156983137983156983145983158983141 983145983150 983161983151983157983154 983154983141983143983145983151983150983155983086

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 640

983110 983124983113983117983109 983124983105983106983116983109 983119983110 983124983112983109 983112983109983105983108 983124983109983105983107983112983109983122983123991257 983124983122983105983113983118983113983118983111

Day-ITime Themes sessions

800-830 Session 1Introductory session- Introduction of the training

- Introduction of the participation

830-850 - Sharing objectives of the workshop to the participants

- Setting ground rules

850-1040 Session-2 Introduction to Child Rights to education

- Role of schoolsrsquo in addressing child right

- Analysis of enrolment barriers

1040-1100 Tea Break

1100 -12001200-100 Session-3 a)Effective classroom management b) Classroom management in multi-grade situation

100-200 Lunch and Prayer Break

300-400 c) Developing lesson plan for multi-grade situation

400-430 d) Demonstration of teaching and learning material

Day-II

800-815 Reflection on pervious dayrsquos session

815-1030 Session-4 Promotion of health and hygiene education

- Promotion of hygiene

- Techniques of teaching hygiene

1030-1100 Tea Break

1100-1200 Session-5 Overview of food crises and purpose of food distribution and

educational intervention in child education

1200-100 Session-6 Ways of developing linkages with community and parentsRole of PTCSMC to assist the school

100-200 Lunch and Prayer Break

200- 4 30 Session-7 a) Action Plan ( School Development plan) b) Celebration of School Day

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 740

983108983105983129 983085983113

1 983113983150983156983154983151983140983157983139983156983151983154983161 983123983141983155983155983145983151983150

Objectives By the end of this session the participants will be able to

bull Get to know each other

bull Become well acquainted with the training objectives

Time Allocation

Introduction and opening 15 minutes

Introduction of participants 15 minutes

Outline of the course objectives 15 minutes

Set training ground rules 10 minutes

Total 55 minutes

Materials required

o String (a roll of string that the participants will throw to each other

while holding one end and making a web)

o Pre-prepared flipchart with the course objectives written on it clearly

and neatlyo Pre-prepared flipchart with ldquocontentmethodologyrdquo written on it

12 Introduction

Welcome the participants and introduce yourself other team members and your background being chosen a trainer After official opening tell them that it is important for

all the workshop participants to become familiar to each other Ask the participants to

stand in a circle Explain them to throw the role of thread to each participant whileholding one end of the thread In this way everyone has got an end of thread Once the

participants got the thread they will say their name position and reason to attend this

workshop and make a web Once everyone has got the thread the facilitator will probe

from the participants that what does it means The say it means interaction sharingrespecting each others experiences openness and so on

13 983107983151983157983154983155983141 983151983157983156983148983145983150983141 983137983150983140 983119983138983146983141983139983156983145983158983141983155

This is a 2-days training-to train head teachers in developing skills of effective classroommanagement effective monitoring and documentation making links between

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 840

communityparents and promotion of health education at the school level The themes of

the courses are

bull To introduce the head teachers child right to education barriers to enrollmenteffective classroom management in multi-grade situation and importance of food

for education programme in increasingmaintaining school enrolmentbullbullbullbull To train head teachers in effective utilization of teaching and learning materials

in their schools

bullbullbullbull To train head teachers in strategies to promote improved school health andhygiene

bullbullbullbull Increase community involvement through PTCSMCs

bullbullbullbull To enhance head teachersrsquo knowledge and skills for school improvement andeffective school management

After sharing the training objectives ask the participants if they have any question about

the course objectives Add these on a new flip chart sheet separately (use your own

creative ways to introduce the session)

Make sure the participants are well informed about the methods to be used in the trainingThe core methodology will be interactive and participants centered Since they are adult

learners the participants will be given ample chance to contribute to the session through

discussion role-plays demonstrations and presentations

The participants will be encouraged to list down all the approaches used during this

workshop and try to utilize them in their classroom with their students

Also set a ground rule for the workshop Tell the participants to write down these rules

for the workshop on the flip charts These rules could be punctuality listening andsharing in the sessions respecting each others and switching off mobile phones

Explain to the participants that there is also a small portion of readings in their Work

Books that they will read for more information Explain that this should be read on theirfree time as there is not enough time during the course to do this

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 940

2 983123983141983155983155983145983151983150 983113983150983156983154983151983140983157983139983156983145983151983150 983156983151 983107983144983145983148983140 983122983145983143983144983156983155 983137983150983140 983138983137983154983154983145983141983154983155 983156983151

983141983150983154983151983148983149983141983150983156 983137983150983140 983148983141983137983154983150983145983150983143

ObjectivesBy the end of the session the participants will be able to

bull Get well acquainted with the Child Protection and child right in Islamic context

bull Analyze the barriers to enrolment at the school home and family level

bull Implement child right to programme

Session-2 Introduction to child right to education and barriers to enrollment

Activity-1 Sharing Protection of Child Right 10 minutes

Activity-2 Comparative analysis of Protection of Child Right in

CRC and Islamic context

20 minutes

Activity-3 Implement child right to programme 25 minutes

Activity-4 Analysis of enrolment barriers 40 minutes

Total 135

Material required-

o UN CRC worksheetso flip chartso marker pens

o blackboardo grids of enrolment analysiso workbooks

21 983107983144983145983148983140 983122983145983143983144983156 983145983150 983113983155983148983137983149 983137983150983140 983107983144983145983148983140 983122983145983143983144983156983155 983107983151983150983158983141983150983156983145983151983150

Activity-1Facilitator will write ldquoChild Rightsrdquo on the flip chart and elicit the participantsrsquo responses

of what this notion signifies Different responses will come from the participants which

will be listed around the statement Encourage more and more responses of the participants This is an opportunity to engage the entire participant to think and

contribute Once participantsrsquo responses were listed on the flip chart the facilitator will

lead the discussion specific to the child rights in Islamic context and in the Holy Quran

Activity-2

The next step participants will comparatively look at Child Rights in Islamic United Nation Child Rights Convention and on their own context Moreover the participants in

groups of five will discuss (workbook) how it can be addressed in schools

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 1040

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 1140

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 1240

983109983142983142983141983139983156983145983158983141

983123983139983144983151983151983148

Objectives of child right atschool level

What teachers can do

Reaching

All Children

Article 28

Promoting rights of children within the

community Enrolling excluded children in

programmes Treating children within the child rights

Achieving

Child Centered

Environments

Article 29 30

Concerned about the health of the child

Learning activities develop the childrsquos

full potential Act in the best interest of the child

Safe and secure school environment

Including

All ChildrenArticle 23

983110983154983141983141 983141983140983157983139983137983156983145983151983150

Treat children fairly in school

Respect diversity Provide quality learning for all children

Needing

Effective Learning

Article 13 2829

Activity based co-operative learning

methods

Learning involves use of qualitymaterial cultural and local resources

Assessment and monitoring systems use

Being

Healthy and

Protective ofChildrenArticle 1719 23

39

Ensure a healthy safe hygienic

environment

Promote both the physical and the psycho-socio-emotional health of

teachers and learners Prohibit corporal punishment

Openly

Gender SensitiveArticle 282939

Girls and boys are in a non violentenvironment

Respect for girls and boys rights dignity

and equality encouraged Gender friendly environments

Involving whole

family andcommunity with

childrenArticle 14 27

Link school with familycommunity Children participate in all aspects of life Encourage parentscommunity involve

in school affairs

Parents send their children to school

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 1340

22 983105983150983137983148983161983155983145983155 983156983144983141 983138983137983154983154983145983141983154983155 983156983151 983155983139983144983151983151983148 983141983150983154983151983148983149983141983150983156

Activity-4

The facilitator will explain to the participants how to identify barriers of enrolment at

different levels

1 Home and Community level2 School level

3 Policy and system level barriersThe participants will be divided into groups of five (according to the number of the

participants) and will be given grids (in the work book) to analyze barriers to enrolments

as example given below

Areas of analysis Possible

findings causes

Broad strategy Possible intervention

School Level

Example Poorquality

environment eg

- poor condition of

building- overcrowding

- lack of water

or sanitation- violence

(physical and

psychological)

Increasedlikelihood of non-

enrolment or non-

attendance and

dropping out afterenrolment

Provide support andtechnical assistance to

government and

communities to ensure

increased access forthose children who are

hardest to reach

School mapping toimprove planning and

targeting Child-

seeking Child Friendly

Schools

Home and Community level

Example- Directcosts of schooling

- school expenses- clothing

- books supplies

Advocacy for affordableeducation

Awareness-raising in

importance of childeducation

Incentive programmessuch as small

scholarships subsidies

food school supplies anduniforms

Policy Level

Example

Inadequate legalframework in such

areas as

- compulsoryeducation- child labour

- re-entry into

school

Education not free

and compulsory in principle or

practice

Increasedlikelihood thatchildren will fall

through the safety

net be unable totake examinations

or be forbidden re-

entry into school

Advocacy for

implementation ofcompulsory education

laws

Advocacy forimplementation of labourlaws

Advocacy for laws

allowing for continuedschooling for pregnant

girls or re-admission to

schools after pregnancy

Birth registration

campaignsAnalysis planning and

implementation of

policies supporting girlsrsquoeducation

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 1440

Once the participants have identified the potential causes they will be encouraged to think

of possible intervention to bridge these barriers This will be a rigorous exercise thereforethe facilitator must support and encourage each groups to work out the enrollment barrier

in the grid Once the participants worked out the analysis they should produce it on a flip

chart and present it to the whole group Once all the presentation finished display thesecharts on the walls The participants will have an opportunity to look at each others work

and learn from each other

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 1540

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 1640

Activity-2 (15 minutes)After this exercise ask the participants write down all the issues related to classroom

management they face in their class This is an individual task- the facilitator will

encourage each of the participants to think two issues and share it with the other participants sitting near by The responses might be discipline sitting issues over

crowded class and so on They will also prepare them on the flip charts and facilitator

will display them on the wall

32 983108983145983155983139983157983155983155 983140983145983142983142983141983154983141983150983156 983140983145983149983141983150983155983145983151983150983155 983151983142 983107983148983137983155983155983154983151983151983149 983149983137983150983137983143983141983149983141983150983156

Classroom organization is the key to managing teaching effectively Classroom

atmosphere is the key to managing the needs of the students Classroom planningassessment and record keeping are the keys to managing the curriculum learning

outcomes Classroom routines roles responsibilities relationships instructions and

positive praise are the keys to managing successful learning Planning is an essential management guideline so the next step of learning and most effective way to manage

resources can be decided Teachers need to ensure children reach their potential and gain

educational outcomes and skills for life long learning

Activity-3Facilitator will give his input about Classroom Management There are different

dimensions to the classroom management as mentioned in the table below The

participants will be divided into 8 pairs or groups depending to the size of the class Give

them themes of the Classroom Management with instructions (as mentioned below) the

participants will discuss and make suggestions under each headings

Organization How do you organize your class

Setting routine list out your daily routines with timing

Lay out of classroom How should be classroom displays and settings

Planning What needs to be planned and how

Sharing responsibilities Decide roles for students

Safe and secure environment What points need to be considered

Setting rule and procedures Think of possible rules for your classroom

Sanction and rewords How will you deal with behaviors

Once the groups finished discussing in their themes groups they will then write those

points on the flip charts Next the facilitator will consolidate all the group work and

display around the classroom management

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 1740

Discussion

At the end of the session summarize classroom management by using the information

below The facilitator will require summarized chart of classroom management and share

it with the participants Facilitator will also provide these readings to the participants to

read on their own time (Reading on Work Book)

33 983107983148983137983155983155983154983151983151983149 983149983137983150983137983143983141983149983141983150983156 983145983150 983117983157983148983156983145983085983143983154983137983140983141 983155983145983156983157983137983156983145983151983150

Since most of the government primary schools are in multi-grade situation we have to

keep in mined our classroom before teaching

ActivityAsk the participants to draw their classroom where the sitting may be

bull Classroom may be in different shape (triangle rectangle etc)

bull Sitting arrangement of mats or chairs (in lines circle u shape or in groups)

bull Number of doors windows ( if tents specify)

bull Location of black board and teachers desk

bull Location of teaching material

bull Displays of students work or chartsAfter the participants illustrate their classrooms they should display them on the wall

Facilitator will share the following classroom setting to encourage favourable learningenvironment

Classroom

Management

Organization

Lay out of

classroom

Atmosphere Setting routine

Setting rule and

procedures

Safe and secure

environment

Planning

Sharing

responsibilities

Sanction and

rewords

Figure - 1

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 1840

C-3

C-1 C-2

C-5C-4

Effective sitting arrangement in multi-grade classroom

(Students sitting in groups on desks in multi-grade situation)

(Students sitting in semi-circle on mats in multi-grade situation)

34 983120983148983137983150983150983145983150983143 983137983150983140 983154983151983157983156983145983150983141 983155983141983156983156983145983150983143 983145983150 983117983157983148983156983145983085983143983154983137983140983141 983155983145983156983157983137983156983145983151983150

A multi-grade situation is where there are a number of students in a classroom who areclassified into different grades This situation is common in a village where the number

of children for an average class size is insufficient and the practical solution is to sit

them all together in one classroom The most difficult hurdle for a multi-grade teacher is

the demand to complete a curriculum or textbook for each grade regardless of studentability needs or skills In the Government primary school are exam driven which

multiplies the challenges Effective planning and conscious effort can address this issue

Facilitator will show how to integrate lessons and set effective routines for their classes

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 1940

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2040

b Vertical integration- Block planning and teaching

Select topics of different levels which have common purpose for example similar topics in

science social studies Language Islamiyat

Block Number Class-1 Class-2

1 science language Visit to zoo Animals

2 Science Cleanliness Prevention from diseases

3 Social studies My parents My family

35 983107983148983137983155983155983154983151983151983149 983124983145983149983141983156983137983138983148983141 983137983150983140 983122983151983157983156983145983150983141 983155983141983156983156983145983150983143

Develop a timetable for your classroom keep in mind the number of classes children

teachers classrooms and subjects See how best you can utilize the time available in a

working day

36 983109983142983142983141983139983156983145983158983141 983111983154983151983157983152983145983150983143

A multi-grade classroom needs students doing group work so careful management isrequired There will be a wide range of ages abilities attainments and interests

Grouping must be flexible during the day and times when grouping sitting in groups and

doing group work will be necessary This grid shows teachersrsquo studentsrsquo activities duringa period with different group in multi grade situation

Period Class- 1

Group

Class-2

Group

Class-3

Group

40 mins

Period-1 Teacher

(Teaching in C-1

)

Activity

(students

doing

activities)

Written

(Students

writing)

13 mins

Period-1 Written

(Students)

Teacher

(Teaching)

Activity

(Students)

13 mins

Period-1 Activity

(Students)

Written

(Students)

Teacher

(Teaching)

13 mins

The same pattern can follow for the next periods The teacher must be very specific in

her planning stating what objectives will be taught what written work and type ofactivities will be done which should be monitored on a regular basis

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2140

Facilitator will explain ldquofor the multi-grade situation the period lesson plan needs to be

extended to include the specific activities the students will do and how the teacher will

divide herhis time with the different groups

37 983108983141983158983141983148983151983152983145983150983143 983148983141983155983155983151983150983155 983145983150 983117983157983148983156983145983085983143983154983137983140983141 983155983145983156983157983137983156983145983151983150

Activity-4

Participants in groups will be given books to design lessons for class-1 and class-2Facilitator will assist the participants in identifying topics of different classes with same

objectives For example in science take the topic ldquoplantsrdquo For class-1 students will have

to learn three main parts of tree (root stem and leaves) and for class-2 the students haveto learn more then three parts of tree The participants will identify similar topics in

sciences language social studies mathematics and Islamiyat and make and try to

integrate the lesson

For example

Action Session 1C- 1 Session 2C-2 Session 3C-3

Subject

Objective

Content

Materials

Activity

Evaluation

38 983125983156983145983148983145983162983137983156983145983151983150 983151983142 983124983141983137983139983144983145983150983143 983137983150983140 983148983141983137983154983150983145983150983143 983149983137983156983141983154983145983137983148

Facilitator will demonstrate to develop some teaching and learning materials and it willuse it in the classroom Heshe will explain teaching and learning material to the

participants how it supplements teaching

During demonstration the facilitator will make the following pointsAn interesting teachinglearning material makes learning easy for children Learning

becomes more interesting by focusing the curiosity of the children with verities of

teaching support UNESCO teaching and learning material consists of range of subject

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2240

matters It encompasses all the curriculum subjects in an activity based child centred

approach

Children can visualise things easily especially when it involves their sense of learning

and sight The children gain lots of confidence when presenting or working in front of the

class The natural desire to move is fulfilled by the use of teaching and learningmaterials

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2340

DAY-II

4 9831239831419831559831559831459831519831509830854 983120983154983151983149983151983156983145983151983150 983151983142 983112983141983137983148983156983144 983137983150983140 983112983161983143983145983141983150983141 983109983140983157983139983137983156983145983151983150

Objectives By the end of the session the participants will be able to

bull Acquire knowledge on principals of hygiene and healthy practices

bull Identify potentially harmful situations in schools regard to health

bull Devise strategies to promote health and hygiene in schools

Time Allocation

Activity 1 Principle of hygiene and healthy practices 10 minutes

Activity 2 Strategies to teach hygiene 20 minutes

Activity 3 Prevention and minimization of diseasesAction-Plans for school health

20 minutes

Conclusion 05 minutes

Total 55 minutes

Materials required

o Flip chart papero marker pens

o tapeo Workbook for each of the

participants

41 983113983150983156983154983151983140983157983139983156983145983151983150 983120983154983145983150983139983145983152983137983148 983151983142 983112983161983143983145983141983150983141

In this session we will look at some physical health issues that occur because of thecondition under which people have to live while they rebuild their lives The WHO

defines health as a state of complete physical mental and social wellbeing and not merely

the absence of disease or infirmity Hygiene is defined as the principles and laws

governing the preservation of health and their practical application practice conducive togood health it may refer to keeping clean in order to prevent diseases and maintain health

Activity 1 Principles of hygiene [10 minutes]

The participants individually should think of five principles of hygiene (healthy life)keeping the current situation of children in the primary schools

1 Wash hands with soap after using toilet and before eat meal2 Daily bath

3 Do not spit cover nose suppression

4 Use purified and boiled water keep water covered

5 Wash fruit before eating fruit

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2440

After the participants listed the principle of hygiene the facilitator will write the

definitions of health and hygiene on flip charts and explain it to the participants

42 983123983156983154983137983156983141983143983145983141983155 983156983151 983156983141983137983139983144 983144983161983143983145983141983150983141

Activity 2In your small groups pick the five principles that are most common to the group and

develop teaching strategies to help students understand the need for these principles

Principles Teaching strategies

1 Wash hands

2---------------

3---------------

4---------------5---------------

Demonstration of hand washing with soap

------------------------------------------------------------------

------------------------------------------------------------------

Allow 15 minutes for this exerciseBring the groups back to plenary and put up the flip charts on the walls Ask people to

move around the room and read all the sheets Encourage people note down if any

strategies they like

Allow 5 minutes for questions and discussion

43 983120983154983141983158983141983150983156983145983151983150 983137983150983140 983149983145983150983145983149983145983162983137983156983145983151983150Activity-3Explain to the participants that while regular hygiene activities are necessary there are

specific diseases that my be spread more easily in situations of temporary shelter

contaminated water insufficient water and the other conditions under which people arestill living Ask the group to find one person with whom they would like to work Explain

that this activity will be completed as pair work However each person should fill in the

table in their workbook

Common

Health Proble

Risk condition Prevention minimization

intervention

Diarrhea

cholera

dysentery

Poor sanitation inadequate

water condition poor

personal hygiene

Sanitation facilities Water

purification Personal hygiene ORS

(treatment only) Effectivesurveillance systems to prevent or

minimize disease outbreaks

Malaria and

other vector

Standing uncovered water

increasing the risk of

Health education raising awareness

about the risks of standing water

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2540

borne diseases(eg typhoid)

mosquitoes breedingCongested living conditions

increasing the possibility of

infection

Exposure to areas where

disease-transmittingorganism are more common

Increased population density promoting mosquito bites

use of mosquito nets understandingof symptoms of the disease etc

Advocates for measures for vector

control spraying for example

Effective surveillance systems by

health authorities

Respiratorytract

infections

(includingPneumonia)

Inadequate shelterPoor health care services

Overcrowding

Lack of food malnutritionRainy season

Improved shelter (especially fromwind but ensuring ventilation) Dry

clothes when wet

Use of antibiotics with doctorrsquosConsultation

Water borneDiseases

Contaminated water (garbagein

water source urinecontamination ndash animal orhuman)

Inadequately treated drinking

water (un-boiled orinsufficiently

boiled) Poor hygienic

conditions in

Shelters

Boil water for cooking washing anddrinking where possible Use water

purification tablets where possibleCare of immediate environmentin terms of covering water getting

rid of standing water ensuring that

clothes and bedding are well-aired Use of

antibiotics under medical

supervision

SkinInfections

Inadequate hygienePoor hygienic conditions in

Shelters

Regular washing with soap andwater

Thorough drying of skin Eliminationof vermin from the environment

Medication where necessary undermedical supervision

Tetanus Open wounds (due to

trauma)

Poor hygiene

Clean wounds (antiseptic if

available or soap and water) Cover

wounds with clean cloth orDressings Seek medical helpimmediately

Animal

transmitted

diseases

Unhygienic slaughtering

Contact with infected

animals dueto lack of veterinary control

Increased rate of diseases in

Animals

Ensuring that animals are

slaughtered according to Islamic law

(meat is halaal) Use of antibioticsunder medical supervision

When the participants have completed the exercise ask for one or two examples that are

particularly relevant and possible to accomplish While the pairs are working movearound the room so that you can see any really good examples to discuss in plenary Now

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2640

ask the participants to develop Health Action Plans for their school An example is shown

below

45 983105983139983156983145983151983150983085983120983148983137983150983085 983123983139983144983151983151983148 983112983141983137983148983156983144 983137983150983140 983112983161983143983145983141983150983141 983120983154983151983143983154983137983149983149983141

Health problems Interventions

What Who How When

Diarrhea cholera

dysentery

Water Teachers

andStudents

Clean water

Malaria Cleanenvironment

All Dustbins

ConclusionBasic health and hygiene are more difficult in situations of disaster and lack of

infrastructure in place In situations like NWFP Balochistan and Sindh (natural and man

made disaster at peak) it is important to reinforce the basic principles as people who areunder stress often neglect these basics and so children may not learn appropriately

5 9831239831419831559831559831459831519831509830855 983119983158983141983154983158983145983141983159 983151983142 983156983144983141 983142983151983151983140 983139983154983145983155983141983155 983137983150983140 983152983157983154983152983151983155983141 983151983142

983142983151983151983140 983140983145983155983156983154983145983138983157983156983145983151983150

Objectives By the end of this session the participants will be able to

bull Discuss the recent food crises and its impact on common people particularly onchildren

bull Purpose of food distribution to schools and what are the indirect impacts on childeducation

Time Allocation

Activity 1 discuss the recent food crises and high prices issue 10 minutes

Activity 2 purpose of food distribution to schools and its impact onchild education

20 minutes

Activity 3 food distribution project 20 minutes

Conclusion 05 minutes

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2740

Total 55 minutes

11 Materials required

o Flip chart paper

o marker penso tape

o workbook for each of the

participantso leaflets of food distribution

programme

IntroductionIntroduce the WFP-UNESCO in partnership with the Government of Pakistan has

initiated school feeding programme to mitigate short term hunger When children come

for school with empty stomach (without breakfast) they are less likely to concentrate and

engage in learning activities This programme can temporarily bridge food gapes infamilies and can be helpful in refocusing studentrsquos attention to the lessons This can also

be an incentive to increase the enrolment attendance and decrease dropout It is alsoassumed that this programme may increase the education quality improvement from

school to district level

Activity- 1

Facilitator will explain the following agendas of Food for Education The followingcatchphrase of school feeding programme will be written on flip chart and discussed

thoroughly

bull School feeding can decrease short-term hunger thereby increasing learningcapacity

bull School feeding and take home ration can improve school enrollment andattendance and decrease drop-out

bull Food assistance can encourage community participation in education

bull Involvement of district government education department can act as a lever for

school quality improvement

bull School feeding can improve nutritional status and hence improve school performance

bull School feeding and Take home ration are education intervention

Activity-2

The participants will discuss in groups and workout the grid mentioned below The participants will be encouraged to think on the activities that school can perform to

enhance school feeding programme specific objectives

Objectives and activities for school feeding programme

Objectives Activities

WFPUNESCO What school Can do

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2840

Increase enrollmentattendance retention and

completion

School ration (wheat and oil) Parents outreach

Enhance learning

environment

Provision of teaching and

learning materials

Enhance teachers quality Teachers complete a two-dayHead Teachersrsquo training

receive

Enhance learning capacity Provision of teaching and

learning kit

Increase community

participation

school food distribution

managed by parent IEC

campaign PTC training

Improve support to schools Management of ToT training

for head teachers

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2940

o Flip chart papero Marker penso Tape for sticking papers to the wallso Workbook for each participant

6 9831239831419831559831559831459831519831509830856 983107983151983149983149983157983150983145983156983161 983137983150983140 983120983137983154983141983150983156983155 983141983150983143983137983143983141983149983141983150983156 983145983150 983155983139983144983151983151983148Objectives By the end of this session the participants will be able to

bull Identify roles of PTCSMC in school

bull How to mobilize communityPTC in the school affairsbull What are their role in food distribution teaching material distribution and

monitoring

Time Allocation

What PTC and SMCs can do for the schools

Activity-1 Need and response 40

Activity-2 ways of communication with community- School

improvement booklet and awareness raising message

10

Conclusion 05 minutes

Total 55 minutes

Materials required

IntroductionFacilitator will introduce community participation in education Community and parents

are best resources to be utilized In Pakistan SMCs PTCs representingcommunityparents have been initiated to assist the school

61 983105983139983156983145983158983145983156983161 1 983118983141983141983140983155 983137983150983140 983122983141983155983152983151983150983155983141983155

Divide the participants into small groups (3-4) Ask participants to open their workbooks

and list in the first column the 5 pressing needs of their schools Then the second columnthey should list one point for each need where SMCPTCs can assist The groups have 20

minutes for this exercise

Needs Assistance

Children not attending schools PTAsSMCs can advocate in the

community and support families to sendtheir children to school through provision of

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3040

scholarships especially their girl children

Distribution of food and teaching

learning materials

PTC and SMC can monitor of the fair distribution

Activity-4

The community is part of the class room atmosphere and school physical environmentHead teacher needs to build a good relationship with the community Know the

community develop co-operation communicate with them There are many ways of

connecting with the community as mentioned below

62 983127983137983161983155 983151983142 983149983137983147983145983150983143 983148983145983150983147983137983143983141983155 983159983145983156983144 983107983151983149983149983157983150983145983156983161983120983137983154983141983150983156983155

Some suggested ideas for information sharing below

letters Events like School Day parents day PTCSMCs and teachers meetings

community projects clean ups information promotions (heath and sanitation) the school as a centre for community activities and adult classes sharing School Improvement Booklet-awareness raising materials

7 9831239831419831559831559831459831519831509830857 983105983139983156983145983151983150983085983120983148983137983150

ObjectivesBy the end of this session the participants will be able to

bull Develop Action Plans to address the following School Improvement Indicatorso School attendance and enrollmento Improved School environment

o Health and hygieneo Utilization of teaching and learning resourceso Monitoring and recording wheat and oil rationo Activation of PTCSMC

Present Action plan format 10

Activity-1 design action plans for their schools 50

Activity -2 Presentations 20

Summing up 10

Total 1 30 minutes

Materials required

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3140

o Flip Charto Marker pens

o Action plan format

o School Day Charto Tape

o White Sheets

Introduction

The facilitator will share format of Action Plan to the participants Clearly explain how to

go about it Then ask the participants individually develop Action plan that will beimplemented in their schools The participants will also be informed that on the bases of

these Action Plans they will be monitored

What How Who When Comments

1 School

health

Providing

clean

water

HT

Teachers

PTCSMC

March 09 Head teacher in

collaboration with

PTCSMC will makesure there is a safe clean

water for students in the

school

2 Students

enrolment

Enrolment

campaignSchool

day

Visithomes

PTCSMC

HT

5t

Apr-09

3 School day

4 SMC

meeting

5 Improve

school

environment

The training participants will fill out this action plan according to their school needs and priority Share these Action Plans to the whole group and encourage others to make notes

from each others work incases they see it relevant to their schools as well

Objectives

By the end of this session the participants will be able too To develop an understanding of how a School Day is celebratedo Plan for their own schools of how they will celebrate the day

Present School Day Plan 10 minutes

Activity-1 Discuss in small groups how the day will be

celebrate

20 minutes

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3240

Make plans when the day will be celebrated at their school 30 minutes

Total 60 minutes

Materials required

o Flip Chart

o Marker pens

o School Day Chart

o Tapeo White Sheets

School DayA lsquoSchool Dayrsquo is the day in the GOP-WFP-UNESCO project when parents teachers and projectofficials meet in the school premises to discuss ways to improve the school Several factorscontribute to school improvement School attendance and enrollment Retention of studentsSchool environment Health and hygiene of students Utilization of teaching and learning

materials PTACommunity involvement Nutrition and diet and use of oil and wheat rations Ona School Day the head teacher with the help of Social Mobilizer of the implementing partner willdiscuss the school improvement factors with the parents and children of the school

ActivitiesThe following activities are suggested to make the day useful and attractive to the children

parents and community members

Activity 1 Preparation of activities of the day

Send invitation to all parents at least a week before the ldquoSchool Dayrdquo through children verballyand also in writing (hand written notes would suffice) and also spread the message by word-of-mouth At least two days before the program send a reminder by writing the message on the

studentsrsquo copy books or paper slips and read it loudly and clearly in the classrooms Make surethat the children have understood the message by asking them to explain And if possible invite

the community members through telephone calls or by sending the school children to spread thenews Advance planning is the key to success

Activity 2 Follow the agenda

SN Activities Time in

Minutes

Registration of the participants

1 Recitation verses from the holy Quran by one of the students 03

2 Naat by a student 05

Celebrate a School Day

Make sure you have

1 All parents children teachers head teacher supervisorADO and the PTASMC PTC are invited

2 A plan is ready for the day

3 Food items (wheat and oil) ready for distribution

4 Key messages and teaching and learning kits are available and are on display

5 Students prepared to show their talents to their parents and to the community members

6 Successes and areas needing improvements for discussion with parents and community

7 Constituted a committee for organization of the School Day

8 Informed the students that they should come neat and clean and in school uniform

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3340

Notes for the Head Teacher Use the day to celebrate to celebrate the schoolsrsquo achievements Open the school gates for parents community members and social workers of the villag

Involve everybody in the sessions and avoid a lot of talking (Sweeten the small stuff) Give children space to speak about their successes and problems at the school

If you have more than one teacher involve them in planning of the day Ask teachers to facilitate group discussions without dominating the discussion If teachers

are not available ask some literate volunteers from the village or NGO representatives if

available to help Decorate the school with childrenrsquos work and readymade displays and locally available

flowers and plants You have some of the resources available in your teaching andlearning kit

Have a positive focus Do not talk with parents about what their children can not dorather talk about what the children can do

Explore use of local resources

Take ideas from School Improvement Booklet (SIB) for the event Appreciate studentsrsquo successes and achievements with some rewards if possible Pray for every ones success and those who have helped in providing an opportunity to

celebrate the day pray for the country and the people for their good health wealth peaceand prosperity and thank everyone for their participation

Actively follow up on the implementation of School Improvement Plan prepared on theSchool Day

3 Welcome address by PTAPTCSMC representative 10

4 Introduction of the day by the Head teacher 20

5 Poem song or some creative item from the students 20

6 Discussion on the key messages (what does the messages mean how it will be disseminated

in the village How to achieve it)

40

7 Discussion on the topics (use group work) followed by whole group open discussion

School attendance and enrollment School environment Health and hygiene Utilization ofTeaching and Learning materials PTACommunity Involvement Nutrition and diet and

Use of oil and wheat rations (please involve some representative students as well)

40

8 Develop a School Development Plan (SDP ) while using the following pattern

40

Issues1 How it will be

resolved

Who will be

responsible

Resources

required

Source of

funding

Time (By

When)

Note Please use short term and quickly doable plans like reducing absenteeism by students and teachers cleaningthe school planning trees (use School Improvement Book for more ideas)

9 Conclude the day by stating the background and the purpose of food and educational

incentives and by asking the parents and children to take their food ration and remind them

about the key messages As a concluding activity invite the parents and the community

members to visit the classrooms and ask the students to explain to them their creative work

10

Activity 3 Documentation and Reporting

Document the proceedings of the day and develop a short report for Project Implementation Unit

ADO circle or talka

1 For example student attendance has declined in the past two months

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3440

Course Evaluation

Note Please take a few minutes to complete the form and return to the facilitator

1 List out what have you learnt from this training

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

----------------------------------------------------------

2 What did you like from the training

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------

3 What particular learning will you implement How

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------

4 What are the suggestions to improve the training

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------

5 How do you rate the facilitator knowledge skills and attitude

Knowledge 1------2--------3--------4--------5

Skills 1------2--------3--------4--------5

Attitude 1------2--------3--------4--------5

Note 1 is the lowest and 5 is highest rate Please circle the number that you think

the facilitator has performed

6 Over all comments about the training

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3540

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3640

Reading Materials

Facilitator Child Rights Our Educational Responsibilities

All Education programmes must be based on the understanding of the Convention on

the Rights of a Child When training is based on these values then the child will be thecentre of all topics presented The teachers job is to provide opportunities theatmosphere and environment so the rights of the child are met in the place they willspend much of their waking hours The main educational rights involve in schools arebased from rights number 13 17 28 29 and 31

Important Rights to note childrens right to leisure and play childrens need for space to develop the need to take childrens opinions into account the need to involve children in the learning process

the need for policies and training to be in the best interest of the child the need for learning to be life skills relevant local roots and global connections the importance of a change in attitude towards facilitating learning

The following needs to be in place so it can happen in Child Friendly SchoolsUniversal AccessReference to the many million children still deprived of education many of whom aregirls many of whom finish primary school lacking essential knowledge skills attitudesand values

Role of Parents Teachers and Community

awareness of the role of teachers and trainers being imperative in realising the ideaof childrens rights basing training on interpreting the Convention on the Rights of the Child and

putting it into real practice having all the skills necessary to encourage and assist all in the learning process realising that learning is not just about the facts but learning how to access and

process information so it is beneficial and relevant supporting and rewarding trainers and teachers ensuring that parents are given a key responsibility in forming constructive

relationships with teachers and schools for learning and training requirement fortheir children

Equal Opportunities an understanding of non-discrimination against girls special needs learning

difficulties children who are nomadic indigenous immigrant or are a linguisticminority

a realisation that every child has unique characteristics interests abilities needs

The Appropriate Quality Education Content

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3740

training of teachers and school learning being relevant to the child now and for thefuture

training sessions and consequently classroom and schools helping to developpersonalities talents mental and physical abilities to their fullest potential

Cultural roots and Global Values

the need to include respect for human rights in our learning environments an awareness of combination of learning to respect ones own nation and culture and

the culture of others the need to encourage tolerance and harmony for a better understanding of

minorities indigenous peoples refugees immigrants and gender equality

New Methods of Learning an agreement that learning is a combination of critical thinking and having fun that

passive listening and rote memorisation are less valuable than application andprocess to enhance understanding

the need for training workshops and classrooms to be participant friendly allowing for curiosity time to question receive answers to argue debate test andmake mistakes to create be spontaneous to be recognised and respected

Mutual Respect reflecting in training and inner life of a school the education message of vision

values human rights tolerance respecting dignity encouraging problem-solving skills allowing teachers to help children develop tools

for peaceful conflict resolution in all new learning situations the need to feel safe secure and totally trust our

teachersStudent Participation Opportunities for learners to express their points of view encouraging learners to

take personal responsibility for their studies Having a system of sharing responsibilities sharing ideas regular feedback and

learning evaluation Knowing that a good school and a good training workshop both promote total

participation and is a model of fairness for all

Child Rights and our Primary Health Care Responsibilities

The Child Health Rights directly concerning the teacher and the school must also beconsidered as the school can play a vital role in ensuring they are addressed Thefollowing particularly relate to articles 19 23 24 29 and 31

educational policies in schools and classrooms must be in place to protect childrenfrom all forms of physical punishment mental violence injury abuse neglect ormaltreatment

that an effort be made to include mentally and physically disabled children in theschool and classroom programmes so they can enjoy a full and decent life whichpromotes dignity self reliance and participation in the school and community

that schools may assist in facilitating a child in health rehabilitation

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3840

to ensure basic medical assistance is given in school for first aid and thedevelopment of primary health care awareness

keeping health records and observing nutritional state of individual children providing clean water in schools to ensure the educational programmes support mental and physical development

a child has an opportunity at school to rest and leisure and playIn Pakistan there is higher infant mortality lower immunisation lower literacy rateslower school enrolment lower access to safe water and more severely underweightchildren Primary health care is vital on the long list of human development needs Allchildren have the right to the best health care that is availableThis area is of concern to all involved in teaching as the child entering the school cantake advantage of all the opportunities if they are healthy and well cared for in pre-school environments and homesSchools also must ensure their primary role in health care so children can carry thelearning to other parts of the community The two concerns involve preventive orcurative methods

Ignorance polluted surroundings negligence in food care washing facilities animalsclose to living areas unsafe drinking water sanitation living surroundings seasonaldiseases communicable diseases personal hygiene girl children and their health andcommunicable diseases are all areas of concern The population growth rate isincreasing and many are deprived of basic Primary Health Care

When the population rate is more than the resources the situation can be extremelydifficult and expensive to remedy

In classroom and at schools areas of health can be addressed throughout the primaryyears so information is clearly disseminated with the help of the children Awareness of

healthy habits helps children build their self-esteem and learning to value your-self is animportant aspect of primary health care

The value of children learning aspects of Primary Health Care

they are very good and quick learners they share with others whatever they learn the learning in childhood is long lasting the teachers instructions or words are important words for a child children experience that is they do practical work and learn more school is the place where a childrsquos thought is effected for a practical life

Teachers and Community Role

recording weight height and skin colour observing health changes carefully observing and noting abnormalities and informing the parents having positive discussions with parents joyful learning lessons on primary health care making a health class and playground environment ensuring there is safe water in the school

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3940

ensuring there are adequate male and female toilet facilities in the schools having regular health chart challenges

Primary Health Care having healthy well nourished children learning in a healthyhygienic environment with clean safe water clean safe surroundings clean safepersonal habits clean safe food preparation Classroom Climate caring for the

emotional and physical well-being of children

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 4040

Appendix-A

Ref Right of children in Islam What the teacher can do

Al Hadith In accordance with Islamic preceptldquochildrenrdquo means both male andfemaleldquoAcquisition of knowledge is obligatory

for all true believersrdquo

Ensure that both boys and girls haveaccess to schoolIf there is a mixed class of boys andgirls the girls should have as much

attention as the boys

Right to be brought up properlylooked after and provided for andeducated

The teacher is in loco parentis (in the place of the parents) and has theresponsibility to provide the same careas the parents

Al Quran666

Right to religious moral ethicalguidance provided with an

understanding of right and wrong

The teacher needs to know andunderstand the teachings of Islam so

as to provide the child with a good

education without bias and with agood ethical foundation

Al Quran5251

Children are given in trust to their parents ndash who will be held

accountableldquoEveryone of you is a caretaker andeveryone of you is answerable for hissubjectsrdquo

As teachers are in the place of parents ndash they too may be held accountable

Abu BakrRAA

Justice and equality Inequality isinjustice (forbidden in Islam)ldquoHe dieth not who takes to learning totreat children affectionately and to kiss

them are charitable actsrdquo

The teacher must be very sure that the treatmentof all children is equal and fair no favoritismno bias against certain children for whateverreason

This is especially important with regard to thosechildren who have been left as orphans ordisabled either as a result of the earthquake orfor any other reason

Al Hadith ldquoIt is a childrsquos right that his fathershould teach him how to read write

helliprdquo

Teachers have a responsibility to be professional in their teaching and also

to help parents and the community tounderstand their obligations about sending all

their children to school

Abu Daud ldquoWhoever has a girl under hisguardianshiphellip[and does not] treat herwith contempt nor gives preference to

his sons over her Allah will admit himto paradiserdquo

Teachers have an obligation to treatgirls equally and without bias and tohelp the parents and community to

understand their obligations in termsof helping girls to have an education

Page 4: Head Teachers Training Manual.pdf

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 440

under STEP which includes knowledge of pedagogy teaching method learning

approaches and human development reflective practice and collaborative partnership

983107 983107983151983150983156983141983150983156 983151983142 983156983144983141 983124983154983137983145983150983145983150983143

The content of the workshop is very ambitious therefore the trainers are requested not togo into details rather follow the simple activities suggested against each topic

bullbullbullbull Child Rights to education and barriers to enrolment and learning

bullbullbullbull Strategies for effective classroom management in multi-grade setting

bullbullbullbull Promotion of school health and hygiene education

bullbullbullbull Strategies to promote community involvement PTCsSMCs

bullbullbullbull Purpose of food distribution and its impact on studentsrsquo learning achievement

bullbullbullbull Effective monitoring system of enrolment and attendance and its documentation

983108 983124983154983137983145983150983145983150983143 983117983141983156983144983151983140983151983148983151983143983161The training will be interactive and participatory The participants will be exposed to

varieties of approaches to experience alternatives teaching methods They will also be

exposed to new knowledge and skills that can help them to develop as effective head

teachers This will not only provide them an opportunity to reflect critically on their present practices also to work on alternative strategies to develop their action plans for

bringing about improvement in their schools The following methods have been

suggested to employ in the training 1) Debates 2) role-play 3) presentations 4)demonstrations 5) presentations as group pair and individual work

983124983144983141 983156983154983137983145983150983145983150983143 983142983137983139983145983148983145983156983137983156983151983154983155 983137983154983141 983154983141983153983157983141983155983156983141983140 983156983151 983138983141 983139983154983141983137983156983145983158983141 983137983150983140 983157983155983141

983149983141983156983144983151983140983155 983156983144983137983156 983138983141983155983156 983142983145983156983155 983137 983155983145983156983157983137983156983145983151983150983086 983120983148983141983137983155983141 983149983145983160 983156983144983141 983149983141983156983144983151983140983155 983137983150983140

983156983144983141 983155983151983139983145983137983148 983155983141983156983156983145983150983143983155 983148983145983147983141 983156983144983141983154983141 983155983144983151983157983148983140 983150983151983156 983138983141 983151983150983148983161 983143983154983151983157983152 983159983151983154983147 983151983154

983151983150983148983161 983152983137983145983154 983159983151983154983147983086 983113983150 983156983144983141 983155983137983149983141 983159983137983161983155 983151983150983148983161 983140983145983155983139983157983155983155983145983151983150983155 983137983150983140

983152983154983141983155983141983150983156983137983156983145983151983150 983159983145983148983148 983149983137983147983141 983156983144983141 983152983137983154983156983145983139983145983152983137983150983156983155 983148983151983151983155983141 983156983144983141983145983154 983145983150983156983141983154983141983155983156 983145983150

983156983144983141 983155983141983155983155983145983151983150983086

983109 983112983151983159 983156983151 983157983155983141 983156983144983141 983149983137983150983157983137983148983103

983124983144983145983155 983149983137983150983157983137983148 983145983155 983137 983143983157983145983140983141983148983145983150983141 983151983142 983144983151983159 983156983151 983139983151983150983140983157983139983156 983156983144983141 983112983141983137983140 983124983141983137983139983144983141983154983155

983156983154983137983145983150983145983150983143983155 983145983150 983156983144983141 983152983154983151983146983141983139983156 983140983145983155983156983154983145983139983156983155983086 983123983145983150983139983141 983156983144983141 983155983141983155983155983145983151983150983155 983137983154983141 983139983137983154983141983142983157983148983148983161

983152983148983137983150983150983141983140 983145983156 983154983141983153983157983145983154983141983155 983156983144983141 983142983137983139983145983148983145983156983137983156983151983154983155 983156983151 983149983137983147983141 983152983154983141983152983137983154983137983156983145983151983150983155 983159983141983148983148

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 540

983138983141983142983151983154983141 983156983144983141 983155983141983155983155983145983151983150983155983086 983105983148983148 983142983151983154983149983137983156983155 983150983141983141983140983155 983156983151 983138983141 983152983154983145983150983156983141983140 983151983157983156 983152983154983141983085

983152983154983141983152983137983154983141983140 983139983144983137983154983156983155 983154983141983137983140983161 983137983140983140983145983156983145983151983150983137983148 983154983141983137983140983145983150983143 983149983137983156983141983154983145983137983148983155 983154983141983137983140 983137983150983140

983157983150983140983141983154983155983156983151983151983140983086 983120983148983141983137983155983141 983157983155983141 983156983144983141 991260983123983139983144983151983151983148 983113983149983152983154983151983158983141983149983141983150983156 983106983151983151983147983148983141983156991261 983142983151983154

983137983140983140983145983156983145983151983150983137983148 983154983141983137983140983145983150983143 983145983150 983159983144983145983139983144 983125983118983085983107983122983107 983137983154983156983145983139983148983141983155 983137983154983141 983137983148983155983151 983149983141983150983156983145983151983150983141983140983086

983124983144983141 983137983139983156983145983158983145983156983145983141983155 983137983154983141 983140983141983155983145983143983150983141983140 983157983155983145983150983143 983149983141983156983144983151983140983155 983151983142 983137983140983157983148983156 983148983141983137983154983150983145983150983143 983155983151983152983148983141983137983155983141 983142983151983148983148983151983159 983156983144983141 983152983137983156983156983141983154983155 983155983157983143983143983141983155983156983141983140 983145983150 983156983144983145983155 983149983137983150983157983137983148983086

983123983151983149983141 983155983141983155983155983145983151983150983155 983148983145983147983141 983151983154983145983141983150983156983137983156983145983151983150 983151983150 983156983144983141 983152983154983151983146983141983139983156 983137983150983140 983107983141983148983141983138983154983137983156983145983151983150 983151983142

983123983139983144983151983151983148 983108983137983161 983137983154983141 983158983141983154983161 983145983149983152983151983154983156983137983150983156 983145983142 983161983151983157 983142983141983141983148 983137983150983161 983140983145983142983142983145983139983157983148983156983161 983145983150 983156983144983145983155

983154983141983143983137983154983140983155 983152983148983141983137983155983141 983139983151983150983156983137983139983156 983125983118983109983123983107983119 983154983141983152983154983141983155983141983150983156983137983156983145983158983141 983145983150 983161983151983157983154 983154983141983143983145983151983150983155983086

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 640

983110 983124983113983117983109 983124983105983106983116983109 983119983110 983124983112983109 983112983109983105983108 983124983109983105983107983112983109983122983123991257 983124983122983105983113983118983113983118983111

Day-ITime Themes sessions

800-830 Session 1Introductory session- Introduction of the training

- Introduction of the participation

830-850 - Sharing objectives of the workshop to the participants

- Setting ground rules

850-1040 Session-2 Introduction to Child Rights to education

- Role of schoolsrsquo in addressing child right

- Analysis of enrolment barriers

1040-1100 Tea Break

1100 -12001200-100 Session-3 a)Effective classroom management b) Classroom management in multi-grade situation

100-200 Lunch and Prayer Break

300-400 c) Developing lesson plan for multi-grade situation

400-430 d) Demonstration of teaching and learning material

Day-II

800-815 Reflection on pervious dayrsquos session

815-1030 Session-4 Promotion of health and hygiene education

- Promotion of hygiene

- Techniques of teaching hygiene

1030-1100 Tea Break

1100-1200 Session-5 Overview of food crises and purpose of food distribution and

educational intervention in child education

1200-100 Session-6 Ways of developing linkages with community and parentsRole of PTCSMC to assist the school

100-200 Lunch and Prayer Break

200- 4 30 Session-7 a) Action Plan ( School Development plan) b) Celebration of School Day

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 740

983108983105983129 983085983113

1 983113983150983156983154983151983140983157983139983156983151983154983161 983123983141983155983155983145983151983150

Objectives By the end of this session the participants will be able to

bull Get to know each other

bull Become well acquainted with the training objectives

Time Allocation

Introduction and opening 15 minutes

Introduction of participants 15 minutes

Outline of the course objectives 15 minutes

Set training ground rules 10 minutes

Total 55 minutes

Materials required

o String (a roll of string that the participants will throw to each other

while holding one end and making a web)

o Pre-prepared flipchart with the course objectives written on it clearly

and neatlyo Pre-prepared flipchart with ldquocontentmethodologyrdquo written on it

12 Introduction

Welcome the participants and introduce yourself other team members and your background being chosen a trainer After official opening tell them that it is important for

all the workshop participants to become familiar to each other Ask the participants to

stand in a circle Explain them to throw the role of thread to each participant whileholding one end of the thread In this way everyone has got an end of thread Once the

participants got the thread they will say their name position and reason to attend this

workshop and make a web Once everyone has got the thread the facilitator will probe

from the participants that what does it means The say it means interaction sharingrespecting each others experiences openness and so on

13 983107983151983157983154983155983141 983151983157983156983148983145983150983141 983137983150983140 983119983138983146983141983139983156983145983158983141983155

This is a 2-days training-to train head teachers in developing skills of effective classroommanagement effective monitoring and documentation making links between

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 840

communityparents and promotion of health education at the school level The themes of

the courses are

bull To introduce the head teachers child right to education barriers to enrollmenteffective classroom management in multi-grade situation and importance of food

for education programme in increasingmaintaining school enrolmentbullbullbullbull To train head teachers in effective utilization of teaching and learning materials

in their schools

bullbullbullbull To train head teachers in strategies to promote improved school health andhygiene

bullbullbullbull Increase community involvement through PTCSMCs

bullbullbullbull To enhance head teachersrsquo knowledge and skills for school improvement andeffective school management

After sharing the training objectives ask the participants if they have any question about

the course objectives Add these on a new flip chart sheet separately (use your own

creative ways to introduce the session)

Make sure the participants are well informed about the methods to be used in the trainingThe core methodology will be interactive and participants centered Since they are adult

learners the participants will be given ample chance to contribute to the session through

discussion role-plays demonstrations and presentations

The participants will be encouraged to list down all the approaches used during this

workshop and try to utilize them in their classroom with their students

Also set a ground rule for the workshop Tell the participants to write down these rules

for the workshop on the flip charts These rules could be punctuality listening andsharing in the sessions respecting each others and switching off mobile phones

Explain to the participants that there is also a small portion of readings in their Work

Books that they will read for more information Explain that this should be read on theirfree time as there is not enough time during the course to do this

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 940

2 983123983141983155983155983145983151983150 983113983150983156983154983151983140983157983139983156983145983151983150 983156983151 983107983144983145983148983140 983122983145983143983144983156983155 983137983150983140 983138983137983154983154983145983141983154983155 983156983151

983141983150983154983151983148983149983141983150983156 983137983150983140 983148983141983137983154983150983145983150983143

ObjectivesBy the end of the session the participants will be able to

bull Get well acquainted with the Child Protection and child right in Islamic context

bull Analyze the barriers to enrolment at the school home and family level

bull Implement child right to programme

Session-2 Introduction to child right to education and barriers to enrollment

Activity-1 Sharing Protection of Child Right 10 minutes

Activity-2 Comparative analysis of Protection of Child Right in

CRC and Islamic context

20 minutes

Activity-3 Implement child right to programme 25 minutes

Activity-4 Analysis of enrolment barriers 40 minutes

Total 135

Material required-

o UN CRC worksheetso flip chartso marker pens

o blackboardo grids of enrolment analysiso workbooks

21 983107983144983145983148983140 983122983145983143983144983156 983145983150 983113983155983148983137983149 983137983150983140 983107983144983145983148983140 983122983145983143983144983156983155 983107983151983150983158983141983150983156983145983151983150

Activity-1Facilitator will write ldquoChild Rightsrdquo on the flip chart and elicit the participantsrsquo responses

of what this notion signifies Different responses will come from the participants which

will be listed around the statement Encourage more and more responses of the participants This is an opportunity to engage the entire participant to think and

contribute Once participantsrsquo responses were listed on the flip chart the facilitator will

lead the discussion specific to the child rights in Islamic context and in the Holy Quran

Activity-2

The next step participants will comparatively look at Child Rights in Islamic United Nation Child Rights Convention and on their own context Moreover the participants in

groups of five will discuss (workbook) how it can be addressed in schools

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 1040

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 1140

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 1240

983109983142983142983141983139983156983145983158983141

983123983139983144983151983151983148

Objectives of child right atschool level

What teachers can do

Reaching

All Children

Article 28

Promoting rights of children within the

community Enrolling excluded children in

programmes Treating children within the child rights

Achieving

Child Centered

Environments

Article 29 30

Concerned about the health of the child

Learning activities develop the childrsquos

full potential Act in the best interest of the child

Safe and secure school environment

Including

All ChildrenArticle 23

983110983154983141983141 983141983140983157983139983137983156983145983151983150

Treat children fairly in school

Respect diversity Provide quality learning for all children

Needing

Effective Learning

Article 13 2829

Activity based co-operative learning

methods

Learning involves use of qualitymaterial cultural and local resources

Assessment and monitoring systems use

Being

Healthy and

Protective ofChildrenArticle 1719 23

39

Ensure a healthy safe hygienic

environment

Promote both the physical and the psycho-socio-emotional health of

teachers and learners Prohibit corporal punishment

Openly

Gender SensitiveArticle 282939

Girls and boys are in a non violentenvironment

Respect for girls and boys rights dignity

and equality encouraged Gender friendly environments

Involving whole

family andcommunity with

childrenArticle 14 27

Link school with familycommunity Children participate in all aspects of life Encourage parentscommunity involve

in school affairs

Parents send their children to school

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 1340

22 983105983150983137983148983161983155983145983155 983156983144983141 983138983137983154983154983145983141983154983155 983156983151 983155983139983144983151983151983148 983141983150983154983151983148983149983141983150983156

Activity-4

The facilitator will explain to the participants how to identify barriers of enrolment at

different levels

1 Home and Community level2 School level

3 Policy and system level barriersThe participants will be divided into groups of five (according to the number of the

participants) and will be given grids (in the work book) to analyze barriers to enrolments

as example given below

Areas of analysis Possible

findings causes

Broad strategy Possible intervention

School Level

Example Poorquality

environment eg

- poor condition of

building- overcrowding

- lack of water

or sanitation- violence

(physical and

psychological)

Increasedlikelihood of non-

enrolment or non-

attendance and

dropping out afterenrolment

Provide support andtechnical assistance to

government and

communities to ensure

increased access forthose children who are

hardest to reach

School mapping toimprove planning and

targeting Child-

seeking Child Friendly

Schools

Home and Community level

Example- Directcosts of schooling

- school expenses- clothing

- books supplies

Advocacy for affordableeducation

Awareness-raising in

importance of childeducation

Incentive programmessuch as small

scholarships subsidies

food school supplies anduniforms

Policy Level

Example

Inadequate legalframework in such

areas as

- compulsoryeducation- child labour

- re-entry into

school

Education not free

and compulsory in principle or

practice

Increasedlikelihood thatchildren will fall

through the safety

net be unable totake examinations

or be forbidden re-

entry into school

Advocacy for

implementation ofcompulsory education

laws

Advocacy forimplementation of labourlaws

Advocacy for laws

allowing for continuedschooling for pregnant

girls or re-admission to

schools after pregnancy

Birth registration

campaignsAnalysis planning and

implementation of

policies supporting girlsrsquoeducation

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 1440

Once the participants have identified the potential causes they will be encouraged to think

of possible intervention to bridge these barriers This will be a rigorous exercise thereforethe facilitator must support and encourage each groups to work out the enrollment barrier

in the grid Once the participants worked out the analysis they should produce it on a flip

chart and present it to the whole group Once all the presentation finished display thesecharts on the walls The participants will have an opportunity to look at each others work

and learn from each other

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 1540

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 1640

Activity-2 (15 minutes)After this exercise ask the participants write down all the issues related to classroom

management they face in their class This is an individual task- the facilitator will

encourage each of the participants to think two issues and share it with the other participants sitting near by The responses might be discipline sitting issues over

crowded class and so on They will also prepare them on the flip charts and facilitator

will display them on the wall

32 983108983145983155983139983157983155983155 983140983145983142983142983141983154983141983150983156 983140983145983149983141983150983155983145983151983150983155 983151983142 983107983148983137983155983155983154983151983151983149 983149983137983150983137983143983141983149983141983150983156

Classroom organization is the key to managing teaching effectively Classroom

atmosphere is the key to managing the needs of the students Classroom planningassessment and record keeping are the keys to managing the curriculum learning

outcomes Classroom routines roles responsibilities relationships instructions and

positive praise are the keys to managing successful learning Planning is an essential management guideline so the next step of learning and most effective way to manage

resources can be decided Teachers need to ensure children reach their potential and gain

educational outcomes and skills for life long learning

Activity-3Facilitator will give his input about Classroom Management There are different

dimensions to the classroom management as mentioned in the table below The

participants will be divided into 8 pairs or groups depending to the size of the class Give

them themes of the Classroom Management with instructions (as mentioned below) the

participants will discuss and make suggestions under each headings

Organization How do you organize your class

Setting routine list out your daily routines with timing

Lay out of classroom How should be classroom displays and settings

Planning What needs to be planned and how

Sharing responsibilities Decide roles for students

Safe and secure environment What points need to be considered

Setting rule and procedures Think of possible rules for your classroom

Sanction and rewords How will you deal with behaviors

Once the groups finished discussing in their themes groups they will then write those

points on the flip charts Next the facilitator will consolidate all the group work and

display around the classroom management

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 1740

Discussion

At the end of the session summarize classroom management by using the information

below The facilitator will require summarized chart of classroom management and share

it with the participants Facilitator will also provide these readings to the participants to

read on their own time (Reading on Work Book)

33 983107983148983137983155983155983154983151983151983149 983149983137983150983137983143983141983149983141983150983156 983145983150 983117983157983148983156983145983085983143983154983137983140983141 983155983145983156983157983137983156983145983151983150

Since most of the government primary schools are in multi-grade situation we have to

keep in mined our classroom before teaching

ActivityAsk the participants to draw their classroom where the sitting may be

bull Classroom may be in different shape (triangle rectangle etc)

bull Sitting arrangement of mats or chairs (in lines circle u shape or in groups)

bull Number of doors windows ( if tents specify)

bull Location of black board and teachers desk

bull Location of teaching material

bull Displays of students work or chartsAfter the participants illustrate their classrooms they should display them on the wall

Facilitator will share the following classroom setting to encourage favourable learningenvironment

Classroom

Management

Organization

Lay out of

classroom

Atmosphere Setting routine

Setting rule and

procedures

Safe and secure

environment

Planning

Sharing

responsibilities

Sanction and

rewords

Figure - 1

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 1840

C-3

C-1 C-2

C-5C-4

Effective sitting arrangement in multi-grade classroom

(Students sitting in groups on desks in multi-grade situation)

(Students sitting in semi-circle on mats in multi-grade situation)

34 983120983148983137983150983150983145983150983143 983137983150983140 983154983151983157983156983145983150983141 983155983141983156983156983145983150983143 983145983150 983117983157983148983156983145983085983143983154983137983140983141 983155983145983156983157983137983156983145983151983150

A multi-grade situation is where there are a number of students in a classroom who areclassified into different grades This situation is common in a village where the number

of children for an average class size is insufficient and the practical solution is to sit

them all together in one classroom The most difficult hurdle for a multi-grade teacher is

the demand to complete a curriculum or textbook for each grade regardless of studentability needs or skills In the Government primary school are exam driven which

multiplies the challenges Effective planning and conscious effort can address this issue

Facilitator will show how to integrate lessons and set effective routines for their classes

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 1940

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2040

b Vertical integration- Block planning and teaching

Select topics of different levels which have common purpose for example similar topics in

science social studies Language Islamiyat

Block Number Class-1 Class-2

1 science language Visit to zoo Animals

2 Science Cleanliness Prevention from diseases

3 Social studies My parents My family

35 983107983148983137983155983155983154983151983151983149 983124983145983149983141983156983137983138983148983141 983137983150983140 983122983151983157983156983145983150983141 983155983141983156983156983145983150983143

Develop a timetable for your classroom keep in mind the number of classes children

teachers classrooms and subjects See how best you can utilize the time available in a

working day

36 983109983142983142983141983139983156983145983158983141 983111983154983151983157983152983145983150983143

A multi-grade classroom needs students doing group work so careful management isrequired There will be a wide range of ages abilities attainments and interests

Grouping must be flexible during the day and times when grouping sitting in groups and

doing group work will be necessary This grid shows teachersrsquo studentsrsquo activities duringa period with different group in multi grade situation

Period Class- 1

Group

Class-2

Group

Class-3

Group

40 mins

Period-1 Teacher

(Teaching in C-1

)

Activity

(students

doing

activities)

Written

(Students

writing)

13 mins

Period-1 Written

(Students)

Teacher

(Teaching)

Activity

(Students)

13 mins

Period-1 Activity

(Students)

Written

(Students)

Teacher

(Teaching)

13 mins

The same pattern can follow for the next periods The teacher must be very specific in

her planning stating what objectives will be taught what written work and type ofactivities will be done which should be monitored on a regular basis

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2140

Facilitator will explain ldquofor the multi-grade situation the period lesson plan needs to be

extended to include the specific activities the students will do and how the teacher will

divide herhis time with the different groups

37 983108983141983158983141983148983151983152983145983150983143 983148983141983155983155983151983150983155 983145983150 983117983157983148983156983145983085983143983154983137983140983141 983155983145983156983157983137983156983145983151983150

Activity-4

Participants in groups will be given books to design lessons for class-1 and class-2Facilitator will assist the participants in identifying topics of different classes with same

objectives For example in science take the topic ldquoplantsrdquo For class-1 students will have

to learn three main parts of tree (root stem and leaves) and for class-2 the students haveto learn more then three parts of tree The participants will identify similar topics in

sciences language social studies mathematics and Islamiyat and make and try to

integrate the lesson

For example

Action Session 1C- 1 Session 2C-2 Session 3C-3

Subject

Objective

Content

Materials

Activity

Evaluation

38 983125983156983145983148983145983162983137983156983145983151983150 983151983142 983124983141983137983139983144983145983150983143 983137983150983140 983148983141983137983154983150983145983150983143 983149983137983156983141983154983145983137983148

Facilitator will demonstrate to develop some teaching and learning materials and it willuse it in the classroom Heshe will explain teaching and learning material to the

participants how it supplements teaching

During demonstration the facilitator will make the following pointsAn interesting teachinglearning material makes learning easy for children Learning

becomes more interesting by focusing the curiosity of the children with verities of

teaching support UNESCO teaching and learning material consists of range of subject

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2240

matters It encompasses all the curriculum subjects in an activity based child centred

approach

Children can visualise things easily especially when it involves their sense of learning

and sight The children gain lots of confidence when presenting or working in front of the

class The natural desire to move is fulfilled by the use of teaching and learningmaterials

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2340

DAY-II

4 9831239831419831559831559831459831519831509830854 983120983154983151983149983151983156983145983151983150 983151983142 983112983141983137983148983156983144 983137983150983140 983112983161983143983145983141983150983141 983109983140983157983139983137983156983145983151983150

Objectives By the end of the session the participants will be able to

bull Acquire knowledge on principals of hygiene and healthy practices

bull Identify potentially harmful situations in schools regard to health

bull Devise strategies to promote health and hygiene in schools

Time Allocation

Activity 1 Principle of hygiene and healthy practices 10 minutes

Activity 2 Strategies to teach hygiene 20 minutes

Activity 3 Prevention and minimization of diseasesAction-Plans for school health

20 minutes

Conclusion 05 minutes

Total 55 minutes

Materials required

o Flip chart papero marker pens

o tapeo Workbook for each of the

participants

41 983113983150983156983154983151983140983157983139983156983145983151983150 983120983154983145983150983139983145983152983137983148 983151983142 983112983161983143983145983141983150983141

In this session we will look at some physical health issues that occur because of thecondition under which people have to live while they rebuild their lives The WHO

defines health as a state of complete physical mental and social wellbeing and not merely

the absence of disease or infirmity Hygiene is defined as the principles and laws

governing the preservation of health and their practical application practice conducive togood health it may refer to keeping clean in order to prevent diseases and maintain health

Activity 1 Principles of hygiene [10 minutes]

The participants individually should think of five principles of hygiene (healthy life)keeping the current situation of children in the primary schools

1 Wash hands with soap after using toilet and before eat meal2 Daily bath

3 Do not spit cover nose suppression

4 Use purified and boiled water keep water covered

5 Wash fruit before eating fruit

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2440

After the participants listed the principle of hygiene the facilitator will write the

definitions of health and hygiene on flip charts and explain it to the participants

42 983123983156983154983137983156983141983143983145983141983155 983156983151 983156983141983137983139983144 983144983161983143983145983141983150983141

Activity 2In your small groups pick the five principles that are most common to the group and

develop teaching strategies to help students understand the need for these principles

Principles Teaching strategies

1 Wash hands

2---------------

3---------------

4---------------5---------------

Demonstration of hand washing with soap

------------------------------------------------------------------

------------------------------------------------------------------

Allow 15 minutes for this exerciseBring the groups back to plenary and put up the flip charts on the walls Ask people to

move around the room and read all the sheets Encourage people note down if any

strategies they like

Allow 5 minutes for questions and discussion

43 983120983154983141983158983141983150983156983145983151983150 983137983150983140 983149983145983150983145983149983145983162983137983156983145983151983150Activity-3Explain to the participants that while regular hygiene activities are necessary there are

specific diseases that my be spread more easily in situations of temporary shelter

contaminated water insufficient water and the other conditions under which people arestill living Ask the group to find one person with whom they would like to work Explain

that this activity will be completed as pair work However each person should fill in the

table in their workbook

Common

Health Proble

Risk condition Prevention minimization

intervention

Diarrhea

cholera

dysentery

Poor sanitation inadequate

water condition poor

personal hygiene

Sanitation facilities Water

purification Personal hygiene ORS

(treatment only) Effectivesurveillance systems to prevent or

minimize disease outbreaks

Malaria and

other vector

Standing uncovered water

increasing the risk of

Health education raising awareness

about the risks of standing water

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2540

borne diseases(eg typhoid)

mosquitoes breedingCongested living conditions

increasing the possibility of

infection

Exposure to areas where

disease-transmittingorganism are more common

Increased population density promoting mosquito bites

use of mosquito nets understandingof symptoms of the disease etc

Advocates for measures for vector

control spraying for example

Effective surveillance systems by

health authorities

Respiratorytract

infections

(includingPneumonia)

Inadequate shelterPoor health care services

Overcrowding

Lack of food malnutritionRainy season

Improved shelter (especially fromwind but ensuring ventilation) Dry

clothes when wet

Use of antibiotics with doctorrsquosConsultation

Water borneDiseases

Contaminated water (garbagein

water source urinecontamination ndash animal orhuman)

Inadequately treated drinking

water (un-boiled orinsufficiently

boiled) Poor hygienic

conditions in

Shelters

Boil water for cooking washing anddrinking where possible Use water

purification tablets where possibleCare of immediate environmentin terms of covering water getting

rid of standing water ensuring that

clothes and bedding are well-aired Use of

antibiotics under medical

supervision

SkinInfections

Inadequate hygienePoor hygienic conditions in

Shelters

Regular washing with soap andwater

Thorough drying of skin Eliminationof vermin from the environment

Medication where necessary undermedical supervision

Tetanus Open wounds (due to

trauma)

Poor hygiene

Clean wounds (antiseptic if

available or soap and water) Cover

wounds with clean cloth orDressings Seek medical helpimmediately

Animal

transmitted

diseases

Unhygienic slaughtering

Contact with infected

animals dueto lack of veterinary control

Increased rate of diseases in

Animals

Ensuring that animals are

slaughtered according to Islamic law

(meat is halaal) Use of antibioticsunder medical supervision

When the participants have completed the exercise ask for one or two examples that are

particularly relevant and possible to accomplish While the pairs are working movearound the room so that you can see any really good examples to discuss in plenary Now

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2640

ask the participants to develop Health Action Plans for their school An example is shown

below

45 983105983139983156983145983151983150983085983120983148983137983150983085 983123983139983144983151983151983148 983112983141983137983148983156983144 983137983150983140 983112983161983143983145983141983150983141 983120983154983151983143983154983137983149983149983141

Health problems Interventions

What Who How When

Diarrhea cholera

dysentery

Water Teachers

andStudents

Clean water

Malaria Cleanenvironment

All Dustbins

ConclusionBasic health and hygiene are more difficult in situations of disaster and lack of

infrastructure in place In situations like NWFP Balochistan and Sindh (natural and man

made disaster at peak) it is important to reinforce the basic principles as people who areunder stress often neglect these basics and so children may not learn appropriately

5 9831239831419831559831559831459831519831509830855 983119983158983141983154983158983145983141983159 983151983142 983156983144983141 983142983151983151983140 983139983154983145983155983141983155 983137983150983140 983152983157983154983152983151983155983141 983151983142

983142983151983151983140 983140983145983155983156983154983145983138983157983156983145983151983150

Objectives By the end of this session the participants will be able to

bull Discuss the recent food crises and its impact on common people particularly onchildren

bull Purpose of food distribution to schools and what are the indirect impacts on childeducation

Time Allocation

Activity 1 discuss the recent food crises and high prices issue 10 minutes

Activity 2 purpose of food distribution to schools and its impact onchild education

20 minutes

Activity 3 food distribution project 20 minutes

Conclusion 05 minutes

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2740

Total 55 minutes

11 Materials required

o Flip chart paper

o marker penso tape

o workbook for each of the

participantso leaflets of food distribution

programme

IntroductionIntroduce the WFP-UNESCO in partnership with the Government of Pakistan has

initiated school feeding programme to mitigate short term hunger When children come

for school with empty stomach (without breakfast) they are less likely to concentrate and

engage in learning activities This programme can temporarily bridge food gapes infamilies and can be helpful in refocusing studentrsquos attention to the lessons This can also

be an incentive to increase the enrolment attendance and decrease dropout It is alsoassumed that this programme may increase the education quality improvement from

school to district level

Activity- 1

Facilitator will explain the following agendas of Food for Education The followingcatchphrase of school feeding programme will be written on flip chart and discussed

thoroughly

bull School feeding can decrease short-term hunger thereby increasing learningcapacity

bull School feeding and take home ration can improve school enrollment andattendance and decrease drop-out

bull Food assistance can encourage community participation in education

bull Involvement of district government education department can act as a lever for

school quality improvement

bull School feeding can improve nutritional status and hence improve school performance

bull School feeding and Take home ration are education intervention

Activity-2

The participants will discuss in groups and workout the grid mentioned below The participants will be encouraged to think on the activities that school can perform to

enhance school feeding programme specific objectives

Objectives and activities for school feeding programme

Objectives Activities

WFPUNESCO What school Can do

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2840

Increase enrollmentattendance retention and

completion

School ration (wheat and oil) Parents outreach

Enhance learning

environment

Provision of teaching and

learning materials

Enhance teachers quality Teachers complete a two-dayHead Teachersrsquo training

receive

Enhance learning capacity Provision of teaching and

learning kit

Increase community

participation

school food distribution

managed by parent IEC

campaign PTC training

Improve support to schools Management of ToT training

for head teachers

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2940

o Flip chart papero Marker penso Tape for sticking papers to the wallso Workbook for each participant

6 9831239831419831559831559831459831519831509830856 983107983151983149983149983157983150983145983156983161 983137983150983140 983120983137983154983141983150983156983155 983141983150983143983137983143983141983149983141983150983156 983145983150 983155983139983144983151983151983148Objectives By the end of this session the participants will be able to

bull Identify roles of PTCSMC in school

bull How to mobilize communityPTC in the school affairsbull What are their role in food distribution teaching material distribution and

monitoring

Time Allocation

What PTC and SMCs can do for the schools

Activity-1 Need and response 40

Activity-2 ways of communication with community- School

improvement booklet and awareness raising message

10

Conclusion 05 minutes

Total 55 minutes

Materials required

IntroductionFacilitator will introduce community participation in education Community and parents

are best resources to be utilized In Pakistan SMCs PTCs representingcommunityparents have been initiated to assist the school

61 983105983139983156983145983158983145983156983161 1 983118983141983141983140983155 983137983150983140 983122983141983155983152983151983150983155983141983155

Divide the participants into small groups (3-4) Ask participants to open their workbooks

and list in the first column the 5 pressing needs of their schools Then the second columnthey should list one point for each need where SMCPTCs can assist The groups have 20

minutes for this exercise

Needs Assistance

Children not attending schools PTAsSMCs can advocate in the

community and support families to sendtheir children to school through provision of

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3040

scholarships especially their girl children

Distribution of food and teaching

learning materials

PTC and SMC can monitor of the fair distribution

Activity-4

The community is part of the class room atmosphere and school physical environmentHead teacher needs to build a good relationship with the community Know the

community develop co-operation communicate with them There are many ways of

connecting with the community as mentioned below

62 983127983137983161983155 983151983142 983149983137983147983145983150983143 983148983145983150983147983137983143983141983155 983159983145983156983144 983107983151983149983149983157983150983145983156983161983120983137983154983141983150983156983155

Some suggested ideas for information sharing below

letters Events like School Day parents day PTCSMCs and teachers meetings

community projects clean ups information promotions (heath and sanitation) the school as a centre for community activities and adult classes sharing School Improvement Booklet-awareness raising materials

7 9831239831419831559831559831459831519831509830857 983105983139983156983145983151983150983085983120983148983137983150

ObjectivesBy the end of this session the participants will be able to

bull Develop Action Plans to address the following School Improvement Indicatorso School attendance and enrollmento Improved School environment

o Health and hygieneo Utilization of teaching and learning resourceso Monitoring and recording wheat and oil rationo Activation of PTCSMC

Present Action plan format 10

Activity-1 design action plans for their schools 50

Activity -2 Presentations 20

Summing up 10

Total 1 30 minutes

Materials required

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3140

o Flip Charto Marker pens

o Action plan format

o School Day Charto Tape

o White Sheets

Introduction

The facilitator will share format of Action Plan to the participants Clearly explain how to

go about it Then ask the participants individually develop Action plan that will beimplemented in their schools The participants will also be informed that on the bases of

these Action Plans they will be monitored

What How Who When Comments

1 School

health

Providing

clean

water

HT

Teachers

PTCSMC

March 09 Head teacher in

collaboration with

PTCSMC will makesure there is a safe clean

water for students in the

school

2 Students

enrolment

Enrolment

campaignSchool

day

Visithomes

PTCSMC

HT

5t

Apr-09

3 School day

4 SMC

meeting

5 Improve

school

environment

The training participants will fill out this action plan according to their school needs and priority Share these Action Plans to the whole group and encourage others to make notes

from each others work incases they see it relevant to their schools as well

Objectives

By the end of this session the participants will be able too To develop an understanding of how a School Day is celebratedo Plan for their own schools of how they will celebrate the day

Present School Day Plan 10 minutes

Activity-1 Discuss in small groups how the day will be

celebrate

20 minutes

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3240

Make plans when the day will be celebrated at their school 30 minutes

Total 60 minutes

Materials required

o Flip Chart

o Marker pens

o School Day Chart

o Tapeo White Sheets

School DayA lsquoSchool Dayrsquo is the day in the GOP-WFP-UNESCO project when parents teachers and projectofficials meet in the school premises to discuss ways to improve the school Several factorscontribute to school improvement School attendance and enrollment Retention of studentsSchool environment Health and hygiene of students Utilization of teaching and learning

materials PTACommunity involvement Nutrition and diet and use of oil and wheat rations Ona School Day the head teacher with the help of Social Mobilizer of the implementing partner willdiscuss the school improvement factors with the parents and children of the school

ActivitiesThe following activities are suggested to make the day useful and attractive to the children

parents and community members

Activity 1 Preparation of activities of the day

Send invitation to all parents at least a week before the ldquoSchool Dayrdquo through children verballyand also in writing (hand written notes would suffice) and also spread the message by word-of-mouth At least two days before the program send a reminder by writing the message on the

studentsrsquo copy books or paper slips and read it loudly and clearly in the classrooms Make surethat the children have understood the message by asking them to explain And if possible invite

the community members through telephone calls or by sending the school children to spread thenews Advance planning is the key to success

Activity 2 Follow the agenda

SN Activities Time in

Minutes

Registration of the participants

1 Recitation verses from the holy Quran by one of the students 03

2 Naat by a student 05

Celebrate a School Day

Make sure you have

1 All parents children teachers head teacher supervisorADO and the PTASMC PTC are invited

2 A plan is ready for the day

3 Food items (wheat and oil) ready for distribution

4 Key messages and teaching and learning kits are available and are on display

5 Students prepared to show their talents to their parents and to the community members

6 Successes and areas needing improvements for discussion with parents and community

7 Constituted a committee for organization of the School Day

8 Informed the students that they should come neat and clean and in school uniform

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3340

Notes for the Head Teacher Use the day to celebrate to celebrate the schoolsrsquo achievements Open the school gates for parents community members and social workers of the villag

Involve everybody in the sessions and avoid a lot of talking (Sweeten the small stuff) Give children space to speak about their successes and problems at the school

If you have more than one teacher involve them in planning of the day Ask teachers to facilitate group discussions without dominating the discussion If teachers

are not available ask some literate volunteers from the village or NGO representatives if

available to help Decorate the school with childrenrsquos work and readymade displays and locally available

flowers and plants You have some of the resources available in your teaching andlearning kit

Have a positive focus Do not talk with parents about what their children can not dorather talk about what the children can do

Explore use of local resources

Take ideas from School Improvement Booklet (SIB) for the event Appreciate studentsrsquo successes and achievements with some rewards if possible Pray for every ones success and those who have helped in providing an opportunity to

celebrate the day pray for the country and the people for their good health wealth peaceand prosperity and thank everyone for their participation

Actively follow up on the implementation of School Improvement Plan prepared on theSchool Day

3 Welcome address by PTAPTCSMC representative 10

4 Introduction of the day by the Head teacher 20

5 Poem song or some creative item from the students 20

6 Discussion on the key messages (what does the messages mean how it will be disseminated

in the village How to achieve it)

40

7 Discussion on the topics (use group work) followed by whole group open discussion

School attendance and enrollment School environment Health and hygiene Utilization ofTeaching and Learning materials PTACommunity Involvement Nutrition and diet and

Use of oil and wheat rations (please involve some representative students as well)

40

8 Develop a School Development Plan (SDP ) while using the following pattern

40

Issues1 How it will be

resolved

Who will be

responsible

Resources

required

Source of

funding

Time (By

When)

Note Please use short term and quickly doable plans like reducing absenteeism by students and teachers cleaningthe school planning trees (use School Improvement Book for more ideas)

9 Conclude the day by stating the background and the purpose of food and educational

incentives and by asking the parents and children to take their food ration and remind them

about the key messages As a concluding activity invite the parents and the community

members to visit the classrooms and ask the students to explain to them their creative work

10

Activity 3 Documentation and Reporting

Document the proceedings of the day and develop a short report for Project Implementation Unit

ADO circle or talka

1 For example student attendance has declined in the past two months

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3440

Course Evaluation

Note Please take a few minutes to complete the form and return to the facilitator

1 List out what have you learnt from this training

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

----------------------------------------------------------

2 What did you like from the training

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------

3 What particular learning will you implement How

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------

4 What are the suggestions to improve the training

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------

5 How do you rate the facilitator knowledge skills and attitude

Knowledge 1------2--------3--------4--------5

Skills 1------2--------3--------4--------5

Attitude 1------2--------3--------4--------5

Note 1 is the lowest and 5 is highest rate Please circle the number that you think

the facilitator has performed

6 Over all comments about the training

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3540

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3640

Reading Materials

Facilitator Child Rights Our Educational Responsibilities

All Education programmes must be based on the understanding of the Convention on

the Rights of a Child When training is based on these values then the child will be thecentre of all topics presented The teachers job is to provide opportunities theatmosphere and environment so the rights of the child are met in the place they willspend much of their waking hours The main educational rights involve in schools arebased from rights number 13 17 28 29 and 31

Important Rights to note childrens right to leisure and play childrens need for space to develop the need to take childrens opinions into account the need to involve children in the learning process

the need for policies and training to be in the best interest of the child the need for learning to be life skills relevant local roots and global connections the importance of a change in attitude towards facilitating learning

The following needs to be in place so it can happen in Child Friendly SchoolsUniversal AccessReference to the many million children still deprived of education many of whom aregirls many of whom finish primary school lacking essential knowledge skills attitudesand values

Role of Parents Teachers and Community

awareness of the role of teachers and trainers being imperative in realising the ideaof childrens rights basing training on interpreting the Convention on the Rights of the Child and

putting it into real practice having all the skills necessary to encourage and assist all in the learning process realising that learning is not just about the facts but learning how to access and

process information so it is beneficial and relevant supporting and rewarding trainers and teachers ensuring that parents are given a key responsibility in forming constructive

relationships with teachers and schools for learning and training requirement fortheir children

Equal Opportunities an understanding of non-discrimination against girls special needs learning

difficulties children who are nomadic indigenous immigrant or are a linguisticminority

a realisation that every child has unique characteristics interests abilities needs

The Appropriate Quality Education Content

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3740

training of teachers and school learning being relevant to the child now and for thefuture

training sessions and consequently classroom and schools helping to developpersonalities talents mental and physical abilities to their fullest potential

Cultural roots and Global Values

the need to include respect for human rights in our learning environments an awareness of combination of learning to respect ones own nation and culture and

the culture of others the need to encourage tolerance and harmony for a better understanding of

minorities indigenous peoples refugees immigrants and gender equality

New Methods of Learning an agreement that learning is a combination of critical thinking and having fun that

passive listening and rote memorisation are less valuable than application andprocess to enhance understanding

the need for training workshops and classrooms to be participant friendly allowing for curiosity time to question receive answers to argue debate test andmake mistakes to create be spontaneous to be recognised and respected

Mutual Respect reflecting in training and inner life of a school the education message of vision

values human rights tolerance respecting dignity encouraging problem-solving skills allowing teachers to help children develop tools

for peaceful conflict resolution in all new learning situations the need to feel safe secure and totally trust our

teachersStudent Participation Opportunities for learners to express their points of view encouraging learners to

take personal responsibility for their studies Having a system of sharing responsibilities sharing ideas regular feedback and

learning evaluation Knowing that a good school and a good training workshop both promote total

participation and is a model of fairness for all

Child Rights and our Primary Health Care Responsibilities

The Child Health Rights directly concerning the teacher and the school must also beconsidered as the school can play a vital role in ensuring they are addressed Thefollowing particularly relate to articles 19 23 24 29 and 31

educational policies in schools and classrooms must be in place to protect childrenfrom all forms of physical punishment mental violence injury abuse neglect ormaltreatment

that an effort be made to include mentally and physically disabled children in theschool and classroom programmes so they can enjoy a full and decent life whichpromotes dignity self reliance and participation in the school and community

that schools may assist in facilitating a child in health rehabilitation

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3840

to ensure basic medical assistance is given in school for first aid and thedevelopment of primary health care awareness

keeping health records and observing nutritional state of individual children providing clean water in schools to ensure the educational programmes support mental and physical development

a child has an opportunity at school to rest and leisure and playIn Pakistan there is higher infant mortality lower immunisation lower literacy rateslower school enrolment lower access to safe water and more severely underweightchildren Primary health care is vital on the long list of human development needs Allchildren have the right to the best health care that is availableThis area is of concern to all involved in teaching as the child entering the school cantake advantage of all the opportunities if they are healthy and well cared for in pre-school environments and homesSchools also must ensure their primary role in health care so children can carry thelearning to other parts of the community The two concerns involve preventive orcurative methods

Ignorance polluted surroundings negligence in food care washing facilities animalsclose to living areas unsafe drinking water sanitation living surroundings seasonaldiseases communicable diseases personal hygiene girl children and their health andcommunicable diseases are all areas of concern The population growth rate isincreasing and many are deprived of basic Primary Health Care

When the population rate is more than the resources the situation can be extremelydifficult and expensive to remedy

In classroom and at schools areas of health can be addressed throughout the primaryyears so information is clearly disseminated with the help of the children Awareness of

healthy habits helps children build their self-esteem and learning to value your-self is animportant aspect of primary health care

The value of children learning aspects of Primary Health Care

they are very good and quick learners they share with others whatever they learn the learning in childhood is long lasting the teachers instructions or words are important words for a child children experience that is they do practical work and learn more school is the place where a childrsquos thought is effected for a practical life

Teachers and Community Role

recording weight height and skin colour observing health changes carefully observing and noting abnormalities and informing the parents having positive discussions with parents joyful learning lessons on primary health care making a health class and playground environment ensuring there is safe water in the school

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3940

ensuring there are adequate male and female toilet facilities in the schools having regular health chart challenges

Primary Health Care having healthy well nourished children learning in a healthyhygienic environment with clean safe water clean safe surroundings clean safepersonal habits clean safe food preparation Classroom Climate caring for the

emotional and physical well-being of children

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 4040

Appendix-A

Ref Right of children in Islam What the teacher can do

Al Hadith In accordance with Islamic preceptldquochildrenrdquo means both male andfemaleldquoAcquisition of knowledge is obligatory

for all true believersrdquo

Ensure that both boys and girls haveaccess to schoolIf there is a mixed class of boys andgirls the girls should have as much

attention as the boys

Right to be brought up properlylooked after and provided for andeducated

The teacher is in loco parentis (in the place of the parents) and has theresponsibility to provide the same careas the parents

Al Quran666

Right to religious moral ethicalguidance provided with an

understanding of right and wrong

The teacher needs to know andunderstand the teachings of Islam so

as to provide the child with a good

education without bias and with agood ethical foundation

Al Quran5251

Children are given in trust to their parents ndash who will be held

accountableldquoEveryone of you is a caretaker andeveryone of you is answerable for hissubjectsrdquo

As teachers are in the place of parents ndash they too may be held accountable

Abu BakrRAA

Justice and equality Inequality isinjustice (forbidden in Islam)ldquoHe dieth not who takes to learning totreat children affectionately and to kiss

them are charitable actsrdquo

The teacher must be very sure that the treatmentof all children is equal and fair no favoritismno bias against certain children for whateverreason

This is especially important with regard to thosechildren who have been left as orphans ordisabled either as a result of the earthquake orfor any other reason

Al Hadith ldquoIt is a childrsquos right that his fathershould teach him how to read write

helliprdquo

Teachers have a responsibility to be professional in their teaching and also

to help parents and the community tounderstand their obligations about sending all

their children to school

Abu Daud ldquoWhoever has a girl under hisguardianshiphellip[and does not] treat herwith contempt nor gives preference to

his sons over her Allah will admit himto paradiserdquo

Teachers have an obligation to treatgirls equally and without bias and tohelp the parents and community to

understand their obligations in termsof helping girls to have an education

Page 5: Head Teachers Training Manual.pdf

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 540

983138983141983142983151983154983141 983156983144983141 983155983141983155983155983145983151983150983155983086 983105983148983148 983142983151983154983149983137983156983155 983150983141983141983140983155 983156983151 983138983141 983152983154983145983150983156983141983140 983151983157983156 983152983154983141983085

983152983154983141983152983137983154983141983140 983139983144983137983154983156983155 983154983141983137983140983161 983137983140983140983145983156983145983151983150983137983148 983154983141983137983140983145983150983143 983149983137983156983141983154983145983137983148983155 983154983141983137983140 983137983150983140

983157983150983140983141983154983155983156983151983151983140983086 983120983148983141983137983155983141 983157983155983141 983156983144983141 991260983123983139983144983151983151983148 983113983149983152983154983151983158983141983149983141983150983156 983106983151983151983147983148983141983156991261 983142983151983154

983137983140983140983145983156983145983151983150983137983148 983154983141983137983140983145983150983143 983145983150 983159983144983145983139983144 983125983118983085983107983122983107 983137983154983156983145983139983148983141983155 983137983154983141 983137983148983155983151 983149983141983150983156983145983151983150983141983140983086

983124983144983141 983137983139983156983145983158983145983156983145983141983155 983137983154983141 983140983141983155983145983143983150983141983140 983157983155983145983150983143 983149983141983156983144983151983140983155 983151983142 983137983140983157983148983156 983148983141983137983154983150983145983150983143 983155983151983152983148983141983137983155983141 983142983151983148983148983151983159 983156983144983141 983152983137983156983156983141983154983155 983155983157983143983143983141983155983156983141983140 983145983150 983156983144983145983155 983149983137983150983157983137983148983086

983123983151983149983141 983155983141983155983155983145983151983150983155 983148983145983147983141 983151983154983145983141983150983156983137983156983145983151983150 983151983150 983156983144983141 983152983154983151983146983141983139983156 983137983150983140 983107983141983148983141983138983154983137983156983145983151983150 983151983142

983123983139983144983151983151983148 983108983137983161 983137983154983141 983158983141983154983161 983145983149983152983151983154983156983137983150983156 983145983142 983161983151983157 983142983141983141983148 983137983150983161 983140983145983142983142983145983139983157983148983156983161 983145983150 983156983144983145983155

983154983141983143983137983154983140983155 983152983148983141983137983155983141 983139983151983150983156983137983139983156 983125983118983109983123983107983119 983154983141983152983154983141983155983141983150983156983137983156983145983158983141 983145983150 983161983151983157983154 983154983141983143983145983151983150983155983086

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 640

983110 983124983113983117983109 983124983105983106983116983109 983119983110 983124983112983109 983112983109983105983108 983124983109983105983107983112983109983122983123991257 983124983122983105983113983118983113983118983111

Day-ITime Themes sessions

800-830 Session 1Introductory session- Introduction of the training

- Introduction of the participation

830-850 - Sharing objectives of the workshop to the participants

- Setting ground rules

850-1040 Session-2 Introduction to Child Rights to education

- Role of schoolsrsquo in addressing child right

- Analysis of enrolment barriers

1040-1100 Tea Break

1100 -12001200-100 Session-3 a)Effective classroom management b) Classroom management in multi-grade situation

100-200 Lunch and Prayer Break

300-400 c) Developing lesson plan for multi-grade situation

400-430 d) Demonstration of teaching and learning material

Day-II

800-815 Reflection on pervious dayrsquos session

815-1030 Session-4 Promotion of health and hygiene education

- Promotion of hygiene

- Techniques of teaching hygiene

1030-1100 Tea Break

1100-1200 Session-5 Overview of food crises and purpose of food distribution and

educational intervention in child education

1200-100 Session-6 Ways of developing linkages with community and parentsRole of PTCSMC to assist the school

100-200 Lunch and Prayer Break

200- 4 30 Session-7 a) Action Plan ( School Development plan) b) Celebration of School Day

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 740

983108983105983129 983085983113

1 983113983150983156983154983151983140983157983139983156983151983154983161 983123983141983155983155983145983151983150

Objectives By the end of this session the participants will be able to

bull Get to know each other

bull Become well acquainted with the training objectives

Time Allocation

Introduction and opening 15 minutes

Introduction of participants 15 minutes

Outline of the course objectives 15 minutes

Set training ground rules 10 minutes

Total 55 minutes

Materials required

o String (a roll of string that the participants will throw to each other

while holding one end and making a web)

o Pre-prepared flipchart with the course objectives written on it clearly

and neatlyo Pre-prepared flipchart with ldquocontentmethodologyrdquo written on it

12 Introduction

Welcome the participants and introduce yourself other team members and your background being chosen a trainer After official opening tell them that it is important for

all the workshop participants to become familiar to each other Ask the participants to

stand in a circle Explain them to throw the role of thread to each participant whileholding one end of the thread In this way everyone has got an end of thread Once the

participants got the thread they will say their name position and reason to attend this

workshop and make a web Once everyone has got the thread the facilitator will probe

from the participants that what does it means The say it means interaction sharingrespecting each others experiences openness and so on

13 983107983151983157983154983155983141 983151983157983156983148983145983150983141 983137983150983140 983119983138983146983141983139983156983145983158983141983155

This is a 2-days training-to train head teachers in developing skills of effective classroommanagement effective monitoring and documentation making links between

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 840

communityparents and promotion of health education at the school level The themes of

the courses are

bull To introduce the head teachers child right to education barriers to enrollmenteffective classroom management in multi-grade situation and importance of food

for education programme in increasingmaintaining school enrolmentbullbullbullbull To train head teachers in effective utilization of teaching and learning materials

in their schools

bullbullbullbull To train head teachers in strategies to promote improved school health andhygiene

bullbullbullbull Increase community involvement through PTCSMCs

bullbullbullbull To enhance head teachersrsquo knowledge and skills for school improvement andeffective school management

After sharing the training objectives ask the participants if they have any question about

the course objectives Add these on a new flip chart sheet separately (use your own

creative ways to introduce the session)

Make sure the participants are well informed about the methods to be used in the trainingThe core methodology will be interactive and participants centered Since they are adult

learners the participants will be given ample chance to contribute to the session through

discussion role-plays demonstrations and presentations

The participants will be encouraged to list down all the approaches used during this

workshop and try to utilize them in their classroom with their students

Also set a ground rule for the workshop Tell the participants to write down these rules

for the workshop on the flip charts These rules could be punctuality listening andsharing in the sessions respecting each others and switching off mobile phones

Explain to the participants that there is also a small portion of readings in their Work

Books that they will read for more information Explain that this should be read on theirfree time as there is not enough time during the course to do this

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 940

2 983123983141983155983155983145983151983150 983113983150983156983154983151983140983157983139983156983145983151983150 983156983151 983107983144983145983148983140 983122983145983143983144983156983155 983137983150983140 983138983137983154983154983145983141983154983155 983156983151

983141983150983154983151983148983149983141983150983156 983137983150983140 983148983141983137983154983150983145983150983143

ObjectivesBy the end of the session the participants will be able to

bull Get well acquainted with the Child Protection and child right in Islamic context

bull Analyze the barriers to enrolment at the school home and family level

bull Implement child right to programme

Session-2 Introduction to child right to education and barriers to enrollment

Activity-1 Sharing Protection of Child Right 10 minutes

Activity-2 Comparative analysis of Protection of Child Right in

CRC and Islamic context

20 minutes

Activity-3 Implement child right to programme 25 minutes

Activity-4 Analysis of enrolment barriers 40 minutes

Total 135

Material required-

o UN CRC worksheetso flip chartso marker pens

o blackboardo grids of enrolment analysiso workbooks

21 983107983144983145983148983140 983122983145983143983144983156 983145983150 983113983155983148983137983149 983137983150983140 983107983144983145983148983140 983122983145983143983144983156983155 983107983151983150983158983141983150983156983145983151983150

Activity-1Facilitator will write ldquoChild Rightsrdquo on the flip chart and elicit the participantsrsquo responses

of what this notion signifies Different responses will come from the participants which

will be listed around the statement Encourage more and more responses of the participants This is an opportunity to engage the entire participant to think and

contribute Once participantsrsquo responses were listed on the flip chart the facilitator will

lead the discussion specific to the child rights in Islamic context and in the Holy Quran

Activity-2

The next step participants will comparatively look at Child Rights in Islamic United Nation Child Rights Convention and on their own context Moreover the participants in

groups of five will discuss (workbook) how it can be addressed in schools

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 1040

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 1140

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 1240

983109983142983142983141983139983156983145983158983141

983123983139983144983151983151983148

Objectives of child right atschool level

What teachers can do

Reaching

All Children

Article 28

Promoting rights of children within the

community Enrolling excluded children in

programmes Treating children within the child rights

Achieving

Child Centered

Environments

Article 29 30

Concerned about the health of the child

Learning activities develop the childrsquos

full potential Act in the best interest of the child

Safe and secure school environment

Including

All ChildrenArticle 23

983110983154983141983141 983141983140983157983139983137983156983145983151983150

Treat children fairly in school

Respect diversity Provide quality learning for all children

Needing

Effective Learning

Article 13 2829

Activity based co-operative learning

methods

Learning involves use of qualitymaterial cultural and local resources

Assessment and monitoring systems use

Being

Healthy and

Protective ofChildrenArticle 1719 23

39

Ensure a healthy safe hygienic

environment

Promote both the physical and the psycho-socio-emotional health of

teachers and learners Prohibit corporal punishment

Openly

Gender SensitiveArticle 282939

Girls and boys are in a non violentenvironment

Respect for girls and boys rights dignity

and equality encouraged Gender friendly environments

Involving whole

family andcommunity with

childrenArticle 14 27

Link school with familycommunity Children participate in all aspects of life Encourage parentscommunity involve

in school affairs

Parents send their children to school

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 1340

22 983105983150983137983148983161983155983145983155 983156983144983141 983138983137983154983154983145983141983154983155 983156983151 983155983139983144983151983151983148 983141983150983154983151983148983149983141983150983156

Activity-4

The facilitator will explain to the participants how to identify barriers of enrolment at

different levels

1 Home and Community level2 School level

3 Policy and system level barriersThe participants will be divided into groups of five (according to the number of the

participants) and will be given grids (in the work book) to analyze barriers to enrolments

as example given below

Areas of analysis Possible

findings causes

Broad strategy Possible intervention

School Level

Example Poorquality

environment eg

- poor condition of

building- overcrowding

- lack of water

or sanitation- violence

(physical and

psychological)

Increasedlikelihood of non-

enrolment or non-

attendance and

dropping out afterenrolment

Provide support andtechnical assistance to

government and

communities to ensure

increased access forthose children who are

hardest to reach

School mapping toimprove planning and

targeting Child-

seeking Child Friendly

Schools

Home and Community level

Example- Directcosts of schooling

- school expenses- clothing

- books supplies

Advocacy for affordableeducation

Awareness-raising in

importance of childeducation

Incentive programmessuch as small

scholarships subsidies

food school supplies anduniforms

Policy Level

Example

Inadequate legalframework in such

areas as

- compulsoryeducation- child labour

- re-entry into

school

Education not free

and compulsory in principle or

practice

Increasedlikelihood thatchildren will fall

through the safety

net be unable totake examinations

or be forbidden re-

entry into school

Advocacy for

implementation ofcompulsory education

laws

Advocacy forimplementation of labourlaws

Advocacy for laws

allowing for continuedschooling for pregnant

girls or re-admission to

schools after pregnancy

Birth registration

campaignsAnalysis planning and

implementation of

policies supporting girlsrsquoeducation

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 1440

Once the participants have identified the potential causes they will be encouraged to think

of possible intervention to bridge these barriers This will be a rigorous exercise thereforethe facilitator must support and encourage each groups to work out the enrollment barrier

in the grid Once the participants worked out the analysis they should produce it on a flip

chart and present it to the whole group Once all the presentation finished display thesecharts on the walls The participants will have an opportunity to look at each others work

and learn from each other

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 1540

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 1640

Activity-2 (15 minutes)After this exercise ask the participants write down all the issues related to classroom

management they face in their class This is an individual task- the facilitator will

encourage each of the participants to think two issues and share it with the other participants sitting near by The responses might be discipline sitting issues over

crowded class and so on They will also prepare them on the flip charts and facilitator

will display them on the wall

32 983108983145983155983139983157983155983155 983140983145983142983142983141983154983141983150983156 983140983145983149983141983150983155983145983151983150983155 983151983142 983107983148983137983155983155983154983151983151983149 983149983137983150983137983143983141983149983141983150983156

Classroom organization is the key to managing teaching effectively Classroom

atmosphere is the key to managing the needs of the students Classroom planningassessment and record keeping are the keys to managing the curriculum learning

outcomes Classroom routines roles responsibilities relationships instructions and

positive praise are the keys to managing successful learning Planning is an essential management guideline so the next step of learning and most effective way to manage

resources can be decided Teachers need to ensure children reach their potential and gain

educational outcomes and skills for life long learning

Activity-3Facilitator will give his input about Classroom Management There are different

dimensions to the classroom management as mentioned in the table below The

participants will be divided into 8 pairs or groups depending to the size of the class Give

them themes of the Classroom Management with instructions (as mentioned below) the

participants will discuss and make suggestions under each headings

Organization How do you organize your class

Setting routine list out your daily routines with timing

Lay out of classroom How should be classroom displays and settings

Planning What needs to be planned and how

Sharing responsibilities Decide roles for students

Safe and secure environment What points need to be considered

Setting rule and procedures Think of possible rules for your classroom

Sanction and rewords How will you deal with behaviors

Once the groups finished discussing in their themes groups they will then write those

points on the flip charts Next the facilitator will consolidate all the group work and

display around the classroom management

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 1740

Discussion

At the end of the session summarize classroom management by using the information

below The facilitator will require summarized chart of classroom management and share

it with the participants Facilitator will also provide these readings to the participants to

read on their own time (Reading on Work Book)

33 983107983148983137983155983155983154983151983151983149 983149983137983150983137983143983141983149983141983150983156 983145983150 983117983157983148983156983145983085983143983154983137983140983141 983155983145983156983157983137983156983145983151983150

Since most of the government primary schools are in multi-grade situation we have to

keep in mined our classroom before teaching

ActivityAsk the participants to draw their classroom where the sitting may be

bull Classroom may be in different shape (triangle rectangle etc)

bull Sitting arrangement of mats or chairs (in lines circle u shape or in groups)

bull Number of doors windows ( if tents specify)

bull Location of black board and teachers desk

bull Location of teaching material

bull Displays of students work or chartsAfter the participants illustrate their classrooms they should display them on the wall

Facilitator will share the following classroom setting to encourage favourable learningenvironment

Classroom

Management

Organization

Lay out of

classroom

Atmosphere Setting routine

Setting rule and

procedures

Safe and secure

environment

Planning

Sharing

responsibilities

Sanction and

rewords

Figure - 1

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 1840

C-3

C-1 C-2

C-5C-4

Effective sitting arrangement in multi-grade classroom

(Students sitting in groups on desks in multi-grade situation)

(Students sitting in semi-circle on mats in multi-grade situation)

34 983120983148983137983150983150983145983150983143 983137983150983140 983154983151983157983156983145983150983141 983155983141983156983156983145983150983143 983145983150 983117983157983148983156983145983085983143983154983137983140983141 983155983145983156983157983137983156983145983151983150

A multi-grade situation is where there are a number of students in a classroom who areclassified into different grades This situation is common in a village where the number

of children for an average class size is insufficient and the practical solution is to sit

them all together in one classroom The most difficult hurdle for a multi-grade teacher is

the demand to complete a curriculum or textbook for each grade regardless of studentability needs or skills In the Government primary school are exam driven which

multiplies the challenges Effective planning and conscious effort can address this issue

Facilitator will show how to integrate lessons and set effective routines for their classes

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 1940

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2040

b Vertical integration- Block planning and teaching

Select topics of different levels which have common purpose for example similar topics in

science social studies Language Islamiyat

Block Number Class-1 Class-2

1 science language Visit to zoo Animals

2 Science Cleanliness Prevention from diseases

3 Social studies My parents My family

35 983107983148983137983155983155983154983151983151983149 983124983145983149983141983156983137983138983148983141 983137983150983140 983122983151983157983156983145983150983141 983155983141983156983156983145983150983143

Develop a timetable for your classroom keep in mind the number of classes children

teachers classrooms and subjects See how best you can utilize the time available in a

working day

36 983109983142983142983141983139983156983145983158983141 983111983154983151983157983152983145983150983143

A multi-grade classroom needs students doing group work so careful management isrequired There will be a wide range of ages abilities attainments and interests

Grouping must be flexible during the day and times when grouping sitting in groups and

doing group work will be necessary This grid shows teachersrsquo studentsrsquo activities duringa period with different group in multi grade situation

Period Class- 1

Group

Class-2

Group

Class-3

Group

40 mins

Period-1 Teacher

(Teaching in C-1

)

Activity

(students

doing

activities)

Written

(Students

writing)

13 mins

Period-1 Written

(Students)

Teacher

(Teaching)

Activity

(Students)

13 mins

Period-1 Activity

(Students)

Written

(Students)

Teacher

(Teaching)

13 mins

The same pattern can follow for the next periods The teacher must be very specific in

her planning stating what objectives will be taught what written work and type ofactivities will be done which should be monitored on a regular basis

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2140

Facilitator will explain ldquofor the multi-grade situation the period lesson plan needs to be

extended to include the specific activities the students will do and how the teacher will

divide herhis time with the different groups

37 983108983141983158983141983148983151983152983145983150983143 983148983141983155983155983151983150983155 983145983150 983117983157983148983156983145983085983143983154983137983140983141 983155983145983156983157983137983156983145983151983150

Activity-4

Participants in groups will be given books to design lessons for class-1 and class-2Facilitator will assist the participants in identifying topics of different classes with same

objectives For example in science take the topic ldquoplantsrdquo For class-1 students will have

to learn three main parts of tree (root stem and leaves) and for class-2 the students haveto learn more then three parts of tree The participants will identify similar topics in

sciences language social studies mathematics and Islamiyat and make and try to

integrate the lesson

For example

Action Session 1C- 1 Session 2C-2 Session 3C-3

Subject

Objective

Content

Materials

Activity

Evaluation

38 983125983156983145983148983145983162983137983156983145983151983150 983151983142 983124983141983137983139983144983145983150983143 983137983150983140 983148983141983137983154983150983145983150983143 983149983137983156983141983154983145983137983148

Facilitator will demonstrate to develop some teaching and learning materials and it willuse it in the classroom Heshe will explain teaching and learning material to the

participants how it supplements teaching

During demonstration the facilitator will make the following pointsAn interesting teachinglearning material makes learning easy for children Learning

becomes more interesting by focusing the curiosity of the children with verities of

teaching support UNESCO teaching and learning material consists of range of subject

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2240

matters It encompasses all the curriculum subjects in an activity based child centred

approach

Children can visualise things easily especially when it involves their sense of learning

and sight The children gain lots of confidence when presenting or working in front of the

class The natural desire to move is fulfilled by the use of teaching and learningmaterials

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2340

DAY-II

4 9831239831419831559831559831459831519831509830854 983120983154983151983149983151983156983145983151983150 983151983142 983112983141983137983148983156983144 983137983150983140 983112983161983143983145983141983150983141 983109983140983157983139983137983156983145983151983150

Objectives By the end of the session the participants will be able to

bull Acquire knowledge on principals of hygiene and healthy practices

bull Identify potentially harmful situations in schools regard to health

bull Devise strategies to promote health and hygiene in schools

Time Allocation

Activity 1 Principle of hygiene and healthy practices 10 minutes

Activity 2 Strategies to teach hygiene 20 minutes

Activity 3 Prevention and minimization of diseasesAction-Plans for school health

20 minutes

Conclusion 05 minutes

Total 55 minutes

Materials required

o Flip chart papero marker pens

o tapeo Workbook for each of the

participants

41 983113983150983156983154983151983140983157983139983156983145983151983150 983120983154983145983150983139983145983152983137983148 983151983142 983112983161983143983145983141983150983141

In this session we will look at some physical health issues that occur because of thecondition under which people have to live while they rebuild their lives The WHO

defines health as a state of complete physical mental and social wellbeing and not merely

the absence of disease or infirmity Hygiene is defined as the principles and laws

governing the preservation of health and their practical application practice conducive togood health it may refer to keeping clean in order to prevent diseases and maintain health

Activity 1 Principles of hygiene [10 minutes]

The participants individually should think of five principles of hygiene (healthy life)keeping the current situation of children in the primary schools

1 Wash hands with soap after using toilet and before eat meal2 Daily bath

3 Do not spit cover nose suppression

4 Use purified and boiled water keep water covered

5 Wash fruit before eating fruit

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2440

After the participants listed the principle of hygiene the facilitator will write the

definitions of health and hygiene on flip charts and explain it to the participants

42 983123983156983154983137983156983141983143983145983141983155 983156983151 983156983141983137983139983144 983144983161983143983145983141983150983141

Activity 2In your small groups pick the five principles that are most common to the group and

develop teaching strategies to help students understand the need for these principles

Principles Teaching strategies

1 Wash hands

2---------------

3---------------

4---------------5---------------

Demonstration of hand washing with soap

------------------------------------------------------------------

------------------------------------------------------------------

Allow 15 minutes for this exerciseBring the groups back to plenary and put up the flip charts on the walls Ask people to

move around the room and read all the sheets Encourage people note down if any

strategies they like

Allow 5 minutes for questions and discussion

43 983120983154983141983158983141983150983156983145983151983150 983137983150983140 983149983145983150983145983149983145983162983137983156983145983151983150Activity-3Explain to the participants that while regular hygiene activities are necessary there are

specific diseases that my be spread more easily in situations of temporary shelter

contaminated water insufficient water and the other conditions under which people arestill living Ask the group to find one person with whom they would like to work Explain

that this activity will be completed as pair work However each person should fill in the

table in their workbook

Common

Health Proble

Risk condition Prevention minimization

intervention

Diarrhea

cholera

dysentery

Poor sanitation inadequate

water condition poor

personal hygiene

Sanitation facilities Water

purification Personal hygiene ORS

(treatment only) Effectivesurveillance systems to prevent or

minimize disease outbreaks

Malaria and

other vector

Standing uncovered water

increasing the risk of

Health education raising awareness

about the risks of standing water

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2540

borne diseases(eg typhoid)

mosquitoes breedingCongested living conditions

increasing the possibility of

infection

Exposure to areas where

disease-transmittingorganism are more common

Increased population density promoting mosquito bites

use of mosquito nets understandingof symptoms of the disease etc

Advocates for measures for vector

control spraying for example

Effective surveillance systems by

health authorities

Respiratorytract

infections

(includingPneumonia)

Inadequate shelterPoor health care services

Overcrowding

Lack of food malnutritionRainy season

Improved shelter (especially fromwind but ensuring ventilation) Dry

clothes when wet

Use of antibiotics with doctorrsquosConsultation

Water borneDiseases

Contaminated water (garbagein

water source urinecontamination ndash animal orhuman)

Inadequately treated drinking

water (un-boiled orinsufficiently

boiled) Poor hygienic

conditions in

Shelters

Boil water for cooking washing anddrinking where possible Use water

purification tablets where possibleCare of immediate environmentin terms of covering water getting

rid of standing water ensuring that

clothes and bedding are well-aired Use of

antibiotics under medical

supervision

SkinInfections

Inadequate hygienePoor hygienic conditions in

Shelters

Regular washing with soap andwater

Thorough drying of skin Eliminationof vermin from the environment

Medication where necessary undermedical supervision

Tetanus Open wounds (due to

trauma)

Poor hygiene

Clean wounds (antiseptic if

available or soap and water) Cover

wounds with clean cloth orDressings Seek medical helpimmediately

Animal

transmitted

diseases

Unhygienic slaughtering

Contact with infected

animals dueto lack of veterinary control

Increased rate of diseases in

Animals

Ensuring that animals are

slaughtered according to Islamic law

(meat is halaal) Use of antibioticsunder medical supervision

When the participants have completed the exercise ask for one or two examples that are

particularly relevant and possible to accomplish While the pairs are working movearound the room so that you can see any really good examples to discuss in plenary Now

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2640

ask the participants to develop Health Action Plans for their school An example is shown

below

45 983105983139983156983145983151983150983085983120983148983137983150983085 983123983139983144983151983151983148 983112983141983137983148983156983144 983137983150983140 983112983161983143983145983141983150983141 983120983154983151983143983154983137983149983149983141

Health problems Interventions

What Who How When

Diarrhea cholera

dysentery

Water Teachers

andStudents

Clean water

Malaria Cleanenvironment

All Dustbins

ConclusionBasic health and hygiene are more difficult in situations of disaster and lack of

infrastructure in place In situations like NWFP Balochistan and Sindh (natural and man

made disaster at peak) it is important to reinforce the basic principles as people who areunder stress often neglect these basics and so children may not learn appropriately

5 9831239831419831559831559831459831519831509830855 983119983158983141983154983158983145983141983159 983151983142 983156983144983141 983142983151983151983140 983139983154983145983155983141983155 983137983150983140 983152983157983154983152983151983155983141 983151983142

983142983151983151983140 983140983145983155983156983154983145983138983157983156983145983151983150

Objectives By the end of this session the participants will be able to

bull Discuss the recent food crises and its impact on common people particularly onchildren

bull Purpose of food distribution to schools and what are the indirect impacts on childeducation

Time Allocation

Activity 1 discuss the recent food crises and high prices issue 10 minutes

Activity 2 purpose of food distribution to schools and its impact onchild education

20 minutes

Activity 3 food distribution project 20 minutes

Conclusion 05 minutes

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2740

Total 55 minutes

11 Materials required

o Flip chart paper

o marker penso tape

o workbook for each of the

participantso leaflets of food distribution

programme

IntroductionIntroduce the WFP-UNESCO in partnership with the Government of Pakistan has

initiated school feeding programme to mitigate short term hunger When children come

for school with empty stomach (without breakfast) they are less likely to concentrate and

engage in learning activities This programme can temporarily bridge food gapes infamilies and can be helpful in refocusing studentrsquos attention to the lessons This can also

be an incentive to increase the enrolment attendance and decrease dropout It is alsoassumed that this programme may increase the education quality improvement from

school to district level

Activity- 1

Facilitator will explain the following agendas of Food for Education The followingcatchphrase of school feeding programme will be written on flip chart and discussed

thoroughly

bull School feeding can decrease short-term hunger thereby increasing learningcapacity

bull School feeding and take home ration can improve school enrollment andattendance and decrease drop-out

bull Food assistance can encourage community participation in education

bull Involvement of district government education department can act as a lever for

school quality improvement

bull School feeding can improve nutritional status and hence improve school performance

bull School feeding and Take home ration are education intervention

Activity-2

The participants will discuss in groups and workout the grid mentioned below The participants will be encouraged to think on the activities that school can perform to

enhance school feeding programme specific objectives

Objectives and activities for school feeding programme

Objectives Activities

WFPUNESCO What school Can do

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2840

Increase enrollmentattendance retention and

completion

School ration (wheat and oil) Parents outreach

Enhance learning

environment

Provision of teaching and

learning materials

Enhance teachers quality Teachers complete a two-dayHead Teachersrsquo training

receive

Enhance learning capacity Provision of teaching and

learning kit

Increase community

participation

school food distribution

managed by parent IEC

campaign PTC training

Improve support to schools Management of ToT training

for head teachers

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2940

o Flip chart papero Marker penso Tape for sticking papers to the wallso Workbook for each participant

6 9831239831419831559831559831459831519831509830856 983107983151983149983149983157983150983145983156983161 983137983150983140 983120983137983154983141983150983156983155 983141983150983143983137983143983141983149983141983150983156 983145983150 983155983139983144983151983151983148Objectives By the end of this session the participants will be able to

bull Identify roles of PTCSMC in school

bull How to mobilize communityPTC in the school affairsbull What are their role in food distribution teaching material distribution and

monitoring

Time Allocation

What PTC and SMCs can do for the schools

Activity-1 Need and response 40

Activity-2 ways of communication with community- School

improvement booklet and awareness raising message

10

Conclusion 05 minutes

Total 55 minutes

Materials required

IntroductionFacilitator will introduce community participation in education Community and parents

are best resources to be utilized In Pakistan SMCs PTCs representingcommunityparents have been initiated to assist the school

61 983105983139983156983145983158983145983156983161 1 983118983141983141983140983155 983137983150983140 983122983141983155983152983151983150983155983141983155

Divide the participants into small groups (3-4) Ask participants to open their workbooks

and list in the first column the 5 pressing needs of their schools Then the second columnthey should list one point for each need where SMCPTCs can assist The groups have 20

minutes for this exercise

Needs Assistance

Children not attending schools PTAsSMCs can advocate in the

community and support families to sendtheir children to school through provision of

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3040

scholarships especially their girl children

Distribution of food and teaching

learning materials

PTC and SMC can monitor of the fair distribution

Activity-4

The community is part of the class room atmosphere and school physical environmentHead teacher needs to build a good relationship with the community Know the

community develop co-operation communicate with them There are many ways of

connecting with the community as mentioned below

62 983127983137983161983155 983151983142 983149983137983147983145983150983143 983148983145983150983147983137983143983141983155 983159983145983156983144 983107983151983149983149983157983150983145983156983161983120983137983154983141983150983156983155

Some suggested ideas for information sharing below

letters Events like School Day parents day PTCSMCs and teachers meetings

community projects clean ups information promotions (heath and sanitation) the school as a centre for community activities and adult classes sharing School Improvement Booklet-awareness raising materials

7 9831239831419831559831559831459831519831509830857 983105983139983156983145983151983150983085983120983148983137983150

ObjectivesBy the end of this session the participants will be able to

bull Develop Action Plans to address the following School Improvement Indicatorso School attendance and enrollmento Improved School environment

o Health and hygieneo Utilization of teaching and learning resourceso Monitoring and recording wheat and oil rationo Activation of PTCSMC

Present Action plan format 10

Activity-1 design action plans for their schools 50

Activity -2 Presentations 20

Summing up 10

Total 1 30 minutes

Materials required

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3140

o Flip Charto Marker pens

o Action plan format

o School Day Charto Tape

o White Sheets

Introduction

The facilitator will share format of Action Plan to the participants Clearly explain how to

go about it Then ask the participants individually develop Action plan that will beimplemented in their schools The participants will also be informed that on the bases of

these Action Plans they will be monitored

What How Who When Comments

1 School

health

Providing

clean

water

HT

Teachers

PTCSMC

March 09 Head teacher in

collaboration with

PTCSMC will makesure there is a safe clean

water for students in the

school

2 Students

enrolment

Enrolment

campaignSchool

day

Visithomes

PTCSMC

HT

5t

Apr-09

3 School day

4 SMC

meeting

5 Improve

school

environment

The training participants will fill out this action plan according to their school needs and priority Share these Action Plans to the whole group and encourage others to make notes

from each others work incases they see it relevant to their schools as well

Objectives

By the end of this session the participants will be able too To develop an understanding of how a School Day is celebratedo Plan for their own schools of how they will celebrate the day

Present School Day Plan 10 minutes

Activity-1 Discuss in small groups how the day will be

celebrate

20 minutes

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3240

Make plans when the day will be celebrated at their school 30 minutes

Total 60 minutes

Materials required

o Flip Chart

o Marker pens

o School Day Chart

o Tapeo White Sheets

School DayA lsquoSchool Dayrsquo is the day in the GOP-WFP-UNESCO project when parents teachers and projectofficials meet in the school premises to discuss ways to improve the school Several factorscontribute to school improvement School attendance and enrollment Retention of studentsSchool environment Health and hygiene of students Utilization of teaching and learning

materials PTACommunity involvement Nutrition and diet and use of oil and wheat rations Ona School Day the head teacher with the help of Social Mobilizer of the implementing partner willdiscuss the school improvement factors with the parents and children of the school

ActivitiesThe following activities are suggested to make the day useful and attractive to the children

parents and community members

Activity 1 Preparation of activities of the day

Send invitation to all parents at least a week before the ldquoSchool Dayrdquo through children verballyand also in writing (hand written notes would suffice) and also spread the message by word-of-mouth At least two days before the program send a reminder by writing the message on the

studentsrsquo copy books or paper slips and read it loudly and clearly in the classrooms Make surethat the children have understood the message by asking them to explain And if possible invite

the community members through telephone calls or by sending the school children to spread thenews Advance planning is the key to success

Activity 2 Follow the agenda

SN Activities Time in

Minutes

Registration of the participants

1 Recitation verses from the holy Quran by one of the students 03

2 Naat by a student 05

Celebrate a School Day

Make sure you have

1 All parents children teachers head teacher supervisorADO and the PTASMC PTC are invited

2 A plan is ready for the day

3 Food items (wheat and oil) ready for distribution

4 Key messages and teaching and learning kits are available and are on display

5 Students prepared to show their talents to their parents and to the community members

6 Successes and areas needing improvements for discussion with parents and community

7 Constituted a committee for organization of the School Day

8 Informed the students that they should come neat and clean and in school uniform

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3340

Notes for the Head Teacher Use the day to celebrate to celebrate the schoolsrsquo achievements Open the school gates for parents community members and social workers of the villag

Involve everybody in the sessions and avoid a lot of talking (Sweeten the small stuff) Give children space to speak about their successes and problems at the school

If you have more than one teacher involve them in planning of the day Ask teachers to facilitate group discussions without dominating the discussion If teachers

are not available ask some literate volunteers from the village or NGO representatives if

available to help Decorate the school with childrenrsquos work and readymade displays and locally available

flowers and plants You have some of the resources available in your teaching andlearning kit

Have a positive focus Do not talk with parents about what their children can not dorather talk about what the children can do

Explore use of local resources

Take ideas from School Improvement Booklet (SIB) for the event Appreciate studentsrsquo successes and achievements with some rewards if possible Pray for every ones success and those who have helped in providing an opportunity to

celebrate the day pray for the country and the people for their good health wealth peaceand prosperity and thank everyone for their participation

Actively follow up on the implementation of School Improvement Plan prepared on theSchool Day

3 Welcome address by PTAPTCSMC representative 10

4 Introduction of the day by the Head teacher 20

5 Poem song or some creative item from the students 20

6 Discussion on the key messages (what does the messages mean how it will be disseminated

in the village How to achieve it)

40

7 Discussion on the topics (use group work) followed by whole group open discussion

School attendance and enrollment School environment Health and hygiene Utilization ofTeaching and Learning materials PTACommunity Involvement Nutrition and diet and

Use of oil and wheat rations (please involve some representative students as well)

40

8 Develop a School Development Plan (SDP ) while using the following pattern

40

Issues1 How it will be

resolved

Who will be

responsible

Resources

required

Source of

funding

Time (By

When)

Note Please use short term and quickly doable plans like reducing absenteeism by students and teachers cleaningthe school planning trees (use School Improvement Book for more ideas)

9 Conclude the day by stating the background and the purpose of food and educational

incentives and by asking the parents and children to take their food ration and remind them

about the key messages As a concluding activity invite the parents and the community

members to visit the classrooms and ask the students to explain to them their creative work

10

Activity 3 Documentation and Reporting

Document the proceedings of the day and develop a short report for Project Implementation Unit

ADO circle or talka

1 For example student attendance has declined in the past two months

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3440

Course Evaluation

Note Please take a few minutes to complete the form and return to the facilitator

1 List out what have you learnt from this training

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

----------------------------------------------------------

2 What did you like from the training

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------

3 What particular learning will you implement How

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------

4 What are the suggestions to improve the training

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------

5 How do you rate the facilitator knowledge skills and attitude

Knowledge 1------2--------3--------4--------5

Skills 1------2--------3--------4--------5

Attitude 1------2--------3--------4--------5

Note 1 is the lowest and 5 is highest rate Please circle the number that you think

the facilitator has performed

6 Over all comments about the training

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3540

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3640

Reading Materials

Facilitator Child Rights Our Educational Responsibilities

All Education programmes must be based on the understanding of the Convention on

the Rights of a Child When training is based on these values then the child will be thecentre of all topics presented The teachers job is to provide opportunities theatmosphere and environment so the rights of the child are met in the place they willspend much of their waking hours The main educational rights involve in schools arebased from rights number 13 17 28 29 and 31

Important Rights to note childrens right to leisure and play childrens need for space to develop the need to take childrens opinions into account the need to involve children in the learning process

the need for policies and training to be in the best interest of the child the need for learning to be life skills relevant local roots and global connections the importance of a change in attitude towards facilitating learning

The following needs to be in place so it can happen in Child Friendly SchoolsUniversal AccessReference to the many million children still deprived of education many of whom aregirls many of whom finish primary school lacking essential knowledge skills attitudesand values

Role of Parents Teachers and Community

awareness of the role of teachers and trainers being imperative in realising the ideaof childrens rights basing training on interpreting the Convention on the Rights of the Child and

putting it into real practice having all the skills necessary to encourage and assist all in the learning process realising that learning is not just about the facts but learning how to access and

process information so it is beneficial and relevant supporting and rewarding trainers and teachers ensuring that parents are given a key responsibility in forming constructive

relationships with teachers and schools for learning and training requirement fortheir children

Equal Opportunities an understanding of non-discrimination against girls special needs learning

difficulties children who are nomadic indigenous immigrant or are a linguisticminority

a realisation that every child has unique characteristics interests abilities needs

The Appropriate Quality Education Content

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3740

training of teachers and school learning being relevant to the child now and for thefuture

training sessions and consequently classroom and schools helping to developpersonalities talents mental and physical abilities to their fullest potential

Cultural roots and Global Values

the need to include respect for human rights in our learning environments an awareness of combination of learning to respect ones own nation and culture and

the culture of others the need to encourage tolerance and harmony for a better understanding of

minorities indigenous peoples refugees immigrants and gender equality

New Methods of Learning an agreement that learning is a combination of critical thinking and having fun that

passive listening and rote memorisation are less valuable than application andprocess to enhance understanding

the need for training workshops and classrooms to be participant friendly allowing for curiosity time to question receive answers to argue debate test andmake mistakes to create be spontaneous to be recognised and respected

Mutual Respect reflecting in training and inner life of a school the education message of vision

values human rights tolerance respecting dignity encouraging problem-solving skills allowing teachers to help children develop tools

for peaceful conflict resolution in all new learning situations the need to feel safe secure and totally trust our

teachersStudent Participation Opportunities for learners to express their points of view encouraging learners to

take personal responsibility for their studies Having a system of sharing responsibilities sharing ideas regular feedback and

learning evaluation Knowing that a good school and a good training workshop both promote total

participation and is a model of fairness for all

Child Rights and our Primary Health Care Responsibilities

The Child Health Rights directly concerning the teacher and the school must also beconsidered as the school can play a vital role in ensuring they are addressed Thefollowing particularly relate to articles 19 23 24 29 and 31

educational policies in schools and classrooms must be in place to protect childrenfrom all forms of physical punishment mental violence injury abuse neglect ormaltreatment

that an effort be made to include mentally and physically disabled children in theschool and classroom programmes so they can enjoy a full and decent life whichpromotes dignity self reliance and participation in the school and community

that schools may assist in facilitating a child in health rehabilitation

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3840

to ensure basic medical assistance is given in school for first aid and thedevelopment of primary health care awareness

keeping health records and observing nutritional state of individual children providing clean water in schools to ensure the educational programmes support mental and physical development

a child has an opportunity at school to rest and leisure and playIn Pakistan there is higher infant mortality lower immunisation lower literacy rateslower school enrolment lower access to safe water and more severely underweightchildren Primary health care is vital on the long list of human development needs Allchildren have the right to the best health care that is availableThis area is of concern to all involved in teaching as the child entering the school cantake advantage of all the opportunities if they are healthy and well cared for in pre-school environments and homesSchools also must ensure their primary role in health care so children can carry thelearning to other parts of the community The two concerns involve preventive orcurative methods

Ignorance polluted surroundings negligence in food care washing facilities animalsclose to living areas unsafe drinking water sanitation living surroundings seasonaldiseases communicable diseases personal hygiene girl children and their health andcommunicable diseases are all areas of concern The population growth rate isincreasing and many are deprived of basic Primary Health Care

When the population rate is more than the resources the situation can be extremelydifficult and expensive to remedy

In classroom and at schools areas of health can be addressed throughout the primaryyears so information is clearly disseminated with the help of the children Awareness of

healthy habits helps children build their self-esteem and learning to value your-self is animportant aspect of primary health care

The value of children learning aspects of Primary Health Care

they are very good and quick learners they share with others whatever they learn the learning in childhood is long lasting the teachers instructions or words are important words for a child children experience that is they do practical work and learn more school is the place where a childrsquos thought is effected for a practical life

Teachers and Community Role

recording weight height and skin colour observing health changes carefully observing and noting abnormalities and informing the parents having positive discussions with parents joyful learning lessons on primary health care making a health class and playground environment ensuring there is safe water in the school

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3940

ensuring there are adequate male and female toilet facilities in the schools having regular health chart challenges

Primary Health Care having healthy well nourished children learning in a healthyhygienic environment with clean safe water clean safe surroundings clean safepersonal habits clean safe food preparation Classroom Climate caring for the

emotional and physical well-being of children

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 4040

Appendix-A

Ref Right of children in Islam What the teacher can do

Al Hadith In accordance with Islamic preceptldquochildrenrdquo means both male andfemaleldquoAcquisition of knowledge is obligatory

for all true believersrdquo

Ensure that both boys and girls haveaccess to schoolIf there is a mixed class of boys andgirls the girls should have as much

attention as the boys

Right to be brought up properlylooked after and provided for andeducated

The teacher is in loco parentis (in the place of the parents) and has theresponsibility to provide the same careas the parents

Al Quran666

Right to religious moral ethicalguidance provided with an

understanding of right and wrong

The teacher needs to know andunderstand the teachings of Islam so

as to provide the child with a good

education without bias and with agood ethical foundation

Al Quran5251

Children are given in trust to their parents ndash who will be held

accountableldquoEveryone of you is a caretaker andeveryone of you is answerable for hissubjectsrdquo

As teachers are in the place of parents ndash they too may be held accountable

Abu BakrRAA

Justice and equality Inequality isinjustice (forbidden in Islam)ldquoHe dieth not who takes to learning totreat children affectionately and to kiss

them are charitable actsrdquo

The teacher must be very sure that the treatmentof all children is equal and fair no favoritismno bias against certain children for whateverreason

This is especially important with regard to thosechildren who have been left as orphans ordisabled either as a result of the earthquake orfor any other reason

Al Hadith ldquoIt is a childrsquos right that his fathershould teach him how to read write

helliprdquo

Teachers have a responsibility to be professional in their teaching and also

to help parents and the community tounderstand their obligations about sending all

their children to school

Abu Daud ldquoWhoever has a girl under hisguardianshiphellip[and does not] treat herwith contempt nor gives preference to

his sons over her Allah will admit himto paradiserdquo

Teachers have an obligation to treatgirls equally and without bias and tohelp the parents and community to

understand their obligations in termsof helping girls to have an education

Page 6: Head Teachers Training Manual.pdf

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 640

983110 983124983113983117983109 983124983105983106983116983109 983119983110 983124983112983109 983112983109983105983108 983124983109983105983107983112983109983122983123991257 983124983122983105983113983118983113983118983111

Day-ITime Themes sessions

800-830 Session 1Introductory session- Introduction of the training

- Introduction of the participation

830-850 - Sharing objectives of the workshop to the participants

- Setting ground rules

850-1040 Session-2 Introduction to Child Rights to education

- Role of schoolsrsquo in addressing child right

- Analysis of enrolment barriers

1040-1100 Tea Break

1100 -12001200-100 Session-3 a)Effective classroom management b) Classroom management in multi-grade situation

100-200 Lunch and Prayer Break

300-400 c) Developing lesson plan for multi-grade situation

400-430 d) Demonstration of teaching and learning material

Day-II

800-815 Reflection on pervious dayrsquos session

815-1030 Session-4 Promotion of health and hygiene education

- Promotion of hygiene

- Techniques of teaching hygiene

1030-1100 Tea Break

1100-1200 Session-5 Overview of food crises and purpose of food distribution and

educational intervention in child education

1200-100 Session-6 Ways of developing linkages with community and parentsRole of PTCSMC to assist the school

100-200 Lunch and Prayer Break

200- 4 30 Session-7 a) Action Plan ( School Development plan) b) Celebration of School Day

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 740

983108983105983129 983085983113

1 983113983150983156983154983151983140983157983139983156983151983154983161 983123983141983155983155983145983151983150

Objectives By the end of this session the participants will be able to

bull Get to know each other

bull Become well acquainted with the training objectives

Time Allocation

Introduction and opening 15 minutes

Introduction of participants 15 minutes

Outline of the course objectives 15 minutes

Set training ground rules 10 minutes

Total 55 minutes

Materials required

o String (a roll of string that the participants will throw to each other

while holding one end and making a web)

o Pre-prepared flipchart with the course objectives written on it clearly

and neatlyo Pre-prepared flipchart with ldquocontentmethodologyrdquo written on it

12 Introduction

Welcome the participants and introduce yourself other team members and your background being chosen a trainer After official opening tell them that it is important for

all the workshop participants to become familiar to each other Ask the participants to

stand in a circle Explain them to throw the role of thread to each participant whileholding one end of the thread In this way everyone has got an end of thread Once the

participants got the thread they will say their name position and reason to attend this

workshop and make a web Once everyone has got the thread the facilitator will probe

from the participants that what does it means The say it means interaction sharingrespecting each others experiences openness and so on

13 983107983151983157983154983155983141 983151983157983156983148983145983150983141 983137983150983140 983119983138983146983141983139983156983145983158983141983155

This is a 2-days training-to train head teachers in developing skills of effective classroommanagement effective monitoring and documentation making links between

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 840

communityparents and promotion of health education at the school level The themes of

the courses are

bull To introduce the head teachers child right to education barriers to enrollmenteffective classroom management in multi-grade situation and importance of food

for education programme in increasingmaintaining school enrolmentbullbullbullbull To train head teachers in effective utilization of teaching and learning materials

in their schools

bullbullbullbull To train head teachers in strategies to promote improved school health andhygiene

bullbullbullbull Increase community involvement through PTCSMCs

bullbullbullbull To enhance head teachersrsquo knowledge and skills for school improvement andeffective school management

After sharing the training objectives ask the participants if they have any question about

the course objectives Add these on a new flip chart sheet separately (use your own

creative ways to introduce the session)

Make sure the participants are well informed about the methods to be used in the trainingThe core methodology will be interactive and participants centered Since they are adult

learners the participants will be given ample chance to contribute to the session through

discussion role-plays demonstrations and presentations

The participants will be encouraged to list down all the approaches used during this

workshop and try to utilize them in their classroom with their students

Also set a ground rule for the workshop Tell the participants to write down these rules

for the workshop on the flip charts These rules could be punctuality listening andsharing in the sessions respecting each others and switching off mobile phones

Explain to the participants that there is also a small portion of readings in their Work

Books that they will read for more information Explain that this should be read on theirfree time as there is not enough time during the course to do this

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 940

2 983123983141983155983155983145983151983150 983113983150983156983154983151983140983157983139983156983145983151983150 983156983151 983107983144983145983148983140 983122983145983143983144983156983155 983137983150983140 983138983137983154983154983145983141983154983155 983156983151

983141983150983154983151983148983149983141983150983156 983137983150983140 983148983141983137983154983150983145983150983143

ObjectivesBy the end of the session the participants will be able to

bull Get well acquainted with the Child Protection and child right in Islamic context

bull Analyze the barriers to enrolment at the school home and family level

bull Implement child right to programme

Session-2 Introduction to child right to education and barriers to enrollment

Activity-1 Sharing Protection of Child Right 10 minutes

Activity-2 Comparative analysis of Protection of Child Right in

CRC and Islamic context

20 minutes

Activity-3 Implement child right to programme 25 minutes

Activity-4 Analysis of enrolment barriers 40 minutes

Total 135

Material required-

o UN CRC worksheetso flip chartso marker pens

o blackboardo grids of enrolment analysiso workbooks

21 983107983144983145983148983140 983122983145983143983144983156 983145983150 983113983155983148983137983149 983137983150983140 983107983144983145983148983140 983122983145983143983144983156983155 983107983151983150983158983141983150983156983145983151983150

Activity-1Facilitator will write ldquoChild Rightsrdquo on the flip chart and elicit the participantsrsquo responses

of what this notion signifies Different responses will come from the participants which

will be listed around the statement Encourage more and more responses of the participants This is an opportunity to engage the entire participant to think and

contribute Once participantsrsquo responses were listed on the flip chart the facilitator will

lead the discussion specific to the child rights in Islamic context and in the Holy Quran

Activity-2

The next step participants will comparatively look at Child Rights in Islamic United Nation Child Rights Convention and on their own context Moreover the participants in

groups of five will discuss (workbook) how it can be addressed in schools

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 1040

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 1140

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 1240

983109983142983142983141983139983156983145983158983141

983123983139983144983151983151983148

Objectives of child right atschool level

What teachers can do

Reaching

All Children

Article 28

Promoting rights of children within the

community Enrolling excluded children in

programmes Treating children within the child rights

Achieving

Child Centered

Environments

Article 29 30

Concerned about the health of the child

Learning activities develop the childrsquos

full potential Act in the best interest of the child

Safe and secure school environment

Including

All ChildrenArticle 23

983110983154983141983141 983141983140983157983139983137983156983145983151983150

Treat children fairly in school

Respect diversity Provide quality learning for all children

Needing

Effective Learning

Article 13 2829

Activity based co-operative learning

methods

Learning involves use of qualitymaterial cultural and local resources

Assessment and monitoring systems use

Being

Healthy and

Protective ofChildrenArticle 1719 23

39

Ensure a healthy safe hygienic

environment

Promote both the physical and the psycho-socio-emotional health of

teachers and learners Prohibit corporal punishment

Openly

Gender SensitiveArticle 282939

Girls and boys are in a non violentenvironment

Respect for girls and boys rights dignity

and equality encouraged Gender friendly environments

Involving whole

family andcommunity with

childrenArticle 14 27

Link school with familycommunity Children participate in all aspects of life Encourage parentscommunity involve

in school affairs

Parents send their children to school

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 1340

22 983105983150983137983148983161983155983145983155 983156983144983141 983138983137983154983154983145983141983154983155 983156983151 983155983139983144983151983151983148 983141983150983154983151983148983149983141983150983156

Activity-4

The facilitator will explain to the participants how to identify barriers of enrolment at

different levels

1 Home and Community level2 School level

3 Policy and system level barriersThe participants will be divided into groups of five (according to the number of the

participants) and will be given grids (in the work book) to analyze barriers to enrolments

as example given below

Areas of analysis Possible

findings causes

Broad strategy Possible intervention

School Level

Example Poorquality

environment eg

- poor condition of

building- overcrowding

- lack of water

or sanitation- violence

(physical and

psychological)

Increasedlikelihood of non-

enrolment or non-

attendance and

dropping out afterenrolment

Provide support andtechnical assistance to

government and

communities to ensure

increased access forthose children who are

hardest to reach

School mapping toimprove planning and

targeting Child-

seeking Child Friendly

Schools

Home and Community level

Example- Directcosts of schooling

- school expenses- clothing

- books supplies

Advocacy for affordableeducation

Awareness-raising in

importance of childeducation

Incentive programmessuch as small

scholarships subsidies

food school supplies anduniforms

Policy Level

Example

Inadequate legalframework in such

areas as

- compulsoryeducation- child labour

- re-entry into

school

Education not free

and compulsory in principle or

practice

Increasedlikelihood thatchildren will fall

through the safety

net be unable totake examinations

or be forbidden re-

entry into school

Advocacy for

implementation ofcompulsory education

laws

Advocacy forimplementation of labourlaws

Advocacy for laws

allowing for continuedschooling for pregnant

girls or re-admission to

schools after pregnancy

Birth registration

campaignsAnalysis planning and

implementation of

policies supporting girlsrsquoeducation

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 1440

Once the participants have identified the potential causes they will be encouraged to think

of possible intervention to bridge these barriers This will be a rigorous exercise thereforethe facilitator must support and encourage each groups to work out the enrollment barrier

in the grid Once the participants worked out the analysis they should produce it on a flip

chart and present it to the whole group Once all the presentation finished display thesecharts on the walls The participants will have an opportunity to look at each others work

and learn from each other

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 1540

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 1640

Activity-2 (15 minutes)After this exercise ask the participants write down all the issues related to classroom

management they face in their class This is an individual task- the facilitator will

encourage each of the participants to think two issues and share it with the other participants sitting near by The responses might be discipline sitting issues over

crowded class and so on They will also prepare them on the flip charts and facilitator

will display them on the wall

32 983108983145983155983139983157983155983155 983140983145983142983142983141983154983141983150983156 983140983145983149983141983150983155983145983151983150983155 983151983142 983107983148983137983155983155983154983151983151983149 983149983137983150983137983143983141983149983141983150983156

Classroom organization is the key to managing teaching effectively Classroom

atmosphere is the key to managing the needs of the students Classroom planningassessment and record keeping are the keys to managing the curriculum learning

outcomes Classroom routines roles responsibilities relationships instructions and

positive praise are the keys to managing successful learning Planning is an essential management guideline so the next step of learning and most effective way to manage

resources can be decided Teachers need to ensure children reach their potential and gain

educational outcomes and skills for life long learning

Activity-3Facilitator will give his input about Classroom Management There are different

dimensions to the classroom management as mentioned in the table below The

participants will be divided into 8 pairs or groups depending to the size of the class Give

them themes of the Classroom Management with instructions (as mentioned below) the

participants will discuss and make suggestions under each headings

Organization How do you organize your class

Setting routine list out your daily routines with timing

Lay out of classroom How should be classroom displays and settings

Planning What needs to be planned and how

Sharing responsibilities Decide roles for students

Safe and secure environment What points need to be considered

Setting rule and procedures Think of possible rules for your classroom

Sanction and rewords How will you deal with behaviors

Once the groups finished discussing in their themes groups they will then write those

points on the flip charts Next the facilitator will consolidate all the group work and

display around the classroom management

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 1740

Discussion

At the end of the session summarize classroom management by using the information

below The facilitator will require summarized chart of classroom management and share

it with the participants Facilitator will also provide these readings to the participants to

read on their own time (Reading on Work Book)

33 983107983148983137983155983155983154983151983151983149 983149983137983150983137983143983141983149983141983150983156 983145983150 983117983157983148983156983145983085983143983154983137983140983141 983155983145983156983157983137983156983145983151983150

Since most of the government primary schools are in multi-grade situation we have to

keep in mined our classroom before teaching

ActivityAsk the participants to draw their classroom where the sitting may be

bull Classroom may be in different shape (triangle rectangle etc)

bull Sitting arrangement of mats or chairs (in lines circle u shape or in groups)

bull Number of doors windows ( if tents specify)

bull Location of black board and teachers desk

bull Location of teaching material

bull Displays of students work or chartsAfter the participants illustrate their classrooms they should display them on the wall

Facilitator will share the following classroom setting to encourage favourable learningenvironment

Classroom

Management

Organization

Lay out of

classroom

Atmosphere Setting routine

Setting rule and

procedures

Safe and secure

environment

Planning

Sharing

responsibilities

Sanction and

rewords

Figure - 1

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 1840

C-3

C-1 C-2

C-5C-4

Effective sitting arrangement in multi-grade classroom

(Students sitting in groups on desks in multi-grade situation)

(Students sitting in semi-circle on mats in multi-grade situation)

34 983120983148983137983150983150983145983150983143 983137983150983140 983154983151983157983156983145983150983141 983155983141983156983156983145983150983143 983145983150 983117983157983148983156983145983085983143983154983137983140983141 983155983145983156983157983137983156983145983151983150

A multi-grade situation is where there are a number of students in a classroom who areclassified into different grades This situation is common in a village where the number

of children for an average class size is insufficient and the practical solution is to sit

them all together in one classroom The most difficult hurdle for a multi-grade teacher is

the demand to complete a curriculum or textbook for each grade regardless of studentability needs or skills In the Government primary school are exam driven which

multiplies the challenges Effective planning and conscious effort can address this issue

Facilitator will show how to integrate lessons and set effective routines for their classes

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 1940

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2040

b Vertical integration- Block planning and teaching

Select topics of different levels which have common purpose for example similar topics in

science social studies Language Islamiyat

Block Number Class-1 Class-2

1 science language Visit to zoo Animals

2 Science Cleanliness Prevention from diseases

3 Social studies My parents My family

35 983107983148983137983155983155983154983151983151983149 983124983145983149983141983156983137983138983148983141 983137983150983140 983122983151983157983156983145983150983141 983155983141983156983156983145983150983143

Develop a timetable for your classroom keep in mind the number of classes children

teachers classrooms and subjects See how best you can utilize the time available in a

working day

36 983109983142983142983141983139983156983145983158983141 983111983154983151983157983152983145983150983143

A multi-grade classroom needs students doing group work so careful management isrequired There will be a wide range of ages abilities attainments and interests

Grouping must be flexible during the day and times when grouping sitting in groups and

doing group work will be necessary This grid shows teachersrsquo studentsrsquo activities duringa period with different group in multi grade situation

Period Class- 1

Group

Class-2

Group

Class-3

Group

40 mins

Period-1 Teacher

(Teaching in C-1

)

Activity

(students

doing

activities)

Written

(Students

writing)

13 mins

Period-1 Written

(Students)

Teacher

(Teaching)

Activity

(Students)

13 mins

Period-1 Activity

(Students)

Written

(Students)

Teacher

(Teaching)

13 mins

The same pattern can follow for the next periods The teacher must be very specific in

her planning stating what objectives will be taught what written work and type ofactivities will be done which should be monitored on a regular basis

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2140

Facilitator will explain ldquofor the multi-grade situation the period lesson plan needs to be

extended to include the specific activities the students will do and how the teacher will

divide herhis time with the different groups

37 983108983141983158983141983148983151983152983145983150983143 983148983141983155983155983151983150983155 983145983150 983117983157983148983156983145983085983143983154983137983140983141 983155983145983156983157983137983156983145983151983150

Activity-4

Participants in groups will be given books to design lessons for class-1 and class-2Facilitator will assist the participants in identifying topics of different classes with same

objectives For example in science take the topic ldquoplantsrdquo For class-1 students will have

to learn three main parts of tree (root stem and leaves) and for class-2 the students haveto learn more then three parts of tree The participants will identify similar topics in

sciences language social studies mathematics and Islamiyat and make and try to

integrate the lesson

For example

Action Session 1C- 1 Session 2C-2 Session 3C-3

Subject

Objective

Content

Materials

Activity

Evaluation

38 983125983156983145983148983145983162983137983156983145983151983150 983151983142 983124983141983137983139983144983145983150983143 983137983150983140 983148983141983137983154983150983145983150983143 983149983137983156983141983154983145983137983148

Facilitator will demonstrate to develop some teaching and learning materials and it willuse it in the classroom Heshe will explain teaching and learning material to the

participants how it supplements teaching

During demonstration the facilitator will make the following pointsAn interesting teachinglearning material makes learning easy for children Learning

becomes more interesting by focusing the curiosity of the children with verities of

teaching support UNESCO teaching and learning material consists of range of subject

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2240

matters It encompasses all the curriculum subjects in an activity based child centred

approach

Children can visualise things easily especially when it involves their sense of learning

and sight The children gain lots of confidence when presenting or working in front of the

class The natural desire to move is fulfilled by the use of teaching and learningmaterials

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2340

DAY-II

4 9831239831419831559831559831459831519831509830854 983120983154983151983149983151983156983145983151983150 983151983142 983112983141983137983148983156983144 983137983150983140 983112983161983143983145983141983150983141 983109983140983157983139983137983156983145983151983150

Objectives By the end of the session the participants will be able to

bull Acquire knowledge on principals of hygiene and healthy practices

bull Identify potentially harmful situations in schools regard to health

bull Devise strategies to promote health and hygiene in schools

Time Allocation

Activity 1 Principle of hygiene and healthy practices 10 minutes

Activity 2 Strategies to teach hygiene 20 minutes

Activity 3 Prevention and minimization of diseasesAction-Plans for school health

20 minutes

Conclusion 05 minutes

Total 55 minutes

Materials required

o Flip chart papero marker pens

o tapeo Workbook for each of the

participants

41 983113983150983156983154983151983140983157983139983156983145983151983150 983120983154983145983150983139983145983152983137983148 983151983142 983112983161983143983145983141983150983141

In this session we will look at some physical health issues that occur because of thecondition under which people have to live while they rebuild their lives The WHO

defines health as a state of complete physical mental and social wellbeing and not merely

the absence of disease or infirmity Hygiene is defined as the principles and laws

governing the preservation of health and their practical application practice conducive togood health it may refer to keeping clean in order to prevent diseases and maintain health

Activity 1 Principles of hygiene [10 minutes]

The participants individually should think of five principles of hygiene (healthy life)keeping the current situation of children in the primary schools

1 Wash hands with soap after using toilet and before eat meal2 Daily bath

3 Do not spit cover nose suppression

4 Use purified and boiled water keep water covered

5 Wash fruit before eating fruit

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2440

After the participants listed the principle of hygiene the facilitator will write the

definitions of health and hygiene on flip charts and explain it to the participants

42 983123983156983154983137983156983141983143983145983141983155 983156983151 983156983141983137983139983144 983144983161983143983145983141983150983141

Activity 2In your small groups pick the five principles that are most common to the group and

develop teaching strategies to help students understand the need for these principles

Principles Teaching strategies

1 Wash hands

2---------------

3---------------

4---------------5---------------

Demonstration of hand washing with soap

------------------------------------------------------------------

------------------------------------------------------------------

Allow 15 minutes for this exerciseBring the groups back to plenary and put up the flip charts on the walls Ask people to

move around the room and read all the sheets Encourage people note down if any

strategies they like

Allow 5 minutes for questions and discussion

43 983120983154983141983158983141983150983156983145983151983150 983137983150983140 983149983145983150983145983149983145983162983137983156983145983151983150Activity-3Explain to the participants that while regular hygiene activities are necessary there are

specific diseases that my be spread more easily in situations of temporary shelter

contaminated water insufficient water and the other conditions under which people arestill living Ask the group to find one person with whom they would like to work Explain

that this activity will be completed as pair work However each person should fill in the

table in their workbook

Common

Health Proble

Risk condition Prevention minimization

intervention

Diarrhea

cholera

dysentery

Poor sanitation inadequate

water condition poor

personal hygiene

Sanitation facilities Water

purification Personal hygiene ORS

(treatment only) Effectivesurveillance systems to prevent or

minimize disease outbreaks

Malaria and

other vector

Standing uncovered water

increasing the risk of

Health education raising awareness

about the risks of standing water

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2540

borne diseases(eg typhoid)

mosquitoes breedingCongested living conditions

increasing the possibility of

infection

Exposure to areas where

disease-transmittingorganism are more common

Increased population density promoting mosquito bites

use of mosquito nets understandingof symptoms of the disease etc

Advocates for measures for vector

control spraying for example

Effective surveillance systems by

health authorities

Respiratorytract

infections

(includingPneumonia)

Inadequate shelterPoor health care services

Overcrowding

Lack of food malnutritionRainy season

Improved shelter (especially fromwind but ensuring ventilation) Dry

clothes when wet

Use of antibiotics with doctorrsquosConsultation

Water borneDiseases

Contaminated water (garbagein

water source urinecontamination ndash animal orhuman)

Inadequately treated drinking

water (un-boiled orinsufficiently

boiled) Poor hygienic

conditions in

Shelters

Boil water for cooking washing anddrinking where possible Use water

purification tablets where possibleCare of immediate environmentin terms of covering water getting

rid of standing water ensuring that

clothes and bedding are well-aired Use of

antibiotics under medical

supervision

SkinInfections

Inadequate hygienePoor hygienic conditions in

Shelters

Regular washing with soap andwater

Thorough drying of skin Eliminationof vermin from the environment

Medication where necessary undermedical supervision

Tetanus Open wounds (due to

trauma)

Poor hygiene

Clean wounds (antiseptic if

available or soap and water) Cover

wounds with clean cloth orDressings Seek medical helpimmediately

Animal

transmitted

diseases

Unhygienic slaughtering

Contact with infected

animals dueto lack of veterinary control

Increased rate of diseases in

Animals

Ensuring that animals are

slaughtered according to Islamic law

(meat is halaal) Use of antibioticsunder medical supervision

When the participants have completed the exercise ask for one or two examples that are

particularly relevant and possible to accomplish While the pairs are working movearound the room so that you can see any really good examples to discuss in plenary Now

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2640

ask the participants to develop Health Action Plans for their school An example is shown

below

45 983105983139983156983145983151983150983085983120983148983137983150983085 983123983139983144983151983151983148 983112983141983137983148983156983144 983137983150983140 983112983161983143983145983141983150983141 983120983154983151983143983154983137983149983149983141

Health problems Interventions

What Who How When

Diarrhea cholera

dysentery

Water Teachers

andStudents

Clean water

Malaria Cleanenvironment

All Dustbins

ConclusionBasic health and hygiene are more difficult in situations of disaster and lack of

infrastructure in place In situations like NWFP Balochistan and Sindh (natural and man

made disaster at peak) it is important to reinforce the basic principles as people who areunder stress often neglect these basics and so children may not learn appropriately

5 9831239831419831559831559831459831519831509830855 983119983158983141983154983158983145983141983159 983151983142 983156983144983141 983142983151983151983140 983139983154983145983155983141983155 983137983150983140 983152983157983154983152983151983155983141 983151983142

983142983151983151983140 983140983145983155983156983154983145983138983157983156983145983151983150

Objectives By the end of this session the participants will be able to

bull Discuss the recent food crises and its impact on common people particularly onchildren

bull Purpose of food distribution to schools and what are the indirect impacts on childeducation

Time Allocation

Activity 1 discuss the recent food crises and high prices issue 10 minutes

Activity 2 purpose of food distribution to schools and its impact onchild education

20 minutes

Activity 3 food distribution project 20 minutes

Conclusion 05 minutes

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2740

Total 55 minutes

11 Materials required

o Flip chart paper

o marker penso tape

o workbook for each of the

participantso leaflets of food distribution

programme

IntroductionIntroduce the WFP-UNESCO in partnership with the Government of Pakistan has

initiated school feeding programme to mitigate short term hunger When children come

for school with empty stomach (without breakfast) they are less likely to concentrate and

engage in learning activities This programme can temporarily bridge food gapes infamilies and can be helpful in refocusing studentrsquos attention to the lessons This can also

be an incentive to increase the enrolment attendance and decrease dropout It is alsoassumed that this programme may increase the education quality improvement from

school to district level

Activity- 1

Facilitator will explain the following agendas of Food for Education The followingcatchphrase of school feeding programme will be written on flip chart and discussed

thoroughly

bull School feeding can decrease short-term hunger thereby increasing learningcapacity

bull School feeding and take home ration can improve school enrollment andattendance and decrease drop-out

bull Food assistance can encourage community participation in education

bull Involvement of district government education department can act as a lever for

school quality improvement

bull School feeding can improve nutritional status and hence improve school performance

bull School feeding and Take home ration are education intervention

Activity-2

The participants will discuss in groups and workout the grid mentioned below The participants will be encouraged to think on the activities that school can perform to

enhance school feeding programme specific objectives

Objectives and activities for school feeding programme

Objectives Activities

WFPUNESCO What school Can do

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2840

Increase enrollmentattendance retention and

completion

School ration (wheat and oil) Parents outreach

Enhance learning

environment

Provision of teaching and

learning materials

Enhance teachers quality Teachers complete a two-dayHead Teachersrsquo training

receive

Enhance learning capacity Provision of teaching and

learning kit

Increase community

participation

school food distribution

managed by parent IEC

campaign PTC training

Improve support to schools Management of ToT training

for head teachers

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2940

o Flip chart papero Marker penso Tape for sticking papers to the wallso Workbook for each participant

6 9831239831419831559831559831459831519831509830856 983107983151983149983149983157983150983145983156983161 983137983150983140 983120983137983154983141983150983156983155 983141983150983143983137983143983141983149983141983150983156 983145983150 983155983139983144983151983151983148Objectives By the end of this session the participants will be able to

bull Identify roles of PTCSMC in school

bull How to mobilize communityPTC in the school affairsbull What are their role in food distribution teaching material distribution and

monitoring

Time Allocation

What PTC and SMCs can do for the schools

Activity-1 Need and response 40

Activity-2 ways of communication with community- School

improvement booklet and awareness raising message

10

Conclusion 05 minutes

Total 55 minutes

Materials required

IntroductionFacilitator will introduce community participation in education Community and parents

are best resources to be utilized In Pakistan SMCs PTCs representingcommunityparents have been initiated to assist the school

61 983105983139983156983145983158983145983156983161 1 983118983141983141983140983155 983137983150983140 983122983141983155983152983151983150983155983141983155

Divide the participants into small groups (3-4) Ask participants to open their workbooks

and list in the first column the 5 pressing needs of their schools Then the second columnthey should list one point for each need where SMCPTCs can assist The groups have 20

minutes for this exercise

Needs Assistance

Children not attending schools PTAsSMCs can advocate in the

community and support families to sendtheir children to school through provision of

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3040

scholarships especially their girl children

Distribution of food and teaching

learning materials

PTC and SMC can monitor of the fair distribution

Activity-4

The community is part of the class room atmosphere and school physical environmentHead teacher needs to build a good relationship with the community Know the

community develop co-operation communicate with them There are many ways of

connecting with the community as mentioned below

62 983127983137983161983155 983151983142 983149983137983147983145983150983143 983148983145983150983147983137983143983141983155 983159983145983156983144 983107983151983149983149983157983150983145983156983161983120983137983154983141983150983156983155

Some suggested ideas for information sharing below

letters Events like School Day parents day PTCSMCs and teachers meetings

community projects clean ups information promotions (heath and sanitation) the school as a centre for community activities and adult classes sharing School Improvement Booklet-awareness raising materials

7 9831239831419831559831559831459831519831509830857 983105983139983156983145983151983150983085983120983148983137983150

ObjectivesBy the end of this session the participants will be able to

bull Develop Action Plans to address the following School Improvement Indicatorso School attendance and enrollmento Improved School environment

o Health and hygieneo Utilization of teaching and learning resourceso Monitoring and recording wheat and oil rationo Activation of PTCSMC

Present Action plan format 10

Activity-1 design action plans for their schools 50

Activity -2 Presentations 20

Summing up 10

Total 1 30 minutes

Materials required

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3140

o Flip Charto Marker pens

o Action plan format

o School Day Charto Tape

o White Sheets

Introduction

The facilitator will share format of Action Plan to the participants Clearly explain how to

go about it Then ask the participants individually develop Action plan that will beimplemented in their schools The participants will also be informed that on the bases of

these Action Plans they will be monitored

What How Who When Comments

1 School

health

Providing

clean

water

HT

Teachers

PTCSMC

March 09 Head teacher in

collaboration with

PTCSMC will makesure there is a safe clean

water for students in the

school

2 Students

enrolment

Enrolment

campaignSchool

day

Visithomes

PTCSMC

HT

5t

Apr-09

3 School day

4 SMC

meeting

5 Improve

school

environment

The training participants will fill out this action plan according to their school needs and priority Share these Action Plans to the whole group and encourage others to make notes

from each others work incases they see it relevant to their schools as well

Objectives

By the end of this session the participants will be able too To develop an understanding of how a School Day is celebratedo Plan for their own schools of how they will celebrate the day

Present School Day Plan 10 minutes

Activity-1 Discuss in small groups how the day will be

celebrate

20 minutes

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3240

Make plans when the day will be celebrated at their school 30 minutes

Total 60 minutes

Materials required

o Flip Chart

o Marker pens

o School Day Chart

o Tapeo White Sheets

School DayA lsquoSchool Dayrsquo is the day in the GOP-WFP-UNESCO project when parents teachers and projectofficials meet in the school premises to discuss ways to improve the school Several factorscontribute to school improvement School attendance and enrollment Retention of studentsSchool environment Health and hygiene of students Utilization of teaching and learning

materials PTACommunity involvement Nutrition and diet and use of oil and wheat rations Ona School Day the head teacher with the help of Social Mobilizer of the implementing partner willdiscuss the school improvement factors with the parents and children of the school

ActivitiesThe following activities are suggested to make the day useful and attractive to the children

parents and community members

Activity 1 Preparation of activities of the day

Send invitation to all parents at least a week before the ldquoSchool Dayrdquo through children verballyand also in writing (hand written notes would suffice) and also spread the message by word-of-mouth At least two days before the program send a reminder by writing the message on the

studentsrsquo copy books or paper slips and read it loudly and clearly in the classrooms Make surethat the children have understood the message by asking them to explain And if possible invite

the community members through telephone calls or by sending the school children to spread thenews Advance planning is the key to success

Activity 2 Follow the agenda

SN Activities Time in

Minutes

Registration of the participants

1 Recitation verses from the holy Quran by one of the students 03

2 Naat by a student 05

Celebrate a School Day

Make sure you have

1 All parents children teachers head teacher supervisorADO and the PTASMC PTC are invited

2 A plan is ready for the day

3 Food items (wheat and oil) ready for distribution

4 Key messages and teaching and learning kits are available and are on display

5 Students prepared to show their talents to their parents and to the community members

6 Successes and areas needing improvements for discussion with parents and community

7 Constituted a committee for organization of the School Day

8 Informed the students that they should come neat and clean and in school uniform

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3340

Notes for the Head Teacher Use the day to celebrate to celebrate the schoolsrsquo achievements Open the school gates for parents community members and social workers of the villag

Involve everybody in the sessions and avoid a lot of talking (Sweeten the small stuff) Give children space to speak about their successes and problems at the school

If you have more than one teacher involve them in planning of the day Ask teachers to facilitate group discussions without dominating the discussion If teachers

are not available ask some literate volunteers from the village or NGO representatives if

available to help Decorate the school with childrenrsquos work and readymade displays and locally available

flowers and plants You have some of the resources available in your teaching andlearning kit

Have a positive focus Do not talk with parents about what their children can not dorather talk about what the children can do

Explore use of local resources

Take ideas from School Improvement Booklet (SIB) for the event Appreciate studentsrsquo successes and achievements with some rewards if possible Pray for every ones success and those who have helped in providing an opportunity to

celebrate the day pray for the country and the people for their good health wealth peaceand prosperity and thank everyone for their participation

Actively follow up on the implementation of School Improvement Plan prepared on theSchool Day

3 Welcome address by PTAPTCSMC representative 10

4 Introduction of the day by the Head teacher 20

5 Poem song or some creative item from the students 20

6 Discussion on the key messages (what does the messages mean how it will be disseminated

in the village How to achieve it)

40

7 Discussion on the topics (use group work) followed by whole group open discussion

School attendance and enrollment School environment Health and hygiene Utilization ofTeaching and Learning materials PTACommunity Involvement Nutrition and diet and

Use of oil and wheat rations (please involve some representative students as well)

40

8 Develop a School Development Plan (SDP ) while using the following pattern

40

Issues1 How it will be

resolved

Who will be

responsible

Resources

required

Source of

funding

Time (By

When)

Note Please use short term and quickly doable plans like reducing absenteeism by students and teachers cleaningthe school planning trees (use School Improvement Book for more ideas)

9 Conclude the day by stating the background and the purpose of food and educational

incentives and by asking the parents and children to take their food ration and remind them

about the key messages As a concluding activity invite the parents and the community

members to visit the classrooms and ask the students to explain to them their creative work

10

Activity 3 Documentation and Reporting

Document the proceedings of the day and develop a short report for Project Implementation Unit

ADO circle or talka

1 For example student attendance has declined in the past two months

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3440

Course Evaluation

Note Please take a few minutes to complete the form and return to the facilitator

1 List out what have you learnt from this training

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

----------------------------------------------------------

2 What did you like from the training

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------

3 What particular learning will you implement How

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------

4 What are the suggestions to improve the training

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------

5 How do you rate the facilitator knowledge skills and attitude

Knowledge 1------2--------3--------4--------5

Skills 1------2--------3--------4--------5

Attitude 1------2--------3--------4--------5

Note 1 is the lowest and 5 is highest rate Please circle the number that you think

the facilitator has performed

6 Over all comments about the training

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3540

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3640

Reading Materials

Facilitator Child Rights Our Educational Responsibilities

All Education programmes must be based on the understanding of the Convention on

the Rights of a Child When training is based on these values then the child will be thecentre of all topics presented The teachers job is to provide opportunities theatmosphere and environment so the rights of the child are met in the place they willspend much of their waking hours The main educational rights involve in schools arebased from rights number 13 17 28 29 and 31

Important Rights to note childrens right to leisure and play childrens need for space to develop the need to take childrens opinions into account the need to involve children in the learning process

the need for policies and training to be in the best interest of the child the need for learning to be life skills relevant local roots and global connections the importance of a change in attitude towards facilitating learning

The following needs to be in place so it can happen in Child Friendly SchoolsUniversal AccessReference to the many million children still deprived of education many of whom aregirls many of whom finish primary school lacking essential knowledge skills attitudesand values

Role of Parents Teachers and Community

awareness of the role of teachers and trainers being imperative in realising the ideaof childrens rights basing training on interpreting the Convention on the Rights of the Child and

putting it into real practice having all the skills necessary to encourage and assist all in the learning process realising that learning is not just about the facts but learning how to access and

process information so it is beneficial and relevant supporting and rewarding trainers and teachers ensuring that parents are given a key responsibility in forming constructive

relationships with teachers and schools for learning and training requirement fortheir children

Equal Opportunities an understanding of non-discrimination against girls special needs learning

difficulties children who are nomadic indigenous immigrant or are a linguisticminority

a realisation that every child has unique characteristics interests abilities needs

The Appropriate Quality Education Content

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3740

training of teachers and school learning being relevant to the child now and for thefuture

training sessions and consequently classroom and schools helping to developpersonalities talents mental and physical abilities to their fullest potential

Cultural roots and Global Values

the need to include respect for human rights in our learning environments an awareness of combination of learning to respect ones own nation and culture and

the culture of others the need to encourage tolerance and harmony for a better understanding of

minorities indigenous peoples refugees immigrants and gender equality

New Methods of Learning an agreement that learning is a combination of critical thinking and having fun that

passive listening and rote memorisation are less valuable than application andprocess to enhance understanding

the need for training workshops and classrooms to be participant friendly allowing for curiosity time to question receive answers to argue debate test andmake mistakes to create be spontaneous to be recognised and respected

Mutual Respect reflecting in training and inner life of a school the education message of vision

values human rights tolerance respecting dignity encouraging problem-solving skills allowing teachers to help children develop tools

for peaceful conflict resolution in all new learning situations the need to feel safe secure and totally trust our

teachersStudent Participation Opportunities for learners to express their points of view encouraging learners to

take personal responsibility for their studies Having a system of sharing responsibilities sharing ideas regular feedback and

learning evaluation Knowing that a good school and a good training workshop both promote total

participation and is a model of fairness for all

Child Rights and our Primary Health Care Responsibilities

The Child Health Rights directly concerning the teacher and the school must also beconsidered as the school can play a vital role in ensuring they are addressed Thefollowing particularly relate to articles 19 23 24 29 and 31

educational policies in schools and classrooms must be in place to protect childrenfrom all forms of physical punishment mental violence injury abuse neglect ormaltreatment

that an effort be made to include mentally and physically disabled children in theschool and classroom programmes so they can enjoy a full and decent life whichpromotes dignity self reliance and participation in the school and community

that schools may assist in facilitating a child in health rehabilitation

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3840

to ensure basic medical assistance is given in school for first aid and thedevelopment of primary health care awareness

keeping health records and observing nutritional state of individual children providing clean water in schools to ensure the educational programmes support mental and physical development

a child has an opportunity at school to rest and leisure and playIn Pakistan there is higher infant mortality lower immunisation lower literacy rateslower school enrolment lower access to safe water and more severely underweightchildren Primary health care is vital on the long list of human development needs Allchildren have the right to the best health care that is availableThis area is of concern to all involved in teaching as the child entering the school cantake advantage of all the opportunities if they are healthy and well cared for in pre-school environments and homesSchools also must ensure their primary role in health care so children can carry thelearning to other parts of the community The two concerns involve preventive orcurative methods

Ignorance polluted surroundings negligence in food care washing facilities animalsclose to living areas unsafe drinking water sanitation living surroundings seasonaldiseases communicable diseases personal hygiene girl children and their health andcommunicable diseases are all areas of concern The population growth rate isincreasing and many are deprived of basic Primary Health Care

When the population rate is more than the resources the situation can be extremelydifficult and expensive to remedy

In classroom and at schools areas of health can be addressed throughout the primaryyears so information is clearly disseminated with the help of the children Awareness of

healthy habits helps children build their self-esteem and learning to value your-self is animportant aspect of primary health care

The value of children learning aspects of Primary Health Care

they are very good and quick learners they share with others whatever they learn the learning in childhood is long lasting the teachers instructions or words are important words for a child children experience that is they do practical work and learn more school is the place where a childrsquos thought is effected for a practical life

Teachers and Community Role

recording weight height and skin colour observing health changes carefully observing and noting abnormalities and informing the parents having positive discussions with parents joyful learning lessons on primary health care making a health class and playground environment ensuring there is safe water in the school

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3940

ensuring there are adequate male and female toilet facilities in the schools having regular health chart challenges

Primary Health Care having healthy well nourished children learning in a healthyhygienic environment with clean safe water clean safe surroundings clean safepersonal habits clean safe food preparation Classroom Climate caring for the

emotional and physical well-being of children

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 4040

Appendix-A

Ref Right of children in Islam What the teacher can do

Al Hadith In accordance with Islamic preceptldquochildrenrdquo means both male andfemaleldquoAcquisition of knowledge is obligatory

for all true believersrdquo

Ensure that both boys and girls haveaccess to schoolIf there is a mixed class of boys andgirls the girls should have as much

attention as the boys

Right to be brought up properlylooked after and provided for andeducated

The teacher is in loco parentis (in the place of the parents) and has theresponsibility to provide the same careas the parents

Al Quran666

Right to religious moral ethicalguidance provided with an

understanding of right and wrong

The teacher needs to know andunderstand the teachings of Islam so

as to provide the child with a good

education without bias and with agood ethical foundation

Al Quran5251

Children are given in trust to their parents ndash who will be held

accountableldquoEveryone of you is a caretaker andeveryone of you is answerable for hissubjectsrdquo

As teachers are in the place of parents ndash they too may be held accountable

Abu BakrRAA

Justice and equality Inequality isinjustice (forbidden in Islam)ldquoHe dieth not who takes to learning totreat children affectionately and to kiss

them are charitable actsrdquo

The teacher must be very sure that the treatmentof all children is equal and fair no favoritismno bias against certain children for whateverreason

This is especially important with regard to thosechildren who have been left as orphans ordisabled either as a result of the earthquake orfor any other reason

Al Hadith ldquoIt is a childrsquos right that his fathershould teach him how to read write

helliprdquo

Teachers have a responsibility to be professional in their teaching and also

to help parents and the community tounderstand their obligations about sending all

their children to school

Abu Daud ldquoWhoever has a girl under hisguardianshiphellip[and does not] treat herwith contempt nor gives preference to

his sons over her Allah will admit himto paradiserdquo

Teachers have an obligation to treatgirls equally and without bias and tohelp the parents and community to

understand their obligations in termsof helping girls to have an education

Page 7: Head Teachers Training Manual.pdf

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 740

983108983105983129 983085983113

1 983113983150983156983154983151983140983157983139983156983151983154983161 983123983141983155983155983145983151983150

Objectives By the end of this session the participants will be able to

bull Get to know each other

bull Become well acquainted with the training objectives

Time Allocation

Introduction and opening 15 minutes

Introduction of participants 15 minutes

Outline of the course objectives 15 minutes

Set training ground rules 10 minutes

Total 55 minutes

Materials required

o String (a roll of string that the participants will throw to each other

while holding one end and making a web)

o Pre-prepared flipchart with the course objectives written on it clearly

and neatlyo Pre-prepared flipchart with ldquocontentmethodologyrdquo written on it

12 Introduction

Welcome the participants and introduce yourself other team members and your background being chosen a trainer After official opening tell them that it is important for

all the workshop participants to become familiar to each other Ask the participants to

stand in a circle Explain them to throw the role of thread to each participant whileholding one end of the thread In this way everyone has got an end of thread Once the

participants got the thread they will say their name position and reason to attend this

workshop and make a web Once everyone has got the thread the facilitator will probe

from the participants that what does it means The say it means interaction sharingrespecting each others experiences openness and so on

13 983107983151983157983154983155983141 983151983157983156983148983145983150983141 983137983150983140 983119983138983146983141983139983156983145983158983141983155

This is a 2-days training-to train head teachers in developing skills of effective classroommanagement effective monitoring and documentation making links between

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 840

communityparents and promotion of health education at the school level The themes of

the courses are

bull To introduce the head teachers child right to education barriers to enrollmenteffective classroom management in multi-grade situation and importance of food

for education programme in increasingmaintaining school enrolmentbullbullbullbull To train head teachers in effective utilization of teaching and learning materials

in their schools

bullbullbullbull To train head teachers in strategies to promote improved school health andhygiene

bullbullbullbull Increase community involvement through PTCSMCs

bullbullbullbull To enhance head teachersrsquo knowledge and skills for school improvement andeffective school management

After sharing the training objectives ask the participants if they have any question about

the course objectives Add these on a new flip chart sheet separately (use your own

creative ways to introduce the session)

Make sure the participants are well informed about the methods to be used in the trainingThe core methodology will be interactive and participants centered Since they are adult

learners the participants will be given ample chance to contribute to the session through

discussion role-plays demonstrations and presentations

The participants will be encouraged to list down all the approaches used during this

workshop and try to utilize them in their classroom with their students

Also set a ground rule for the workshop Tell the participants to write down these rules

for the workshop on the flip charts These rules could be punctuality listening andsharing in the sessions respecting each others and switching off mobile phones

Explain to the participants that there is also a small portion of readings in their Work

Books that they will read for more information Explain that this should be read on theirfree time as there is not enough time during the course to do this

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 940

2 983123983141983155983155983145983151983150 983113983150983156983154983151983140983157983139983156983145983151983150 983156983151 983107983144983145983148983140 983122983145983143983144983156983155 983137983150983140 983138983137983154983154983145983141983154983155 983156983151

983141983150983154983151983148983149983141983150983156 983137983150983140 983148983141983137983154983150983145983150983143

ObjectivesBy the end of the session the participants will be able to

bull Get well acquainted with the Child Protection and child right in Islamic context

bull Analyze the barriers to enrolment at the school home and family level

bull Implement child right to programme

Session-2 Introduction to child right to education and barriers to enrollment

Activity-1 Sharing Protection of Child Right 10 minutes

Activity-2 Comparative analysis of Protection of Child Right in

CRC and Islamic context

20 minutes

Activity-3 Implement child right to programme 25 minutes

Activity-4 Analysis of enrolment barriers 40 minutes

Total 135

Material required-

o UN CRC worksheetso flip chartso marker pens

o blackboardo grids of enrolment analysiso workbooks

21 983107983144983145983148983140 983122983145983143983144983156 983145983150 983113983155983148983137983149 983137983150983140 983107983144983145983148983140 983122983145983143983144983156983155 983107983151983150983158983141983150983156983145983151983150

Activity-1Facilitator will write ldquoChild Rightsrdquo on the flip chart and elicit the participantsrsquo responses

of what this notion signifies Different responses will come from the participants which

will be listed around the statement Encourage more and more responses of the participants This is an opportunity to engage the entire participant to think and

contribute Once participantsrsquo responses were listed on the flip chart the facilitator will

lead the discussion specific to the child rights in Islamic context and in the Holy Quran

Activity-2

The next step participants will comparatively look at Child Rights in Islamic United Nation Child Rights Convention and on their own context Moreover the participants in

groups of five will discuss (workbook) how it can be addressed in schools

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 1040

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 1140

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 1240

983109983142983142983141983139983156983145983158983141

983123983139983144983151983151983148

Objectives of child right atschool level

What teachers can do

Reaching

All Children

Article 28

Promoting rights of children within the

community Enrolling excluded children in

programmes Treating children within the child rights

Achieving

Child Centered

Environments

Article 29 30

Concerned about the health of the child

Learning activities develop the childrsquos

full potential Act in the best interest of the child

Safe and secure school environment

Including

All ChildrenArticle 23

983110983154983141983141 983141983140983157983139983137983156983145983151983150

Treat children fairly in school

Respect diversity Provide quality learning for all children

Needing

Effective Learning

Article 13 2829

Activity based co-operative learning

methods

Learning involves use of qualitymaterial cultural and local resources

Assessment and monitoring systems use

Being

Healthy and

Protective ofChildrenArticle 1719 23

39

Ensure a healthy safe hygienic

environment

Promote both the physical and the psycho-socio-emotional health of

teachers and learners Prohibit corporal punishment

Openly

Gender SensitiveArticle 282939

Girls and boys are in a non violentenvironment

Respect for girls and boys rights dignity

and equality encouraged Gender friendly environments

Involving whole

family andcommunity with

childrenArticle 14 27

Link school with familycommunity Children participate in all aspects of life Encourage parentscommunity involve

in school affairs

Parents send their children to school

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 1340

22 983105983150983137983148983161983155983145983155 983156983144983141 983138983137983154983154983145983141983154983155 983156983151 983155983139983144983151983151983148 983141983150983154983151983148983149983141983150983156

Activity-4

The facilitator will explain to the participants how to identify barriers of enrolment at

different levels

1 Home and Community level2 School level

3 Policy and system level barriersThe participants will be divided into groups of five (according to the number of the

participants) and will be given grids (in the work book) to analyze barriers to enrolments

as example given below

Areas of analysis Possible

findings causes

Broad strategy Possible intervention

School Level

Example Poorquality

environment eg

- poor condition of

building- overcrowding

- lack of water

or sanitation- violence

(physical and

psychological)

Increasedlikelihood of non-

enrolment or non-

attendance and

dropping out afterenrolment

Provide support andtechnical assistance to

government and

communities to ensure

increased access forthose children who are

hardest to reach

School mapping toimprove planning and

targeting Child-

seeking Child Friendly

Schools

Home and Community level

Example- Directcosts of schooling

- school expenses- clothing

- books supplies

Advocacy for affordableeducation

Awareness-raising in

importance of childeducation

Incentive programmessuch as small

scholarships subsidies

food school supplies anduniforms

Policy Level

Example

Inadequate legalframework in such

areas as

- compulsoryeducation- child labour

- re-entry into

school

Education not free

and compulsory in principle or

practice

Increasedlikelihood thatchildren will fall

through the safety

net be unable totake examinations

or be forbidden re-

entry into school

Advocacy for

implementation ofcompulsory education

laws

Advocacy forimplementation of labourlaws

Advocacy for laws

allowing for continuedschooling for pregnant

girls or re-admission to

schools after pregnancy

Birth registration

campaignsAnalysis planning and

implementation of

policies supporting girlsrsquoeducation

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 1440

Once the participants have identified the potential causes they will be encouraged to think

of possible intervention to bridge these barriers This will be a rigorous exercise thereforethe facilitator must support and encourage each groups to work out the enrollment barrier

in the grid Once the participants worked out the analysis they should produce it on a flip

chart and present it to the whole group Once all the presentation finished display thesecharts on the walls The participants will have an opportunity to look at each others work

and learn from each other

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 1540

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 1640

Activity-2 (15 minutes)After this exercise ask the participants write down all the issues related to classroom

management they face in their class This is an individual task- the facilitator will

encourage each of the participants to think two issues and share it with the other participants sitting near by The responses might be discipline sitting issues over

crowded class and so on They will also prepare them on the flip charts and facilitator

will display them on the wall

32 983108983145983155983139983157983155983155 983140983145983142983142983141983154983141983150983156 983140983145983149983141983150983155983145983151983150983155 983151983142 983107983148983137983155983155983154983151983151983149 983149983137983150983137983143983141983149983141983150983156

Classroom organization is the key to managing teaching effectively Classroom

atmosphere is the key to managing the needs of the students Classroom planningassessment and record keeping are the keys to managing the curriculum learning

outcomes Classroom routines roles responsibilities relationships instructions and

positive praise are the keys to managing successful learning Planning is an essential management guideline so the next step of learning and most effective way to manage

resources can be decided Teachers need to ensure children reach their potential and gain

educational outcomes and skills for life long learning

Activity-3Facilitator will give his input about Classroom Management There are different

dimensions to the classroom management as mentioned in the table below The

participants will be divided into 8 pairs or groups depending to the size of the class Give

them themes of the Classroom Management with instructions (as mentioned below) the

participants will discuss and make suggestions under each headings

Organization How do you organize your class

Setting routine list out your daily routines with timing

Lay out of classroom How should be classroom displays and settings

Planning What needs to be planned and how

Sharing responsibilities Decide roles for students

Safe and secure environment What points need to be considered

Setting rule and procedures Think of possible rules for your classroom

Sanction and rewords How will you deal with behaviors

Once the groups finished discussing in their themes groups they will then write those

points on the flip charts Next the facilitator will consolidate all the group work and

display around the classroom management

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 1740

Discussion

At the end of the session summarize classroom management by using the information

below The facilitator will require summarized chart of classroom management and share

it with the participants Facilitator will also provide these readings to the participants to

read on their own time (Reading on Work Book)

33 983107983148983137983155983155983154983151983151983149 983149983137983150983137983143983141983149983141983150983156 983145983150 983117983157983148983156983145983085983143983154983137983140983141 983155983145983156983157983137983156983145983151983150

Since most of the government primary schools are in multi-grade situation we have to

keep in mined our classroom before teaching

ActivityAsk the participants to draw their classroom where the sitting may be

bull Classroom may be in different shape (triangle rectangle etc)

bull Sitting arrangement of mats or chairs (in lines circle u shape or in groups)

bull Number of doors windows ( if tents specify)

bull Location of black board and teachers desk

bull Location of teaching material

bull Displays of students work or chartsAfter the participants illustrate their classrooms they should display them on the wall

Facilitator will share the following classroom setting to encourage favourable learningenvironment

Classroom

Management

Organization

Lay out of

classroom

Atmosphere Setting routine

Setting rule and

procedures

Safe and secure

environment

Planning

Sharing

responsibilities

Sanction and

rewords

Figure - 1

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 1840

C-3

C-1 C-2

C-5C-4

Effective sitting arrangement in multi-grade classroom

(Students sitting in groups on desks in multi-grade situation)

(Students sitting in semi-circle on mats in multi-grade situation)

34 983120983148983137983150983150983145983150983143 983137983150983140 983154983151983157983156983145983150983141 983155983141983156983156983145983150983143 983145983150 983117983157983148983156983145983085983143983154983137983140983141 983155983145983156983157983137983156983145983151983150

A multi-grade situation is where there are a number of students in a classroom who areclassified into different grades This situation is common in a village where the number

of children for an average class size is insufficient and the practical solution is to sit

them all together in one classroom The most difficult hurdle for a multi-grade teacher is

the demand to complete a curriculum or textbook for each grade regardless of studentability needs or skills In the Government primary school are exam driven which

multiplies the challenges Effective planning and conscious effort can address this issue

Facilitator will show how to integrate lessons and set effective routines for their classes

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 1940

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2040

b Vertical integration- Block planning and teaching

Select topics of different levels which have common purpose for example similar topics in

science social studies Language Islamiyat

Block Number Class-1 Class-2

1 science language Visit to zoo Animals

2 Science Cleanliness Prevention from diseases

3 Social studies My parents My family

35 983107983148983137983155983155983154983151983151983149 983124983145983149983141983156983137983138983148983141 983137983150983140 983122983151983157983156983145983150983141 983155983141983156983156983145983150983143

Develop a timetable for your classroom keep in mind the number of classes children

teachers classrooms and subjects See how best you can utilize the time available in a

working day

36 983109983142983142983141983139983156983145983158983141 983111983154983151983157983152983145983150983143

A multi-grade classroom needs students doing group work so careful management isrequired There will be a wide range of ages abilities attainments and interests

Grouping must be flexible during the day and times when grouping sitting in groups and

doing group work will be necessary This grid shows teachersrsquo studentsrsquo activities duringa period with different group in multi grade situation

Period Class- 1

Group

Class-2

Group

Class-3

Group

40 mins

Period-1 Teacher

(Teaching in C-1

)

Activity

(students

doing

activities)

Written

(Students

writing)

13 mins

Period-1 Written

(Students)

Teacher

(Teaching)

Activity

(Students)

13 mins

Period-1 Activity

(Students)

Written

(Students)

Teacher

(Teaching)

13 mins

The same pattern can follow for the next periods The teacher must be very specific in

her planning stating what objectives will be taught what written work and type ofactivities will be done which should be monitored on a regular basis

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2140

Facilitator will explain ldquofor the multi-grade situation the period lesson plan needs to be

extended to include the specific activities the students will do and how the teacher will

divide herhis time with the different groups

37 983108983141983158983141983148983151983152983145983150983143 983148983141983155983155983151983150983155 983145983150 983117983157983148983156983145983085983143983154983137983140983141 983155983145983156983157983137983156983145983151983150

Activity-4

Participants in groups will be given books to design lessons for class-1 and class-2Facilitator will assist the participants in identifying topics of different classes with same

objectives For example in science take the topic ldquoplantsrdquo For class-1 students will have

to learn three main parts of tree (root stem and leaves) and for class-2 the students haveto learn more then three parts of tree The participants will identify similar topics in

sciences language social studies mathematics and Islamiyat and make and try to

integrate the lesson

For example

Action Session 1C- 1 Session 2C-2 Session 3C-3

Subject

Objective

Content

Materials

Activity

Evaluation

38 983125983156983145983148983145983162983137983156983145983151983150 983151983142 983124983141983137983139983144983145983150983143 983137983150983140 983148983141983137983154983150983145983150983143 983149983137983156983141983154983145983137983148

Facilitator will demonstrate to develop some teaching and learning materials and it willuse it in the classroom Heshe will explain teaching and learning material to the

participants how it supplements teaching

During demonstration the facilitator will make the following pointsAn interesting teachinglearning material makes learning easy for children Learning

becomes more interesting by focusing the curiosity of the children with verities of

teaching support UNESCO teaching and learning material consists of range of subject

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2240

matters It encompasses all the curriculum subjects in an activity based child centred

approach

Children can visualise things easily especially when it involves their sense of learning

and sight The children gain lots of confidence when presenting or working in front of the

class The natural desire to move is fulfilled by the use of teaching and learningmaterials

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2340

DAY-II

4 9831239831419831559831559831459831519831509830854 983120983154983151983149983151983156983145983151983150 983151983142 983112983141983137983148983156983144 983137983150983140 983112983161983143983145983141983150983141 983109983140983157983139983137983156983145983151983150

Objectives By the end of the session the participants will be able to

bull Acquire knowledge on principals of hygiene and healthy practices

bull Identify potentially harmful situations in schools regard to health

bull Devise strategies to promote health and hygiene in schools

Time Allocation

Activity 1 Principle of hygiene and healthy practices 10 minutes

Activity 2 Strategies to teach hygiene 20 minutes

Activity 3 Prevention and minimization of diseasesAction-Plans for school health

20 minutes

Conclusion 05 minutes

Total 55 minutes

Materials required

o Flip chart papero marker pens

o tapeo Workbook for each of the

participants

41 983113983150983156983154983151983140983157983139983156983145983151983150 983120983154983145983150983139983145983152983137983148 983151983142 983112983161983143983145983141983150983141

In this session we will look at some physical health issues that occur because of thecondition under which people have to live while they rebuild their lives The WHO

defines health as a state of complete physical mental and social wellbeing and not merely

the absence of disease or infirmity Hygiene is defined as the principles and laws

governing the preservation of health and their practical application practice conducive togood health it may refer to keeping clean in order to prevent diseases and maintain health

Activity 1 Principles of hygiene [10 minutes]

The participants individually should think of five principles of hygiene (healthy life)keeping the current situation of children in the primary schools

1 Wash hands with soap after using toilet and before eat meal2 Daily bath

3 Do not spit cover nose suppression

4 Use purified and boiled water keep water covered

5 Wash fruit before eating fruit

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2440

After the participants listed the principle of hygiene the facilitator will write the

definitions of health and hygiene on flip charts and explain it to the participants

42 983123983156983154983137983156983141983143983145983141983155 983156983151 983156983141983137983139983144 983144983161983143983145983141983150983141

Activity 2In your small groups pick the five principles that are most common to the group and

develop teaching strategies to help students understand the need for these principles

Principles Teaching strategies

1 Wash hands

2---------------

3---------------

4---------------5---------------

Demonstration of hand washing with soap

------------------------------------------------------------------

------------------------------------------------------------------

Allow 15 minutes for this exerciseBring the groups back to plenary and put up the flip charts on the walls Ask people to

move around the room and read all the sheets Encourage people note down if any

strategies they like

Allow 5 minutes for questions and discussion

43 983120983154983141983158983141983150983156983145983151983150 983137983150983140 983149983145983150983145983149983145983162983137983156983145983151983150Activity-3Explain to the participants that while regular hygiene activities are necessary there are

specific diseases that my be spread more easily in situations of temporary shelter

contaminated water insufficient water and the other conditions under which people arestill living Ask the group to find one person with whom they would like to work Explain

that this activity will be completed as pair work However each person should fill in the

table in their workbook

Common

Health Proble

Risk condition Prevention minimization

intervention

Diarrhea

cholera

dysentery

Poor sanitation inadequate

water condition poor

personal hygiene

Sanitation facilities Water

purification Personal hygiene ORS

(treatment only) Effectivesurveillance systems to prevent or

minimize disease outbreaks

Malaria and

other vector

Standing uncovered water

increasing the risk of

Health education raising awareness

about the risks of standing water

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2540

borne diseases(eg typhoid)

mosquitoes breedingCongested living conditions

increasing the possibility of

infection

Exposure to areas where

disease-transmittingorganism are more common

Increased population density promoting mosquito bites

use of mosquito nets understandingof symptoms of the disease etc

Advocates for measures for vector

control spraying for example

Effective surveillance systems by

health authorities

Respiratorytract

infections

(includingPneumonia)

Inadequate shelterPoor health care services

Overcrowding

Lack of food malnutritionRainy season

Improved shelter (especially fromwind but ensuring ventilation) Dry

clothes when wet

Use of antibiotics with doctorrsquosConsultation

Water borneDiseases

Contaminated water (garbagein

water source urinecontamination ndash animal orhuman)

Inadequately treated drinking

water (un-boiled orinsufficiently

boiled) Poor hygienic

conditions in

Shelters

Boil water for cooking washing anddrinking where possible Use water

purification tablets where possibleCare of immediate environmentin terms of covering water getting

rid of standing water ensuring that

clothes and bedding are well-aired Use of

antibiotics under medical

supervision

SkinInfections

Inadequate hygienePoor hygienic conditions in

Shelters

Regular washing with soap andwater

Thorough drying of skin Eliminationof vermin from the environment

Medication where necessary undermedical supervision

Tetanus Open wounds (due to

trauma)

Poor hygiene

Clean wounds (antiseptic if

available or soap and water) Cover

wounds with clean cloth orDressings Seek medical helpimmediately

Animal

transmitted

diseases

Unhygienic slaughtering

Contact with infected

animals dueto lack of veterinary control

Increased rate of diseases in

Animals

Ensuring that animals are

slaughtered according to Islamic law

(meat is halaal) Use of antibioticsunder medical supervision

When the participants have completed the exercise ask for one or two examples that are

particularly relevant and possible to accomplish While the pairs are working movearound the room so that you can see any really good examples to discuss in plenary Now

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2640

ask the participants to develop Health Action Plans for their school An example is shown

below

45 983105983139983156983145983151983150983085983120983148983137983150983085 983123983139983144983151983151983148 983112983141983137983148983156983144 983137983150983140 983112983161983143983145983141983150983141 983120983154983151983143983154983137983149983149983141

Health problems Interventions

What Who How When

Diarrhea cholera

dysentery

Water Teachers

andStudents

Clean water

Malaria Cleanenvironment

All Dustbins

ConclusionBasic health and hygiene are more difficult in situations of disaster and lack of

infrastructure in place In situations like NWFP Balochistan and Sindh (natural and man

made disaster at peak) it is important to reinforce the basic principles as people who areunder stress often neglect these basics and so children may not learn appropriately

5 9831239831419831559831559831459831519831509830855 983119983158983141983154983158983145983141983159 983151983142 983156983144983141 983142983151983151983140 983139983154983145983155983141983155 983137983150983140 983152983157983154983152983151983155983141 983151983142

983142983151983151983140 983140983145983155983156983154983145983138983157983156983145983151983150

Objectives By the end of this session the participants will be able to

bull Discuss the recent food crises and its impact on common people particularly onchildren

bull Purpose of food distribution to schools and what are the indirect impacts on childeducation

Time Allocation

Activity 1 discuss the recent food crises and high prices issue 10 minutes

Activity 2 purpose of food distribution to schools and its impact onchild education

20 minutes

Activity 3 food distribution project 20 minutes

Conclusion 05 minutes

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2740

Total 55 minutes

11 Materials required

o Flip chart paper

o marker penso tape

o workbook for each of the

participantso leaflets of food distribution

programme

IntroductionIntroduce the WFP-UNESCO in partnership with the Government of Pakistan has

initiated school feeding programme to mitigate short term hunger When children come

for school with empty stomach (without breakfast) they are less likely to concentrate and

engage in learning activities This programme can temporarily bridge food gapes infamilies and can be helpful in refocusing studentrsquos attention to the lessons This can also

be an incentive to increase the enrolment attendance and decrease dropout It is alsoassumed that this programme may increase the education quality improvement from

school to district level

Activity- 1

Facilitator will explain the following agendas of Food for Education The followingcatchphrase of school feeding programme will be written on flip chart and discussed

thoroughly

bull School feeding can decrease short-term hunger thereby increasing learningcapacity

bull School feeding and take home ration can improve school enrollment andattendance and decrease drop-out

bull Food assistance can encourage community participation in education

bull Involvement of district government education department can act as a lever for

school quality improvement

bull School feeding can improve nutritional status and hence improve school performance

bull School feeding and Take home ration are education intervention

Activity-2

The participants will discuss in groups and workout the grid mentioned below The participants will be encouraged to think on the activities that school can perform to

enhance school feeding programme specific objectives

Objectives and activities for school feeding programme

Objectives Activities

WFPUNESCO What school Can do

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2840

Increase enrollmentattendance retention and

completion

School ration (wheat and oil) Parents outreach

Enhance learning

environment

Provision of teaching and

learning materials

Enhance teachers quality Teachers complete a two-dayHead Teachersrsquo training

receive

Enhance learning capacity Provision of teaching and

learning kit

Increase community

participation

school food distribution

managed by parent IEC

campaign PTC training

Improve support to schools Management of ToT training

for head teachers

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2940

o Flip chart papero Marker penso Tape for sticking papers to the wallso Workbook for each participant

6 9831239831419831559831559831459831519831509830856 983107983151983149983149983157983150983145983156983161 983137983150983140 983120983137983154983141983150983156983155 983141983150983143983137983143983141983149983141983150983156 983145983150 983155983139983144983151983151983148Objectives By the end of this session the participants will be able to

bull Identify roles of PTCSMC in school

bull How to mobilize communityPTC in the school affairsbull What are their role in food distribution teaching material distribution and

monitoring

Time Allocation

What PTC and SMCs can do for the schools

Activity-1 Need and response 40

Activity-2 ways of communication with community- School

improvement booklet and awareness raising message

10

Conclusion 05 minutes

Total 55 minutes

Materials required

IntroductionFacilitator will introduce community participation in education Community and parents

are best resources to be utilized In Pakistan SMCs PTCs representingcommunityparents have been initiated to assist the school

61 983105983139983156983145983158983145983156983161 1 983118983141983141983140983155 983137983150983140 983122983141983155983152983151983150983155983141983155

Divide the participants into small groups (3-4) Ask participants to open their workbooks

and list in the first column the 5 pressing needs of their schools Then the second columnthey should list one point for each need where SMCPTCs can assist The groups have 20

minutes for this exercise

Needs Assistance

Children not attending schools PTAsSMCs can advocate in the

community and support families to sendtheir children to school through provision of

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3040

scholarships especially their girl children

Distribution of food and teaching

learning materials

PTC and SMC can monitor of the fair distribution

Activity-4

The community is part of the class room atmosphere and school physical environmentHead teacher needs to build a good relationship with the community Know the

community develop co-operation communicate with them There are many ways of

connecting with the community as mentioned below

62 983127983137983161983155 983151983142 983149983137983147983145983150983143 983148983145983150983147983137983143983141983155 983159983145983156983144 983107983151983149983149983157983150983145983156983161983120983137983154983141983150983156983155

Some suggested ideas for information sharing below

letters Events like School Day parents day PTCSMCs and teachers meetings

community projects clean ups information promotions (heath and sanitation) the school as a centre for community activities and adult classes sharing School Improvement Booklet-awareness raising materials

7 9831239831419831559831559831459831519831509830857 983105983139983156983145983151983150983085983120983148983137983150

ObjectivesBy the end of this session the participants will be able to

bull Develop Action Plans to address the following School Improvement Indicatorso School attendance and enrollmento Improved School environment

o Health and hygieneo Utilization of teaching and learning resourceso Monitoring and recording wheat and oil rationo Activation of PTCSMC

Present Action plan format 10

Activity-1 design action plans for their schools 50

Activity -2 Presentations 20

Summing up 10

Total 1 30 minutes

Materials required

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3140

o Flip Charto Marker pens

o Action plan format

o School Day Charto Tape

o White Sheets

Introduction

The facilitator will share format of Action Plan to the participants Clearly explain how to

go about it Then ask the participants individually develop Action plan that will beimplemented in their schools The participants will also be informed that on the bases of

these Action Plans they will be monitored

What How Who When Comments

1 School

health

Providing

clean

water

HT

Teachers

PTCSMC

March 09 Head teacher in

collaboration with

PTCSMC will makesure there is a safe clean

water for students in the

school

2 Students

enrolment

Enrolment

campaignSchool

day

Visithomes

PTCSMC

HT

5t

Apr-09

3 School day

4 SMC

meeting

5 Improve

school

environment

The training participants will fill out this action plan according to their school needs and priority Share these Action Plans to the whole group and encourage others to make notes

from each others work incases they see it relevant to their schools as well

Objectives

By the end of this session the participants will be able too To develop an understanding of how a School Day is celebratedo Plan for their own schools of how they will celebrate the day

Present School Day Plan 10 minutes

Activity-1 Discuss in small groups how the day will be

celebrate

20 minutes

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3240

Make plans when the day will be celebrated at their school 30 minutes

Total 60 minutes

Materials required

o Flip Chart

o Marker pens

o School Day Chart

o Tapeo White Sheets

School DayA lsquoSchool Dayrsquo is the day in the GOP-WFP-UNESCO project when parents teachers and projectofficials meet in the school premises to discuss ways to improve the school Several factorscontribute to school improvement School attendance and enrollment Retention of studentsSchool environment Health and hygiene of students Utilization of teaching and learning

materials PTACommunity involvement Nutrition and diet and use of oil and wheat rations Ona School Day the head teacher with the help of Social Mobilizer of the implementing partner willdiscuss the school improvement factors with the parents and children of the school

ActivitiesThe following activities are suggested to make the day useful and attractive to the children

parents and community members

Activity 1 Preparation of activities of the day

Send invitation to all parents at least a week before the ldquoSchool Dayrdquo through children verballyand also in writing (hand written notes would suffice) and also spread the message by word-of-mouth At least two days before the program send a reminder by writing the message on the

studentsrsquo copy books or paper slips and read it loudly and clearly in the classrooms Make surethat the children have understood the message by asking them to explain And if possible invite

the community members through telephone calls or by sending the school children to spread thenews Advance planning is the key to success

Activity 2 Follow the agenda

SN Activities Time in

Minutes

Registration of the participants

1 Recitation verses from the holy Quran by one of the students 03

2 Naat by a student 05

Celebrate a School Day

Make sure you have

1 All parents children teachers head teacher supervisorADO and the PTASMC PTC are invited

2 A plan is ready for the day

3 Food items (wheat and oil) ready for distribution

4 Key messages and teaching and learning kits are available and are on display

5 Students prepared to show their talents to their parents and to the community members

6 Successes and areas needing improvements for discussion with parents and community

7 Constituted a committee for organization of the School Day

8 Informed the students that they should come neat and clean and in school uniform

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3340

Notes for the Head Teacher Use the day to celebrate to celebrate the schoolsrsquo achievements Open the school gates for parents community members and social workers of the villag

Involve everybody in the sessions and avoid a lot of talking (Sweeten the small stuff) Give children space to speak about their successes and problems at the school

If you have more than one teacher involve them in planning of the day Ask teachers to facilitate group discussions without dominating the discussion If teachers

are not available ask some literate volunteers from the village or NGO representatives if

available to help Decorate the school with childrenrsquos work and readymade displays and locally available

flowers and plants You have some of the resources available in your teaching andlearning kit

Have a positive focus Do not talk with parents about what their children can not dorather talk about what the children can do

Explore use of local resources

Take ideas from School Improvement Booklet (SIB) for the event Appreciate studentsrsquo successes and achievements with some rewards if possible Pray for every ones success and those who have helped in providing an opportunity to

celebrate the day pray for the country and the people for their good health wealth peaceand prosperity and thank everyone for their participation

Actively follow up on the implementation of School Improvement Plan prepared on theSchool Day

3 Welcome address by PTAPTCSMC representative 10

4 Introduction of the day by the Head teacher 20

5 Poem song or some creative item from the students 20

6 Discussion on the key messages (what does the messages mean how it will be disseminated

in the village How to achieve it)

40

7 Discussion on the topics (use group work) followed by whole group open discussion

School attendance and enrollment School environment Health and hygiene Utilization ofTeaching and Learning materials PTACommunity Involvement Nutrition and diet and

Use of oil and wheat rations (please involve some representative students as well)

40

8 Develop a School Development Plan (SDP ) while using the following pattern

40

Issues1 How it will be

resolved

Who will be

responsible

Resources

required

Source of

funding

Time (By

When)

Note Please use short term and quickly doable plans like reducing absenteeism by students and teachers cleaningthe school planning trees (use School Improvement Book for more ideas)

9 Conclude the day by stating the background and the purpose of food and educational

incentives and by asking the parents and children to take their food ration and remind them

about the key messages As a concluding activity invite the parents and the community

members to visit the classrooms and ask the students to explain to them their creative work

10

Activity 3 Documentation and Reporting

Document the proceedings of the day and develop a short report for Project Implementation Unit

ADO circle or talka

1 For example student attendance has declined in the past two months

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3440

Course Evaluation

Note Please take a few minutes to complete the form and return to the facilitator

1 List out what have you learnt from this training

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

----------------------------------------------------------

2 What did you like from the training

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------

3 What particular learning will you implement How

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------

4 What are the suggestions to improve the training

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------

5 How do you rate the facilitator knowledge skills and attitude

Knowledge 1------2--------3--------4--------5

Skills 1------2--------3--------4--------5

Attitude 1------2--------3--------4--------5

Note 1 is the lowest and 5 is highest rate Please circle the number that you think

the facilitator has performed

6 Over all comments about the training

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3540

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3640

Reading Materials

Facilitator Child Rights Our Educational Responsibilities

All Education programmes must be based on the understanding of the Convention on

the Rights of a Child When training is based on these values then the child will be thecentre of all topics presented The teachers job is to provide opportunities theatmosphere and environment so the rights of the child are met in the place they willspend much of their waking hours The main educational rights involve in schools arebased from rights number 13 17 28 29 and 31

Important Rights to note childrens right to leisure and play childrens need for space to develop the need to take childrens opinions into account the need to involve children in the learning process

the need for policies and training to be in the best interest of the child the need for learning to be life skills relevant local roots and global connections the importance of a change in attitude towards facilitating learning

The following needs to be in place so it can happen in Child Friendly SchoolsUniversal AccessReference to the many million children still deprived of education many of whom aregirls many of whom finish primary school lacking essential knowledge skills attitudesand values

Role of Parents Teachers and Community

awareness of the role of teachers and trainers being imperative in realising the ideaof childrens rights basing training on interpreting the Convention on the Rights of the Child and

putting it into real practice having all the skills necessary to encourage and assist all in the learning process realising that learning is not just about the facts but learning how to access and

process information so it is beneficial and relevant supporting and rewarding trainers and teachers ensuring that parents are given a key responsibility in forming constructive

relationships with teachers and schools for learning and training requirement fortheir children

Equal Opportunities an understanding of non-discrimination against girls special needs learning

difficulties children who are nomadic indigenous immigrant or are a linguisticminority

a realisation that every child has unique characteristics interests abilities needs

The Appropriate Quality Education Content

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3740

training of teachers and school learning being relevant to the child now and for thefuture

training sessions and consequently classroom and schools helping to developpersonalities talents mental and physical abilities to their fullest potential

Cultural roots and Global Values

the need to include respect for human rights in our learning environments an awareness of combination of learning to respect ones own nation and culture and

the culture of others the need to encourage tolerance and harmony for a better understanding of

minorities indigenous peoples refugees immigrants and gender equality

New Methods of Learning an agreement that learning is a combination of critical thinking and having fun that

passive listening and rote memorisation are less valuable than application andprocess to enhance understanding

the need for training workshops and classrooms to be participant friendly allowing for curiosity time to question receive answers to argue debate test andmake mistakes to create be spontaneous to be recognised and respected

Mutual Respect reflecting in training and inner life of a school the education message of vision

values human rights tolerance respecting dignity encouraging problem-solving skills allowing teachers to help children develop tools

for peaceful conflict resolution in all new learning situations the need to feel safe secure and totally trust our

teachersStudent Participation Opportunities for learners to express their points of view encouraging learners to

take personal responsibility for their studies Having a system of sharing responsibilities sharing ideas regular feedback and

learning evaluation Knowing that a good school and a good training workshop both promote total

participation and is a model of fairness for all

Child Rights and our Primary Health Care Responsibilities

The Child Health Rights directly concerning the teacher and the school must also beconsidered as the school can play a vital role in ensuring they are addressed Thefollowing particularly relate to articles 19 23 24 29 and 31

educational policies in schools and classrooms must be in place to protect childrenfrom all forms of physical punishment mental violence injury abuse neglect ormaltreatment

that an effort be made to include mentally and physically disabled children in theschool and classroom programmes so they can enjoy a full and decent life whichpromotes dignity self reliance and participation in the school and community

that schools may assist in facilitating a child in health rehabilitation

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3840

to ensure basic medical assistance is given in school for first aid and thedevelopment of primary health care awareness

keeping health records and observing nutritional state of individual children providing clean water in schools to ensure the educational programmes support mental and physical development

a child has an opportunity at school to rest and leisure and playIn Pakistan there is higher infant mortality lower immunisation lower literacy rateslower school enrolment lower access to safe water and more severely underweightchildren Primary health care is vital on the long list of human development needs Allchildren have the right to the best health care that is availableThis area is of concern to all involved in teaching as the child entering the school cantake advantage of all the opportunities if they are healthy and well cared for in pre-school environments and homesSchools also must ensure their primary role in health care so children can carry thelearning to other parts of the community The two concerns involve preventive orcurative methods

Ignorance polluted surroundings negligence in food care washing facilities animalsclose to living areas unsafe drinking water sanitation living surroundings seasonaldiseases communicable diseases personal hygiene girl children and their health andcommunicable diseases are all areas of concern The population growth rate isincreasing and many are deprived of basic Primary Health Care

When the population rate is more than the resources the situation can be extremelydifficult and expensive to remedy

In classroom and at schools areas of health can be addressed throughout the primaryyears so information is clearly disseminated with the help of the children Awareness of

healthy habits helps children build their self-esteem and learning to value your-self is animportant aspect of primary health care

The value of children learning aspects of Primary Health Care

they are very good and quick learners they share with others whatever they learn the learning in childhood is long lasting the teachers instructions or words are important words for a child children experience that is they do practical work and learn more school is the place where a childrsquos thought is effected for a practical life

Teachers and Community Role

recording weight height and skin colour observing health changes carefully observing and noting abnormalities and informing the parents having positive discussions with parents joyful learning lessons on primary health care making a health class and playground environment ensuring there is safe water in the school

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3940

ensuring there are adequate male and female toilet facilities in the schools having regular health chart challenges

Primary Health Care having healthy well nourished children learning in a healthyhygienic environment with clean safe water clean safe surroundings clean safepersonal habits clean safe food preparation Classroom Climate caring for the

emotional and physical well-being of children

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 4040

Appendix-A

Ref Right of children in Islam What the teacher can do

Al Hadith In accordance with Islamic preceptldquochildrenrdquo means both male andfemaleldquoAcquisition of knowledge is obligatory

for all true believersrdquo

Ensure that both boys and girls haveaccess to schoolIf there is a mixed class of boys andgirls the girls should have as much

attention as the boys

Right to be brought up properlylooked after and provided for andeducated

The teacher is in loco parentis (in the place of the parents) and has theresponsibility to provide the same careas the parents

Al Quran666

Right to religious moral ethicalguidance provided with an

understanding of right and wrong

The teacher needs to know andunderstand the teachings of Islam so

as to provide the child with a good

education without bias and with agood ethical foundation

Al Quran5251

Children are given in trust to their parents ndash who will be held

accountableldquoEveryone of you is a caretaker andeveryone of you is answerable for hissubjectsrdquo

As teachers are in the place of parents ndash they too may be held accountable

Abu BakrRAA

Justice and equality Inequality isinjustice (forbidden in Islam)ldquoHe dieth not who takes to learning totreat children affectionately and to kiss

them are charitable actsrdquo

The teacher must be very sure that the treatmentof all children is equal and fair no favoritismno bias against certain children for whateverreason

This is especially important with regard to thosechildren who have been left as orphans ordisabled either as a result of the earthquake orfor any other reason

Al Hadith ldquoIt is a childrsquos right that his fathershould teach him how to read write

helliprdquo

Teachers have a responsibility to be professional in their teaching and also

to help parents and the community tounderstand their obligations about sending all

their children to school

Abu Daud ldquoWhoever has a girl under hisguardianshiphellip[and does not] treat herwith contempt nor gives preference to

his sons over her Allah will admit himto paradiserdquo

Teachers have an obligation to treatgirls equally and without bias and tohelp the parents and community to

understand their obligations in termsof helping girls to have an education

Page 8: Head Teachers Training Manual.pdf

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 840

communityparents and promotion of health education at the school level The themes of

the courses are

bull To introduce the head teachers child right to education barriers to enrollmenteffective classroom management in multi-grade situation and importance of food

for education programme in increasingmaintaining school enrolmentbullbullbullbull To train head teachers in effective utilization of teaching and learning materials

in their schools

bullbullbullbull To train head teachers in strategies to promote improved school health andhygiene

bullbullbullbull Increase community involvement through PTCSMCs

bullbullbullbull To enhance head teachersrsquo knowledge and skills for school improvement andeffective school management

After sharing the training objectives ask the participants if they have any question about

the course objectives Add these on a new flip chart sheet separately (use your own

creative ways to introduce the session)

Make sure the participants are well informed about the methods to be used in the trainingThe core methodology will be interactive and participants centered Since they are adult

learners the participants will be given ample chance to contribute to the session through

discussion role-plays demonstrations and presentations

The participants will be encouraged to list down all the approaches used during this

workshop and try to utilize them in their classroom with their students

Also set a ground rule for the workshop Tell the participants to write down these rules

for the workshop on the flip charts These rules could be punctuality listening andsharing in the sessions respecting each others and switching off mobile phones

Explain to the participants that there is also a small portion of readings in their Work

Books that they will read for more information Explain that this should be read on theirfree time as there is not enough time during the course to do this

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 940

2 983123983141983155983155983145983151983150 983113983150983156983154983151983140983157983139983156983145983151983150 983156983151 983107983144983145983148983140 983122983145983143983144983156983155 983137983150983140 983138983137983154983154983145983141983154983155 983156983151

983141983150983154983151983148983149983141983150983156 983137983150983140 983148983141983137983154983150983145983150983143

ObjectivesBy the end of the session the participants will be able to

bull Get well acquainted with the Child Protection and child right in Islamic context

bull Analyze the barriers to enrolment at the school home and family level

bull Implement child right to programme

Session-2 Introduction to child right to education and barriers to enrollment

Activity-1 Sharing Protection of Child Right 10 minutes

Activity-2 Comparative analysis of Protection of Child Right in

CRC and Islamic context

20 minutes

Activity-3 Implement child right to programme 25 minutes

Activity-4 Analysis of enrolment barriers 40 minutes

Total 135

Material required-

o UN CRC worksheetso flip chartso marker pens

o blackboardo grids of enrolment analysiso workbooks

21 983107983144983145983148983140 983122983145983143983144983156 983145983150 983113983155983148983137983149 983137983150983140 983107983144983145983148983140 983122983145983143983144983156983155 983107983151983150983158983141983150983156983145983151983150

Activity-1Facilitator will write ldquoChild Rightsrdquo on the flip chart and elicit the participantsrsquo responses

of what this notion signifies Different responses will come from the participants which

will be listed around the statement Encourage more and more responses of the participants This is an opportunity to engage the entire participant to think and

contribute Once participantsrsquo responses were listed on the flip chart the facilitator will

lead the discussion specific to the child rights in Islamic context and in the Holy Quran

Activity-2

The next step participants will comparatively look at Child Rights in Islamic United Nation Child Rights Convention and on their own context Moreover the participants in

groups of five will discuss (workbook) how it can be addressed in schools

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 1040

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 1140

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 1240

983109983142983142983141983139983156983145983158983141

983123983139983144983151983151983148

Objectives of child right atschool level

What teachers can do

Reaching

All Children

Article 28

Promoting rights of children within the

community Enrolling excluded children in

programmes Treating children within the child rights

Achieving

Child Centered

Environments

Article 29 30

Concerned about the health of the child

Learning activities develop the childrsquos

full potential Act in the best interest of the child

Safe and secure school environment

Including

All ChildrenArticle 23

983110983154983141983141 983141983140983157983139983137983156983145983151983150

Treat children fairly in school

Respect diversity Provide quality learning for all children

Needing

Effective Learning

Article 13 2829

Activity based co-operative learning

methods

Learning involves use of qualitymaterial cultural and local resources

Assessment and monitoring systems use

Being

Healthy and

Protective ofChildrenArticle 1719 23

39

Ensure a healthy safe hygienic

environment

Promote both the physical and the psycho-socio-emotional health of

teachers and learners Prohibit corporal punishment

Openly

Gender SensitiveArticle 282939

Girls and boys are in a non violentenvironment

Respect for girls and boys rights dignity

and equality encouraged Gender friendly environments

Involving whole

family andcommunity with

childrenArticle 14 27

Link school with familycommunity Children participate in all aspects of life Encourage parentscommunity involve

in school affairs

Parents send their children to school

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 1340

22 983105983150983137983148983161983155983145983155 983156983144983141 983138983137983154983154983145983141983154983155 983156983151 983155983139983144983151983151983148 983141983150983154983151983148983149983141983150983156

Activity-4

The facilitator will explain to the participants how to identify barriers of enrolment at

different levels

1 Home and Community level2 School level

3 Policy and system level barriersThe participants will be divided into groups of five (according to the number of the

participants) and will be given grids (in the work book) to analyze barriers to enrolments

as example given below

Areas of analysis Possible

findings causes

Broad strategy Possible intervention

School Level

Example Poorquality

environment eg

- poor condition of

building- overcrowding

- lack of water

or sanitation- violence

(physical and

psychological)

Increasedlikelihood of non-

enrolment or non-

attendance and

dropping out afterenrolment

Provide support andtechnical assistance to

government and

communities to ensure

increased access forthose children who are

hardest to reach

School mapping toimprove planning and

targeting Child-

seeking Child Friendly

Schools

Home and Community level

Example- Directcosts of schooling

- school expenses- clothing

- books supplies

Advocacy for affordableeducation

Awareness-raising in

importance of childeducation

Incentive programmessuch as small

scholarships subsidies

food school supplies anduniforms

Policy Level

Example

Inadequate legalframework in such

areas as

- compulsoryeducation- child labour

- re-entry into

school

Education not free

and compulsory in principle or

practice

Increasedlikelihood thatchildren will fall

through the safety

net be unable totake examinations

or be forbidden re-

entry into school

Advocacy for

implementation ofcompulsory education

laws

Advocacy forimplementation of labourlaws

Advocacy for laws

allowing for continuedschooling for pregnant

girls or re-admission to

schools after pregnancy

Birth registration

campaignsAnalysis planning and

implementation of

policies supporting girlsrsquoeducation

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 1440

Once the participants have identified the potential causes they will be encouraged to think

of possible intervention to bridge these barriers This will be a rigorous exercise thereforethe facilitator must support and encourage each groups to work out the enrollment barrier

in the grid Once the participants worked out the analysis they should produce it on a flip

chart and present it to the whole group Once all the presentation finished display thesecharts on the walls The participants will have an opportunity to look at each others work

and learn from each other

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 1540

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 1640

Activity-2 (15 minutes)After this exercise ask the participants write down all the issues related to classroom

management they face in their class This is an individual task- the facilitator will

encourage each of the participants to think two issues and share it with the other participants sitting near by The responses might be discipline sitting issues over

crowded class and so on They will also prepare them on the flip charts and facilitator

will display them on the wall

32 983108983145983155983139983157983155983155 983140983145983142983142983141983154983141983150983156 983140983145983149983141983150983155983145983151983150983155 983151983142 983107983148983137983155983155983154983151983151983149 983149983137983150983137983143983141983149983141983150983156

Classroom organization is the key to managing teaching effectively Classroom

atmosphere is the key to managing the needs of the students Classroom planningassessment and record keeping are the keys to managing the curriculum learning

outcomes Classroom routines roles responsibilities relationships instructions and

positive praise are the keys to managing successful learning Planning is an essential management guideline so the next step of learning and most effective way to manage

resources can be decided Teachers need to ensure children reach their potential and gain

educational outcomes and skills for life long learning

Activity-3Facilitator will give his input about Classroom Management There are different

dimensions to the classroom management as mentioned in the table below The

participants will be divided into 8 pairs or groups depending to the size of the class Give

them themes of the Classroom Management with instructions (as mentioned below) the

participants will discuss and make suggestions under each headings

Organization How do you organize your class

Setting routine list out your daily routines with timing

Lay out of classroom How should be classroom displays and settings

Planning What needs to be planned and how

Sharing responsibilities Decide roles for students

Safe and secure environment What points need to be considered

Setting rule and procedures Think of possible rules for your classroom

Sanction and rewords How will you deal with behaviors

Once the groups finished discussing in their themes groups they will then write those

points on the flip charts Next the facilitator will consolidate all the group work and

display around the classroom management

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 1740

Discussion

At the end of the session summarize classroom management by using the information

below The facilitator will require summarized chart of classroom management and share

it with the participants Facilitator will also provide these readings to the participants to

read on their own time (Reading on Work Book)

33 983107983148983137983155983155983154983151983151983149 983149983137983150983137983143983141983149983141983150983156 983145983150 983117983157983148983156983145983085983143983154983137983140983141 983155983145983156983157983137983156983145983151983150

Since most of the government primary schools are in multi-grade situation we have to

keep in mined our classroom before teaching

ActivityAsk the participants to draw their classroom where the sitting may be

bull Classroom may be in different shape (triangle rectangle etc)

bull Sitting arrangement of mats or chairs (in lines circle u shape or in groups)

bull Number of doors windows ( if tents specify)

bull Location of black board and teachers desk

bull Location of teaching material

bull Displays of students work or chartsAfter the participants illustrate their classrooms they should display them on the wall

Facilitator will share the following classroom setting to encourage favourable learningenvironment

Classroom

Management

Organization

Lay out of

classroom

Atmosphere Setting routine

Setting rule and

procedures

Safe and secure

environment

Planning

Sharing

responsibilities

Sanction and

rewords

Figure - 1

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 1840

C-3

C-1 C-2

C-5C-4

Effective sitting arrangement in multi-grade classroom

(Students sitting in groups on desks in multi-grade situation)

(Students sitting in semi-circle on mats in multi-grade situation)

34 983120983148983137983150983150983145983150983143 983137983150983140 983154983151983157983156983145983150983141 983155983141983156983156983145983150983143 983145983150 983117983157983148983156983145983085983143983154983137983140983141 983155983145983156983157983137983156983145983151983150

A multi-grade situation is where there are a number of students in a classroom who areclassified into different grades This situation is common in a village where the number

of children for an average class size is insufficient and the practical solution is to sit

them all together in one classroom The most difficult hurdle for a multi-grade teacher is

the demand to complete a curriculum or textbook for each grade regardless of studentability needs or skills In the Government primary school are exam driven which

multiplies the challenges Effective planning and conscious effort can address this issue

Facilitator will show how to integrate lessons and set effective routines for their classes

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 1940

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2040

b Vertical integration- Block planning and teaching

Select topics of different levels which have common purpose for example similar topics in

science social studies Language Islamiyat

Block Number Class-1 Class-2

1 science language Visit to zoo Animals

2 Science Cleanliness Prevention from diseases

3 Social studies My parents My family

35 983107983148983137983155983155983154983151983151983149 983124983145983149983141983156983137983138983148983141 983137983150983140 983122983151983157983156983145983150983141 983155983141983156983156983145983150983143

Develop a timetable for your classroom keep in mind the number of classes children

teachers classrooms and subjects See how best you can utilize the time available in a

working day

36 983109983142983142983141983139983156983145983158983141 983111983154983151983157983152983145983150983143

A multi-grade classroom needs students doing group work so careful management isrequired There will be a wide range of ages abilities attainments and interests

Grouping must be flexible during the day and times when grouping sitting in groups and

doing group work will be necessary This grid shows teachersrsquo studentsrsquo activities duringa period with different group in multi grade situation

Period Class- 1

Group

Class-2

Group

Class-3

Group

40 mins

Period-1 Teacher

(Teaching in C-1

)

Activity

(students

doing

activities)

Written

(Students

writing)

13 mins

Period-1 Written

(Students)

Teacher

(Teaching)

Activity

(Students)

13 mins

Period-1 Activity

(Students)

Written

(Students)

Teacher

(Teaching)

13 mins

The same pattern can follow for the next periods The teacher must be very specific in

her planning stating what objectives will be taught what written work and type ofactivities will be done which should be monitored on a regular basis

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2140

Facilitator will explain ldquofor the multi-grade situation the period lesson plan needs to be

extended to include the specific activities the students will do and how the teacher will

divide herhis time with the different groups

37 983108983141983158983141983148983151983152983145983150983143 983148983141983155983155983151983150983155 983145983150 983117983157983148983156983145983085983143983154983137983140983141 983155983145983156983157983137983156983145983151983150

Activity-4

Participants in groups will be given books to design lessons for class-1 and class-2Facilitator will assist the participants in identifying topics of different classes with same

objectives For example in science take the topic ldquoplantsrdquo For class-1 students will have

to learn three main parts of tree (root stem and leaves) and for class-2 the students haveto learn more then three parts of tree The participants will identify similar topics in

sciences language social studies mathematics and Islamiyat and make and try to

integrate the lesson

For example

Action Session 1C- 1 Session 2C-2 Session 3C-3

Subject

Objective

Content

Materials

Activity

Evaluation

38 983125983156983145983148983145983162983137983156983145983151983150 983151983142 983124983141983137983139983144983145983150983143 983137983150983140 983148983141983137983154983150983145983150983143 983149983137983156983141983154983145983137983148

Facilitator will demonstrate to develop some teaching and learning materials and it willuse it in the classroom Heshe will explain teaching and learning material to the

participants how it supplements teaching

During demonstration the facilitator will make the following pointsAn interesting teachinglearning material makes learning easy for children Learning

becomes more interesting by focusing the curiosity of the children with verities of

teaching support UNESCO teaching and learning material consists of range of subject

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2240

matters It encompasses all the curriculum subjects in an activity based child centred

approach

Children can visualise things easily especially when it involves their sense of learning

and sight The children gain lots of confidence when presenting or working in front of the

class The natural desire to move is fulfilled by the use of teaching and learningmaterials

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2340

DAY-II

4 9831239831419831559831559831459831519831509830854 983120983154983151983149983151983156983145983151983150 983151983142 983112983141983137983148983156983144 983137983150983140 983112983161983143983145983141983150983141 983109983140983157983139983137983156983145983151983150

Objectives By the end of the session the participants will be able to

bull Acquire knowledge on principals of hygiene and healthy practices

bull Identify potentially harmful situations in schools regard to health

bull Devise strategies to promote health and hygiene in schools

Time Allocation

Activity 1 Principle of hygiene and healthy practices 10 minutes

Activity 2 Strategies to teach hygiene 20 minutes

Activity 3 Prevention and minimization of diseasesAction-Plans for school health

20 minutes

Conclusion 05 minutes

Total 55 minutes

Materials required

o Flip chart papero marker pens

o tapeo Workbook for each of the

participants

41 983113983150983156983154983151983140983157983139983156983145983151983150 983120983154983145983150983139983145983152983137983148 983151983142 983112983161983143983145983141983150983141

In this session we will look at some physical health issues that occur because of thecondition under which people have to live while they rebuild their lives The WHO

defines health as a state of complete physical mental and social wellbeing and not merely

the absence of disease or infirmity Hygiene is defined as the principles and laws

governing the preservation of health and their practical application practice conducive togood health it may refer to keeping clean in order to prevent diseases and maintain health

Activity 1 Principles of hygiene [10 minutes]

The participants individually should think of five principles of hygiene (healthy life)keeping the current situation of children in the primary schools

1 Wash hands with soap after using toilet and before eat meal2 Daily bath

3 Do not spit cover nose suppression

4 Use purified and boiled water keep water covered

5 Wash fruit before eating fruit

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2440

After the participants listed the principle of hygiene the facilitator will write the

definitions of health and hygiene on flip charts and explain it to the participants

42 983123983156983154983137983156983141983143983145983141983155 983156983151 983156983141983137983139983144 983144983161983143983145983141983150983141

Activity 2In your small groups pick the five principles that are most common to the group and

develop teaching strategies to help students understand the need for these principles

Principles Teaching strategies

1 Wash hands

2---------------

3---------------

4---------------5---------------

Demonstration of hand washing with soap

------------------------------------------------------------------

------------------------------------------------------------------

Allow 15 minutes for this exerciseBring the groups back to plenary and put up the flip charts on the walls Ask people to

move around the room and read all the sheets Encourage people note down if any

strategies they like

Allow 5 minutes for questions and discussion

43 983120983154983141983158983141983150983156983145983151983150 983137983150983140 983149983145983150983145983149983145983162983137983156983145983151983150Activity-3Explain to the participants that while regular hygiene activities are necessary there are

specific diseases that my be spread more easily in situations of temporary shelter

contaminated water insufficient water and the other conditions under which people arestill living Ask the group to find one person with whom they would like to work Explain

that this activity will be completed as pair work However each person should fill in the

table in their workbook

Common

Health Proble

Risk condition Prevention minimization

intervention

Diarrhea

cholera

dysentery

Poor sanitation inadequate

water condition poor

personal hygiene

Sanitation facilities Water

purification Personal hygiene ORS

(treatment only) Effectivesurveillance systems to prevent or

minimize disease outbreaks

Malaria and

other vector

Standing uncovered water

increasing the risk of

Health education raising awareness

about the risks of standing water

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2540

borne diseases(eg typhoid)

mosquitoes breedingCongested living conditions

increasing the possibility of

infection

Exposure to areas where

disease-transmittingorganism are more common

Increased population density promoting mosquito bites

use of mosquito nets understandingof symptoms of the disease etc

Advocates for measures for vector

control spraying for example

Effective surveillance systems by

health authorities

Respiratorytract

infections

(includingPneumonia)

Inadequate shelterPoor health care services

Overcrowding

Lack of food malnutritionRainy season

Improved shelter (especially fromwind but ensuring ventilation) Dry

clothes when wet

Use of antibiotics with doctorrsquosConsultation

Water borneDiseases

Contaminated water (garbagein

water source urinecontamination ndash animal orhuman)

Inadequately treated drinking

water (un-boiled orinsufficiently

boiled) Poor hygienic

conditions in

Shelters

Boil water for cooking washing anddrinking where possible Use water

purification tablets where possibleCare of immediate environmentin terms of covering water getting

rid of standing water ensuring that

clothes and bedding are well-aired Use of

antibiotics under medical

supervision

SkinInfections

Inadequate hygienePoor hygienic conditions in

Shelters

Regular washing with soap andwater

Thorough drying of skin Eliminationof vermin from the environment

Medication where necessary undermedical supervision

Tetanus Open wounds (due to

trauma)

Poor hygiene

Clean wounds (antiseptic if

available or soap and water) Cover

wounds with clean cloth orDressings Seek medical helpimmediately

Animal

transmitted

diseases

Unhygienic slaughtering

Contact with infected

animals dueto lack of veterinary control

Increased rate of diseases in

Animals

Ensuring that animals are

slaughtered according to Islamic law

(meat is halaal) Use of antibioticsunder medical supervision

When the participants have completed the exercise ask for one or two examples that are

particularly relevant and possible to accomplish While the pairs are working movearound the room so that you can see any really good examples to discuss in plenary Now

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2640

ask the participants to develop Health Action Plans for their school An example is shown

below

45 983105983139983156983145983151983150983085983120983148983137983150983085 983123983139983144983151983151983148 983112983141983137983148983156983144 983137983150983140 983112983161983143983145983141983150983141 983120983154983151983143983154983137983149983149983141

Health problems Interventions

What Who How When

Diarrhea cholera

dysentery

Water Teachers

andStudents

Clean water

Malaria Cleanenvironment

All Dustbins

ConclusionBasic health and hygiene are more difficult in situations of disaster and lack of

infrastructure in place In situations like NWFP Balochistan and Sindh (natural and man

made disaster at peak) it is important to reinforce the basic principles as people who areunder stress often neglect these basics and so children may not learn appropriately

5 9831239831419831559831559831459831519831509830855 983119983158983141983154983158983145983141983159 983151983142 983156983144983141 983142983151983151983140 983139983154983145983155983141983155 983137983150983140 983152983157983154983152983151983155983141 983151983142

983142983151983151983140 983140983145983155983156983154983145983138983157983156983145983151983150

Objectives By the end of this session the participants will be able to

bull Discuss the recent food crises and its impact on common people particularly onchildren

bull Purpose of food distribution to schools and what are the indirect impacts on childeducation

Time Allocation

Activity 1 discuss the recent food crises and high prices issue 10 minutes

Activity 2 purpose of food distribution to schools and its impact onchild education

20 minutes

Activity 3 food distribution project 20 minutes

Conclusion 05 minutes

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2740

Total 55 minutes

11 Materials required

o Flip chart paper

o marker penso tape

o workbook for each of the

participantso leaflets of food distribution

programme

IntroductionIntroduce the WFP-UNESCO in partnership with the Government of Pakistan has

initiated school feeding programme to mitigate short term hunger When children come

for school with empty stomach (without breakfast) they are less likely to concentrate and

engage in learning activities This programme can temporarily bridge food gapes infamilies and can be helpful in refocusing studentrsquos attention to the lessons This can also

be an incentive to increase the enrolment attendance and decrease dropout It is alsoassumed that this programme may increase the education quality improvement from

school to district level

Activity- 1

Facilitator will explain the following agendas of Food for Education The followingcatchphrase of school feeding programme will be written on flip chart and discussed

thoroughly

bull School feeding can decrease short-term hunger thereby increasing learningcapacity

bull School feeding and take home ration can improve school enrollment andattendance and decrease drop-out

bull Food assistance can encourage community participation in education

bull Involvement of district government education department can act as a lever for

school quality improvement

bull School feeding can improve nutritional status and hence improve school performance

bull School feeding and Take home ration are education intervention

Activity-2

The participants will discuss in groups and workout the grid mentioned below The participants will be encouraged to think on the activities that school can perform to

enhance school feeding programme specific objectives

Objectives and activities for school feeding programme

Objectives Activities

WFPUNESCO What school Can do

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2840

Increase enrollmentattendance retention and

completion

School ration (wheat and oil) Parents outreach

Enhance learning

environment

Provision of teaching and

learning materials

Enhance teachers quality Teachers complete a two-dayHead Teachersrsquo training

receive

Enhance learning capacity Provision of teaching and

learning kit

Increase community

participation

school food distribution

managed by parent IEC

campaign PTC training

Improve support to schools Management of ToT training

for head teachers

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2940

o Flip chart papero Marker penso Tape for sticking papers to the wallso Workbook for each participant

6 9831239831419831559831559831459831519831509830856 983107983151983149983149983157983150983145983156983161 983137983150983140 983120983137983154983141983150983156983155 983141983150983143983137983143983141983149983141983150983156 983145983150 983155983139983144983151983151983148Objectives By the end of this session the participants will be able to

bull Identify roles of PTCSMC in school

bull How to mobilize communityPTC in the school affairsbull What are their role in food distribution teaching material distribution and

monitoring

Time Allocation

What PTC and SMCs can do for the schools

Activity-1 Need and response 40

Activity-2 ways of communication with community- School

improvement booklet and awareness raising message

10

Conclusion 05 minutes

Total 55 minutes

Materials required

IntroductionFacilitator will introduce community participation in education Community and parents

are best resources to be utilized In Pakistan SMCs PTCs representingcommunityparents have been initiated to assist the school

61 983105983139983156983145983158983145983156983161 1 983118983141983141983140983155 983137983150983140 983122983141983155983152983151983150983155983141983155

Divide the participants into small groups (3-4) Ask participants to open their workbooks

and list in the first column the 5 pressing needs of their schools Then the second columnthey should list one point for each need where SMCPTCs can assist The groups have 20

minutes for this exercise

Needs Assistance

Children not attending schools PTAsSMCs can advocate in the

community and support families to sendtheir children to school through provision of

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3040

scholarships especially their girl children

Distribution of food and teaching

learning materials

PTC and SMC can monitor of the fair distribution

Activity-4

The community is part of the class room atmosphere and school physical environmentHead teacher needs to build a good relationship with the community Know the

community develop co-operation communicate with them There are many ways of

connecting with the community as mentioned below

62 983127983137983161983155 983151983142 983149983137983147983145983150983143 983148983145983150983147983137983143983141983155 983159983145983156983144 983107983151983149983149983157983150983145983156983161983120983137983154983141983150983156983155

Some suggested ideas for information sharing below

letters Events like School Day parents day PTCSMCs and teachers meetings

community projects clean ups information promotions (heath and sanitation) the school as a centre for community activities and adult classes sharing School Improvement Booklet-awareness raising materials

7 9831239831419831559831559831459831519831509830857 983105983139983156983145983151983150983085983120983148983137983150

ObjectivesBy the end of this session the participants will be able to

bull Develop Action Plans to address the following School Improvement Indicatorso School attendance and enrollmento Improved School environment

o Health and hygieneo Utilization of teaching and learning resourceso Monitoring and recording wheat and oil rationo Activation of PTCSMC

Present Action plan format 10

Activity-1 design action plans for their schools 50

Activity -2 Presentations 20

Summing up 10

Total 1 30 minutes

Materials required

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3140

o Flip Charto Marker pens

o Action plan format

o School Day Charto Tape

o White Sheets

Introduction

The facilitator will share format of Action Plan to the participants Clearly explain how to

go about it Then ask the participants individually develop Action plan that will beimplemented in their schools The participants will also be informed that on the bases of

these Action Plans they will be monitored

What How Who When Comments

1 School

health

Providing

clean

water

HT

Teachers

PTCSMC

March 09 Head teacher in

collaboration with

PTCSMC will makesure there is a safe clean

water for students in the

school

2 Students

enrolment

Enrolment

campaignSchool

day

Visithomes

PTCSMC

HT

5t

Apr-09

3 School day

4 SMC

meeting

5 Improve

school

environment

The training participants will fill out this action plan according to their school needs and priority Share these Action Plans to the whole group and encourage others to make notes

from each others work incases they see it relevant to their schools as well

Objectives

By the end of this session the participants will be able too To develop an understanding of how a School Day is celebratedo Plan for their own schools of how they will celebrate the day

Present School Day Plan 10 minutes

Activity-1 Discuss in small groups how the day will be

celebrate

20 minutes

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3240

Make plans when the day will be celebrated at their school 30 minutes

Total 60 minutes

Materials required

o Flip Chart

o Marker pens

o School Day Chart

o Tapeo White Sheets

School DayA lsquoSchool Dayrsquo is the day in the GOP-WFP-UNESCO project when parents teachers and projectofficials meet in the school premises to discuss ways to improve the school Several factorscontribute to school improvement School attendance and enrollment Retention of studentsSchool environment Health and hygiene of students Utilization of teaching and learning

materials PTACommunity involvement Nutrition and diet and use of oil and wheat rations Ona School Day the head teacher with the help of Social Mobilizer of the implementing partner willdiscuss the school improvement factors with the parents and children of the school

ActivitiesThe following activities are suggested to make the day useful and attractive to the children

parents and community members

Activity 1 Preparation of activities of the day

Send invitation to all parents at least a week before the ldquoSchool Dayrdquo through children verballyand also in writing (hand written notes would suffice) and also spread the message by word-of-mouth At least two days before the program send a reminder by writing the message on the

studentsrsquo copy books or paper slips and read it loudly and clearly in the classrooms Make surethat the children have understood the message by asking them to explain And if possible invite

the community members through telephone calls or by sending the school children to spread thenews Advance planning is the key to success

Activity 2 Follow the agenda

SN Activities Time in

Minutes

Registration of the participants

1 Recitation verses from the holy Quran by one of the students 03

2 Naat by a student 05

Celebrate a School Day

Make sure you have

1 All parents children teachers head teacher supervisorADO and the PTASMC PTC are invited

2 A plan is ready for the day

3 Food items (wheat and oil) ready for distribution

4 Key messages and teaching and learning kits are available and are on display

5 Students prepared to show their talents to their parents and to the community members

6 Successes and areas needing improvements for discussion with parents and community

7 Constituted a committee for organization of the School Day

8 Informed the students that they should come neat and clean and in school uniform

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3340

Notes for the Head Teacher Use the day to celebrate to celebrate the schoolsrsquo achievements Open the school gates for parents community members and social workers of the villag

Involve everybody in the sessions and avoid a lot of talking (Sweeten the small stuff) Give children space to speak about their successes and problems at the school

If you have more than one teacher involve them in planning of the day Ask teachers to facilitate group discussions without dominating the discussion If teachers

are not available ask some literate volunteers from the village or NGO representatives if

available to help Decorate the school with childrenrsquos work and readymade displays and locally available

flowers and plants You have some of the resources available in your teaching andlearning kit

Have a positive focus Do not talk with parents about what their children can not dorather talk about what the children can do

Explore use of local resources

Take ideas from School Improvement Booklet (SIB) for the event Appreciate studentsrsquo successes and achievements with some rewards if possible Pray for every ones success and those who have helped in providing an opportunity to

celebrate the day pray for the country and the people for their good health wealth peaceand prosperity and thank everyone for their participation

Actively follow up on the implementation of School Improvement Plan prepared on theSchool Day

3 Welcome address by PTAPTCSMC representative 10

4 Introduction of the day by the Head teacher 20

5 Poem song or some creative item from the students 20

6 Discussion on the key messages (what does the messages mean how it will be disseminated

in the village How to achieve it)

40

7 Discussion on the topics (use group work) followed by whole group open discussion

School attendance and enrollment School environment Health and hygiene Utilization ofTeaching and Learning materials PTACommunity Involvement Nutrition and diet and

Use of oil and wheat rations (please involve some representative students as well)

40

8 Develop a School Development Plan (SDP ) while using the following pattern

40

Issues1 How it will be

resolved

Who will be

responsible

Resources

required

Source of

funding

Time (By

When)

Note Please use short term and quickly doable plans like reducing absenteeism by students and teachers cleaningthe school planning trees (use School Improvement Book for more ideas)

9 Conclude the day by stating the background and the purpose of food and educational

incentives and by asking the parents and children to take their food ration and remind them

about the key messages As a concluding activity invite the parents and the community

members to visit the classrooms and ask the students to explain to them their creative work

10

Activity 3 Documentation and Reporting

Document the proceedings of the day and develop a short report for Project Implementation Unit

ADO circle or talka

1 For example student attendance has declined in the past two months

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3440

Course Evaluation

Note Please take a few minutes to complete the form and return to the facilitator

1 List out what have you learnt from this training

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

----------------------------------------------------------

2 What did you like from the training

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------

3 What particular learning will you implement How

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------

4 What are the suggestions to improve the training

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------

5 How do you rate the facilitator knowledge skills and attitude

Knowledge 1------2--------3--------4--------5

Skills 1------2--------3--------4--------5

Attitude 1------2--------3--------4--------5

Note 1 is the lowest and 5 is highest rate Please circle the number that you think

the facilitator has performed

6 Over all comments about the training

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3540

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3640

Reading Materials

Facilitator Child Rights Our Educational Responsibilities

All Education programmes must be based on the understanding of the Convention on

the Rights of a Child When training is based on these values then the child will be thecentre of all topics presented The teachers job is to provide opportunities theatmosphere and environment so the rights of the child are met in the place they willspend much of their waking hours The main educational rights involve in schools arebased from rights number 13 17 28 29 and 31

Important Rights to note childrens right to leisure and play childrens need for space to develop the need to take childrens opinions into account the need to involve children in the learning process

the need for policies and training to be in the best interest of the child the need for learning to be life skills relevant local roots and global connections the importance of a change in attitude towards facilitating learning

The following needs to be in place so it can happen in Child Friendly SchoolsUniversal AccessReference to the many million children still deprived of education many of whom aregirls many of whom finish primary school lacking essential knowledge skills attitudesand values

Role of Parents Teachers and Community

awareness of the role of teachers and trainers being imperative in realising the ideaof childrens rights basing training on interpreting the Convention on the Rights of the Child and

putting it into real practice having all the skills necessary to encourage and assist all in the learning process realising that learning is not just about the facts but learning how to access and

process information so it is beneficial and relevant supporting and rewarding trainers and teachers ensuring that parents are given a key responsibility in forming constructive

relationships with teachers and schools for learning and training requirement fortheir children

Equal Opportunities an understanding of non-discrimination against girls special needs learning

difficulties children who are nomadic indigenous immigrant or are a linguisticminority

a realisation that every child has unique characteristics interests abilities needs

The Appropriate Quality Education Content

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3740

training of teachers and school learning being relevant to the child now and for thefuture

training sessions and consequently classroom and schools helping to developpersonalities talents mental and physical abilities to their fullest potential

Cultural roots and Global Values

the need to include respect for human rights in our learning environments an awareness of combination of learning to respect ones own nation and culture and

the culture of others the need to encourage tolerance and harmony for a better understanding of

minorities indigenous peoples refugees immigrants and gender equality

New Methods of Learning an agreement that learning is a combination of critical thinking and having fun that

passive listening and rote memorisation are less valuable than application andprocess to enhance understanding

the need for training workshops and classrooms to be participant friendly allowing for curiosity time to question receive answers to argue debate test andmake mistakes to create be spontaneous to be recognised and respected

Mutual Respect reflecting in training and inner life of a school the education message of vision

values human rights tolerance respecting dignity encouraging problem-solving skills allowing teachers to help children develop tools

for peaceful conflict resolution in all new learning situations the need to feel safe secure and totally trust our

teachersStudent Participation Opportunities for learners to express their points of view encouraging learners to

take personal responsibility for their studies Having a system of sharing responsibilities sharing ideas regular feedback and

learning evaluation Knowing that a good school and a good training workshop both promote total

participation and is a model of fairness for all

Child Rights and our Primary Health Care Responsibilities

The Child Health Rights directly concerning the teacher and the school must also beconsidered as the school can play a vital role in ensuring they are addressed Thefollowing particularly relate to articles 19 23 24 29 and 31

educational policies in schools and classrooms must be in place to protect childrenfrom all forms of physical punishment mental violence injury abuse neglect ormaltreatment

that an effort be made to include mentally and physically disabled children in theschool and classroom programmes so they can enjoy a full and decent life whichpromotes dignity self reliance and participation in the school and community

that schools may assist in facilitating a child in health rehabilitation

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3840

to ensure basic medical assistance is given in school for first aid and thedevelopment of primary health care awareness

keeping health records and observing nutritional state of individual children providing clean water in schools to ensure the educational programmes support mental and physical development

a child has an opportunity at school to rest and leisure and playIn Pakistan there is higher infant mortality lower immunisation lower literacy rateslower school enrolment lower access to safe water and more severely underweightchildren Primary health care is vital on the long list of human development needs Allchildren have the right to the best health care that is availableThis area is of concern to all involved in teaching as the child entering the school cantake advantage of all the opportunities if they are healthy and well cared for in pre-school environments and homesSchools also must ensure their primary role in health care so children can carry thelearning to other parts of the community The two concerns involve preventive orcurative methods

Ignorance polluted surroundings negligence in food care washing facilities animalsclose to living areas unsafe drinking water sanitation living surroundings seasonaldiseases communicable diseases personal hygiene girl children and their health andcommunicable diseases are all areas of concern The population growth rate isincreasing and many are deprived of basic Primary Health Care

When the population rate is more than the resources the situation can be extremelydifficult and expensive to remedy

In classroom and at schools areas of health can be addressed throughout the primaryyears so information is clearly disseminated with the help of the children Awareness of

healthy habits helps children build their self-esteem and learning to value your-self is animportant aspect of primary health care

The value of children learning aspects of Primary Health Care

they are very good and quick learners they share with others whatever they learn the learning in childhood is long lasting the teachers instructions or words are important words for a child children experience that is they do practical work and learn more school is the place where a childrsquos thought is effected for a practical life

Teachers and Community Role

recording weight height and skin colour observing health changes carefully observing and noting abnormalities and informing the parents having positive discussions with parents joyful learning lessons on primary health care making a health class and playground environment ensuring there is safe water in the school

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3940

ensuring there are adequate male and female toilet facilities in the schools having regular health chart challenges

Primary Health Care having healthy well nourished children learning in a healthyhygienic environment with clean safe water clean safe surroundings clean safepersonal habits clean safe food preparation Classroom Climate caring for the

emotional and physical well-being of children

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 4040

Appendix-A

Ref Right of children in Islam What the teacher can do

Al Hadith In accordance with Islamic preceptldquochildrenrdquo means both male andfemaleldquoAcquisition of knowledge is obligatory

for all true believersrdquo

Ensure that both boys and girls haveaccess to schoolIf there is a mixed class of boys andgirls the girls should have as much

attention as the boys

Right to be brought up properlylooked after and provided for andeducated

The teacher is in loco parentis (in the place of the parents) and has theresponsibility to provide the same careas the parents

Al Quran666

Right to religious moral ethicalguidance provided with an

understanding of right and wrong

The teacher needs to know andunderstand the teachings of Islam so

as to provide the child with a good

education without bias and with agood ethical foundation

Al Quran5251

Children are given in trust to their parents ndash who will be held

accountableldquoEveryone of you is a caretaker andeveryone of you is answerable for hissubjectsrdquo

As teachers are in the place of parents ndash they too may be held accountable

Abu BakrRAA

Justice and equality Inequality isinjustice (forbidden in Islam)ldquoHe dieth not who takes to learning totreat children affectionately and to kiss

them are charitable actsrdquo

The teacher must be very sure that the treatmentof all children is equal and fair no favoritismno bias against certain children for whateverreason

This is especially important with regard to thosechildren who have been left as orphans ordisabled either as a result of the earthquake orfor any other reason

Al Hadith ldquoIt is a childrsquos right that his fathershould teach him how to read write

helliprdquo

Teachers have a responsibility to be professional in their teaching and also

to help parents and the community tounderstand their obligations about sending all

their children to school

Abu Daud ldquoWhoever has a girl under hisguardianshiphellip[and does not] treat herwith contempt nor gives preference to

his sons over her Allah will admit himto paradiserdquo

Teachers have an obligation to treatgirls equally and without bias and tohelp the parents and community to

understand their obligations in termsof helping girls to have an education

Page 9: Head Teachers Training Manual.pdf

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 940

2 983123983141983155983155983145983151983150 983113983150983156983154983151983140983157983139983156983145983151983150 983156983151 983107983144983145983148983140 983122983145983143983144983156983155 983137983150983140 983138983137983154983154983145983141983154983155 983156983151

983141983150983154983151983148983149983141983150983156 983137983150983140 983148983141983137983154983150983145983150983143

ObjectivesBy the end of the session the participants will be able to

bull Get well acquainted with the Child Protection and child right in Islamic context

bull Analyze the barriers to enrolment at the school home and family level

bull Implement child right to programme

Session-2 Introduction to child right to education and barriers to enrollment

Activity-1 Sharing Protection of Child Right 10 minutes

Activity-2 Comparative analysis of Protection of Child Right in

CRC and Islamic context

20 minutes

Activity-3 Implement child right to programme 25 minutes

Activity-4 Analysis of enrolment barriers 40 minutes

Total 135

Material required-

o UN CRC worksheetso flip chartso marker pens

o blackboardo grids of enrolment analysiso workbooks

21 983107983144983145983148983140 983122983145983143983144983156 983145983150 983113983155983148983137983149 983137983150983140 983107983144983145983148983140 983122983145983143983144983156983155 983107983151983150983158983141983150983156983145983151983150

Activity-1Facilitator will write ldquoChild Rightsrdquo on the flip chart and elicit the participantsrsquo responses

of what this notion signifies Different responses will come from the participants which

will be listed around the statement Encourage more and more responses of the participants This is an opportunity to engage the entire participant to think and

contribute Once participantsrsquo responses were listed on the flip chart the facilitator will

lead the discussion specific to the child rights in Islamic context and in the Holy Quran

Activity-2

The next step participants will comparatively look at Child Rights in Islamic United Nation Child Rights Convention and on their own context Moreover the participants in

groups of five will discuss (workbook) how it can be addressed in schools

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 1040

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 1140

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 1240

983109983142983142983141983139983156983145983158983141

983123983139983144983151983151983148

Objectives of child right atschool level

What teachers can do

Reaching

All Children

Article 28

Promoting rights of children within the

community Enrolling excluded children in

programmes Treating children within the child rights

Achieving

Child Centered

Environments

Article 29 30

Concerned about the health of the child

Learning activities develop the childrsquos

full potential Act in the best interest of the child

Safe and secure school environment

Including

All ChildrenArticle 23

983110983154983141983141 983141983140983157983139983137983156983145983151983150

Treat children fairly in school

Respect diversity Provide quality learning for all children

Needing

Effective Learning

Article 13 2829

Activity based co-operative learning

methods

Learning involves use of qualitymaterial cultural and local resources

Assessment and monitoring systems use

Being

Healthy and

Protective ofChildrenArticle 1719 23

39

Ensure a healthy safe hygienic

environment

Promote both the physical and the psycho-socio-emotional health of

teachers and learners Prohibit corporal punishment

Openly

Gender SensitiveArticle 282939

Girls and boys are in a non violentenvironment

Respect for girls and boys rights dignity

and equality encouraged Gender friendly environments

Involving whole

family andcommunity with

childrenArticle 14 27

Link school with familycommunity Children participate in all aspects of life Encourage parentscommunity involve

in school affairs

Parents send their children to school

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 1340

22 983105983150983137983148983161983155983145983155 983156983144983141 983138983137983154983154983145983141983154983155 983156983151 983155983139983144983151983151983148 983141983150983154983151983148983149983141983150983156

Activity-4

The facilitator will explain to the participants how to identify barriers of enrolment at

different levels

1 Home and Community level2 School level

3 Policy and system level barriersThe participants will be divided into groups of five (according to the number of the

participants) and will be given grids (in the work book) to analyze barriers to enrolments

as example given below

Areas of analysis Possible

findings causes

Broad strategy Possible intervention

School Level

Example Poorquality

environment eg

- poor condition of

building- overcrowding

- lack of water

or sanitation- violence

(physical and

psychological)

Increasedlikelihood of non-

enrolment or non-

attendance and

dropping out afterenrolment

Provide support andtechnical assistance to

government and

communities to ensure

increased access forthose children who are

hardest to reach

School mapping toimprove planning and

targeting Child-

seeking Child Friendly

Schools

Home and Community level

Example- Directcosts of schooling

- school expenses- clothing

- books supplies

Advocacy for affordableeducation

Awareness-raising in

importance of childeducation

Incentive programmessuch as small

scholarships subsidies

food school supplies anduniforms

Policy Level

Example

Inadequate legalframework in such

areas as

- compulsoryeducation- child labour

- re-entry into

school

Education not free

and compulsory in principle or

practice

Increasedlikelihood thatchildren will fall

through the safety

net be unable totake examinations

or be forbidden re-

entry into school

Advocacy for

implementation ofcompulsory education

laws

Advocacy forimplementation of labourlaws

Advocacy for laws

allowing for continuedschooling for pregnant

girls or re-admission to

schools after pregnancy

Birth registration

campaignsAnalysis planning and

implementation of

policies supporting girlsrsquoeducation

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 1440

Once the participants have identified the potential causes they will be encouraged to think

of possible intervention to bridge these barriers This will be a rigorous exercise thereforethe facilitator must support and encourage each groups to work out the enrollment barrier

in the grid Once the participants worked out the analysis they should produce it on a flip

chart and present it to the whole group Once all the presentation finished display thesecharts on the walls The participants will have an opportunity to look at each others work

and learn from each other

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 1540

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 1640

Activity-2 (15 minutes)After this exercise ask the participants write down all the issues related to classroom

management they face in their class This is an individual task- the facilitator will

encourage each of the participants to think two issues and share it with the other participants sitting near by The responses might be discipline sitting issues over

crowded class and so on They will also prepare them on the flip charts and facilitator

will display them on the wall

32 983108983145983155983139983157983155983155 983140983145983142983142983141983154983141983150983156 983140983145983149983141983150983155983145983151983150983155 983151983142 983107983148983137983155983155983154983151983151983149 983149983137983150983137983143983141983149983141983150983156

Classroom organization is the key to managing teaching effectively Classroom

atmosphere is the key to managing the needs of the students Classroom planningassessment and record keeping are the keys to managing the curriculum learning

outcomes Classroom routines roles responsibilities relationships instructions and

positive praise are the keys to managing successful learning Planning is an essential management guideline so the next step of learning and most effective way to manage

resources can be decided Teachers need to ensure children reach their potential and gain

educational outcomes and skills for life long learning

Activity-3Facilitator will give his input about Classroom Management There are different

dimensions to the classroom management as mentioned in the table below The

participants will be divided into 8 pairs or groups depending to the size of the class Give

them themes of the Classroom Management with instructions (as mentioned below) the

participants will discuss and make suggestions under each headings

Organization How do you organize your class

Setting routine list out your daily routines with timing

Lay out of classroom How should be classroom displays and settings

Planning What needs to be planned and how

Sharing responsibilities Decide roles for students

Safe and secure environment What points need to be considered

Setting rule and procedures Think of possible rules for your classroom

Sanction and rewords How will you deal with behaviors

Once the groups finished discussing in their themes groups they will then write those

points on the flip charts Next the facilitator will consolidate all the group work and

display around the classroom management

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 1740

Discussion

At the end of the session summarize classroom management by using the information

below The facilitator will require summarized chart of classroom management and share

it with the participants Facilitator will also provide these readings to the participants to

read on their own time (Reading on Work Book)

33 983107983148983137983155983155983154983151983151983149 983149983137983150983137983143983141983149983141983150983156 983145983150 983117983157983148983156983145983085983143983154983137983140983141 983155983145983156983157983137983156983145983151983150

Since most of the government primary schools are in multi-grade situation we have to

keep in mined our classroom before teaching

ActivityAsk the participants to draw their classroom where the sitting may be

bull Classroom may be in different shape (triangle rectangle etc)

bull Sitting arrangement of mats or chairs (in lines circle u shape or in groups)

bull Number of doors windows ( if tents specify)

bull Location of black board and teachers desk

bull Location of teaching material

bull Displays of students work or chartsAfter the participants illustrate their classrooms they should display them on the wall

Facilitator will share the following classroom setting to encourage favourable learningenvironment

Classroom

Management

Organization

Lay out of

classroom

Atmosphere Setting routine

Setting rule and

procedures

Safe and secure

environment

Planning

Sharing

responsibilities

Sanction and

rewords

Figure - 1

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 1840

C-3

C-1 C-2

C-5C-4

Effective sitting arrangement in multi-grade classroom

(Students sitting in groups on desks in multi-grade situation)

(Students sitting in semi-circle on mats in multi-grade situation)

34 983120983148983137983150983150983145983150983143 983137983150983140 983154983151983157983156983145983150983141 983155983141983156983156983145983150983143 983145983150 983117983157983148983156983145983085983143983154983137983140983141 983155983145983156983157983137983156983145983151983150

A multi-grade situation is where there are a number of students in a classroom who areclassified into different grades This situation is common in a village where the number

of children for an average class size is insufficient and the practical solution is to sit

them all together in one classroom The most difficult hurdle for a multi-grade teacher is

the demand to complete a curriculum or textbook for each grade regardless of studentability needs or skills In the Government primary school are exam driven which

multiplies the challenges Effective planning and conscious effort can address this issue

Facilitator will show how to integrate lessons and set effective routines for their classes

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 1940

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2040

b Vertical integration- Block planning and teaching

Select topics of different levels which have common purpose for example similar topics in

science social studies Language Islamiyat

Block Number Class-1 Class-2

1 science language Visit to zoo Animals

2 Science Cleanliness Prevention from diseases

3 Social studies My parents My family

35 983107983148983137983155983155983154983151983151983149 983124983145983149983141983156983137983138983148983141 983137983150983140 983122983151983157983156983145983150983141 983155983141983156983156983145983150983143

Develop a timetable for your classroom keep in mind the number of classes children

teachers classrooms and subjects See how best you can utilize the time available in a

working day

36 983109983142983142983141983139983156983145983158983141 983111983154983151983157983152983145983150983143

A multi-grade classroom needs students doing group work so careful management isrequired There will be a wide range of ages abilities attainments and interests

Grouping must be flexible during the day and times when grouping sitting in groups and

doing group work will be necessary This grid shows teachersrsquo studentsrsquo activities duringa period with different group in multi grade situation

Period Class- 1

Group

Class-2

Group

Class-3

Group

40 mins

Period-1 Teacher

(Teaching in C-1

)

Activity

(students

doing

activities)

Written

(Students

writing)

13 mins

Period-1 Written

(Students)

Teacher

(Teaching)

Activity

(Students)

13 mins

Period-1 Activity

(Students)

Written

(Students)

Teacher

(Teaching)

13 mins

The same pattern can follow for the next periods The teacher must be very specific in

her planning stating what objectives will be taught what written work and type ofactivities will be done which should be monitored on a regular basis

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2140

Facilitator will explain ldquofor the multi-grade situation the period lesson plan needs to be

extended to include the specific activities the students will do and how the teacher will

divide herhis time with the different groups

37 983108983141983158983141983148983151983152983145983150983143 983148983141983155983155983151983150983155 983145983150 983117983157983148983156983145983085983143983154983137983140983141 983155983145983156983157983137983156983145983151983150

Activity-4

Participants in groups will be given books to design lessons for class-1 and class-2Facilitator will assist the participants in identifying topics of different classes with same

objectives For example in science take the topic ldquoplantsrdquo For class-1 students will have

to learn three main parts of tree (root stem and leaves) and for class-2 the students haveto learn more then three parts of tree The participants will identify similar topics in

sciences language social studies mathematics and Islamiyat and make and try to

integrate the lesson

For example

Action Session 1C- 1 Session 2C-2 Session 3C-3

Subject

Objective

Content

Materials

Activity

Evaluation

38 983125983156983145983148983145983162983137983156983145983151983150 983151983142 983124983141983137983139983144983145983150983143 983137983150983140 983148983141983137983154983150983145983150983143 983149983137983156983141983154983145983137983148

Facilitator will demonstrate to develop some teaching and learning materials and it willuse it in the classroom Heshe will explain teaching and learning material to the

participants how it supplements teaching

During demonstration the facilitator will make the following pointsAn interesting teachinglearning material makes learning easy for children Learning

becomes more interesting by focusing the curiosity of the children with verities of

teaching support UNESCO teaching and learning material consists of range of subject

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2240

matters It encompasses all the curriculum subjects in an activity based child centred

approach

Children can visualise things easily especially when it involves their sense of learning

and sight The children gain lots of confidence when presenting or working in front of the

class The natural desire to move is fulfilled by the use of teaching and learningmaterials

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2340

DAY-II

4 9831239831419831559831559831459831519831509830854 983120983154983151983149983151983156983145983151983150 983151983142 983112983141983137983148983156983144 983137983150983140 983112983161983143983145983141983150983141 983109983140983157983139983137983156983145983151983150

Objectives By the end of the session the participants will be able to

bull Acquire knowledge on principals of hygiene and healthy practices

bull Identify potentially harmful situations in schools regard to health

bull Devise strategies to promote health and hygiene in schools

Time Allocation

Activity 1 Principle of hygiene and healthy practices 10 minutes

Activity 2 Strategies to teach hygiene 20 minutes

Activity 3 Prevention and minimization of diseasesAction-Plans for school health

20 minutes

Conclusion 05 minutes

Total 55 minutes

Materials required

o Flip chart papero marker pens

o tapeo Workbook for each of the

participants

41 983113983150983156983154983151983140983157983139983156983145983151983150 983120983154983145983150983139983145983152983137983148 983151983142 983112983161983143983145983141983150983141

In this session we will look at some physical health issues that occur because of thecondition under which people have to live while they rebuild their lives The WHO

defines health as a state of complete physical mental and social wellbeing and not merely

the absence of disease or infirmity Hygiene is defined as the principles and laws

governing the preservation of health and their practical application practice conducive togood health it may refer to keeping clean in order to prevent diseases and maintain health

Activity 1 Principles of hygiene [10 minutes]

The participants individually should think of five principles of hygiene (healthy life)keeping the current situation of children in the primary schools

1 Wash hands with soap after using toilet and before eat meal2 Daily bath

3 Do not spit cover nose suppression

4 Use purified and boiled water keep water covered

5 Wash fruit before eating fruit

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2440

After the participants listed the principle of hygiene the facilitator will write the

definitions of health and hygiene on flip charts and explain it to the participants

42 983123983156983154983137983156983141983143983145983141983155 983156983151 983156983141983137983139983144 983144983161983143983145983141983150983141

Activity 2In your small groups pick the five principles that are most common to the group and

develop teaching strategies to help students understand the need for these principles

Principles Teaching strategies

1 Wash hands

2---------------

3---------------

4---------------5---------------

Demonstration of hand washing with soap

------------------------------------------------------------------

------------------------------------------------------------------

Allow 15 minutes for this exerciseBring the groups back to plenary and put up the flip charts on the walls Ask people to

move around the room and read all the sheets Encourage people note down if any

strategies they like

Allow 5 minutes for questions and discussion

43 983120983154983141983158983141983150983156983145983151983150 983137983150983140 983149983145983150983145983149983145983162983137983156983145983151983150Activity-3Explain to the participants that while regular hygiene activities are necessary there are

specific diseases that my be spread more easily in situations of temporary shelter

contaminated water insufficient water and the other conditions under which people arestill living Ask the group to find one person with whom they would like to work Explain

that this activity will be completed as pair work However each person should fill in the

table in their workbook

Common

Health Proble

Risk condition Prevention minimization

intervention

Diarrhea

cholera

dysentery

Poor sanitation inadequate

water condition poor

personal hygiene

Sanitation facilities Water

purification Personal hygiene ORS

(treatment only) Effectivesurveillance systems to prevent or

minimize disease outbreaks

Malaria and

other vector

Standing uncovered water

increasing the risk of

Health education raising awareness

about the risks of standing water

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2540

borne diseases(eg typhoid)

mosquitoes breedingCongested living conditions

increasing the possibility of

infection

Exposure to areas where

disease-transmittingorganism are more common

Increased population density promoting mosquito bites

use of mosquito nets understandingof symptoms of the disease etc

Advocates for measures for vector

control spraying for example

Effective surveillance systems by

health authorities

Respiratorytract

infections

(includingPneumonia)

Inadequate shelterPoor health care services

Overcrowding

Lack of food malnutritionRainy season

Improved shelter (especially fromwind but ensuring ventilation) Dry

clothes when wet

Use of antibiotics with doctorrsquosConsultation

Water borneDiseases

Contaminated water (garbagein

water source urinecontamination ndash animal orhuman)

Inadequately treated drinking

water (un-boiled orinsufficiently

boiled) Poor hygienic

conditions in

Shelters

Boil water for cooking washing anddrinking where possible Use water

purification tablets where possibleCare of immediate environmentin terms of covering water getting

rid of standing water ensuring that

clothes and bedding are well-aired Use of

antibiotics under medical

supervision

SkinInfections

Inadequate hygienePoor hygienic conditions in

Shelters

Regular washing with soap andwater

Thorough drying of skin Eliminationof vermin from the environment

Medication where necessary undermedical supervision

Tetanus Open wounds (due to

trauma)

Poor hygiene

Clean wounds (antiseptic if

available or soap and water) Cover

wounds with clean cloth orDressings Seek medical helpimmediately

Animal

transmitted

diseases

Unhygienic slaughtering

Contact with infected

animals dueto lack of veterinary control

Increased rate of diseases in

Animals

Ensuring that animals are

slaughtered according to Islamic law

(meat is halaal) Use of antibioticsunder medical supervision

When the participants have completed the exercise ask for one or two examples that are

particularly relevant and possible to accomplish While the pairs are working movearound the room so that you can see any really good examples to discuss in plenary Now

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2640

ask the participants to develop Health Action Plans for their school An example is shown

below

45 983105983139983156983145983151983150983085983120983148983137983150983085 983123983139983144983151983151983148 983112983141983137983148983156983144 983137983150983140 983112983161983143983145983141983150983141 983120983154983151983143983154983137983149983149983141

Health problems Interventions

What Who How When

Diarrhea cholera

dysentery

Water Teachers

andStudents

Clean water

Malaria Cleanenvironment

All Dustbins

ConclusionBasic health and hygiene are more difficult in situations of disaster and lack of

infrastructure in place In situations like NWFP Balochistan and Sindh (natural and man

made disaster at peak) it is important to reinforce the basic principles as people who areunder stress often neglect these basics and so children may not learn appropriately

5 9831239831419831559831559831459831519831509830855 983119983158983141983154983158983145983141983159 983151983142 983156983144983141 983142983151983151983140 983139983154983145983155983141983155 983137983150983140 983152983157983154983152983151983155983141 983151983142

983142983151983151983140 983140983145983155983156983154983145983138983157983156983145983151983150

Objectives By the end of this session the participants will be able to

bull Discuss the recent food crises and its impact on common people particularly onchildren

bull Purpose of food distribution to schools and what are the indirect impacts on childeducation

Time Allocation

Activity 1 discuss the recent food crises and high prices issue 10 minutes

Activity 2 purpose of food distribution to schools and its impact onchild education

20 minutes

Activity 3 food distribution project 20 minutes

Conclusion 05 minutes

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2740

Total 55 minutes

11 Materials required

o Flip chart paper

o marker penso tape

o workbook for each of the

participantso leaflets of food distribution

programme

IntroductionIntroduce the WFP-UNESCO in partnership with the Government of Pakistan has

initiated school feeding programme to mitigate short term hunger When children come

for school with empty stomach (without breakfast) they are less likely to concentrate and

engage in learning activities This programme can temporarily bridge food gapes infamilies and can be helpful in refocusing studentrsquos attention to the lessons This can also

be an incentive to increase the enrolment attendance and decrease dropout It is alsoassumed that this programme may increase the education quality improvement from

school to district level

Activity- 1

Facilitator will explain the following agendas of Food for Education The followingcatchphrase of school feeding programme will be written on flip chart and discussed

thoroughly

bull School feeding can decrease short-term hunger thereby increasing learningcapacity

bull School feeding and take home ration can improve school enrollment andattendance and decrease drop-out

bull Food assistance can encourage community participation in education

bull Involvement of district government education department can act as a lever for

school quality improvement

bull School feeding can improve nutritional status and hence improve school performance

bull School feeding and Take home ration are education intervention

Activity-2

The participants will discuss in groups and workout the grid mentioned below The participants will be encouraged to think on the activities that school can perform to

enhance school feeding programme specific objectives

Objectives and activities for school feeding programme

Objectives Activities

WFPUNESCO What school Can do

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2840

Increase enrollmentattendance retention and

completion

School ration (wheat and oil) Parents outreach

Enhance learning

environment

Provision of teaching and

learning materials

Enhance teachers quality Teachers complete a two-dayHead Teachersrsquo training

receive

Enhance learning capacity Provision of teaching and

learning kit

Increase community

participation

school food distribution

managed by parent IEC

campaign PTC training

Improve support to schools Management of ToT training

for head teachers

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2940

o Flip chart papero Marker penso Tape for sticking papers to the wallso Workbook for each participant

6 9831239831419831559831559831459831519831509830856 983107983151983149983149983157983150983145983156983161 983137983150983140 983120983137983154983141983150983156983155 983141983150983143983137983143983141983149983141983150983156 983145983150 983155983139983144983151983151983148Objectives By the end of this session the participants will be able to

bull Identify roles of PTCSMC in school

bull How to mobilize communityPTC in the school affairsbull What are their role in food distribution teaching material distribution and

monitoring

Time Allocation

What PTC and SMCs can do for the schools

Activity-1 Need and response 40

Activity-2 ways of communication with community- School

improvement booklet and awareness raising message

10

Conclusion 05 minutes

Total 55 minutes

Materials required

IntroductionFacilitator will introduce community participation in education Community and parents

are best resources to be utilized In Pakistan SMCs PTCs representingcommunityparents have been initiated to assist the school

61 983105983139983156983145983158983145983156983161 1 983118983141983141983140983155 983137983150983140 983122983141983155983152983151983150983155983141983155

Divide the participants into small groups (3-4) Ask participants to open their workbooks

and list in the first column the 5 pressing needs of their schools Then the second columnthey should list one point for each need where SMCPTCs can assist The groups have 20

minutes for this exercise

Needs Assistance

Children not attending schools PTAsSMCs can advocate in the

community and support families to sendtheir children to school through provision of

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3040

scholarships especially their girl children

Distribution of food and teaching

learning materials

PTC and SMC can monitor of the fair distribution

Activity-4

The community is part of the class room atmosphere and school physical environmentHead teacher needs to build a good relationship with the community Know the

community develop co-operation communicate with them There are many ways of

connecting with the community as mentioned below

62 983127983137983161983155 983151983142 983149983137983147983145983150983143 983148983145983150983147983137983143983141983155 983159983145983156983144 983107983151983149983149983157983150983145983156983161983120983137983154983141983150983156983155

Some suggested ideas for information sharing below

letters Events like School Day parents day PTCSMCs and teachers meetings

community projects clean ups information promotions (heath and sanitation) the school as a centre for community activities and adult classes sharing School Improvement Booklet-awareness raising materials

7 9831239831419831559831559831459831519831509830857 983105983139983156983145983151983150983085983120983148983137983150

ObjectivesBy the end of this session the participants will be able to

bull Develop Action Plans to address the following School Improvement Indicatorso School attendance and enrollmento Improved School environment

o Health and hygieneo Utilization of teaching and learning resourceso Monitoring and recording wheat and oil rationo Activation of PTCSMC

Present Action plan format 10

Activity-1 design action plans for their schools 50

Activity -2 Presentations 20

Summing up 10

Total 1 30 minutes

Materials required

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3140

o Flip Charto Marker pens

o Action plan format

o School Day Charto Tape

o White Sheets

Introduction

The facilitator will share format of Action Plan to the participants Clearly explain how to

go about it Then ask the participants individually develop Action plan that will beimplemented in their schools The participants will also be informed that on the bases of

these Action Plans they will be monitored

What How Who When Comments

1 School

health

Providing

clean

water

HT

Teachers

PTCSMC

March 09 Head teacher in

collaboration with

PTCSMC will makesure there is a safe clean

water for students in the

school

2 Students

enrolment

Enrolment

campaignSchool

day

Visithomes

PTCSMC

HT

5t

Apr-09

3 School day

4 SMC

meeting

5 Improve

school

environment

The training participants will fill out this action plan according to their school needs and priority Share these Action Plans to the whole group and encourage others to make notes

from each others work incases they see it relevant to their schools as well

Objectives

By the end of this session the participants will be able too To develop an understanding of how a School Day is celebratedo Plan for their own schools of how they will celebrate the day

Present School Day Plan 10 minutes

Activity-1 Discuss in small groups how the day will be

celebrate

20 minutes

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3240

Make plans when the day will be celebrated at their school 30 minutes

Total 60 minutes

Materials required

o Flip Chart

o Marker pens

o School Day Chart

o Tapeo White Sheets

School DayA lsquoSchool Dayrsquo is the day in the GOP-WFP-UNESCO project when parents teachers and projectofficials meet in the school premises to discuss ways to improve the school Several factorscontribute to school improvement School attendance and enrollment Retention of studentsSchool environment Health and hygiene of students Utilization of teaching and learning

materials PTACommunity involvement Nutrition and diet and use of oil and wheat rations Ona School Day the head teacher with the help of Social Mobilizer of the implementing partner willdiscuss the school improvement factors with the parents and children of the school

ActivitiesThe following activities are suggested to make the day useful and attractive to the children

parents and community members

Activity 1 Preparation of activities of the day

Send invitation to all parents at least a week before the ldquoSchool Dayrdquo through children verballyand also in writing (hand written notes would suffice) and also spread the message by word-of-mouth At least two days before the program send a reminder by writing the message on the

studentsrsquo copy books or paper slips and read it loudly and clearly in the classrooms Make surethat the children have understood the message by asking them to explain And if possible invite

the community members through telephone calls or by sending the school children to spread thenews Advance planning is the key to success

Activity 2 Follow the agenda

SN Activities Time in

Minutes

Registration of the participants

1 Recitation verses from the holy Quran by one of the students 03

2 Naat by a student 05

Celebrate a School Day

Make sure you have

1 All parents children teachers head teacher supervisorADO and the PTASMC PTC are invited

2 A plan is ready for the day

3 Food items (wheat and oil) ready for distribution

4 Key messages and teaching and learning kits are available and are on display

5 Students prepared to show their talents to their parents and to the community members

6 Successes and areas needing improvements for discussion with parents and community

7 Constituted a committee for organization of the School Day

8 Informed the students that they should come neat and clean and in school uniform

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3340

Notes for the Head Teacher Use the day to celebrate to celebrate the schoolsrsquo achievements Open the school gates for parents community members and social workers of the villag

Involve everybody in the sessions and avoid a lot of talking (Sweeten the small stuff) Give children space to speak about their successes and problems at the school

If you have more than one teacher involve them in planning of the day Ask teachers to facilitate group discussions without dominating the discussion If teachers

are not available ask some literate volunteers from the village or NGO representatives if

available to help Decorate the school with childrenrsquos work and readymade displays and locally available

flowers and plants You have some of the resources available in your teaching andlearning kit

Have a positive focus Do not talk with parents about what their children can not dorather talk about what the children can do

Explore use of local resources

Take ideas from School Improvement Booklet (SIB) for the event Appreciate studentsrsquo successes and achievements with some rewards if possible Pray for every ones success and those who have helped in providing an opportunity to

celebrate the day pray for the country and the people for their good health wealth peaceand prosperity and thank everyone for their participation

Actively follow up on the implementation of School Improvement Plan prepared on theSchool Day

3 Welcome address by PTAPTCSMC representative 10

4 Introduction of the day by the Head teacher 20

5 Poem song or some creative item from the students 20

6 Discussion on the key messages (what does the messages mean how it will be disseminated

in the village How to achieve it)

40

7 Discussion on the topics (use group work) followed by whole group open discussion

School attendance and enrollment School environment Health and hygiene Utilization ofTeaching and Learning materials PTACommunity Involvement Nutrition and diet and

Use of oil and wheat rations (please involve some representative students as well)

40

8 Develop a School Development Plan (SDP ) while using the following pattern

40

Issues1 How it will be

resolved

Who will be

responsible

Resources

required

Source of

funding

Time (By

When)

Note Please use short term and quickly doable plans like reducing absenteeism by students and teachers cleaningthe school planning trees (use School Improvement Book for more ideas)

9 Conclude the day by stating the background and the purpose of food and educational

incentives and by asking the parents and children to take their food ration and remind them

about the key messages As a concluding activity invite the parents and the community

members to visit the classrooms and ask the students to explain to them their creative work

10

Activity 3 Documentation and Reporting

Document the proceedings of the day and develop a short report for Project Implementation Unit

ADO circle or talka

1 For example student attendance has declined in the past two months

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3440

Course Evaluation

Note Please take a few minutes to complete the form and return to the facilitator

1 List out what have you learnt from this training

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

----------------------------------------------------------

2 What did you like from the training

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------

3 What particular learning will you implement How

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------

4 What are the suggestions to improve the training

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------

5 How do you rate the facilitator knowledge skills and attitude

Knowledge 1------2--------3--------4--------5

Skills 1------2--------3--------4--------5

Attitude 1------2--------3--------4--------5

Note 1 is the lowest and 5 is highest rate Please circle the number that you think

the facilitator has performed

6 Over all comments about the training

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3540

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3640

Reading Materials

Facilitator Child Rights Our Educational Responsibilities

All Education programmes must be based on the understanding of the Convention on

the Rights of a Child When training is based on these values then the child will be thecentre of all topics presented The teachers job is to provide opportunities theatmosphere and environment so the rights of the child are met in the place they willspend much of their waking hours The main educational rights involve in schools arebased from rights number 13 17 28 29 and 31

Important Rights to note childrens right to leisure and play childrens need for space to develop the need to take childrens opinions into account the need to involve children in the learning process

the need for policies and training to be in the best interest of the child the need for learning to be life skills relevant local roots and global connections the importance of a change in attitude towards facilitating learning

The following needs to be in place so it can happen in Child Friendly SchoolsUniversal AccessReference to the many million children still deprived of education many of whom aregirls many of whom finish primary school lacking essential knowledge skills attitudesand values

Role of Parents Teachers and Community

awareness of the role of teachers and trainers being imperative in realising the ideaof childrens rights basing training on interpreting the Convention on the Rights of the Child and

putting it into real practice having all the skills necessary to encourage and assist all in the learning process realising that learning is not just about the facts but learning how to access and

process information so it is beneficial and relevant supporting and rewarding trainers and teachers ensuring that parents are given a key responsibility in forming constructive

relationships with teachers and schools for learning and training requirement fortheir children

Equal Opportunities an understanding of non-discrimination against girls special needs learning

difficulties children who are nomadic indigenous immigrant or are a linguisticminority

a realisation that every child has unique characteristics interests abilities needs

The Appropriate Quality Education Content

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3740

training of teachers and school learning being relevant to the child now and for thefuture

training sessions and consequently classroom and schools helping to developpersonalities talents mental and physical abilities to their fullest potential

Cultural roots and Global Values

the need to include respect for human rights in our learning environments an awareness of combination of learning to respect ones own nation and culture and

the culture of others the need to encourage tolerance and harmony for a better understanding of

minorities indigenous peoples refugees immigrants and gender equality

New Methods of Learning an agreement that learning is a combination of critical thinking and having fun that

passive listening and rote memorisation are less valuable than application andprocess to enhance understanding

the need for training workshops and classrooms to be participant friendly allowing for curiosity time to question receive answers to argue debate test andmake mistakes to create be spontaneous to be recognised and respected

Mutual Respect reflecting in training and inner life of a school the education message of vision

values human rights tolerance respecting dignity encouraging problem-solving skills allowing teachers to help children develop tools

for peaceful conflict resolution in all new learning situations the need to feel safe secure and totally trust our

teachersStudent Participation Opportunities for learners to express their points of view encouraging learners to

take personal responsibility for their studies Having a system of sharing responsibilities sharing ideas regular feedback and

learning evaluation Knowing that a good school and a good training workshop both promote total

participation and is a model of fairness for all

Child Rights and our Primary Health Care Responsibilities

The Child Health Rights directly concerning the teacher and the school must also beconsidered as the school can play a vital role in ensuring they are addressed Thefollowing particularly relate to articles 19 23 24 29 and 31

educational policies in schools and classrooms must be in place to protect childrenfrom all forms of physical punishment mental violence injury abuse neglect ormaltreatment

that an effort be made to include mentally and physically disabled children in theschool and classroom programmes so they can enjoy a full and decent life whichpromotes dignity self reliance and participation in the school and community

that schools may assist in facilitating a child in health rehabilitation

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3840

to ensure basic medical assistance is given in school for first aid and thedevelopment of primary health care awareness

keeping health records and observing nutritional state of individual children providing clean water in schools to ensure the educational programmes support mental and physical development

a child has an opportunity at school to rest and leisure and playIn Pakistan there is higher infant mortality lower immunisation lower literacy rateslower school enrolment lower access to safe water and more severely underweightchildren Primary health care is vital on the long list of human development needs Allchildren have the right to the best health care that is availableThis area is of concern to all involved in teaching as the child entering the school cantake advantage of all the opportunities if they are healthy and well cared for in pre-school environments and homesSchools also must ensure their primary role in health care so children can carry thelearning to other parts of the community The two concerns involve preventive orcurative methods

Ignorance polluted surroundings negligence in food care washing facilities animalsclose to living areas unsafe drinking water sanitation living surroundings seasonaldiseases communicable diseases personal hygiene girl children and their health andcommunicable diseases are all areas of concern The population growth rate isincreasing and many are deprived of basic Primary Health Care

When the population rate is more than the resources the situation can be extremelydifficult and expensive to remedy

In classroom and at schools areas of health can be addressed throughout the primaryyears so information is clearly disseminated with the help of the children Awareness of

healthy habits helps children build their self-esteem and learning to value your-self is animportant aspect of primary health care

The value of children learning aspects of Primary Health Care

they are very good and quick learners they share with others whatever they learn the learning in childhood is long lasting the teachers instructions or words are important words for a child children experience that is they do practical work and learn more school is the place where a childrsquos thought is effected for a practical life

Teachers and Community Role

recording weight height and skin colour observing health changes carefully observing and noting abnormalities and informing the parents having positive discussions with parents joyful learning lessons on primary health care making a health class and playground environment ensuring there is safe water in the school

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3940

ensuring there are adequate male and female toilet facilities in the schools having regular health chart challenges

Primary Health Care having healthy well nourished children learning in a healthyhygienic environment with clean safe water clean safe surroundings clean safepersonal habits clean safe food preparation Classroom Climate caring for the

emotional and physical well-being of children

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 4040

Appendix-A

Ref Right of children in Islam What the teacher can do

Al Hadith In accordance with Islamic preceptldquochildrenrdquo means both male andfemaleldquoAcquisition of knowledge is obligatory

for all true believersrdquo

Ensure that both boys and girls haveaccess to schoolIf there is a mixed class of boys andgirls the girls should have as much

attention as the boys

Right to be brought up properlylooked after and provided for andeducated

The teacher is in loco parentis (in the place of the parents) and has theresponsibility to provide the same careas the parents

Al Quran666

Right to religious moral ethicalguidance provided with an

understanding of right and wrong

The teacher needs to know andunderstand the teachings of Islam so

as to provide the child with a good

education without bias and with agood ethical foundation

Al Quran5251

Children are given in trust to their parents ndash who will be held

accountableldquoEveryone of you is a caretaker andeveryone of you is answerable for hissubjectsrdquo

As teachers are in the place of parents ndash they too may be held accountable

Abu BakrRAA

Justice and equality Inequality isinjustice (forbidden in Islam)ldquoHe dieth not who takes to learning totreat children affectionately and to kiss

them are charitable actsrdquo

The teacher must be very sure that the treatmentof all children is equal and fair no favoritismno bias against certain children for whateverreason

This is especially important with regard to thosechildren who have been left as orphans ordisabled either as a result of the earthquake orfor any other reason

Al Hadith ldquoIt is a childrsquos right that his fathershould teach him how to read write

helliprdquo

Teachers have a responsibility to be professional in their teaching and also

to help parents and the community tounderstand their obligations about sending all

their children to school

Abu Daud ldquoWhoever has a girl under hisguardianshiphellip[and does not] treat herwith contempt nor gives preference to

his sons over her Allah will admit himto paradiserdquo

Teachers have an obligation to treatgirls equally and without bias and tohelp the parents and community to

understand their obligations in termsof helping girls to have an education

Page 10: Head Teachers Training Manual.pdf

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 1040

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 1140

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 1240

983109983142983142983141983139983156983145983158983141

983123983139983144983151983151983148

Objectives of child right atschool level

What teachers can do

Reaching

All Children

Article 28

Promoting rights of children within the

community Enrolling excluded children in

programmes Treating children within the child rights

Achieving

Child Centered

Environments

Article 29 30

Concerned about the health of the child

Learning activities develop the childrsquos

full potential Act in the best interest of the child

Safe and secure school environment

Including

All ChildrenArticle 23

983110983154983141983141 983141983140983157983139983137983156983145983151983150

Treat children fairly in school

Respect diversity Provide quality learning for all children

Needing

Effective Learning

Article 13 2829

Activity based co-operative learning

methods

Learning involves use of qualitymaterial cultural and local resources

Assessment and monitoring systems use

Being

Healthy and

Protective ofChildrenArticle 1719 23

39

Ensure a healthy safe hygienic

environment

Promote both the physical and the psycho-socio-emotional health of

teachers and learners Prohibit corporal punishment

Openly

Gender SensitiveArticle 282939

Girls and boys are in a non violentenvironment

Respect for girls and boys rights dignity

and equality encouraged Gender friendly environments

Involving whole

family andcommunity with

childrenArticle 14 27

Link school with familycommunity Children participate in all aspects of life Encourage parentscommunity involve

in school affairs

Parents send their children to school

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 1340

22 983105983150983137983148983161983155983145983155 983156983144983141 983138983137983154983154983145983141983154983155 983156983151 983155983139983144983151983151983148 983141983150983154983151983148983149983141983150983156

Activity-4

The facilitator will explain to the participants how to identify barriers of enrolment at

different levels

1 Home and Community level2 School level

3 Policy and system level barriersThe participants will be divided into groups of five (according to the number of the

participants) and will be given grids (in the work book) to analyze barriers to enrolments

as example given below

Areas of analysis Possible

findings causes

Broad strategy Possible intervention

School Level

Example Poorquality

environment eg

- poor condition of

building- overcrowding

- lack of water

or sanitation- violence

(physical and

psychological)

Increasedlikelihood of non-

enrolment or non-

attendance and

dropping out afterenrolment

Provide support andtechnical assistance to

government and

communities to ensure

increased access forthose children who are

hardest to reach

School mapping toimprove planning and

targeting Child-

seeking Child Friendly

Schools

Home and Community level

Example- Directcosts of schooling

- school expenses- clothing

- books supplies

Advocacy for affordableeducation

Awareness-raising in

importance of childeducation

Incentive programmessuch as small

scholarships subsidies

food school supplies anduniforms

Policy Level

Example

Inadequate legalframework in such

areas as

- compulsoryeducation- child labour

- re-entry into

school

Education not free

and compulsory in principle or

practice

Increasedlikelihood thatchildren will fall

through the safety

net be unable totake examinations

or be forbidden re-

entry into school

Advocacy for

implementation ofcompulsory education

laws

Advocacy forimplementation of labourlaws

Advocacy for laws

allowing for continuedschooling for pregnant

girls or re-admission to

schools after pregnancy

Birth registration

campaignsAnalysis planning and

implementation of

policies supporting girlsrsquoeducation

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 1440

Once the participants have identified the potential causes they will be encouraged to think

of possible intervention to bridge these barriers This will be a rigorous exercise thereforethe facilitator must support and encourage each groups to work out the enrollment barrier

in the grid Once the participants worked out the analysis they should produce it on a flip

chart and present it to the whole group Once all the presentation finished display thesecharts on the walls The participants will have an opportunity to look at each others work

and learn from each other

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 1540

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 1640

Activity-2 (15 minutes)After this exercise ask the participants write down all the issues related to classroom

management they face in their class This is an individual task- the facilitator will

encourage each of the participants to think two issues and share it with the other participants sitting near by The responses might be discipline sitting issues over

crowded class and so on They will also prepare them on the flip charts and facilitator

will display them on the wall

32 983108983145983155983139983157983155983155 983140983145983142983142983141983154983141983150983156 983140983145983149983141983150983155983145983151983150983155 983151983142 983107983148983137983155983155983154983151983151983149 983149983137983150983137983143983141983149983141983150983156

Classroom organization is the key to managing teaching effectively Classroom

atmosphere is the key to managing the needs of the students Classroom planningassessment and record keeping are the keys to managing the curriculum learning

outcomes Classroom routines roles responsibilities relationships instructions and

positive praise are the keys to managing successful learning Planning is an essential management guideline so the next step of learning and most effective way to manage

resources can be decided Teachers need to ensure children reach their potential and gain

educational outcomes and skills for life long learning

Activity-3Facilitator will give his input about Classroom Management There are different

dimensions to the classroom management as mentioned in the table below The

participants will be divided into 8 pairs or groups depending to the size of the class Give

them themes of the Classroom Management with instructions (as mentioned below) the

participants will discuss and make suggestions under each headings

Organization How do you organize your class

Setting routine list out your daily routines with timing

Lay out of classroom How should be classroom displays and settings

Planning What needs to be planned and how

Sharing responsibilities Decide roles for students

Safe and secure environment What points need to be considered

Setting rule and procedures Think of possible rules for your classroom

Sanction and rewords How will you deal with behaviors

Once the groups finished discussing in their themes groups they will then write those

points on the flip charts Next the facilitator will consolidate all the group work and

display around the classroom management

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 1740

Discussion

At the end of the session summarize classroom management by using the information

below The facilitator will require summarized chart of classroom management and share

it with the participants Facilitator will also provide these readings to the participants to

read on their own time (Reading on Work Book)

33 983107983148983137983155983155983154983151983151983149 983149983137983150983137983143983141983149983141983150983156 983145983150 983117983157983148983156983145983085983143983154983137983140983141 983155983145983156983157983137983156983145983151983150

Since most of the government primary schools are in multi-grade situation we have to

keep in mined our classroom before teaching

ActivityAsk the participants to draw their classroom where the sitting may be

bull Classroom may be in different shape (triangle rectangle etc)

bull Sitting arrangement of mats or chairs (in lines circle u shape or in groups)

bull Number of doors windows ( if tents specify)

bull Location of black board and teachers desk

bull Location of teaching material

bull Displays of students work or chartsAfter the participants illustrate their classrooms they should display them on the wall

Facilitator will share the following classroom setting to encourage favourable learningenvironment

Classroom

Management

Organization

Lay out of

classroom

Atmosphere Setting routine

Setting rule and

procedures

Safe and secure

environment

Planning

Sharing

responsibilities

Sanction and

rewords

Figure - 1

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 1840

C-3

C-1 C-2

C-5C-4

Effective sitting arrangement in multi-grade classroom

(Students sitting in groups on desks in multi-grade situation)

(Students sitting in semi-circle on mats in multi-grade situation)

34 983120983148983137983150983150983145983150983143 983137983150983140 983154983151983157983156983145983150983141 983155983141983156983156983145983150983143 983145983150 983117983157983148983156983145983085983143983154983137983140983141 983155983145983156983157983137983156983145983151983150

A multi-grade situation is where there are a number of students in a classroom who areclassified into different grades This situation is common in a village where the number

of children for an average class size is insufficient and the practical solution is to sit

them all together in one classroom The most difficult hurdle for a multi-grade teacher is

the demand to complete a curriculum or textbook for each grade regardless of studentability needs or skills In the Government primary school are exam driven which

multiplies the challenges Effective planning and conscious effort can address this issue

Facilitator will show how to integrate lessons and set effective routines for their classes

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 1940

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2040

b Vertical integration- Block planning and teaching

Select topics of different levels which have common purpose for example similar topics in

science social studies Language Islamiyat

Block Number Class-1 Class-2

1 science language Visit to zoo Animals

2 Science Cleanliness Prevention from diseases

3 Social studies My parents My family

35 983107983148983137983155983155983154983151983151983149 983124983145983149983141983156983137983138983148983141 983137983150983140 983122983151983157983156983145983150983141 983155983141983156983156983145983150983143

Develop a timetable for your classroom keep in mind the number of classes children

teachers classrooms and subjects See how best you can utilize the time available in a

working day

36 983109983142983142983141983139983156983145983158983141 983111983154983151983157983152983145983150983143

A multi-grade classroom needs students doing group work so careful management isrequired There will be a wide range of ages abilities attainments and interests

Grouping must be flexible during the day and times when grouping sitting in groups and

doing group work will be necessary This grid shows teachersrsquo studentsrsquo activities duringa period with different group in multi grade situation

Period Class- 1

Group

Class-2

Group

Class-3

Group

40 mins

Period-1 Teacher

(Teaching in C-1

)

Activity

(students

doing

activities)

Written

(Students

writing)

13 mins

Period-1 Written

(Students)

Teacher

(Teaching)

Activity

(Students)

13 mins

Period-1 Activity

(Students)

Written

(Students)

Teacher

(Teaching)

13 mins

The same pattern can follow for the next periods The teacher must be very specific in

her planning stating what objectives will be taught what written work and type ofactivities will be done which should be monitored on a regular basis

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2140

Facilitator will explain ldquofor the multi-grade situation the period lesson plan needs to be

extended to include the specific activities the students will do and how the teacher will

divide herhis time with the different groups

37 983108983141983158983141983148983151983152983145983150983143 983148983141983155983155983151983150983155 983145983150 983117983157983148983156983145983085983143983154983137983140983141 983155983145983156983157983137983156983145983151983150

Activity-4

Participants in groups will be given books to design lessons for class-1 and class-2Facilitator will assist the participants in identifying topics of different classes with same

objectives For example in science take the topic ldquoplantsrdquo For class-1 students will have

to learn three main parts of tree (root stem and leaves) and for class-2 the students haveto learn more then three parts of tree The participants will identify similar topics in

sciences language social studies mathematics and Islamiyat and make and try to

integrate the lesson

For example

Action Session 1C- 1 Session 2C-2 Session 3C-3

Subject

Objective

Content

Materials

Activity

Evaluation

38 983125983156983145983148983145983162983137983156983145983151983150 983151983142 983124983141983137983139983144983145983150983143 983137983150983140 983148983141983137983154983150983145983150983143 983149983137983156983141983154983145983137983148

Facilitator will demonstrate to develop some teaching and learning materials and it willuse it in the classroom Heshe will explain teaching and learning material to the

participants how it supplements teaching

During demonstration the facilitator will make the following pointsAn interesting teachinglearning material makes learning easy for children Learning

becomes more interesting by focusing the curiosity of the children with verities of

teaching support UNESCO teaching and learning material consists of range of subject

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2240

matters It encompasses all the curriculum subjects in an activity based child centred

approach

Children can visualise things easily especially when it involves their sense of learning

and sight The children gain lots of confidence when presenting or working in front of the

class The natural desire to move is fulfilled by the use of teaching and learningmaterials

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2340

DAY-II

4 9831239831419831559831559831459831519831509830854 983120983154983151983149983151983156983145983151983150 983151983142 983112983141983137983148983156983144 983137983150983140 983112983161983143983145983141983150983141 983109983140983157983139983137983156983145983151983150

Objectives By the end of the session the participants will be able to

bull Acquire knowledge on principals of hygiene and healthy practices

bull Identify potentially harmful situations in schools regard to health

bull Devise strategies to promote health and hygiene in schools

Time Allocation

Activity 1 Principle of hygiene and healthy practices 10 minutes

Activity 2 Strategies to teach hygiene 20 minutes

Activity 3 Prevention and minimization of diseasesAction-Plans for school health

20 minutes

Conclusion 05 minutes

Total 55 minutes

Materials required

o Flip chart papero marker pens

o tapeo Workbook for each of the

participants

41 983113983150983156983154983151983140983157983139983156983145983151983150 983120983154983145983150983139983145983152983137983148 983151983142 983112983161983143983145983141983150983141

In this session we will look at some physical health issues that occur because of thecondition under which people have to live while they rebuild their lives The WHO

defines health as a state of complete physical mental and social wellbeing and not merely

the absence of disease or infirmity Hygiene is defined as the principles and laws

governing the preservation of health and their practical application practice conducive togood health it may refer to keeping clean in order to prevent diseases and maintain health

Activity 1 Principles of hygiene [10 minutes]

The participants individually should think of five principles of hygiene (healthy life)keeping the current situation of children in the primary schools

1 Wash hands with soap after using toilet and before eat meal2 Daily bath

3 Do not spit cover nose suppression

4 Use purified and boiled water keep water covered

5 Wash fruit before eating fruit

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2440

After the participants listed the principle of hygiene the facilitator will write the

definitions of health and hygiene on flip charts and explain it to the participants

42 983123983156983154983137983156983141983143983145983141983155 983156983151 983156983141983137983139983144 983144983161983143983145983141983150983141

Activity 2In your small groups pick the five principles that are most common to the group and

develop teaching strategies to help students understand the need for these principles

Principles Teaching strategies

1 Wash hands

2---------------

3---------------

4---------------5---------------

Demonstration of hand washing with soap

------------------------------------------------------------------

------------------------------------------------------------------

Allow 15 minutes for this exerciseBring the groups back to plenary and put up the flip charts on the walls Ask people to

move around the room and read all the sheets Encourage people note down if any

strategies they like

Allow 5 minutes for questions and discussion

43 983120983154983141983158983141983150983156983145983151983150 983137983150983140 983149983145983150983145983149983145983162983137983156983145983151983150Activity-3Explain to the participants that while regular hygiene activities are necessary there are

specific diseases that my be spread more easily in situations of temporary shelter

contaminated water insufficient water and the other conditions under which people arestill living Ask the group to find one person with whom they would like to work Explain

that this activity will be completed as pair work However each person should fill in the

table in their workbook

Common

Health Proble

Risk condition Prevention minimization

intervention

Diarrhea

cholera

dysentery

Poor sanitation inadequate

water condition poor

personal hygiene

Sanitation facilities Water

purification Personal hygiene ORS

(treatment only) Effectivesurveillance systems to prevent or

minimize disease outbreaks

Malaria and

other vector

Standing uncovered water

increasing the risk of

Health education raising awareness

about the risks of standing water

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2540

borne diseases(eg typhoid)

mosquitoes breedingCongested living conditions

increasing the possibility of

infection

Exposure to areas where

disease-transmittingorganism are more common

Increased population density promoting mosquito bites

use of mosquito nets understandingof symptoms of the disease etc

Advocates for measures for vector

control spraying for example

Effective surveillance systems by

health authorities

Respiratorytract

infections

(includingPneumonia)

Inadequate shelterPoor health care services

Overcrowding

Lack of food malnutritionRainy season

Improved shelter (especially fromwind but ensuring ventilation) Dry

clothes when wet

Use of antibiotics with doctorrsquosConsultation

Water borneDiseases

Contaminated water (garbagein

water source urinecontamination ndash animal orhuman)

Inadequately treated drinking

water (un-boiled orinsufficiently

boiled) Poor hygienic

conditions in

Shelters

Boil water for cooking washing anddrinking where possible Use water

purification tablets where possibleCare of immediate environmentin terms of covering water getting

rid of standing water ensuring that

clothes and bedding are well-aired Use of

antibiotics under medical

supervision

SkinInfections

Inadequate hygienePoor hygienic conditions in

Shelters

Regular washing with soap andwater

Thorough drying of skin Eliminationof vermin from the environment

Medication where necessary undermedical supervision

Tetanus Open wounds (due to

trauma)

Poor hygiene

Clean wounds (antiseptic if

available or soap and water) Cover

wounds with clean cloth orDressings Seek medical helpimmediately

Animal

transmitted

diseases

Unhygienic slaughtering

Contact with infected

animals dueto lack of veterinary control

Increased rate of diseases in

Animals

Ensuring that animals are

slaughtered according to Islamic law

(meat is halaal) Use of antibioticsunder medical supervision

When the participants have completed the exercise ask for one or two examples that are

particularly relevant and possible to accomplish While the pairs are working movearound the room so that you can see any really good examples to discuss in plenary Now

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2640

ask the participants to develop Health Action Plans for their school An example is shown

below

45 983105983139983156983145983151983150983085983120983148983137983150983085 983123983139983144983151983151983148 983112983141983137983148983156983144 983137983150983140 983112983161983143983145983141983150983141 983120983154983151983143983154983137983149983149983141

Health problems Interventions

What Who How When

Diarrhea cholera

dysentery

Water Teachers

andStudents

Clean water

Malaria Cleanenvironment

All Dustbins

ConclusionBasic health and hygiene are more difficult in situations of disaster and lack of

infrastructure in place In situations like NWFP Balochistan and Sindh (natural and man

made disaster at peak) it is important to reinforce the basic principles as people who areunder stress often neglect these basics and so children may not learn appropriately

5 9831239831419831559831559831459831519831509830855 983119983158983141983154983158983145983141983159 983151983142 983156983144983141 983142983151983151983140 983139983154983145983155983141983155 983137983150983140 983152983157983154983152983151983155983141 983151983142

983142983151983151983140 983140983145983155983156983154983145983138983157983156983145983151983150

Objectives By the end of this session the participants will be able to

bull Discuss the recent food crises and its impact on common people particularly onchildren

bull Purpose of food distribution to schools and what are the indirect impacts on childeducation

Time Allocation

Activity 1 discuss the recent food crises and high prices issue 10 minutes

Activity 2 purpose of food distribution to schools and its impact onchild education

20 minutes

Activity 3 food distribution project 20 minutes

Conclusion 05 minutes

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2740

Total 55 minutes

11 Materials required

o Flip chart paper

o marker penso tape

o workbook for each of the

participantso leaflets of food distribution

programme

IntroductionIntroduce the WFP-UNESCO in partnership with the Government of Pakistan has

initiated school feeding programme to mitigate short term hunger When children come

for school with empty stomach (without breakfast) they are less likely to concentrate and

engage in learning activities This programme can temporarily bridge food gapes infamilies and can be helpful in refocusing studentrsquos attention to the lessons This can also

be an incentive to increase the enrolment attendance and decrease dropout It is alsoassumed that this programme may increase the education quality improvement from

school to district level

Activity- 1

Facilitator will explain the following agendas of Food for Education The followingcatchphrase of school feeding programme will be written on flip chart and discussed

thoroughly

bull School feeding can decrease short-term hunger thereby increasing learningcapacity

bull School feeding and take home ration can improve school enrollment andattendance and decrease drop-out

bull Food assistance can encourage community participation in education

bull Involvement of district government education department can act as a lever for

school quality improvement

bull School feeding can improve nutritional status and hence improve school performance

bull School feeding and Take home ration are education intervention

Activity-2

The participants will discuss in groups and workout the grid mentioned below The participants will be encouraged to think on the activities that school can perform to

enhance school feeding programme specific objectives

Objectives and activities for school feeding programme

Objectives Activities

WFPUNESCO What school Can do

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2840

Increase enrollmentattendance retention and

completion

School ration (wheat and oil) Parents outreach

Enhance learning

environment

Provision of teaching and

learning materials

Enhance teachers quality Teachers complete a two-dayHead Teachersrsquo training

receive

Enhance learning capacity Provision of teaching and

learning kit

Increase community

participation

school food distribution

managed by parent IEC

campaign PTC training

Improve support to schools Management of ToT training

for head teachers

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2940

o Flip chart papero Marker penso Tape for sticking papers to the wallso Workbook for each participant

6 9831239831419831559831559831459831519831509830856 983107983151983149983149983157983150983145983156983161 983137983150983140 983120983137983154983141983150983156983155 983141983150983143983137983143983141983149983141983150983156 983145983150 983155983139983144983151983151983148Objectives By the end of this session the participants will be able to

bull Identify roles of PTCSMC in school

bull How to mobilize communityPTC in the school affairsbull What are their role in food distribution teaching material distribution and

monitoring

Time Allocation

What PTC and SMCs can do for the schools

Activity-1 Need and response 40

Activity-2 ways of communication with community- School

improvement booklet and awareness raising message

10

Conclusion 05 minutes

Total 55 minutes

Materials required

IntroductionFacilitator will introduce community participation in education Community and parents

are best resources to be utilized In Pakistan SMCs PTCs representingcommunityparents have been initiated to assist the school

61 983105983139983156983145983158983145983156983161 1 983118983141983141983140983155 983137983150983140 983122983141983155983152983151983150983155983141983155

Divide the participants into small groups (3-4) Ask participants to open their workbooks

and list in the first column the 5 pressing needs of their schools Then the second columnthey should list one point for each need where SMCPTCs can assist The groups have 20

minutes for this exercise

Needs Assistance

Children not attending schools PTAsSMCs can advocate in the

community and support families to sendtheir children to school through provision of

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3040

scholarships especially their girl children

Distribution of food and teaching

learning materials

PTC and SMC can monitor of the fair distribution

Activity-4

The community is part of the class room atmosphere and school physical environmentHead teacher needs to build a good relationship with the community Know the

community develop co-operation communicate with them There are many ways of

connecting with the community as mentioned below

62 983127983137983161983155 983151983142 983149983137983147983145983150983143 983148983145983150983147983137983143983141983155 983159983145983156983144 983107983151983149983149983157983150983145983156983161983120983137983154983141983150983156983155

Some suggested ideas for information sharing below

letters Events like School Day parents day PTCSMCs and teachers meetings

community projects clean ups information promotions (heath and sanitation) the school as a centre for community activities and adult classes sharing School Improvement Booklet-awareness raising materials

7 9831239831419831559831559831459831519831509830857 983105983139983156983145983151983150983085983120983148983137983150

ObjectivesBy the end of this session the participants will be able to

bull Develop Action Plans to address the following School Improvement Indicatorso School attendance and enrollmento Improved School environment

o Health and hygieneo Utilization of teaching and learning resourceso Monitoring and recording wheat and oil rationo Activation of PTCSMC

Present Action plan format 10

Activity-1 design action plans for their schools 50

Activity -2 Presentations 20

Summing up 10

Total 1 30 minutes

Materials required

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3140

o Flip Charto Marker pens

o Action plan format

o School Day Charto Tape

o White Sheets

Introduction

The facilitator will share format of Action Plan to the participants Clearly explain how to

go about it Then ask the participants individually develop Action plan that will beimplemented in their schools The participants will also be informed that on the bases of

these Action Plans they will be monitored

What How Who When Comments

1 School

health

Providing

clean

water

HT

Teachers

PTCSMC

March 09 Head teacher in

collaboration with

PTCSMC will makesure there is a safe clean

water for students in the

school

2 Students

enrolment

Enrolment

campaignSchool

day

Visithomes

PTCSMC

HT

5t

Apr-09

3 School day

4 SMC

meeting

5 Improve

school

environment

The training participants will fill out this action plan according to their school needs and priority Share these Action Plans to the whole group and encourage others to make notes

from each others work incases they see it relevant to their schools as well

Objectives

By the end of this session the participants will be able too To develop an understanding of how a School Day is celebratedo Plan for their own schools of how they will celebrate the day

Present School Day Plan 10 minutes

Activity-1 Discuss in small groups how the day will be

celebrate

20 minutes

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3240

Make plans when the day will be celebrated at their school 30 minutes

Total 60 minutes

Materials required

o Flip Chart

o Marker pens

o School Day Chart

o Tapeo White Sheets

School DayA lsquoSchool Dayrsquo is the day in the GOP-WFP-UNESCO project when parents teachers and projectofficials meet in the school premises to discuss ways to improve the school Several factorscontribute to school improvement School attendance and enrollment Retention of studentsSchool environment Health and hygiene of students Utilization of teaching and learning

materials PTACommunity involvement Nutrition and diet and use of oil and wheat rations Ona School Day the head teacher with the help of Social Mobilizer of the implementing partner willdiscuss the school improvement factors with the parents and children of the school

ActivitiesThe following activities are suggested to make the day useful and attractive to the children

parents and community members

Activity 1 Preparation of activities of the day

Send invitation to all parents at least a week before the ldquoSchool Dayrdquo through children verballyand also in writing (hand written notes would suffice) and also spread the message by word-of-mouth At least two days before the program send a reminder by writing the message on the

studentsrsquo copy books or paper slips and read it loudly and clearly in the classrooms Make surethat the children have understood the message by asking them to explain And if possible invite

the community members through telephone calls or by sending the school children to spread thenews Advance planning is the key to success

Activity 2 Follow the agenda

SN Activities Time in

Minutes

Registration of the participants

1 Recitation verses from the holy Quran by one of the students 03

2 Naat by a student 05

Celebrate a School Day

Make sure you have

1 All parents children teachers head teacher supervisorADO and the PTASMC PTC are invited

2 A plan is ready for the day

3 Food items (wheat and oil) ready for distribution

4 Key messages and teaching and learning kits are available and are on display

5 Students prepared to show their talents to their parents and to the community members

6 Successes and areas needing improvements for discussion with parents and community

7 Constituted a committee for organization of the School Day

8 Informed the students that they should come neat and clean and in school uniform

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3340

Notes for the Head Teacher Use the day to celebrate to celebrate the schoolsrsquo achievements Open the school gates for parents community members and social workers of the villag

Involve everybody in the sessions and avoid a lot of talking (Sweeten the small stuff) Give children space to speak about their successes and problems at the school

If you have more than one teacher involve them in planning of the day Ask teachers to facilitate group discussions without dominating the discussion If teachers

are not available ask some literate volunteers from the village or NGO representatives if

available to help Decorate the school with childrenrsquos work and readymade displays and locally available

flowers and plants You have some of the resources available in your teaching andlearning kit

Have a positive focus Do not talk with parents about what their children can not dorather talk about what the children can do

Explore use of local resources

Take ideas from School Improvement Booklet (SIB) for the event Appreciate studentsrsquo successes and achievements with some rewards if possible Pray for every ones success and those who have helped in providing an opportunity to

celebrate the day pray for the country and the people for their good health wealth peaceand prosperity and thank everyone for their participation

Actively follow up on the implementation of School Improvement Plan prepared on theSchool Day

3 Welcome address by PTAPTCSMC representative 10

4 Introduction of the day by the Head teacher 20

5 Poem song or some creative item from the students 20

6 Discussion on the key messages (what does the messages mean how it will be disseminated

in the village How to achieve it)

40

7 Discussion on the topics (use group work) followed by whole group open discussion

School attendance and enrollment School environment Health and hygiene Utilization ofTeaching and Learning materials PTACommunity Involvement Nutrition and diet and

Use of oil and wheat rations (please involve some representative students as well)

40

8 Develop a School Development Plan (SDP ) while using the following pattern

40

Issues1 How it will be

resolved

Who will be

responsible

Resources

required

Source of

funding

Time (By

When)

Note Please use short term and quickly doable plans like reducing absenteeism by students and teachers cleaningthe school planning trees (use School Improvement Book for more ideas)

9 Conclude the day by stating the background and the purpose of food and educational

incentives and by asking the parents and children to take their food ration and remind them

about the key messages As a concluding activity invite the parents and the community

members to visit the classrooms and ask the students to explain to them their creative work

10

Activity 3 Documentation and Reporting

Document the proceedings of the day and develop a short report for Project Implementation Unit

ADO circle or talka

1 For example student attendance has declined in the past two months

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3440

Course Evaluation

Note Please take a few minutes to complete the form and return to the facilitator

1 List out what have you learnt from this training

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

----------------------------------------------------------

2 What did you like from the training

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------

3 What particular learning will you implement How

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------

4 What are the suggestions to improve the training

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------

5 How do you rate the facilitator knowledge skills and attitude

Knowledge 1------2--------3--------4--------5

Skills 1------2--------3--------4--------5

Attitude 1------2--------3--------4--------5

Note 1 is the lowest and 5 is highest rate Please circle the number that you think

the facilitator has performed

6 Over all comments about the training

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3540

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3640

Reading Materials

Facilitator Child Rights Our Educational Responsibilities

All Education programmes must be based on the understanding of the Convention on

the Rights of a Child When training is based on these values then the child will be thecentre of all topics presented The teachers job is to provide opportunities theatmosphere and environment so the rights of the child are met in the place they willspend much of their waking hours The main educational rights involve in schools arebased from rights number 13 17 28 29 and 31

Important Rights to note childrens right to leisure and play childrens need for space to develop the need to take childrens opinions into account the need to involve children in the learning process

the need for policies and training to be in the best interest of the child the need for learning to be life skills relevant local roots and global connections the importance of a change in attitude towards facilitating learning

The following needs to be in place so it can happen in Child Friendly SchoolsUniversal AccessReference to the many million children still deprived of education many of whom aregirls many of whom finish primary school lacking essential knowledge skills attitudesand values

Role of Parents Teachers and Community

awareness of the role of teachers and trainers being imperative in realising the ideaof childrens rights basing training on interpreting the Convention on the Rights of the Child and

putting it into real practice having all the skills necessary to encourage and assist all in the learning process realising that learning is not just about the facts but learning how to access and

process information so it is beneficial and relevant supporting and rewarding trainers and teachers ensuring that parents are given a key responsibility in forming constructive

relationships with teachers and schools for learning and training requirement fortheir children

Equal Opportunities an understanding of non-discrimination against girls special needs learning

difficulties children who are nomadic indigenous immigrant or are a linguisticminority

a realisation that every child has unique characteristics interests abilities needs

The Appropriate Quality Education Content

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3740

training of teachers and school learning being relevant to the child now and for thefuture

training sessions and consequently classroom and schools helping to developpersonalities talents mental and physical abilities to their fullest potential

Cultural roots and Global Values

the need to include respect for human rights in our learning environments an awareness of combination of learning to respect ones own nation and culture and

the culture of others the need to encourage tolerance and harmony for a better understanding of

minorities indigenous peoples refugees immigrants and gender equality

New Methods of Learning an agreement that learning is a combination of critical thinking and having fun that

passive listening and rote memorisation are less valuable than application andprocess to enhance understanding

the need for training workshops and classrooms to be participant friendly allowing for curiosity time to question receive answers to argue debate test andmake mistakes to create be spontaneous to be recognised and respected

Mutual Respect reflecting in training and inner life of a school the education message of vision

values human rights tolerance respecting dignity encouraging problem-solving skills allowing teachers to help children develop tools

for peaceful conflict resolution in all new learning situations the need to feel safe secure and totally trust our

teachersStudent Participation Opportunities for learners to express their points of view encouraging learners to

take personal responsibility for their studies Having a system of sharing responsibilities sharing ideas regular feedback and

learning evaluation Knowing that a good school and a good training workshop both promote total

participation and is a model of fairness for all

Child Rights and our Primary Health Care Responsibilities

The Child Health Rights directly concerning the teacher and the school must also beconsidered as the school can play a vital role in ensuring they are addressed Thefollowing particularly relate to articles 19 23 24 29 and 31

educational policies in schools and classrooms must be in place to protect childrenfrom all forms of physical punishment mental violence injury abuse neglect ormaltreatment

that an effort be made to include mentally and physically disabled children in theschool and classroom programmes so they can enjoy a full and decent life whichpromotes dignity self reliance and participation in the school and community

that schools may assist in facilitating a child in health rehabilitation

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3840

to ensure basic medical assistance is given in school for first aid and thedevelopment of primary health care awareness

keeping health records and observing nutritional state of individual children providing clean water in schools to ensure the educational programmes support mental and physical development

a child has an opportunity at school to rest and leisure and playIn Pakistan there is higher infant mortality lower immunisation lower literacy rateslower school enrolment lower access to safe water and more severely underweightchildren Primary health care is vital on the long list of human development needs Allchildren have the right to the best health care that is availableThis area is of concern to all involved in teaching as the child entering the school cantake advantage of all the opportunities if they are healthy and well cared for in pre-school environments and homesSchools also must ensure their primary role in health care so children can carry thelearning to other parts of the community The two concerns involve preventive orcurative methods

Ignorance polluted surroundings negligence in food care washing facilities animalsclose to living areas unsafe drinking water sanitation living surroundings seasonaldiseases communicable diseases personal hygiene girl children and their health andcommunicable diseases are all areas of concern The population growth rate isincreasing and many are deprived of basic Primary Health Care

When the population rate is more than the resources the situation can be extremelydifficult and expensive to remedy

In classroom and at schools areas of health can be addressed throughout the primaryyears so information is clearly disseminated with the help of the children Awareness of

healthy habits helps children build their self-esteem and learning to value your-self is animportant aspect of primary health care

The value of children learning aspects of Primary Health Care

they are very good and quick learners they share with others whatever they learn the learning in childhood is long lasting the teachers instructions or words are important words for a child children experience that is they do practical work and learn more school is the place where a childrsquos thought is effected for a practical life

Teachers and Community Role

recording weight height and skin colour observing health changes carefully observing and noting abnormalities and informing the parents having positive discussions with parents joyful learning lessons on primary health care making a health class and playground environment ensuring there is safe water in the school

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3940

ensuring there are adequate male and female toilet facilities in the schools having regular health chart challenges

Primary Health Care having healthy well nourished children learning in a healthyhygienic environment with clean safe water clean safe surroundings clean safepersonal habits clean safe food preparation Classroom Climate caring for the

emotional and physical well-being of children

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 4040

Appendix-A

Ref Right of children in Islam What the teacher can do

Al Hadith In accordance with Islamic preceptldquochildrenrdquo means both male andfemaleldquoAcquisition of knowledge is obligatory

for all true believersrdquo

Ensure that both boys and girls haveaccess to schoolIf there is a mixed class of boys andgirls the girls should have as much

attention as the boys

Right to be brought up properlylooked after and provided for andeducated

The teacher is in loco parentis (in the place of the parents) and has theresponsibility to provide the same careas the parents

Al Quran666

Right to religious moral ethicalguidance provided with an

understanding of right and wrong

The teacher needs to know andunderstand the teachings of Islam so

as to provide the child with a good

education without bias and with agood ethical foundation

Al Quran5251

Children are given in trust to their parents ndash who will be held

accountableldquoEveryone of you is a caretaker andeveryone of you is answerable for hissubjectsrdquo

As teachers are in the place of parents ndash they too may be held accountable

Abu BakrRAA

Justice and equality Inequality isinjustice (forbidden in Islam)ldquoHe dieth not who takes to learning totreat children affectionately and to kiss

them are charitable actsrdquo

The teacher must be very sure that the treatmentof all children is equal and fair no favoritismno bias against certain children for whateverreason

This is especially important with regard to thosechildren who have been left as orphans ordisabled either as a result of the earthquake orfor any other reason

Al Hadith ldquoIt is a childrsquos right that his fathershould teach him how to read write

helliprdquo

Teachers have a responsibility to be professional in their teaching and also

to help parents and the community tounderstand their obligations about sending all

their children to school

Abu Daud ldquoWhoever has a girl under hisguardianshiphellip[and does not] treat herwith contempt nor gives preference to

his sons over her Allah will admit himto paradiserdquo

Teachers have an obligation to treatgirls equally and without bias and tohelp the parents and community to

understand their obligations in termsof helping girls to have an education

Page 11: Head Teachers Training Manual.pdf

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 1140

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 1240

983109983142983142983141983139983156983145983158983141

983123983139983144983151983151983148

Objectives of child right atschool level

What teachers can do

Reaching

All Children

Article 28

Promoting rights of children within the

community Enrolling excluded children in

programmes Treating children within the child rights

Achieving

Child Centered

Environments

Article 29 30

Concerned about the health of the child

Learning activities develop the childrsquos

full potential Act in the best interest of the child

Safe and secure school environment

Including

All ChildrenArticle 23

983110983154983141983141 983141983140983157983139983137983156983145983151983150

Treat children fairly in school

Respect diversity Provide quality learning for all children

Needing

Effective Learning

Article 13 2829

Activity based co-operative learning

methods

Learning involves use of qualitymaterial cultural and local resources

Assessment and monitoring systems use

Being

Healthy and

Protective ofChildrenArticle 1719 23

39

Ensure a healthy safe hygienic

environment

Promote both the physical and the psycho-socio-emotional health of

teachers and learners Prohibit corporal punishment

Openly

Gender SensitiveArticle 282939

Girls and boys are in a non violentenvironment

Respect for girls and boys rights dignity

and equality encouraged Gender friendly environments

Involving whole

family andcommunity with

childrenArticle 14 27

Link school with familycommunity Children participate in all aspects of life Encourage parentscommunity involve

in school affairs

Parents send their children to school

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 1340

22 983105983150983137983148983161983155983145983155 983156983144983141 983138983137983154983154983145983141983154983155 983156983151 983155983139983144983151983151983148 983141983150983154983151983148983149983141983150983156

Activity-4

The facilitator will explain to the participants how to identify barriers of enrolment at

different levels

1 Home and Community level2 School level

3 Policy and system level barriersThe participants will be divided into groups of five (according to the number of the

participants) and will be given grids (in the work book) to analyze barriers to enrolments

as example given below

Areas of analysis Possible

findings causes

Broad strategy Possible intervention

School Level

Example Poorquality

environment eg

- poor condition of

building- overcrowding

- lack of water

or sanitation- violence

(physical and

psychological)

Increasedlikelihood of non-

enrolment or non-

attendance and

dropping out afterenrolment

Provide support andtechnical assistance to

government and

communities to ensure

increased access forthose children who are

hardest to reach

School mapping toimprove planning and

targeting Child-

seeking Child Friendly

Schools

Home and Community level

Example- Directcosts of schooling

- school expenses- clothing

- books supplies

Advocacy for affordableeducation

Awareness-raising in

importance of childeducation

Incentive programmessuch as small

scholarships subsidies

food school supplies anduniforms

Policy Level

Example

Inadequate legalframework in such

areas as

- compulsoryeducation- child labour

- re-entry into

school

Education not free

and compulsory in principle or

practice

Increasedlikelihood thatchildren will fall

through the safety

net be unable totake examinations

or be forbidden re-

entry into school

Advocacy for

implementation ofcompulsory education

laws

Advocacy forimplementation of labourlaws

Advocacy for laws

allowing for continuedschooling for pregnant

girls or re-admission to

schools after pregnancy

Birth registration

campaignsAnalysis planning and

implementation of

policies supporting girlsrsquoeducation

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 1440

Once the participants have identified the potential causes they will be encouraged to think

of possible intervention to bridge these barriers This will be a rigorous exercise thereforethe facilitator must support and encourage each groups to work out the enrollment barrier

in the grid Once the participants worked out the analysis they should produce it on a flip

chart and present it to the whole group Once all the presentation finished display thesecharts on the walls The participants will have an opportunity to look at each others work

and learn from each other

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 1540

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 1640

Activity-2 (15 minutes)After this exercise ask the participants write down all the issues related to classroom

management they face in their class This is an individual task- the facilitator will

encourage each of the participants to think two issues and share it with the other participants sitting near by The responses might be discipline sitting issues over

crowded class and so on They will also prepare them on the flip charts and facilitator

will display them on the wall

32 983108983145983155983139983157983155983155 983140983145983142983142983141983154983141983150983156 983140983145983149983141983150983155983145983151983150983155 983151983142 983107983148983137983155983155983154983151983151983149 983149983137983150983137983143983141983149983141983150983156

Classroom organization is the key to managing teaching effectively Classroom

atmosphere is the key to managing the needs of the students Classroom planningassessment and record keeping are the keys to managing the curriculum learning

outcomes Classroom routines roles responsibilities relationships instructions and

positive praise are the keys to managing successful learning Planning is an essential management guideline so the next step of learning and most effective way to manage

resources can be decided Teachers need to ensure children reach their potential and gain

educational outcomes and skills for life long learning

Activity-3Facilitator will give his input about Classroom Management There are different

dimensions to the classroom management as mentioned in the table below The

participants will be divided into 8 pairs or groups depending to the size of the class Give

them themes of the Classroom Management with instructions (as mentioned below) the

participants will discuss and make suggestions under each headings

Organization How do you organize your class

Setting routine list out your daily routines with timing

Lay out of classroom How should be classroom displays and settings

Planning What needs to be planned and how

Sharing responsibilities Decide roles for students

Safe and secure environment What points need to be considered

Setting rule and procedures Think of possible rules for your classroom

Sanction and rewords How will you deal with behaviors

Once the groups finished discussing in their themes groups they will then write those

points on the flip charts Next the facilitator will consolidate all the group work and

display around the classroom management

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 1740

Discussion

At the end of the session summarize classroom management by using the information

below The facilitator will require summarized chart of classroom management and share

it with the participants Facilitator will also provide these readings to the participants to

read on their own time (Reading on Work Book)

33 983107983148983137983155983155983154983151983151983149 983149983137983150983137983143983141983149983141983150983156 983145983150 983117983157983148983156983145983085983143983154983137983140983141 983155983145983156983157983137983156983145983151983150

Since most of the government primary schools are in multi-grade situation we have to

keep in mined our classroom before teaching

ActivityAsk the participants to draw their classroom where the sitting may be

bull Classroom may be in different shape (triangle rectangle etc)

bull Sitting arrangement of mats or chairs (in lines circle u shape or in groups)

bull Number of doors windows ( if tents specify)

bull Location of black board and teachers desk

bull Location of teaching material

bull Displays of students work or chartsAfter the participants illustrate their classrooms they should display them on the wall

Facilitator will share the following classroom setting to encourage favourable learningenvironment

Classroom

Management

Organization

Lay out of

classroom

Atmosphere Setting routine

Setting rule and

procedures

Safe and secure

environment

Planning

Sharing

responsibilities

Sanction and

rewords

Figure - 1

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 1840

C-3

C-1 C-2

C-5C-4

Effective sitting arrangement in multi-grade classroom

(Students sitting in groups on desks in multi-grade situation)

(Students sitting in semi-circle on mats in multi-grade situation)

34 983120983148983137983150983150983145983150983143 983137983150983140 983154983151983157983156983145983150983141 983155983141983156983156983145983150983143 983145983150 983117983157983148983156983145983085983143983154983137983140983141 983155983145983156983157983137983156983145983151983150

A multi-grade situation is where there are a number of students in a classroom who areclassified into different grades This situation is common in a village where the number

of children for an average class size is insufficient and the practical solution is to sit

them all together in one classroom The most difficult hurdle for a multi-grade teacher is

the demand to complete a curriculum or textbook for each grade regardless of studentability needs or skills In the Government primary school are exam driven which

multiplies the challenges Effective planning and conscious effort can address this issue

Facilitator will show how to integrate lessons and set effective routines for their classes

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 1940

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2040

b Vertical integration- Block planning and teaching

Select topics of different levels which have common purpose for example similar topics in

science social studies Language Islamiyat

Block Number Class-1 Class-2

1 science language Visit to zoo Animals

2 Science Cleanliness Prevention from diseases

3 Social studies My parents My family

35 983107983148983137983155983155983154983151983151983149 983124983145983149983141983156983137983138983148983141 983137983150983140 983122983151983157983156983145983150983141 983155983141983156983156983145983150983143

Develop a timetable for your classroom keep in mind the number of classes children

teachers classrooms and subjects See how best you can utilize the time available in a

working day

36 983109983142983142983141983139983156983145983158983141 983111983154983151983157983152983145983150983143

A multi-grade classroom needs students doing group work so careful management isrequired There will be a wide range of ages abilities attainments and interests

Grouping must be flexible during the day and times when grouping sitting in groups and

doing group work will be necessary This grid shows teachersrsquo studentsrsquo activities duringa period with different group in multi grade situation

Period Class- 1

Group

Class-2

Group

Class-3

Group

40 mins

Period-1 Teacher

(Teaching in C-1

)

Activity

(students

doing

activities)

Written

(Students

writing)

13 mins

Period-1 Written

(Students)

Teacher

(Teaching)

Activity

(Students)

13 mins

Period-1 Activity

(Students)

Written

(Students)

Teacher

(Teaching)

13 mins

The same pattern can follow for the next periods The teacher must be very specific in

her planning stating what objectives will be taught what written work and type ofactivities will be done which should be monitored on a regular basis

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2140

Facilitator will explain ldquofor the multi-grade situation the period lesson plan needs to be

extended to include the specific activities the students will do and how the teacher will

divide herhis time with the different groups

37 983108983141983158983141983148983151983152983145983150983143 983148983141983155983155983151983150983155 983145983150 983117983157983148983156983145983085983143983154983137983140983141 983155983145983156983157983137983156983145983151983150

Activity-4

Participants in groups will be given books to design lessons for class-1 and class-2Facilitator will assist the participants in identifying topics of different classes with same

objectives For example in science take the topic ldquoplantsrdquo For class-1 students will have

to learn three main parts of tree (root stem and leaves) and for class-2 the students haveto learn more then three parts of tree The participants will identify similar topics in

sciences language social studies mathematics and Islamiyat and make and try to

integrate the lesson

For example

Action Session 1C- 1 Session 2C-2 Session 3C-3

Subject

Objective

Content

Materials

Activity

Evaluation

38 983125983156983145983148983145983162983137983156983145983151983150 983151983142 983124983141983137983139983144983145983150983143 983137983150983140 983148983141983137983154983150983145983150983143 983149983137983156983141983154983145983137983148

Facilitator will demonstrate to develop some teaching and learning materials and it willuse it in the classroom Heshe will explain teaching and learning material to the

participants how it supplements teaching

During demonstration the facilitator will make the following pointsAn interesting teachinglearning material makes learning easy for children Learning

becomes more interesting by focusing the curiosity of the children with verities of

teaching support UNESCO teaching and learning material consists of range of subject

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2240

matters It encompasses all the curriculum subjects in an activity based child centred

approach

Children can visualise things easily especially when it involves their sense of learning

and sight The children gain lots of confidence when presenting or working in front of the

class The natural desire to move is fulfilled by the use of teaching and learningmaterials

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2340

DAY-II

4 9831239831419831559831559831459831519831509830854 983120983154983151983149983151983156983145983151983150 983151983142 983112983141983137983148983156983144 983137983150983140 983112983161983143983145983141983150983141 983109983140983157983139983137983156983145983151983150

Objectives By the end of the session the participants will be able to

bull Acquire knowledge on principals of hygiene and healthy practices

bull Identify potentially harmful situations in schools regard to health

bull Devise strategies to promote health and hygiene in schools

Time Allocation

Activity 1 Principle of hygiene and healthy practices 10 minutes

Activity 2 Strategies to teach hygiene 20 minutes

Activity 3 Prevention and minimization of diseasesAction-Plans for school health

20 minutes

Conclusion 05 minutes

Total 55 minutes

Materials required

o Flip chart papero marker pens

o tapeo Workbook for each of the

participants

41 983113983150983156983154983151983140983157983139983156983145983151983150 983120983154983145983150983139983145983152983137983148 983151983142 983112983161983143983145983141983150983141

In this session we will look at some physical health issues that occur because of thecondition under which people have to live while they rebuild their lives The WHO

defines health as a state of complete physical mental and social wellbeing and not merely

the absence of disease or infirmity Hygiene is defined as the principles and laws

governing the preservation of health and their practical application practice conducive togood health it may refer to keeping clean in order to prevent diseases and maintain health

Activity 1 Principles of hygiene [10 minutes]

The participants individually should think of five principles of hygiene (healthy life)keeping the current situation of children in the primary schools

1 Wash hands with soap after using toilet and before eat meal2 Daily bath

3 Do not spit cover nose suppression

4 Use purified and boiled water keep water covered

5 Wash fruit before eating fruit

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2440

After the participants listed the principle of hygiene the facilitator will write the

definitions of health and hygiene on flip charts and explain it to the participants

42 983123983156983154983137983156983141983143983145983141983155 983156983151 983156983141983137983139983144 983144983161983143983145983141983150983141

Activity 2In your small groups pick the five principles that are most common to the group and

develop teaching strategies to help students understand the need for these principles

Principles Teaching strategies

1 Wash hands

2---------------

3---------------

4---------------5---------------

Demonstration of hand washing with soap

------------------------------------------------------------------

------------------------------------------------------------------

Allow 15 minutes for this exerciseBring the groups back to plenary and put up the flip charts on the walls Ask people to

move around the room and read all the sheets Encourage people note down if any

strategies they like

Allow 5 minutes for questions and discussion

43 983120983154983141983158983141983150983156983145983151983150 983137983150983140 983149983145983150983145983149983145983162983137983156983145983151983150Activity-3Explain to the participants that while regular hygiene activities are necessary there are

specific diseases that my be spread more easily in situations of temporary shelter

contaminated water insufficient water and the other conditions under which people arestill living Ask the group to find one person with whom they would like to work Explain

that this activity will be completed as pair work However each person should fill in the

table in their workbook

Common

Health Proble

Risk condition Prevention minimization

intervention

Diarrhea

cholera

dysentery

Poor sanitation inadequate

water condition poor

personal hygiene

Sanitation facilities Water

purification Personal hygiene ORS

(treatment only) Effectivesurveillance systems to prevent or

minimize disease outbreaks

Malaria and

other vector

Standing uncovered water

increasing the risk of

Health education raising awareness

about the risks of standing water

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2540

borne diseases(eg typhoid)

mosquitoes breedingCongested living conditions

increasing the possibility of

infection

Exposure to areas where

disease-transmittingorganism are more common

Increased population density promoting mosquito bites

use of mosquito nets understandingof symptoms of the disease etc

Advocates for measures for vector

control spraying for example

Effective surveillance systems by

health authorities

Respiratorytract

infections

(includingPneumonia)

Inadequate shelterPoor health care services

Overcrowding

Lack of food malnutritionRainy season

Improved shelter (especially fromwind but ensuring ventilation) Dry

clothes when wet

Use of antibiotics with doctorrsquosConsultation

Water borneDiseases

Contaminated water (garbagein

water source urinecontamination ndash animal orhuman)

Inadequately treated drinking

water (un-boiled orinsufficiently

boiled) Poor hygienic

conditions in

Shelters

Boil water for cooking washing anddrinking where possible Use water

purification tablets where possibleCare of immediate environmentin terms of covering water getting

rid of standing water ensuring that

clothes and bedding are well-aired Use of

antibiotics under medical

supervision

SkinInfections

Inadequate hygienePoor hygienic conditions in

Shelters

Regular washing with soap andwater

Thorough drying of skin Eliminationof vermin from the environment

Medication where necessary undermedical supervision

Tetanus Open wounds (due to

trauma)

Poor hygiene

Clean wounds (antiseptic if

available or soap and water) Cover

wounds with clean cloth orDressings Seek medical helpimmediately

Animal

transmitted

diseases

Unhygienic slaughtering

Contact with infected

animals dueto lack of veterinary control

Increased rate of diseases in

Animals

Ensuring that animals are

slaughtered according to Islamic law

(meat is halaal) Use of antibioticsunder medical supervision

When the participants have completed the exercise ask for one or two examples that are

particularly relevant and possible to accomplish While the pairs are working movearound the room so that you can see any really good examples to discuss in plenary Now

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2640

ask the participants to develop Health Action Plans for their school An example is shown

below

45 983105983139983156983145983151983150983085983120983148983137983150983085 983123983139983144983151983151983148 983112983141983137983148983156983144 983137983150983140 983112983161983143983145983141983150983141 983120983154983151983143983154983137983149983149983141

Health problems Interventions

What Who How When

Diarrhea cholera

dysentery

Water Teachers

andStudents

Clean water

Malaria Cleanenvironment

All Dustbins

ConclusionBasic health and hygiene are more difficult in situations of disaster and lack of

infrastructure in place In situations like NWFP Balochistan and Sindh (natural and man

made disaster at peak) it is important to reinforce the basic principles as people who areunder stress often neglect these basics and so children may not learn appropriately

5 9831239831419831559831559831459831519831509830855 983119983158983141983154983158983145983141983159 983151983142 983156983144983141 983142983151983151983140 983139983154983145983155983141983155 983137983150983140 983152983157983154983152983151983155983141 983151983142

983142983151983151983140 983140983145983155983156983154983145983138983157983156983145983151983150

Objectives By the end of this session the participants will be able to

bull Discuss the recent food crises and its impact on common people particularly onchildren

bull Purpose of food distribution to schools and what are the indirect impacts on childeducation

Time Allocation

Activity 1 discuss the recent food crises and high prices issue 10 minutes

Activity 2 purpose of food distribution to schools and its impact onchild education

20 minutes

Activity 3 food distribution project 20 minutes

Conclusion 05 minutes

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2740

Total 55 minutes

11 Materials required

o Flip chart paper

o marker penso tape

o workbook for each of the

participantso leaflets of food distribution

programme

IntroductionIntroduce the WFP-UNESCO in partnership with the Government of Pakistan has

initiated school feeding programme to mitigate short term hunger When children come

for school with empty stomach (without breakfast) they are less likely to concentrate and

engage in learning activities This programme can temporarily bridge food gapes infamilies and can be helpful in refocusing studentrsquos attention to the lessons This can also

be an incentive to increase the enrolment attendance and decrease dropout It is alsoassumed that this programme may increase the education quality improvement from

school to district level

Activity- 1

Facilitator will explain the following agendas of Food for Education The followingcatchphrase of school feeding programme will be written on flip chart and discussed

thoroughly

bull School feeding can decrease short-term hunger thereby increasing learningcapacity

bull School feeding and take home ration can improve school enrollment andattendance and decrease drop-out

bull Food assistance can encourage community participation in education

bull Involvement of district government education department can act as a lever for

school quality improvement

bull School feeding can improve nutritional status and hence improve school performance

bull School feeding and Take home ration are education intervention

Activity-2

The participants will discuss in groups and workout the grid mentioned below The participants will be encouraged to think on the activities that school can perform to

enhance school feeding programme specific objectives

Objectives and activities for school feeding programme

Objectives Activities

WFPUNESCO What school Can do

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2840

Increase enrollmentattendance retention and

completion

School ration (wheat and oil) Parents outreach

Enhance learning

environment

Provision of teaching and

learning materials

Enhance teachers quality Teachers complete a two-dayHead Teachersrsquo training

receive

Enhance learning capacity Provision of teaching and

learning kit

Increase community

participation

school food distribution

managed by parent IEC

campaign PTC training

Improve support to schools Management of ToT training

for head teachers

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2940

o Flip chart papero Marker penso Tape for sticking papers to the wallso Workbook for each participant

6 9831239831419831559831559831459831519831509830856 983107983151983149983149983157983150983145983156983161 983137983150983140 983120983137983154983141983150983156983155 983141983150983143983137983143983141983149983141983150983156 983145983150 983155983139983144983151983151983148Objectives By the end of this session the participants will be able to

bull Identify roles of PTCSMC in school

bull How to mobilize communityPTC in the school affairsbull What are their role in food distribution teaching material distribution and

monitoring

Time Allocation

What PTC and SMCs can do for the schools

Activity-1 Need and response 40

Activity-2 ways of communication with community- School

improvement booklet and awareness raising message

10

Conclusion 05 minutes

Total 55 minutes

Materials required

IntroductionFacilitator will introduce community participation in education Community and parents

are best resources to be utilized In Pakistan SMCs PTCs representingcommunityparents have been initiated to assist the school

61 983105983139983156983145983158983145983156983161 1 983118983141983141983140983155 983137983150983140 983122983141983155983152983151983150983155983141983155

Divide the participants into small groups (3-4) Ask participants to open their workbooks

and list in the first column the 5 pressing needs of their schools Then the second columnthey should list one point for each need where SMCPTCs can assist The groups have 20

minutes for this exercise

Needs Assistance

Children not attending schools PTAsSMCs can advocate in the

community and support families to sendtheir children to school through provision of

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3040

scholarships especially their girl children

Distribution of food and teaching

learning materials

PTC and SMC can monitor of the fair distribution

Activity-4

The community is part of the class room atmosphere and school physical environmentHead teacher needs to build a good relationship with the community Know the

community develop co-operation communicate with them There are many ways of

connecting with the community as mentioned below

62 983127983137983161983155 983151983142 983149983137983147983145983150983143 983148983145983150983147983137983143983141983155 983159983145983156983144 983107983151983149983149983157983150983145983156983161983120983137983154983141983150983156983155

Some suggested ideas for information sharing below

letters Events like School Day parents day PTCSMCs and teachers meetings

community projects clean ups information promotions (heath and sanitation) the school as a centre for community activities and adult classes sharing School Improvement Booklet-awareness raising materials

7 9831239831419831559831559831459831519831509830857 983105983139983156983145983151983150983085983120983148983137983150

ObjectivesBy the end of this session the participants will be able to

bull Develop Action Plans to address the following School Improvement Indicatorso School attendance and enrollmento Improved School environment

o Health and hygieneo Utilization of teaching and learning resourceso Monitoring and recording wheat and oil rationo Activation of PTCSMC

Present Action plan format 10

Activity-1 design action plans for their schools 50

Activity -2 Presentations 20

Summing up 10

Total 1 30 minutes

Materials required

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3140

o Flip Charto Marker pens

o Action plan format

o School Day Charto Tape

o White Sheets

Introduction

The facilitator will share format of Action Plan to the participants Clearly explain how to

go about it Then ask the participants individually develop Action plan that will beimplemented in their schools The participants will also be informed that on the bases of

these Action Plans they will be monitored

What How Who When Comments

1 School

health

Providing

clean

water

HT

Teachers

PTCSMC

March 09 Head teacher in

collaboration with

PTCSMC will makesure there is a safe clean

water for students in the

school

2 Students

enrolment

Enrolment

campaignSchool

day

Visithomes

PTCSMC

HT

5t

Apr-09

3 School day

4 SMC

meeting

5 Improve

school

environment

The training participants will fill out this action plan according to their school needs and priority Share these Action Plans to the whole group and encourage others to make notes

from each others work incases they see it relevant to their schools as well

Objectives

By the end of this session the participants will be able too To develop an understanding of how a School Day is celebratedo Plan for their own schools of how they will celebrate the day

Present School Day Plan 10 minutes

Activity-1 Discuss in small groups how the day will be

celebrate

20 minutes

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3240

Make plans when the day will be celebrated at their school 30 minutes

Total 60 minutes

Materials required

o Flip Chart

o Marker pens

o School Day Chart

o Tapeo White Sheets

School DayA lsquoSchool Dayrsquo is the day in the GOP-WFP-UNESCO project when parents teachers and projectofficials meet in the school premises to discuss ways to improve the school Several factorscontribute to school improvement School attendance and enrollment Retention of studentsSchool environment Health and hygiene of students Utilization of teaching and learning

materials PTACommunity involvement Nutrition and diet and use of oil and wheat rations Ona School Day the head teacher with the help of Social Mobilizer of the implementing partner willdiscuss the school improvement factors with the parents and children of the school

ActivitiesThe following activities are suggested to make the day useful and attractive to the children

parents and community members

Activity 1 Preparation of activities of the day

Send invitation to all parents at least a week before the ldquoSchool Dayrdquo through children verballyand also in writing (hand written notes would suffice) and also spread the message by word-of-mouth At least two days before the program send a reminder by writing the message on the

studentsrsquo copy books or paper slips and read it loudly and clearly in the classrooms Make surethat the children have understood the message by asking them to explain And if possible invite

the community members through telephone calls or by sending the school children to spread thenews Advance planning is the key to success

Activity 2 Follow the agenda

SN Activities Time in

Minutes

Registration of the participants

1 Recitation verses from the holy Quran by one of the students 03

2 Naat by a student 05

Celebrate a School Day

Make sure you have

1 All parents children teachers head teacher supervisorADO and the PTASMC PTC are invited

2 A plan is ready for the day

3 Food items (wheat and oil) ready for distribution

4 Key messages and teaching and learning kits are available and are on display

5 Students prepared to show their talents to their parents and to the community members

6 Successes and areas needing improvements for discussion with parents and community

7 Constituted a committee for organization of the School Day

8 Informed the students that they should come neat and clean and in school uniform

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3340

Notes for the Head Teacher Use the day to celebrate to celebrate the schoolsrsquo achievements Open the school gates for parents community members and social workers of the villag

Involve everybody in the sessions and avoid a lot of talking (Sweeten the small stuff) Give children space to speak about their successes and problems at the school

If you have more than one teacher involve them in planning of the day Ask teachers to facilitate group discussions without dominating the discussion If teachers

are not available ask some literate volunteers from the village or NGO representatives if

available to help Decorate the school with childrenrsquos work and readymade displays and locally available

flowers and plants You have some of the resources available in your teaching andlearning kit

Have a positive focus Do not talk with parents about what their children can not dorather talk about what the children can do

Explore use of local resources

Take ideas from School Improvement Booklet (SIB) for the event Appreciate studentsrsquo successes and achievements with some rewards if possible Pray for every ones success and those who have helped in providing an opportunity to

celebrate the day pray for the country and the people for their good health wealth peaceand prosperity and thank everyone for their participation

Actively follow up on the implementation of School Improvement Plan prepared on theSchool Day

3 Welcome address by PTAPTCSMC representative 10

4 Introduction of the day by the Head teacher 20

5 Poem song or some creative item from the students 20

6 Discussion on the key messages (what does the messages mean how it will be disseminated

in the village How to achieve it)

40

7 Discussion on the topics (use group work) followed by whole group open discussion

School attendance and enrollment School environment Health and hygiene Utilization ofTeaching and Learning materials PTACommunity Involvement Nutrition and diet and

Use of oil and wheat rations (please involve some representative students as well)

40

8 Develop a School Development Plan (SDP ) while using the following pattern

40

Issues1 How it will be

resolved

Who will be

responsible

Resources

required

Source of

funding

Time (By

When)

Note Please use short term and quickly doable plans like reducing absenteeism by students and teachers cleaningthe school planning trees (use School Improvement Book for more ideas)

9 Conclude the day by stating the background and the purpose of food and educational

incentives and by asking the parents and children to take their food ration and remind them

about the key messages As a concluding activity invite the parents and the community

members to visit the classrooms and ask the students to explain to them their creative work

10

Activity 3 Documentation and Reporting

Document the proceedings of the day and develop a short report for Project Implementation Unit

ADO circle or talka

1 For example student attendance has declined in the past two months

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3440

Course Evaluation

Note Please take a few minutes to complete the form and return to the facilitator

1 List out what have you learnt from this training

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

----------------------------------------------------------

2 What did you like from the training

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------

3 What particular learning will you implement How

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------

4 What are the suggestions to improve the training

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------

5 How do you rate the facilitator knowledge skills and attitude

Knowledge 1------2--------3--------4--------5

Skills 1------2--------3--------4--------5

Attitude 1------2--------3--------4--------5

Note 1 is the lowest and 5 is highest rate Please circle the number that you think

the facilitator has performed

6 Over all comments about the training

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3540

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3640

Reading Materials

Facilitator Child Rights Our Educational Responsibilities

All Education programmes must be based on the understanding of the Convention on

the Rights of a Child When training is based on these values then the child will be thecentre of all topics presented The teachers job is to provide opportunities theatmosphere and environment so the rights of the child are met in the place they willspend much of their waking hours The main educational rights involve in schools arebased from rights number 13 17 28 29 and 31

Important Rights to note childrens right to leisure and play childrens need for space to develop the need to take childrens opinions into account the need to involve children in the learning process

the need for policies and training to be in the best interest of the child the need for learning to be life skills relevant local roots and global connections the importance of a change in attitude towards facilitating learning

The following needs to be in place so it can happen in Child Friendly SchoolsUniversal AccessReference to the many million children still deprived of education many of whom aregirls many of whom finish primary school lacking essential knowledge skills attitudesand values

Role of Parents Teachers and Community

awareness of the role of teachers and trainers being imperative in realising the ideaof childrens rights basing training on interpreting the Convention on the Rights of the Child and

putting it into real practice having all the skills necessary to encourage and assist all in the learning process realising that learning is not just about the facts but learning how to access and

process information so it is beneficial and relevant supporting and rewarding trainers and teachers ensuring that parents are given a key responsibility in forming constructive

relationships with teachers and schools for learning and training requirement fortheir children

Equal Opportunities an understanding of non-discrimination against girls special needs learning

difficulties children who are nomadic indigenous immigrant or are a linguisticminority

a realisation that every child has unique characteristics interests abilities needs

The Appropriate Quality Education Content

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3740

training of teachers and school learning being relevant to the child now and for thefuture

training sessions and consequently classroom and schools helping to developpersonalities talents mental and physical abilities to their fullest potential

Cultural roots and Global Values

the need to include respect for human rights in our learning environments an awareness of combination of learning to respect ones own nation and culture and

the culture of others the need to encourage tolerance and harmony for a better understanding of

minorities indigenous peoples refugees immigrants and gender equality

New Methods of Learning an agreement that learning is a combination of critical thinking and having fun that

passive listening and rote memorisation are less valuable than application andprocess to enhance understanding

the need for training workshops and classrooms to be participant friendly allowing for curiosity time to question receive answers to argue debate test andmake mistakes to create be spontaneous to be recognised and respected

Mutual Respect reflecting in training and inner life of a school the education message of vision

values human rights tolerance respecting dignity encouraging problem-solving skills allowing teachers to help children develop tools

for peaceful conflict resolution in all new learning situations the need to feel safe secure and totally trust our

teachersStudent Participation Opportunities for learners to express their points of view encouraging learners to

take personal responsibility for their studies Having a system of sharing responsibilities sharing ideas regular feedback and

learning evaluation Knowing that a good school and a good training workshop both promote total

participation and is a model of fairness for all

Child Rights and our Primary Health Care Responsibilities

The Child Health Rights directly concerning the teacher and the school must also beconsidered as the school can play a vital role in ensuring they are addressed Thefollowing particularly relate to articles 19 23 24 29 and 31

educational policies in schools and classrooms must be in place to protect childrenfrom all forms of physical punishment mental violence injury abuse neglect ormaltreatment

that an effort be made to include mentally and physically disabled children in theschool and classroom programmes so they can enjoy a full and decent life whichpromotes dignity self reliance and participation in the school and community

that schools may assist in facilitating a child in health rehabilitation

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3840

to ensure basic medical assistance is given in school for first aid and thedevelopment of primary health care awareness

keeping health records and observing nutritional state of individual children providing clean water in schools to ensure the educational programmes support mental and physical development

a child has an opportunity at school to rest and leisure and playIn Pakistan there is higher infant mortality lower immunisation lower literacy rateslower school enrolment lower access to safe water and more severely underweightchildren Primary health care is vital on the long list of human development needs Allchildren have the right to the best health care that is availableThis area is of concern to all involved in teaching as the child entering the school cantake advantage of all the opportunities if they are healthy and well cared for in pre-school environments and homesSchools also must ensure their primary role in health care so children can carry thelearning to other parts of the community The two concerns involve preventive orcurative methods

Ignorance polluted surroundings negligence in food care washing facilities animalsclose to living areas unsafe drinking water sanitation living surroundings seasonaldiseases communicable diseases personal hygiene girl children and their health andcommunicable diseases are all areas of concern The population growth rate isincreasing and many are deprived of basic Primary Health Care

When the population rate is more than the resources the situation can be extremelydifficult and expensive to remedy

In classroom and at schools areas of health can be addressed throughout the primaryyears so information is clearly disseminated with the help of the children Awareness of

healthy habits helps children build their self-esteem and learning to value your-self is animportant aspect of primary health care

The value of children learning aspects of Primary Health Care

they are very good and quick learners they share with others whatever they learn the learning in childhood is long lasting the teachers instructions or words are important words for a child children experience that is they do practical work and learn more school is the place where a childrsquos thought is effected for a practical life

Teachers and Community Role

recording weight height and skin colour observing health changes carefully observing and noting abnormalities and informing the parents having positive discussions with parents joyful learning lessons on primary health care making a health class and playground environment ensuring there is safe water in the school

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3940

ensuring there are adequate male and female toilet facilities in the schools having regular health chart challenges

Primary Health Care having healthy well nourished children learning in a healthyhygienic environment with clean safe water clean safe surroundings clean safepersonal habits clean safe food preparation Classroom Climate caring for the

emotional and physical well-being of children

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 4040

Appendix-A

Ref Right of children in Islam What the teacher can do

Al Hadith In accordance with Islamic preceptldquochildrenrdquo means both male andfemaleldquoAcquisition of knowledge is obligatory

for all true believersrdquo

Ensure that both boys and girls haveaccess to schoolIf there is a mixed class of boys andgirls the girls should have as much

attention as the boys

Right to be brought up properlylooked after and provided for andeducated

The teacher is in loco parentis (in the place of the parents) and has theresponsibility to provide the same careas the parents

Al Quran666

Right to religious moral ethicalguidance provided with an

understanding of right and wrong

The teacher needs to know andunderstand the teachings of Islam so

as to provide the child with a good

education without bias and with agood ethical foundation

Al Quran5251

Children are given in trust to their parents ndash who will be held

accountableldquoEveryone of you is a caretaker andeveryone of you is answerable for hissubjectsrdquo

As teachers are in the place of parents ndash they too may be held accountable

Abu BakrRAA

Justice and equality Inequality isinjustice (forbidden in Islam)ldquoHe dieth not who takes to learning totreat children affectionately and to kiss

them are charitable actsrdquo

The teacher must be very sure that the treatmentof all children is equal and fair no favoritismno bias against certain children for whateverreason

This is especially important with regard to thosechildren who have been left as orphans ordisabled either as a result of the earthquake orfor any other reason

Al Hadith ldquoIt is a childrsquos right that his fathershould teach him how to read write

helliprdquo

Teachers have a responsibility to be professional in their teaching and also

to help parents and the community tounderstand their obligations about sending all

their children to school

Abu Daud ldquoWhoever has a girl under hisguardianshiphellip[and does not] treat herwith contempt nor gives preference to

his sons over her Allah will admit himto paradiserdquo

Teachers have an obligation to treatgirls equally and without bias and tohelp the parents and community to

understand their obligations in termsof helping girls to have an education

Page 12: Head Teachers Training Manual.pdf

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 1240

983109983142983142983141983139983156983145983158983141

983123983139983144983151983151983148

Objectives of child right atschool level

What teachers can do

Reaching

All Children

Article 28

Promoting rights of children within the

community Enrolling excluded children in

programmes Treating children within the child rights

Achieving

Child Centered

Environments

Article 29 30

Concerned about the health of the child

Learning activities develop the childrsquos

full potential Act in the best interest of the child

Safe and secure school environment

Including

All ChildrenArticle 23

983110983154983141983141 983141983140983157983139983137983156983145983151983150

Treat children fairly in school

Respect diversity Provide quality learning for all children

Needing

Effective Learning

Article 13 2829

Activity based co-operative learning

methods

Learning involves use of qualitymaterial cultural and local resources

Assessment and monitoring systems use

Being

Healthy and

Protective ofChildrenArticle 1719 23

39

Ensure a healthy safe hygienic

environment

Promote both the physical and the psycho-socio-emotional health of

teachers and learners Prohibit corporal punishment

Openly

Gender SensitiveArticle 282939

Girls and boys are in a non violentenvironment

Respect for girls and boys rights dignity

and equality encouraged Gender friendly environments

Involving whole

family andcommunity with

childrenArticle 14 27

Link school with familycommunity Children participate in all aspects of life Encourage parentscommunity involve

in school affairs

Parents send their children to school

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 1340

22 983105983150983137983148983161983155983145983155 983156983144983141 983138983137983154983154983145983141983154983155 983156983151 983155983139983144983151983151983148 983141983150983154983151983148983149983141983150983156

Activity-4

The facilitator will explain to the participants how to identify barriers of enrolment at

different levels

1 Home and Community level2 School level

3 Policy and system level barriersThe participants will be divided into groups of five (according to the number of the

participants) and will be given grids (in the work book) to analyze barriers to enrolments

as example given below

Areas of analysis Possible

findings causes

Broad strategy Possible intervention

School Level

Example Poorquality

environment eg

- poor condition of

building- overcrowding

- lack of water

or sanitation- violence

(physical and

psychological)

Increasedlikelihood of non-

enrolment or non-

attendance and

dropping out afterenrolment

Provide support andtechnical assistance to

government and

communities to ensure

increased access forthose children who are

hardest to reach

School mapping toimprove planning and

targeting Child-

seeking Child Friendly

Schools

Home and Community level

Example- Directcosts of schooling

- school expenses- clothing

- books supplies

Advocacy for affordableeducation

Awareness-raising in

importance of childeducation

Incentive programmessuch as small

scholarships subsidies

food school supplies anduniforms

Policy Level

Example

Inadequate legalframework in such

areas as

- compulsoryeducation- child labour

- re-entry into

school

Education not free

and compulsory in principle or

practice

Increasedlikelihood thatchildren will fall

through the safety

net be unable totake examinations

or be forbidden re-

entry into school

Advocacy for

implementation ofcompulsory education

laws

Advocacy forimplementation of labourlaws

Advocacy for laws

allowing for continuedschooling for pregnant

girls or re-admission to

schools after pregnancy

Birth registration

campaignsAnalysis planning and

implementation of

policies supporting girlsrsquoeducation

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 1440

Once the participants have identified the potential causes they will be encouraged to think

of possible intervention to bridge these barriers This will be a rigorous exercise thereforethe facilitator must support and encourage each groups to work out the enrollment barrier

in the grid Once the participants worked out the analysis they should produce it on a flip

chart and present it to the whole group Once all the presentation finished display thesecharts on the walls The participants will have an opportunity to look at each others work

and learn from each other

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 1540

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 1640

Activity-2 (15 minutes)After this exercise ask the participants write down all the issues related to classroom

management they face in their class This is an individual task- the facilitator will

encourage each of the participants to think two issues and share it with the other participants sitting near by The responses might be discipline sitting issues over

crowded class and so on They will also prepare them on the flip charts and facilitator

will display them on the wall

32 983108983145983155983139983157983155983155 983140983145983142983142983141983154983141983150983156 983140983145983149983141983150983155983145983151983150983155 983151983142 983107983148983137983155983155983154983151983151983149 983149983137983150983137983143983141983149983141983150983156

Classroom organization is the key to managing teaching effectively Classroom

atmosphere is the key to managing the needs of the students Classroom planningassessment and record keeping are the keys to managing the curriculum learning

outcomes Classroom routines roles responsibilities relationships instructions and

positive praise are the keys to managing successful learning Planning is an essential management guideline so the next step of learning and most effective way to manage

resources can be decided Teachers need to ensure children reach their potential and gain

educational outcomes and skills for life long learning

Activity-3Facilitator will give his input about Classroom Management There are different

dimensions to the classroom management as mentioned in the table below The

participants will be divided into 8 pairs or groups depending to the size of the class Give

them themes of the Classroom Management with instructions (as mentioned below) the

participants will discuss and make suggestions under each headings

Organization How do you organize your class

Setting routine list out your daily routines with timing

Lay out of classroom How should be classroom displays and settings

Planning What needs to be planned and how

Sharing responsibilities Decide roles for students

Safe and secure environment What points need to be considered

Setting rule and procedures Think of possible rules for your classroom

Sanction and rewords How will you deal with behaviors

Once the groups finished discussing in their themes groups they will then write those

points on the flip charts Next the facilitator will consolidate all the group work and

display around the classroom management

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 1740

Discussion

At the end of the session summarize classroom management by using the information

below The facilitator will require summarized chart of classroom management and share

it with the participants Facilitator will also provide these readings to the participants to

read on their own time (Reading on Work Book)

33 983107983148983137983155983155983154983151983151983149 983149983137983150983137983143983141983149983141983150983156 983145983150 983117983157983148983156983145983085983143983154983137983140983141 983155983145983156983157983137983156983145983151983150

Since most of the government primary schools are in multi-grade situation we have to

keep in mined our classroom before teaching

ActivityAsk the participants to draw their classroom where the sitting may be

bull Classroom may be in different shape (triangle rectangle etc)

bull Sitting arrangement of mats or chairs (in lines circle u shape or in groups)

bull Number of doors windows ( if tents specify)

bull Location of black board and teachers desk

bull Location of teaching material

bull Displays of students work or chartsAfter the participants illustrate their classrooms they should display them on the wall

Facilitator will share the following classroom setting to encourage favourable learningenvironment

Classroom

Management

Organization

Lay out of

classroom

Atmosphere Setting routine

Setting rule and

procedures

Safe and secure

environment

Planning

Sharing

responsibilities

Sanction and

rewords

Figure - 1

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 1840

C-3

C-1 C-2

C-5C-4

Effective sitting arrangement in multi-grade classroom

(Students sitting in groups on desks in multi-grade situation)

(Students sitting in semi-circle on mats in multi-grade situation)

34 983120983148983137983150983150983145983150983143 983137983150983140 983154983151983157983156983145983150983141 983155983141983156983156983145983150983143 983145983150 983117983157983148983156983145983085983143983154983137983140983141 983155983145983156983157983137983156983145983151983150

A multi-grade situation is where there are a number of students in a classroom who areclassified into different grades This situation is common in a village where the number

of children for an average class size is insufficient and the practical solution is to sit

them all together in one classroom The most difficult hurdle for a multi-grade teacher is

the demand to complete a curriculum or textbook for each grade regardless of studentability needs or skills In the Government primary school are exam driven which

multiplies the challenges Effective planning and conscious effort can address this issue

Facilitator will show how to integrate lessons and set effective routines for their classes

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 1940

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2040

b Vertical integration- Block planning and teaching

Select topics of different levels which have common purpose for example similar topics in

science social studies Language Islamiyat

Block Number Class-1 Class-2

1 science language Visit to zoo Animals

2 Science Cleanliness Prevention from diseases

3 Social studies My parents My family

35 983107983148983137983155983155983154983151983151983149 983124983145983149983141983156983137983138983148983141 983137983150983140 983122983151983157983156983145983150983141 983155983141983156983156983145983150983143

Develop a timetable for your classroom keep in mind the number of classes children

teachers classrooms and subjects See how best you can utilize the time available in a

working day

36 983109983142983142983141983139983156983145983158983141 983111983154983151983157983152983145983150983143

A multi-grade classroom needs students doing group work so careful management isrequired There will be a wide range of ages abilities attainments and interests

Grouping must be flexible during the day and times when grouping sitting in groups and

doing group work will be necessary This grid shows teachersrsquo studentsrsquo activities duringa period with different group in multi grade situation

Period Class- 1

Group

Class-2

Group

Class-3

Group

40 mins

Period-1 Teacher

(Teaching in C-1

)

Activity

(students

doing

activities)

Written

(Students

writing)

13 mins

Period-1 Written

(Students)

Teacher

(Teaching)

Activity

(Students)

13 mins

Period-1 Activity

(Students)

Written

(Students)

Teacher

(Teaching)

13 mins

The same pattern can follow for the next periods The teacher must be very specific in

her planning stating what objectives will be taught what written work and type ofactivities will be done which should be monitored on a regular basis

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2140

Facilitator will explain ldquofor the multi-grade situation the period lesson plan needs to be

extended to include the specific activities the students will do and how the teacher will

divide herhis time with the different groups

37 983108983141983158983141983148983151983152983145983150983143 983148983141983155983155983151983150983155 983145983150 983117983157983148983156983145983085983143983154983137983140983141 983155983145983156983157983137983156983145983151983150

Activity-4

Participants in groups will be given books to design lessons for class-1 and class-2Facilitator will assist the participants in identifying topics of different classes with same

objectives For example in science take the topic ldquoplantsrdquo For class-1 students will have

to learn three main parts of tree (root stem and leaves) and for class-2 the students haveto learn more then three parts of tree The participants will identify similar topics in

sciences language social studies mathematics and Islamiyat and make and try to

integrate the lesson

For example

Action Session 1C- 1 Session 2C-2 Session 3C-3

Subject

Objective

Content

Materials

Activity

Evaluation

38 983125983156983145983148983145983162983137983156983145983151983150 983151983142 983124983141983137983139983144983145983150983143 983137983150983140 983148983141983137983154983150983145983150983143 983149983137983156983141983154983145983137983148

Facilitator will demonstrate to develop some teaching and learning materials and it willuse it in the classroom Heshe will explain teaching and learning material to the

participants how it supplements teaching

During demonstration the facilitator will make the following pointsAn interesting teachinglearning material makes learning easy for children Learning

becomes more interesting by focusing the curiosity of the children with verities of

teaching support UNESCO teaching and learning material consists of range of subject

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2240

matters It encompasses all the curriculum subjects in an activity based child centred

approach

Children can visualise things easily especially when it involves their sense of learning

and sight The children gain lots of confidence when presenting or working in front of the

class The natural desire to move is fulfilled by the use of teaching and learningmaterials

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2340

DAY-II

4 9831239831419831559831559831459831519831509830854 983120983154983151983149983151983156983145983151983150 983151983142 983112983141983137983148983156983144 983137983150983140 983112983161983143983145983141983150983141 983109983140983157983139983137983156983145983151983150

Objectives By the end of the session the participants will be able to

bull Acquire knowledge on principals of hygiene and healthy practices

bull Identify potentially harmful situations in schools regard to health

bull Devise strategies to promote health and hygiene in schools

Time Allocation

Activity 1 Principle of hygiene and healthy practices 10 minutes

Activity 2 Strategies to teach hygiene 20 minutes

Activity 3 Prevention and minimization of diseasesAction-Plans for school health

20 minutes

Conclusion 05 minutes

Total 55 minutes

Materials required

o Flip chart papero marker pens

o tapeo Workbook for each of the

participants

41 983113983150983156983154983151983140983157983139983156983145983151983150 983120983154983145983150983139983145983152983137983148 983151983142 983112983161983143983145983141983150983141

In this session we will look at some physical health issues that occur because of thecondition under which people have to live while they rebuild their lives The WHO

defines health as a state of complete physical mental and social wellbeing and not merely

the absence of disease or infirmity Hygiene is defined as the principles and laws

governing the preservation of health and their practical application practice conducive togood health it may refer to keeping clean in order to prevent diseases and maintain health

Activity 1 Principles of hygiene [10 minutes]

The participants individually should think of five principles of hygiene (healthy life)keeping the current situation of children in the primary schools

1 Wash hands with soap after using toilet and before eat meal2 Daily bath

3 Do not spit cover nose suppression

4 Use purified and boiled water keep water covered

5 Wash fruit before eating fruit

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2440

After the participants listed the principle of hygiene the facilitator will write the

definitions of health and hygiene on flip charts and explain it to the participants

42 983123983156983154983137983156983141983143983145983141983155 983156983151 983156983141983137983139983144 983144983161983143983145983141983150983141

Activity 2In your small groups pick the five principles that are most common to the group and

develop teaching strategies to help students understand the need for these principles

Principles Teaching strategies

1 Wash hands

2---------------

3---------------

4---------------5---------------

Demonstration of hand washing with soap

------------------------------------------------------------------

------------------------------------------------------------------

Allow 15 minutes for this exerciseBring the groups back to plenary and put up the flip charts on the walls Ask people to

move around the room and read all the sheets Encourage people note down if any

strategies they like

Allow 5 minutes for questions and discussion

43 983120983154983141983158983141983150983156983145983151983150 983137983150983140 983149983145983150983145983149983145983162983137983156983145983151983150Activity-3Explain to the participants that while regular hygiene activities are necessary there are

specific diseases that my be spread more easily in situations of temporary shelter

contaminated water insufficient water and the other conditions under which people arestill living Ask the group to find one person with whom they would like to work Explain

that this activity will be completed as pair work However each person should fill in the

table in their workbook

Common

Health Proble

Risk condition Prevention minimization

intervention

Diarrhea

cholera

dysentery

Poor sanitation inadequate

water condition poor

personal hygiene

Sanitation facilities Water

purification Personal hygiene ORS

(treatment only) Effectivesurveillance systems to prevent or

minimize disease outbreaks

Malaria and

other vector

Standing uncovered water

increasing the risk of

Health education raising awareness

about the risks of standing water

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2540

borne diseases(eg typhoid)

mosquitoes breedingCongested living conditions

increasing the possibility of

infection

Exposure to areas where

disease-transmittingorganism are more common

Increased population density promoting mosquito bites

use of mosquito nets understandingof symptoms of the disease etc

Advocates for measures for vector

control spraying for example

Effective surveillance systems by

health authorities

Respiratorytract

infections

(includingPneumonia)

Inadequate shelterPoor health care services

Overcrowding

Lack of food malnutritionRainy season

Improved shelter (especially fromwind but ensuring ventilation) Dry

clothes when wet

Use of antibiotics with doctorrsquosConsultation

Water borneDiseases

Contaminated water (garbagein

water source urinecontamination ndash animal orhuman)

Inadequately treated drinking

water (un-boiled orinsufficiently

boiled) Poor hygienic

conditions in

Shelters

Boil water for cooking washing anddrinking where possible Use water

purification tablets where possibleCare of immediate environmentin terms of covering water getting

rid of standing water ensuring that

clothes and bedding are well-aired Use of

antibiotics under medical

supervision

SkinInfections

Inadequate hygienePoor hygienic conditions in

Shelters

Regular washing with soap andwater

Thorough drying of skin Eliminationof vermin from the environment

Medication where necessary undermedical supervision

Tetanus Open wounds (due to

trauma)

Poor hygiene

Clean wounds (antiseptic if

available or soap and water) Cover

wounds with clean cloth orDressings Seek medical helpimmediately

Animal

transmitted

diseases

Unhygienic slaughtering

Contact with infected

animals dueto lack of veterinary control

Increased rate of diseases in

Animals

Ensuring that animals are

slaughtered according to Islamic law

(meat is halaal) Use of antibioticsunder medical supervision

When the participants have completed the exercise ask for one or two examples that are

particularly relevant and possible to accomplish While the pairs are working movearound the room so that you can see any really good examples to discuss in plenary Now

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2640

ask the participants to develop Health Action Plans for their school An example is shown

below

45 983105983139983156983145983151983150983085983120983148983137983150983085 983123983139983144983151983151983148 983112983141983137983148983156983144 983137983150983140 983112983161983143983145983141983150983141 983120983154983151983143983154983137983149983149983141

Health problems Interventions

What Who How When

Diarrhea cholera

dysentery

Water Teachers

andStudents

Clean water

Malaria Cleanenvironment

All Dustbins

ConclusionBasic health and hygiene are more difficult in situations of disaster and lack of

infrastructure in place In situations like NWFP Balochistan and Sindh (natural and man

made disaster at peak) it is important to reinforce the basic principles as people who areunder stress often neglect these basics and so children may not learn appropriately

5 9831239831419831559831559831459831519831509830855 983119983158983141983154983158983145983141983159 983151983142 983156983144983141 983142983151983151983140 983139983154983145983155983141983155 983137983150983140 983152983157983154983152983151983155983141 983151983142

983142983151983151983140 983140983145983155983156983154983145983138983157983156983145983151983150

Objectives By the end of this session the participants will be able to

bull Discuss the recent food crises and its impact on common people particularly onchildren

bull Purpose of food distribution to schools and what are the indirect impacts on childeducation

Time Allocation

Activity 1 discuss the recent food crises and high prices issue 10 minutes

Activity 2 purpose of food distribution to schools and its impact onchild education

20 minutes

Activity 3 food distribution project 20 minutes

Conclusion 05 minutes

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2740

Total 55 minutes

11 Materials required

o Flip chart paper

o marker penso tape

o workbook for each of the

participantso leaflets of food distribution

programme

IntroductionIntroduce the WFP-UNESCO in partnership with the Government of Pakistan has

initiated school feeding programme to mitigate short term hunger When children come

for school with empty stomach (without breakfast) they are less likely to concentrate and

engage in learning activities This programme can temporarily bridge food gapes infamilies and can be helpful in refocusing studentrsquos attention to the lessons This can also

be an incentive to increase the enrolment attendance and decrease dropout It is alsoassumed that this programme may increase the education quality improvement from

school to district level

Activity- 1

Facilitator will explain the following agendas of Food for Education The followingcatchphrase of school feeding programme will be written on flip chart and discussed

thoroughly

bull School feeding can decrease short-term hunger thereby increasing learningcapacity

bull School feeding and take home ration can improve school enrollment andattendance and decrease drop-out

bull Food assistance can encourage community participation in education

bull Involvement of district government education department can act as a lever for

school quality improvement

bull School feeding can improve nutritional status and hence improve school performance

bull School feeding and Take home ration are education intervention

Activity-2

The participants will discuss in groups and workout the grid mentioned below The participants will be encouraged to think on the activities that school can perform to

enhance school feeding programme specific objectives

Objectives and activities for school feeding programme

Objectives Activities

WFPUNESCO What school Can do

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2840

Increase enrollmentattendance retention and

completion

School ration (wheat and oil) Parents outreach

Enhance learning

environment

Provision of teaching and

learning materials

Enhance teachers quality Teachers complete a two-dayHead Teachersrsquo training

receive

Enhance learning capacity Provision of teaching and

learning kit

Increase community

participation

school food distribution

managed by parent IEC

campaign PTC training

Improve support to schools Management of ToT training

for head teachers

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2940

o Flip chart papero Marker penso Tape for sticking papers to the wallso Workbook for each participant

6 9831239831419831559831559831459831519831509830856 983107983151983149983149983157983150983145983156983161 983137983150983140 983120983137983154983141983150983156983155 983141983150983143983137983143983141983149983141983150983156 983145983150 983155983139983144983151983151983148Objectives By the end of this session the participants will be able to

bull Identify roles of PTCSMC in school

bull How to mobilize communityPTC in the school affairsbull What are their role in food distribution teaching material distribution and

monitoring

Time Allocation

What PTC and SMCs can do for the schools

Activity-1 Need and response 40

Activity-2 ways of communication with community- School

improvement booklet and awareness raising message

10

Conclusion 05 minutes

Total 55 minutes

Materials required

IntroductionFacilitator will introduce community participation in education Community and parents

are best resources to be utilized In Pakistan SMCs PTCs representingcommunityparents have been initiated to assist the school

61 983105983139983156983145983158983145983156983161 1 983118983141983141983140983155 983137983150983140 983122983141983155983152983151983150983155983141983155

Divide the participants into small groups (3-4) Ask participants to open their workbooks

and list in the first column the 5 pressing needs of their schools Then the second columnthey should list one point for each need where SMCPTCs can assist The groups have 20

minutes for this exercise

Needs Assistance

Children not attending schools PTAsSMCs can advocate in the

community and support families to sendtheir children to school through provision of

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3040

scholarships especially their girl children

Distribution of food and teaching

learning materials

PTC and SMC can monitor of the fair distribution

Activity-4

The community is part of the class room atmosphere and school physical environmentHead teacher needs to build a good relationship with the community Know the

community develop co-operation communicate with them There are many ways of

connecting with the community as mentioned below

62 983127983137983161983155 983151983142 983149983137983147983145983150983143 983148983145983150983147983137983143983141983155 983159983145983156983144 983107983151983149983149983157983150983145983156983161983120983137983154983141983150983156983155

Some suggested ideas for information sharing below

letters Events like School Day parents day PTCSMCs and teachers meetings

community projects clean ups information promotions (heath and sanitation) the school as a centre for community activities and adult classes sharing School Improvement Booklet-awareness raising materials

7 9831239831419831559831559831459831519831509830857 983105983139983156983145983151983150983085983120983148983137983150

ObjectivesBy the end of this session the participants will be able to

bull Develop Action Plans to address the following School Improvement Indicatorso School attendance and enrollmento Improved School environment

o Health and hygieneo Utilization of teaching and learning resourceso Monitoring and recording wheat and oil rationo Activation of PTCSMC

Present Action plan format 10

Activity-1 design action plans for their schools 50

Activity -2 Presentations 20

Summing up 10

Total 1 30 minutes

Materials required

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3140

o Flip Charto Marker pens

o Action plan format

o School Day Charto Tape

o White Sheets

Introduction

The facilitator will share format of Action Plan to the participants Clearly explain how to

go about it Then ask the participants individually develop Action plan that will beimplemented in their schools The participants will also be informed that on the bases of

these Action Plans they will be monitored

What How Who When Comments

1 School

health

Providing

clean

water

HT

Teachers

PTCSMC

March 09 Head teacher in

collaboration with

PTCSMC will makesure there is a safe clean

water for students in the

school

2 Students

enrolment

Enrolment

campaignSchool

day

Visithomes

PTCSMC

HT

5t

Apr-09

3 School day

4 SMC

meeting

5 Improve

school

environment

The training participants will fill out this action plan according to their school needs and priority Share these Action Plans to the whole group and encourage others to make notes

from each others work incases they see it relevant to their schools as well

Objectives

By the end of this session the participants will be able too To develop an understanding of how a School Day is celebratedo Plan for their own schools of how they will celebrate the day

Present School Day Plan 10 minutes

Activity-1 Discuss in small groups how the day will be

celebrate

20 minutes

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3240

Make plans when the day will be celebrated at their school 30 minutes

Total 60 minutes

Materials required

o Flip Chart

o Marker pens

o School Day Chart

o Tapeo White Sheets

School DayA lsquoSchool Dayrsquo is the day in the GOP-WFP-UNESCO project when parents teachers and projectofficials meet in the school premises to discuss ways to improve the school Several factorscontribute to school improvement School attendance and enrollment Retention of studentsSchool environment Health and hygiene of students Utilization of teaching and learning

materials PTACommunity involvement Nutrition and diet and use of oil and wheat rations Ona School Day the head teacher with the help of Social Mobilizer of the implementing partner willdiscuss the school improvement factors with the parents and children of the school

ActivitiesThe following activities are suggested to make the day useful and attractive to the children

parents and community members

Activity 1 Preparation of activities of the day

Send invitation to all parents at least a week before the ldquoSchool Dayrdquo through children verballyand also in writing (hand written notes would suffice) and also spread the message by word-of-mouth At least two days before the program send a reminder by writing the message on the

studentsrsquo copy books or paper slips and read it loudly and clearly in the classrooms Make surethat the children have understood the message by asking them to explain And if possible invite

the community members through telephone calls or by sending the school children to spread thenews Advance planning is the key to success

Activity 2 Follow the agenda

SN Activities Time in

Minutes

Registration of the participants

1 Recitation verses from the holy Quran by one of the students 03

2 Naat by a student 05

Celebrate a School Day

Make sure you have

1 All parents children teachers head teacher supervisorADO and the PTASMC PTC are invited

2 A plan is ready for the day

3 Food items (wheat and oil) ready for distribution

4 Key messages and teaching and learning kits are available and are on display

5 Students prepared to show their talents to their parents and to the community members

6 Successes and areas needing improvements for discussion with parents and community

7 Constituted a committee for organization of the School Day

8 Informed the students that they should come neat and clean and in school uniform

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3340

Notes for the Head Teacher Use the day to celebrate to celebrate the schoolsrsquo achievements Open the school gates for parents community members and social workers of the villag

Involve everybody in the sessions and avoid a lot of talking (Sweeten the small stuff) Give children space to speak about their successes and problems at the school

If you have more than one teacher involve them in planning of the day Ask teachers to facilitate group discussions without dominating the discussion If teachers

are not available ask some literate volunteers from the village or NGO representatives if

available to help Decorate the school with childrenrsquos work and readymade displays and locally available

flowers and plants You have some of the resources available in your teaching andlearning kit

Have a positive focus Do not talk with parents about what their children can not dorather talk about what the children can do

Explore use of local resources

Take ideas from School Improvement Booklet (SIB) for the event Appreciate studentsrsquo successes and achievements with some rewards if possible Pray for every ones success and those who have helped in providing an opportunity to

celebrate the day pray for the country and the people for their good health wealth peaceand prosperity and thank everyone for their participation

Actively follow up on the implementation of School Improvement Plan prepared on theSchool Day

3 Welcome address by PTAPTCSMC representative 10

4 Introduction of the day by the Head teacher 20

5 Poem song or some creative item from the students 20

6 Discussion on the key messages (what does the messages mean how it will be disseminated

in the village How to achieve it)

40

7 Discussion on the topics (use group work) followed by whole group open discussion

School attendance and enrollment School environment Health and hygiene Utilization ofTeaching and Learning materials PTACommunity Involvement Nutrition and diet and

Use of oil and wheat rations (please involve some representative students as well)

40

8 Develop a School Development Plan (SDP ) while using the following pattern

40

Issues1 How it will be

resolved

Who will be

responsible

Resources

required

Source of

funding

Time (By

When)

Note Please use short term and quickly doable plans like reducing absenteeism by students and teachers cleaningthe school planning trees (use School Improvement Book for more ideas)

9 Conclude the day by stating the background and the purpose of food and educational

incentives and by asking the parents and children to take their food ration and remind them

about the key messages As a concluding activity invite the parents and the community

members to visit the classrooms and ask the students to explain to them their creative work

10

Activity 3 Documentation and Reporting

Document the proceedings of the day and develop a short report for Project Implementation Unit

ADO circle or talka

1 For example student attendance has declined in the past two months

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3440

Course Evaluation

Note Please take a few minutes to complete the form and return to the facilitator

1 List out what have you learnt from this training

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

----------------------------------------------------------

2 What did you like from the training

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------

3 What particular learning will you implement How

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------

4 What are the suggestions to improve the training

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------

5 How do you rate the facilitator knowledge skills and attitude

Knowledge 1------2--------3--------4--------5

Skills 1------2--------3--------4--------5

Attitude 1------2--------3--------4--------5

Note 1 is the lowest and 5 is highest rate Please circle the number that you think

the facilitator has performed

6 Over all comments about the training

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3540

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3640

Reading Materials

Facilitator Child Rights Our Educational Responsibilities

All Education programmes must be based on the understanding of the Convention on

the Rights of a Child When training is based on these values then the child will be thecentre of all topics presented The teachers job is to provide opportunities theatmosphere and environment so the rights of the child are met in the place they willspend much of their waking hours The main educational rights involve in schools arebased from rights number 13 17 28 29 and 31

Important Rights to note childrens right to leisure and play childrens need for space to develop the need to take childrens opinions into account the need to involve children in the learning process

the need for policies and training to be in the best interest of the child the need for learning to be life skills relevant local roots and global connections the importance of a change in attitude towards facilitating learning

The following needs to be in place so it can happen in Child Friendly SchoolsUniversal AccessReference to the many million children still deprived of education many of whom aregirls many of whom finish primary school lacking essential knowledge skills attitudesand values

Role of Parents Teachers and Community

awareness of the role of teachers and trainers being imperative in realising the ideaof childrens rights basing training on interpreting the Convention on the Rights of the Child and

putting it into real practice having all the skills necessary to encourage and assist all in the learning process realising that learning is not just about the facts but learning how to access and

process information so it is beneficial and relevant supporting and rewarding trainers and teachers ensuring that parents are given a key responsibility in forming constructive

relationships with teachers and schools for learning and training requirement fortheir children

Equal Opportunities an understanding of non-discrimination against girls special needs learning

difficulties children who are nomadic indigenous immigrant or are a linguisticminority

a realisation that every child has unique characteristics interests abilities needs

The Appropriate Quality Education Content

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3740

training of teachers and school learning being relevant to the child now and for thefuture

training sessions and consequently classroom and schools helping to developpersonalities talents mental and physical abilities to their fullest potential

Cultural roots and Global Values

the need to include respect for human rights in our learning environments an awareness of combination of learning to respect ones own nation and culture and

the culture of others the need to encourage tolerance and harmony for a better understanding of

minorities indigenous peoples refugees immigrants and gender equality

New Methods of Learning an agreement that learning is a combination of critical thinking and having fun that

passive listening and rote memorisation are less valuable than application andprocess to enhance understanding

the need for training workshops and classrooms to be participant friendly allowing for curiosity time to question receive answers to argue debate test andmake mistakes to create be spontaneous to be recognised and respected

Mutual Respect reflecting in training and inner life of a school the education message of vision

values human rights tolerance respecting dignity encouraging problem-solving skills allowing teachers to help children develop tools

for peaceful conflict resolution in all new learning situations the need to feel safe secure and totally trust our

teachersStudent Participation Opportunities for learners to express their points of view encouraging learners to

take personal responsibility for their studies Having a system of sharing responsibilities sharing ideas regular feedback and

learning evaluation Knowing that a good school and a good training workshop both promote total

participation and is a model of fairness for all

Child Rights and our Primary Health Care Responsibilities

The Child Health Rights directly concerning the teacher and the school must also beconsidered as the school can play a vital role in ensuring they are addressed Thefollowing particularly relate to articles 19 23 24 29 and 31

educational policies in schools and classrooms must be in place to protect childrenfrom all forms of physical punishment mental violence injury abuse neglect ormaltreatment

that an effort be made to include mentally and physically disabled children in theschool and classroom programmes so they can enjoy a full and decent life whichpromotes dignity self reliance and participation in the school and community

that schools may assist in facilitating a child in health rehabilitation

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3840

to ensure basic medical assistance is given in school for first aid and thedevelopment of primary health care awareness

keeping health records and observing nutritional state of individual children providing clean water in schools to ensure the educational programmes support mental and physical development

a child has an opportunity at school to rest and leisure and playIn Pakistan there is higher infant mortality lower immunisation lower literacy rateslower school enrolment lower access to safe water and more severely underweightchildren Primary health care is vital on the long list of human development needs Allchildren have the right to the best health care that is availableThis area is of concern to all involved in teaching as the child entering the school cantake advantage of all the opportunities if they are healthy and well cared for in pre-school environments and homesSchools also must ensure their primary role in health care so children can carry thelearning to other parts of the community The two concerns involve preventive orcurative methods

Ignorance polluted surroundings negligence in food care washing facilities animalsclose to living areas unsafe drinking water sanitation living surroundings seasonaldiseases communicable diseases personal hygiene girl children and their health andcommunicable diseases are all areas of concern The population growth rate isincreasing and many are deprived of basic Primary Health Care

When the population rate is more than the resources the situation can be extremelydifficult and expensive to remedy

In classroom and at schools areas of health can be addressed throughout the primaryyears so information is clearly disseminated with the help of the children Awareness of

healthy habits helps children build their self-esteem and learning to value your-self is animportant aspect of primary health care

The value of children learning aspects of Primary Health Care

they are very good and quick learners they share with others whatever they learn the learning in childhood is long lasting the teachers instructions or words are important words for a child children experience that is they do practical work and learn more school is the place where a childrsquos thought is effected for a practical life

Teachers and Community Role

recording weight height and skin colour observing health changes carefully observing and noting abnormalities and informing the parents having positive discussions with parents joyful learning lessons on primary health care making a health class and playground environment ensuring there is safe water in the school

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3940

ensuring there are adequate male and female toilet facilities in the schools having regular health chart challenges

Primary Health Care having healthy well nourished children learning in a healthyhygienic environment with clean safe water clean safe surroundings clean safepersonal habits clean safe food preparation Classroom Climate caring for the

emotional and physical well-being of children

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 4040

Appendix-A

Ref Right of children in Islam What the teacher can do

Al Hadith In accordance with Islamic preceptldquochildrenrdquo means both male andfemaleldquoAcquisition of knowledge is obligatory

for all true believersrdquo

Ensure that both boys and girls haveaccess to schoolIf there is a mixed class of boys andgirls the girls should have as much

attention as the boys

Right to be brought up properlylooked after and provided for andeducated

The teacher is in loco parentis (in the place of the parents) and has theresponsibility to provide the same careas the parents

Al Quran666

Right to religious moral ethicalguidance provided with an

understanding of right and wrong

The teacher needs to know andunderstand the teachings of Islam so

as to provide the child with a good

education without bias and with agood ethical foundation

Al Quran5251

Children are given in trust to their parents ndash who will be held

accountableldquoEveryone of you is a caretaker andeveryone of you is answerable for hissubjectsrdquo

As teachers are in the place of parents ndash they too may be held accountable

Abu BakrRAA

Justice and equality Inequality isinjustice (forbidden in Islam)ldquoHe dieth not who takes to learning totreat children affectionately and to kiss

them are charitable actsrdquo

The teacher must be very sure that the treatmentof all children is equal and fair no favoritismno bias against certain children for whateverreason

This is especially important with regard to thosechildren who have been left as orphans ordisabled either as a result of the earthquake orfor any other reason

Al Hadith ldquoIt is a childrsquos right that his fathershould teach him how to read write

helliprdquo

Teachers have a responsibility to be professional in their teaching and also

to help parents and the community tounderstand their obligations about sending all

their children to school

Abu Daud ldquoWhoever has a girl under hisguardianshiphellip[and does not] treat herwith contempt nor gives preference to

his sons over her Allah will admit himto paradiserdquo

Teachers have an obligation to treatgirls equally and without bias and tohelp the parents and community to

understand their obligations in termsof helping girls to have an education

Page 13: Head Teachers Training Manual.pdf

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 1340

22 983105983150983137983148983161983155983145983155 983156983144983141 983138983137983154983154983145983141983154983155 983156983151 983155983139983144983151983151983148 983141983150983154983151983148983149983141983150983156

Activity-4

The facilitator will explain to the participants how to identify barriers of enrolment at

different levels

1 Home and Community level2 School level

3 Policy and system level barriersThe participants will be divided into groups of five (according to the number of the

participants) and will be given grids (in the work book) to analyze barriers to enrolments

as example given below

Areas of analysis Possible

findings causes

Broad strategy Possible intervention

School Level

Example Poorquality

environment eg

- poor condition of

building- overcrowding

- lack of water

or sanitation- violence

(physical and

psychological)

Increasedlikelihood of non-

enrolment or non-

attendance and

dropping out afterenrolment

Provide support andtechnical assistance to

government and

communities to ensure

increased access forthose children who are

hardest to reach

School mapping toimprove planning and

targeting Child-

seeking Child Friendly

Schools

Home and Community level

Example- Directcosts of schooling

- school expenses- clothing

- books supplies

Advocacy for affordableeducation

Awareness-raising in

importance of childeducation

Incentive programmessuch as small

scholarships subsidies

food school supplies anduniforms

Policy Level

Example

Inadequate legalframework in such

areas as

- compulsoryeducation- child labour

- re-entry into

school

Education not free

and compulsory in principle or

practice

Increasedlikelihood thatchildren will fall

through the safety

net be unable totake examinations

or be forbidden re-

entry into school

Advocacy for

implementation ofcompulsory education

laws

Advocacy forimplementation of labourlaws

Advocacy for laws

allowing for continuedschooling for pregnant

girls or re-admission to

schools after pregnancy

Birth registration

campaignsAnalysis planning and

implementation of

policies supporting girlsrsquoeducation

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 1440

Once the participants have identified the potential causes they will be encouraged to think

of possible intervention to bridge these barriers This will be a rigorous exercise thereforethe facilitator must support and encourage each groups to work out the enrollment barrier

in the grid Once the participants worked out the analysis they should produce it on a flip

chart and present it to the whole group Once all the presentation finished display thesecharts on the walls The participants will have an opportunity to look at each others work

and learn from each other

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 1540

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 1640

Activity-2 (15 minutes)After this exercise ask the participants write down all the issues related to classroom

management they face in their class This is an individual task- the facilitator will

encourage each of the participants to think two issues and share it with the other participants sitting near by The responses might be discipline sitting issues over

crowded class and so on They will also prepare them on the flip charts and facilitator

will display them on the wall

32 983108983145983155983139983157983155983155 983140983145983142983142983141983154983141983150983156 983140983145983149983141983150983155983145983151983150983155 983151983142 983107983148983137983155983155983154983151983151983149 983149983137983150983137983143983141983149983141983150983156

Classroom organization is the key to managing teaching effectively Classroom

atmosphere is the key to managing the needs of the students Classroom planningassessment and record keeping are the keys to managing the curriculum learning

outcomes Classroom routines roles responsibilities relationships instructions and

positive praise are the keys to managing successful learning Planning is an essential management guideline so the next step of learning and most effective way to manage

resources can be decided Teachers need to ensure children reach their potential and gain

educational outcomes and skills for life long learning

Activity-3Facilitator will give his input about Classroom Management There are different

dimensions to the classroom management as mentioned in the table below The

participants will be divided into 8 pairs or groups depending to the size of the class Give

them themes of the Classroom Management with instructions (as mentioned below) the

participants will discuss and make suggestions under each headings

Organization How do you organize your class

Setting routine list out your daily routines with timing

Lay out of classroom How should be classroom displays and settings

Planning What needs to be planned and how

Sharing responsibilities Decide roles for students

Safe and secure environment What points need to be considered

Setting rule and procedures Think of possible rules for your classroom

Sanction and rewords How will you deal with behaviors

Once the groups finished discussing in their themes groups they will then write those

points on the flip charts Next the facilitator will consolidate all the group work and

display around the classroom management

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 1740

Discussion

At the end of the session summarize classroom management by using the information

below The facilitator will require summarized chart of classroom management and share

it with the participants Facilitator will also provide these readings to the participants to

read on their own time (Reading on Work Book)

33 983107983148983137983155983155983154983151983151983149 983149983137983150983137983143983141983149983141983150983156 983145983150 983117983157983148983156983145983085983143983154983137983140983141 983155983145983156983157983137983156983145983151983150

Since most of the government primary schools are in multi-grade situation we have to

keep in mined our classroom before teaching

ActivityAsk the participants to draw their classroom where the sitting may be

bull Classroom may be in different shape (triangle rectangle etc)

bull Sitting arrangement of mats or chairs (in lines circle u shape or in groups)

bull Number of doors windows ( if tents specify)

bull Location of black board and teachers desk

bull Location of teaching material

bull Displays of students work or chartsAfter the participants illustrate their classrooms they should display them on the wall

Facilitator will share the following classroom setting to encourage favourable learningenvironment

Classroom

Management

Organization

Lay out of

classroom

Atmosphere Setting routine

Setting rule and

procedures

Safe and secure

environment

Planning

Sharing

responsibilities

Sanction and

rewords

Figure - 1

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 1840

C-3

C-1 C-2

C-5C-4

Effective sitting arrangement in multi-grade classroom

(Students sitting in groups on desks in multi-grade situation)

(Students sitting in semi-circle on mats in multi-grade situation)

34 983120983148983137983150983150983145983150983143 983137983150983140 983154983151983157983156983145983150983141 983155983141983156983156983145983150983143 983145983150 983117983157983148983156983145983085983143983154983137983140983141 983155983145983156983157983137983156983145983151983150

A multi-grade situation is where there are a number of students in a classroom who areclassified into different grades This situation is common in a village where the number

of children for an average class size is insufficient and the practical solution is to sit

them all together in one classroom The most difficult hurdle for a multi-grade teacher is

the demand to complete a curriculum or textbook for each grade regardless of studentability needs or skills In the Government primary school are exam driven which

multiplies the challenges Effective planning and conscious effort can address this issue

Facilitator will show how to integrate lessons and set effective routines for their classes

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 1940

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2040

b Vertical integration- Block planning and teaching

Select topics of different levels which have common purpose for example similar topics in

science social studies Language Islamiyat

Block Number Class-1 Class-2

1 science language Visit to zoo Animals

2 Science Cleanliness Prevention from diseases

3 Social studies My parents My family

35 983107983148983137983155983155983154983151983151983149 983124983145983149983141983156983137983138983148983141 983137983150983140 983122983151983157983156983145983150983141 983155983141983156983156983145983150983143

Develop a timetable for your classroom keep in mind the number of classes children

teachers classrooms and subjects See how best you can utilize the time available in a

working day

36 983109983142983142983141983139983156983145983158983141 983111983154983151983157983152983145983150983143

A multi-grade classroom needs students doing group work so careful management isrequired There will be a wide range of ages abilities attainments and interests

Grouping must be flexible during the day and times when grouping sitting in groups and

doing group work will be necessary This grid shows teachersrsquo studentsrsquo activities duringa period with different group in multi grade situation

Period Class- 1

Group

Class-2

Group

Class-3

Group

40 mins

Period-1 Teacher

(Teaching in C-1

)

Activity

(students

doing

activities)

Written

(Students

writing)

13 mins

Period-1 Written

(Students)

Teacher

(Teaching)

Activity

(Students)

13 mins

Period-1 Activity

(Students)

Written

(Students)

Teacher

(Teaching)

13 mins

The same pattern can follow for the next periods The teacher must be very specific in

her planning stating what objectives will be taught what written work and type ofactivities will be done which should be monitored on a regular basis

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2140

Facilitator will explain ldquofor the multi-grade situation the period lesson plan needs to be

extended to include the specific activities the students will do and how the teacher will

divide herhis time with the different groups

37 983108983141983158983141983148983151983152983145983150983143 983148983141983155983155983151983150983155 983145983150 983117983157983148983156983145983085983143983154983137983140983141 983155983145983156983157983137983156983145983151983150

Activity-4

Participants in groups will be given books to design lessons for class-1 and class-2Facilitator will assist the participants in identifying topics of different classes with same

objectives For example in science take the topic ldquoplantsrdquo For class-1 students will have

to learn three main parts of tree (root stem and leaves) and for class-2 the students haveto learn more then three parts of tree The participants will identify similar topics in

sciences language social studies mathematics and Islamiyat and make and try to

integrate the lesson

For example

Action Session 1C- 1 Session 2C-2 Session 3C-3

Subject

Objective

Content

Materials

Activity

Evaluation

38 983125983156983145983148983145983162983137983156983145983151983150 983151983142 983124983141983137983139983144983145983150983143 983137983150983140 983148983141983137983154983150983145983150983143 983149983137983156983141983154983145983137983148

Facilitator will demonstrate to develop some teaching and learning materials and it willuse it in the classroom Heshe will explain teaching and learning material to the

participants how it supplements teaching

During demonstration the facilitator will make the following pointsAn interesting teachinglearning material makes learning easy for children Learning

becomes more interesting by focusing the curiosity of the children with verities of

teaching support UNESCO teaching and learning material consists of range of subject

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2240

matters It encompasses all the curriculum subjects in an activity based child centred

approach

Children can visualise things easily especially when it involves their sense of learning

and sight The children gain lots of confidence when presenting or working in front of the

class The natural desire to move is fulfilled by the use of teaching and learningmaterials

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2340

DAY-II

4 9831239831419831559831559831459831519831509830854 983120983154983151983149983151983156983145983151983150 983151983142 983112983141983137983148983156983144 983137983150983140 983112983161983143983145983141983150983141 983109983140983157983139983137983156983145983151983150

Objectives By the end of the session the participants will be able to

bull Acquire knowledge on principals of hygiene and healthy practices

bull Identify potentially harmful situations in schools regard to health

bull Devise strategies to promote health and hygiene in schools

Time Allocation

Activity 1 Principle of hygiene and healthy practices 10 minutes

Activity 2 Strategies to teach hygiene 20 minutes

Activity 3 Prevention and minimization of diseasesAction-Plans for school health

20 minutes

Conclusion 05 minutes

Total 55 minutes

Materials required

o Flip chart papero marker pens

o tapeo Workbook for each of the

participants

41 983113983150983156983154983151983140983157983139983156983145983151983150 983120983154983145983150983139983145983152983137983148 983151983142 983112983161983143983145983141983150983141

In this session we will look at some physical health issues that occur because of thecondition under which people have to live while they rebuild their lives The WHO

defines health as a state of complete physical mental and social wellbeing and not merely

the absence of disease or infirmity Hygiene is defined as the principles and laws

governing the preservation of health and their practical application practice conducive togood health it may refer to keeping clean in order to prevent diseases and maintain health

Activity 1 Principles of hygiene [10 minutes]

The participants individually should think of five principles of hygiene (healthy life)keeping the current situation of children in the primary schools

1 Wash hands with soap after using toilet and before eat meal2 Daily bath

3 Do not spit cover nose suppression

4 Use purified and boiled water keep water covered

5 Wash fruit before eating fruit

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2440

After the participants listed the principle of hygiene the facilitator will write the

definitions of health and hygiene on flip charts and explain it to the participants

42 983123983156983154983137983156983141983143983145983141983155 983156983151 983156983141983137983139983144 983144983161983143983145983141983150983141

Activity 2In your small groups pick the five principles that are most common to the group and

develop teaching strategies to help students understand the need for these principles

Principles Teaching strategies

1 Wash hands

2---------------

3---------------

4---------------5---------------

Demonstration of hand washing with soap

------------------------------------------------------------------

------------------------------------------------------------------

Allow 15 minutes for this exerciseBring the groups back to plenary and put up the flip charts on the walls Ask people to

move around the room and read all the sheets Encourage people note down if any

strategies they like

Allow 5 minutes for questions and discussion

43 983120983154983141983158983141983150983156983145983151983150 983137983150983140 983149983145983150983145983149983145983162983137983156983145983151983150Activity-3Explain to the participants that while regular hygiene activities are necessary there are

specific diseases that my be spread more easily in situations of temporary shelter

contaminated water insufficient water and the other conditions under which people arestill living Ask the group to find one person with whom they would like to work Explain

that this activity will be completed as pair work However each person should fill in the

table in their workbook

Common

Health Proble

Risk condition Prevention minimization

intervention

Diarrhea

cholera

dysentery

Poor sanitation inadequate

water condition poor

personal hygiene

Sanitation facilities Water

purification Personal hygiene ORS

(treatment only) Effectivesurveillance systems to prevent or

minimize disease outbreaks

Malaria and

other vector

Standing uncovered water

increasing the risk of

Health education raising awareness

about the risks of standing water

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2540

borne diseases(eg typhoid)

mosquitoes breedingCongested living conditions

increasing the possibility of

infection

Exposure to areas where

disease-transmittingorganism are more common

Increased population density promoting mosquito bites

use of mosquito nets understandingof symptoms of the disease etc

Advocates for measures for vector

control spraying for example

Effective surveillance systems by

health authorities

Respiratorytract

infections

(includingPneumonia)

Inadequate shelterPoor health care services

Overcrowding

Lack of food malnutritionRainy season

Improved shelter (especially fromwind but ensuring ventilation) Dry

clothes when wet

Use of antibiotics with doctorrsquosConsultation

Water borneDiseases

Contaminated water (garbagein

water source urinecontamination ndash animal orhuman)

Inadequately treated drinking

water (un-boiled orinsufficiently

boiled) Poor hygienic

conditions in

Shelters

Boil water for cooking washing anddrinking where possible Use water

purification tablets where possibleCare of immediate environmentin terms of covering water getting

rid of standing water ensuring that

clothes and bedding are well-aired Use of

antibiotics under medical

supervision

SkinInfections

Inadequate hygienePoor hygienic conditions in

Shelters

Regular washing with soap andwater

Thorough drying of skin Eliminationof vermin from the environment

Medication where necessary undermedical supervision

Tetanus Open wounds (due to

trauma)

Poor hygiene

Clean wounds (antiseptic if

available or soap and water) Cover

wounds with clean cloth orDressings Seek medical helpimmediately

Animal

transmitted

diseases

Unhygienic slaughtering

Contact with infected

animals dueto lack of veterinary control

Increased rate of diseases in

Animals

Ensuring that animals are

slaughtered according to Islamic law

(meat is halaal) Use of antibioticsunder medical supervision

When the participants have completed the exercise ask for one or two examples that are

particularly relevant and possible to accomplish While the pairs are working movearound the room so that you can see any really good examples to discuss in plenary Now

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2640

ask the participants to develop Health Action Plans for their school An example is shown

below

45 983105983139983156983145983151983150983085983120983148983137983150983085 983123983139983144983151983151983148 983112983141983137983148983156983144 983137983150983140 983112983161983143983145983141983150983141 983120983154983151983143983154983137983149983149983141

Health problems Interventions

What Who How When

Diarrhea cholera

dysentery

Water Teachers

andStudents

Clean water

Malaria Cleanenvironment

All Dustbins

ConclusionBasic health and hygiene are more difficult in situations of disaster and lack of

infrastructure in place In situations like NWFP Balochistan and Sindh (natural and man

made disaster at peak) it is important to reinforce the basic principles as people who areunder stress often neglect these basics and so children may not learn appropriately

5 9831239831419831559831559831459831519831509830855 983119983158983141983154983158983145983141983159 983151983142 983156983144983141 983142983151983151983140 983139983154983145983155983141983155 983137983150983140 983152983157983154983152983151983155983141 983151983142

983142983151983151983140 983140983145983155983156983154983145983138983157983156983145983151983150

Objectives By the end of this session the participants will be able to

bull Discuss the recent food crises and its impact on common people particularly onchildren

bull Purpose of food distribution to schools and what are the indirect impacts on childeducation

Time Allocation

Activity 1 discuss the recent food crises and high prices issue 10 minutes

Activity 2 purpose of food distribution to schools and its impact onchild education

20 minutes

Activity 3 food distribution project 20 minutes

Conclusion 05 minutes

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2740

Total 55 minutes

11 Materials required

o Flip chart paper

o marker penso tape

o workbook for each of the

participantso leaflets of food distribution

programme

IntroductionIntroduce the WFP-UNESCO in partnership with the Government of Pakistan has

initiated school feeding programme to mitigate short term hunger When children come

for school with empty stomach (without breakfast) they are less likely to concentrate and

engage in learning activities This programme can temporarily bridge food gapes infamilies and can be helpful in refocusing studentrsquos attention to the lessons This can also

be an incentive to increase the enrolment attendance and decrease dropout It is alsoassumed that this programme may increase the education quality improvement from

school to district level

Activity- 1

Facilitator will explain the following agendas of Food for Education The followingcatchphrase of school feeding programme will be written on flip chart and discussed

thoroughly

bull School feeding can decrease short-term hunger thereby increasing learningcapacity

bull School feeding and take home ration can improve school enrollment andattendance and decrease drop-out

bull Food assistance can encourage community participation in education

bull Involvement of district government education department can act as a lever for

school quality improvement

bull School feeding can improve nutritional status and hence improve school performance

bull School feeding and Take home ration are education intervention

Activity-2

The participants will discuss in groups and workout the grid mentioned below The participants will be encouraged to think on the activities that school can perform to

enhance school feeding programme specific objectives

Objectives and activities for school feeding programme

Objectives Activities

WFPUNESCO What school Can do

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2840

Increase enrollmentattendance retention and

completion

School ration (wheat and oil) Parents outreach

Enhance learning

environment

Provision of teaching and

learning materials

Enhance teachers quality Teachers complete a two-dayHead Teachersrsquo training

receive

Enhance learning capacity Provision of teaching and

learning kit

Increase community

participation

school food distribution

managed by parent IEC

campaign PTC training

Improve support to schools Management of ToT training

for head teachers

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2940

o Flip chart papero Marker penso Tape for sticking papers to the wallso Workbook for each participant

6 9831239831419831559831559831459831519831509830856 983107983151983149983149983157983150983145983156983161 983137983150983140 983120983137983154983141983150983156983155 983141983150983143983137983143983141983149983141983150983156 983145983150 983155983139983144983151983151983148Objectives By the end of this session the participants will be able to

bull Identify roles of PTCSMC in school

bull How to mobilize communityPTC in the school affairsbull What are their role in food distribution teaching material distribution and

monitoring

Time Allocation

What PTC and SMCs can do for the schools

Activity-1 Need and response 40

Activity-2 ways of communication with community- School

improvement booklet and awareness raising message

10

Conclusion 05 minutes

Total 55 minutes

Materials required

IntroductionFacilitator will introduce community participation in education Community and parents

are best resources to be utilized In Pakistan SMCs PTCs representingcommunityparents have been initiated to assist the school

61 983105983139983156983145983158983145983156983161 1 983118983141983141983140983155 983137983150983140 983122983141983155983152983151983150983155983141983155

Divide the participants into small groups (3-4) Ask participants to open their workbooks

and list in the first column the 5 pressing needs of their schools Then the second columnthey should list one point for each need where SMCPTCs can assist The groups have 20

minutes for this exercise

Needs Assistance

Children not attending schools PTAsSMCs can advocate in the

community and support families to sendtheir children to school through provision of

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3040

scholarships especially their girl children

Distribution of food and teaching

learning materials

PTC and SMC can monitor of the fair distribution

Activity-4

The community is part of the class room atmosphere and school physical environmentHead teacher needs to build a good relationship with the community Know the

community develop co-operation communicate with them There are many ways of

connecting with the community as mentioned below

62 983127983137983161983155 983151983142 983149983137983147983145983150983143 983148983145983150983147983137983143983141983155 983159983145983156983144 983107983151983149983149983157983150983145983156983161983120983137983154983141983150983156983155

Some suggested ideas for information sharing below

letters Events like School Day parents day PTCSMCs and teachers meetings

community projects clean ups information promotions (heath and sanitation) the school as a centre for community activities and adult classes sharing School Improvement Booklet-awareness raising materials

7 9831239831419831559831559831459831519831509830857 983105983139983156983145983151983150983085983120983148983137983150

ObjectivesBy the end of this session the participants will be able to

bull Develop Action Plans to address the following School Improvement Indicatorso School attendance and enrollmento Improved School environment

o Health and hygieneo Utilization of teaching and learning resourceso Monitoring and recording wheat and oil rationo Activation of PTCSMC

Present Action plan format 10

Activity-1 design action plans for their schools 50

Activity -2 Presentations 20

Summing up 10

Total 1 30 minutes

Materials required

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3140

o Flip Charto Marker pens

o Action plan format

o School Day Charto Tape

o White Sheets

Introduction

The facilitator will share format of Action Plan to the participants Clearly explain how to

go about it Then ask the participants individually develop Action plan that will beimplemented in their schools The participants will also be informed that on the bases of

these Action Plans they will be monitored

What How Who When Comments

1 School

health

Providing

clean

water

HT

Teachers

PTCSMC

March 09 Head teacher in

collaboration with

PTCSMC will makesure there is a safe clean

water for students in the

school

2 Students

enrolment

Enrolment

campaignSchool

day

Visithomes

PTCSMC

HT

5t

Apr-09

3 School day

4 SMC

meeting

5 Improve

school

environment

The training participants will fill out this action plan according to their school needs and priority Share these Action Plans to the whole group and encourage others to make notes

from each others work incases they see it relevant to their schools as well

Objectives

By the end of this session the participants will be able too To develop an understanding of how a School Day is celebratedo Plan for their own schools of how they will celebrate the day

Present School Day Plan 10 minutes

Activity-1 Discuss in small groups how the day will be

celebrate

20 minutes

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3240

Make plans when the day will be celebrated at their school 30 minutes

Total 60 minutes

Materials required

o Flip Chart

o Marker pens

o School Day Chart

o Tapeo White Sheets

School DayA lsquoSchool Dayrsquo is the day in the GOP-WFP-UNESCO project when parents teachers and projectofficials meet in the school premises to discuss ways to improve the school Several factorscontribute to school improvement School attendance and enrollment Retention of studentsSchool environment Health and hygiene of students Utilization of teaching and learning

materials PTACommunity involvement Nutrition and diet and use of oil and wheat rations Ona School Day the head teacher with the help of Social Mobilizer of the implementing partner willdiscuss the school improvement factors with the parents and children of the school

ActivitiesThe following activities are suggested to make the day useful and attractive to the children

parents and community members

Activity 1 Preparation of activities of the day

Send invitation to all parents at least a week before the ldquoSchool Dayrdquo through children verballyand also in writing (hand written notes would suffice) and also spread the message by word-of-mouth At least two days before the program send a reminder by writing the message on the

studentsrsquo copy books or paper slips and read it loudly and clearly in the classrooms Make surethat the children have understood the message by asking them to explain And if possible invite

the community members through telephone calls or by sending the school children to spread thenews Advance planning is the key to success

Activity 2 Follow the agenda

SN Activities Time in

Minutes

Registration of the participants

1 Recitation verses from the holy Quran by one of the students 03

2 Naat by a student 05

Celebrate a School Day

Make sure you have

1 All parents children teachers head teacher supervisorADO and the PTASMC PTC are invited

2 A plan is ready for the day

3 Food items (wheat and oil) ready for distribution

4 Key messages and teaching and learning kits are available and are on display

5 Students prepared to show their talents to their parents and to the community members

6 Successes and areas needing improvements for discussion with parents and community

7 Constituted a committee for organization of the School Day

8 Informed the students that they should come neat and clean and in school uniform

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3340

Notes for the Head Teacher Use the day to celebrate to celebrate the schoolsrsquo achievements Open the school gates for parents community members and social workers of the villag

Involve everybody in the sessions and avoid a lot of talking (Sweeten the small stuff) Give children space to speak about their successes and problems at the school

If you have more than one teacher involve them in planning of the day Ask teachers to facilitate group discussions without dominating the discussion If teachers

are not available ask some literate volunteers from the village or NGO representatives if

available to help Decorate the school with childrenrsquos work and readymade displays and locally available

flowers and plants You have some of the resources available in your teaching andlearning kit

Have a positive focus Do not talk with parents about what their children can not dorather talk about what the children can do

Explore use of local resources

Take ideas from School Improvement Booklet (SIB) for the event Appreciate studentsrsquo successes and achievements with some rewards if possible Pray for every ones success and those who have helped in providing an opportunity to

celebrate the day pray for the country and the people for their good health wealth peaceand prosperity and thank everyone for their participation

Actively follow up on the implementation of School Improvement Plan prepared on theSchool Day

3 Welcome address by PTAPTCSMC representative 10

4 Introduction of the day by the Head teacher 20

5 Poem song or some creative item from the students 20

6 Discussion on the key messages (what does the messages mean how it will be disseminated

in the village How to achieve it)

40

7 Discussion on the topics (use group work) followed by whole group open discussion

School attendance and enrollment School environment Health and hygiene Utilization ofTeaching and Learning materials PTACommunity Involvement Nutrition and diet and

Use of oil and wheat rations (please involve some representative students as well)

40

8 Develop a School Development Plan (SDP ) while using the following pattern

40

Issues1 How it will be

resolved

Who will be

responsible

Resources

required

Source of

funding

Time (By

When)

Note Please use short term and quickly doable plans like reducing absenteeism by students and teachers cleaningthe school planning trees (use School Improvement Book for more ideas)

9 Conclude the day by stating the background and the purpose of food and educational

incentives and by asking the parents and children to take their food ration and remind them

about the key messages As a concluding activity invite the parents and the community

members to visit the classrooms and ask the students to explain to them their creative work

10

Activity 3 Documentation and Reporting

Document the proceedings of the day and develop a short report for Project Implementation Unit

ADO circle or talka

1 For example student attendance has declined in the past two months

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3440

Course Evaluation

Note Please take a few minutes to complete the form and return to the facilitator

1 List out what have you learnt from this training

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

----------------------------------------------------------

2 What did you like from the training

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------

3 What particular learning will you implement How

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------

4 What are the suggestions to improve the training

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------

5 How do you rate the facilitator knowledge skills and attitude

Knowledge 1------2--------3--------4--------5

Skills 1------2--------3--------4--------5

Attitude 1------2--------3--------4--------5

Note 1 is the lowest and 5 is highest rate Please circle the number that you think

the facilitator has performed

6 Over all comments about the training

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3540

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3640

Reading Materials

Facilitator Child Rights Our Educational Responsibilities

All Education programmes must be based on the understanding of the Convention on

the Rights of a Child When training is based on these values then the child will be thecentre of all topics presented The teachers job is to provide opportunities theatmosphere and environment so the rights of the child are met in the place they willspend much of their waking hours The main educational rights involve in schools arebased from rights number 13 17 28 29 and 31

Important Rights to note childrens right to leisure and play childrens need for space to develop the need to take childrens opinions into account the need to involve children in the learning process

the need for policies and training to be in the best interest of the child the need for learning to be life skills relevant local roots and global connections the importance of a change in attitude towards facilitating learning

The following needs to be in place so it can happen in Child Friendly SchoolsUniversal AccessReference to the many million children still deprived of education many of whom aregirls many of whom finish primary school lacking essential knowledge skills attitudesand values

Role of Parents Teachers and Community

awareness of the role of teachers and trainers being imperative in realising the ideaof childrens rights basing training on interpreting the Convention on the Rights of the Child and

putting it into real practice having all the skills necessary to encourage and assist all in the learning process realising that learning is not just about the facts but learning how to access and

process information so it is beneficial and relevant supporting and rewarding trainers and teachers ensuring that parents are given a key responsibility in forming constructive

relationships with teachers and schools for learning and training requirement fortheir children

Equal Opportunities an understanding of non-discrimination against girls special needs learning

difficulties children who are nomadic indigenous immigrant or are a linguisticminority

a realisation that every child has unique characteristics interests abilities needs

The Appropriate Quality Education Content

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3740

training of teachers and school learning being relevant to the child now and for thefuture

training sessions and consequently classroom and schools helping to developpersonalities talents mental and physical abilities to their fullest potential

Cultural roots and Global Values

the need to include respect for human rights in our learning environments an awareness of combination of learning to respect ones own nation and culture and

the culture of others the need to encourage tolerance and harmony for a better understanding of

minorities indigenous peoples refugees immigrants and gender equality

New Methods of Learning an agreement that learning is a combination of critical thinking and having fun that

passive listening and rote memorisation are less valuable than application andprocess to enhance understanding

the need for training workshops and classrooms to be participant friendly allowing for curiosity time to question receive answers to argue debate test andmake mistakes to create be spontaneous to be recognised and respected

Mutual Respect reflecting in training and inner life of a school the education message of vision

values human rights tolerance respecting dignity encouraging problem-solving skills allowing teachers to help children develop tools

for peaceful conflict resolution in all new learning situations the need to feel safe secure and totally trust our

teachersStudent Participation Opportunities for learners to express their points of view encouraging learners to

take personal responsibility for their studies Having a system of sharing responsibilities sharing ideas regular feedback and

learning evaluation Knowing that a good school and a good training workshop both promote total

participation and is a model of fairness for all

Child Rights and our Primary Health Care Responsibilities

The Child Health Rights directly concerning the teacher and the school must also beconsidered as the school can play a vital role in ensuring they are addressed Thefollowing particularly relate to articles 19 23 24 29 and 31

educational policies in schools and classrooms must be in place to protect childrenfrom all forms of physical punishment mental violence injury abuse neglect ormaltreatment

that an effort be made to include mentally and physically disabled children in theschool and classroom programmes so they can enjoy a full and decent life whichpromotes dignity self reliance and participation in the school and community

that schools may assist in facilitating a child in health rehabilitation

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3840

to ensure basic medical assistance is given in school for first aid and thedevelopment of primary health care awareness

keeping health records and observing nutritional state of individual children providing clean water in schools to ensure the educational programmes support mental and physical development

a child has an opportunity at school to rest and leisure and playIn Pakistan there is higher infant mortality lower immunisation lower literacy rateslower school enrolment lower access to safe water and more severely underweightchildren Primary health care is vital on the long list of human development needs Allchildren have the right to the best health care that is availableThis area is of concern to all involved in teaching as the child entering the school cantake advantage of all the opportunities if they are healthy and well cared for in pre-school environments and homesSchools also must ensure their primary role in health care so children can carry thelearning to other parts of the community The two concerns involve preventive orcurative methods

Ignorance polluted surroundings negligence in food care washing facilities animalsclose to living areas unsafe drinking water sanitation living surroundings seasonaldiseases communicable diseases personal hygiene girl children and their health andcommunicable diseases are all areas of concern The population growth rate isincreasing and many are deprived of basic Primary Health Care

When the population rate is more than the resources the situation can be extremelydifficult and expensive to remedy

In classroom and at schools areas of health can be addressed throughout the primaryyears so information is clearly disseminated with the help of the children Awareness of

healthy habits helps children build their self-esteem and learning to value your-self is animportant aspect of primary health care

The value of children learning aspects of Primary Health Care

they are very good and quick learners they share with others whatever they learn the learning in childhood is long lasting the teachers instructions or words are important words for a child children experience that is they do practical work and learn more school is the place where a childrsquos thought is effected for a practical life

Teachers and Community Role

recording weight height and skin colour observing health changes carefully observing and noting abnormalities and informing the parents having positive discussions with parents joyful learning lessons on primary health care making a health class and playground environment ensuring there is safe water in the school

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3940

ensuring there are adequate male and female toilet facilities in the schools having regular health chart challenges

Primary Health Care having healthy well nourished children learning in a healthyhygienic environment with clean safe water clean safe surroundings clean safepersonal habits clean safe food preparation Classroom Climate caring for the

emotional and physical well-being of children

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 4040

Appendix-A

Ref Right of children in Islam What the teacher can do

Al Hadith In accordance with Islamic preceptldquochildrenrdquo means both male andfemaleldquoAcquisition of knowledge is obligatory

for all true believersrdquo

Ensure that both boys and girls haveaccess to schoolIf there is a mixed class of boys andgirls the girls should have as much

attention as the boys

Right to be brought up properlylooked after and provided for andeducated

The teacher is in loco parentis (in the place of the parents) and has theresponsibility to provide the same careas the parents

Al Quran666

Right to religious moral ethicalguidance provided with an

understanding of right and wrong

The teacher needs to know andunderstand the teachings of Islam so

as to provide the child with a good

education without bias and with agood ethical foundation

Al Quran5251

Children are given in trust to their parents ndash who will be held

accountableldquoEveryone of you is a caretaker andeveryone of you is answerable for hissubjectsrdquo

As teachers are in the place of parents ndash they too may be held accountable

Abu BakrRAA

Justice and equality Inequality isinjustice (forbidden in Islam)ldquoHe dieth not who takes to learning totreat children affectionately and to kiss

them are charitable actsrdquo

The teacher must be very sure that the treatmentof all children is equal and fair no favoritismno bias against certain children for whateverreason

This is especially important with regard to thosechildren who have been left as orphans ordisabled either as a result of the earthquake orfor any other reason

Al Hadith ldquoIt is a childrsquos right that his fathershould teach him how to read write

helliprdquo

Teachers have a responsibility to be professional in their teaching and also

to help parents and the community tounderstand their obligations about sending all

their children to school

Abu Daud ldquoWhoever has a girl under hisguardianshiphellip[and does not] treat herwith contempt nor gives preference to

his sons over her Allah will admit himto paradiserdquo

Teachers have an obligation to treatgirls equally and without bias and tohelp the parents and community to

understand their obligations in termsof helping girls to have an education

Page 14: Head Teachers Training Manual.pdf

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 1440

Once the participants have identified the potential causes they will be encouraged to think

of possible intervention to bridge these barriers This will be a rigorous exercise thereforethe facilitator must support and encourage each groups to work out the enrollment barrier

in the grid Once the participants worked out the analysis they should produce it on a flip

chart and present it to the whole group Once all the presentation finished display thesecharts on the walls The participants will have an opportunity to look at each others work

and learn from each other

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 1540

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 1640

Activity-2 (15 minutes)After this exercise ask the participants write down all the issues related to classroom

management they face in their class This is an individual task- the facilitator will

encourage each of the participants to think two issues and share it with the other participants sitting near by The responses might be discipline sitting issues over

crowded class and so on They will also prepare them on the flip charts and facilitator

will display them on the wall

32 983108983145983155983139983157983155983155 983140983145983142983142983141983154983141983150983156 983140983145983149983141983150983155983145983151983150983155 983151983142 983107983148983137983155983155983154983151983151983149 983149983137983150983137983143983141983149983141983150983156

Classroom organization is the key to managing teaching effectively Classroom

atmosphere is the key to managing the needs of the students Classroom planningassessment and record keeping are the keys to managing the curriculum learning

outcomes Classroom routines roles responsibilities relationships instructions and

positive praise are the keys to managing successful learning Planning is an essential management guideline so the next step of learning and most effective way to manage

resources can be decided Teachers need to ensure children reach their potential and gain

educational outcomes and skills for life long learning

Activity-3Facilitator will give his input about Classroom Management There are different

dimensions to the classroom management as mentioned in the table below The

participants will be divided into 8 pairs or groups depending to the size of the class Give

them themes of the Classroom Management with instructions (as mentioned below) the

participants will discuss and make suggestions under each headings

Organization How do you organize your class

Setting routine list out your daily routines with timing

Lay out of classroom How should be classroom displays and settings

Planning What needs to be planned and how

Sharing responsibilities Decide roles for students

Safe and secure environment What points need to be considered

Setting rule and procedures Think of possible rules for your classroom

Sanction and rewords How will you deal with behaviors

Once the groups finished discussing in their themes groups they will then write those

points on the flip charts Next the facilitator will consolidate all the group work and

display around the classroom management

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 1740

Discussion

At the end of the session summarize classroom management by using the information

below The facilitator will require summarized chart of classroom management and share

it with the participants Facilitator will also provide these readings to the participants to

read on their own time (Reading on Work Book)

33 983107983148983137983155983155983154983151983151983149 983149983137983150983137983143983141983149983141983150983156 983145983150 983117983157983148983156983145983085983143983154983137983140983141 983155983145983156983157983137983156983145983151983150

Since most of the government primary schools are in multi-grade situation we have to

keep in mined our classroom before teaching

ActivityAsk the participants to draw their classroom where the sitting may be

bull Classroom may be in different shape (triangle rectangle etc)

bull Sitting arrangement of mats or chairs (in lines circle u shape or in groups)

bull Number of doors windows ( if tents specify)

bull Location of black board and teachers desk

bull Location of teaching material

bull Displays of students work or chartsAfter the participants illustrate their classrooms they should display them on the wall

Facilitator will share the following classroom setting to encourage favourable learningenvironment

Classroom

Management

Organization

Lay out of

classroom

Atmosphere Setting routine

Setting rule and

procedures

Safe and secure

environment

Planning

Sharing

responsibilities

Sanction and

rewords

Figure - 1

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 1840

C-3

C-1 C-2

C-5C-4

Effective sitting arrangement in multi-grade classroom

(Students sitting in groups on desks in multi-grade situation)

(Students sitting in semi-circle on mats in multi-grade situation)

34 983120983148983137983150983150983145983150983143 983137983150983140 983154983151983157983156983145983150983141 983155983141983156983156983145983150983143 983145983150 983117983157983148983156983145983085983143983154983137983140983141 983155983145983156983157983137983156983145983151983150

A multi-grade situation is where there are a number of students in a classroom who areclassified into different grades This situation is common in a village where the number

of children for an average class size is insufficient and the practical solution is to sit

them all together in one classroom The most difficult hurdle for a multi-grade teacher is

the demand to complete a curriculum or textbook for each grade regardless of studentability needs or skills In the Government primary school are exam driven which

multiplies the challenges Effective planning and conscious effort can address this issue

Facilitator will show how to integrate lessons and set effective routines for their classes

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 1940

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2040

b Vertical integration- Block planning and teaching

Select topics of different levels which have common purpose for example similar topics in

science social studies Language Islamiyat

Block Number Class-1 Class-2

1 science language Visit to zoo Animals

2 Science Cleanliness Prevention from diseases

3 Social studies My parents My family

35 983107983148983137983155983155983154983151983151983149 983124983145983149983141983156983137983138983148983141 983137983150983140 983122983151983157983156983145983150983141 983155983141983156983156983145983150983143

Develop a timetable for your classroom keep in mind the number of classes children

teachers classrooms and subjects See how best you can utilize the time available in a

working day

36 983109983142983142983141983139983156983145983158983141 983111983154983151983157983152983145983150983143

A multi-grade classroom needs students doing group work so careful management isrequired There will be a wide range of ages abilities attainments and interests

Grouping must be flexible during the day and times when grouping sitting in groups and

doing group work will be necessary This grid shows teachersrsquo studentsrsquo activities duringa period with different group in multi grade situation

Period Class- 1

Group

Class-2

Group

Class-3

Group

40 mins

Period-1 Teacher

(Teaching in C-1

)

Activity

(students

doing

activities)

Written

(Students

writing)

13 mins

Period-1 Written

(Students)

Teacher

(Teaching)

Activity

(Students)

13 mins

Period-1 Activity

(Students)

Written

(Students)

Teacher

(Teaching)

13 mins

The same pattern can follow for the next periods The teacher must be very specific in

her planning stating what objectives will be taught what written work and type ofactivities will be done which should be monitored on a regular basis

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2140

Facilitator will explain ldquofor the multi-grade situation the period lesson plan needs to be

extended to include the specific activities the students will do and how the teacher will

divide herhis time with the different groups

37 983108983141983158983141983148983151983152983145983150983143 983148983141983155983155983151983150983155 983145983150 983117983157983148983156983145983085983143983154983137983140983141 983155983145983156983157983137983156983145983151983150

Activity-4

Participants in groups will be given books to design lessons for class-1 and class-2Facilitator will assist the participants in identifying topics of different classes with same

objectives For example in science take the topic ldquoplantsrdquo For class-1 students will have

to learn three main parts of tree (root stem and leaves) and for class-2 the students haveto learn more then three parts of tree The participants will identify similar topics in

sciences language social studies mathematics and Islamiyat and make and try to

integrate the lesson

For example

Action Session 1C- 1 Session 2C-2 Session 3C-3

Subject

Objective

Content

Materials

Activity

Evaluation

38 983125983156983145983148983145983162983137983156983145983151983150 983151983142 983124983141983137983139983144983145983150983143 983137983150983140 983148983141983137983154983150983145983150983143 983149983137983156983141983154983145983137983148

Facilitator will demonstrate to develop some teaching and learning materials and it willuse it in the classroom Heshe will explain teaching and learning material to the

participants how it supplements teaching

During demonstration the facilitator will make the following pointsAn interesting teachinglearning material makes learning easy for children Learning

becomes more interesting by focusing the curiosity of the children with verities of

teaching support UNESCO teaching and learning material consists of range of subject

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2240

matters It encompasses all the curriculum subjects in an activity based child centred

approach

Children can visualise things easily especially when it involves their sense of learning

and sight The children gain lots of confidence when presenting or working in front of the

class The natural desire to move is fulfilled by the use of teaching and learningmaterials

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2340

DAY-II

4 9831239831419831559831559831459831519831509830854 983120983154983151983149983151983156983145983151983150 983151983142 983112983141983137983148983156983144 983137983150983140 983112983161983143983145983141983150983141 983109983140983157983139983137983156983145983151983150

Objectives By the end of the session the participants will be able to

bull Acquire knowledge on principals of hygiene and healthy practices

bull Identify potentially harmful situations in schools regard to health

bull Devise strategies to promote health and hygiene in schools

Time Allocation

Activity 1 Principle of hygiene and healthy practices 10 minutes

Activity 2 Strategies to teach hygiene 20 minutes

Activity 3 Prevention and minimization of diseasesAction-Plans for school health

20 minutes

Conclusion 05 minutes

Total 55 minutes

Materials required

o Flip chart papero marker pens

o tapeo Workbook for each of the

participants

41 983113983150983156983154983151983140983157983139983156983145983151983150 983120983154983145983150983139983145983152983137983148 983151983142 983112983161983143983145983141983150983141

In this session we will look at some physical health issues that occur because of thecondition under which people have to live while they rebuild their lives The WHO

defines health as a state of complete physical mental and social wellbeing and not merely

the absence of disease or infirmity Hygiene is defined as the principles and laws

governing the preservation of health and their practical application practice conducive togood health it may refer to keeping clean in order to prevent diseases and maintain health

Activity 1 Principles of hygiene [10 minutes]

The participants individually should think of five principles of hygiene (healthy life)keeping the current situation of children in the primary schools

1 Wash hands with soap after using toilet and before eat meal2 Daily bath

3 Do not spit cover nose suppression

4 Use purified and boiled water keep water covered

5 Wash fruit before eating fruit

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2440

After the participants listed the principle of hygiene the facilitator will write the

definitions of health and hygiene on flip charts and explain it to the participants

42 983123983156983154983137983156983141983143983145983141983155 983156983151 983156983141983137983139983144 983144983161983143983145983141983150983141

Activity 2In your small groups pick the five principles that are most common to the group and

develop teaching strategies to help students understand the need for these principles

Principles Teaching strategies

1 Wash hands

2---------------

3---------------

4---------------5---------------

Demonstration of hand washing with soap

------------------------------------------------------------------

------------------------------------------------------------------

Allow 15 minutes for this exerciseBring the groups back to plenary and put up the flip charts on the walls Ask people to

move around the room and read all the sheets Encourage people note down if any

strategies they like

Allow 5 minutes for questions and discussion

43 983120983154983141983158983141983150983156983145983151983150 983137983150983140 983149983145983150983145983149983145983162983137983156983145983151983150Activity-3Explain to the participants that while regular hygiene activities are necessary there are

specific diseases that my be spread more easily in situations of temporary shelter

contaminated water insufficient water and the other conditions under which people arestill living Ask the group to find one person with whom they would like to work Explain

that this activity will be completed as pair work However each person should fill in the

table in their workbook

Common

Health Proble

Risk condition Prevention minimization

intervention

Diarrhea

cholera

dysentery

Poor sanitation inadequate

water condition poor

personal hygiene

Sanitation facilities Water

purification Personal hygiene ORS

(treatment only) Effectivesurveillance systems to prevent or

minimize disease outbreaks

Malaria and

other vector

Standing uncovered water

increasing the risk of

Health education raising awareness

about the risks of standing water

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2540

borne diseases(eg typhoid)

mosquitoes breedingCongested living conditions

increasing the possibility of

infection

Exposure to areas where

disease-transmittingorganism are more common

Increased population density promoting mosquito bites

use of mosquito nets understandingof symptoms of the disease etc

Advocates for measures for vector

control spraying for example

Effective surveillance systems by

health authorities

Respiratorytract

infections

(includingPneumonia)

Inadequate shelterPoor health care services

Overcrowding

Lack of food malnutritionRainy season

Improved shelter (especially fromwind but ensuring ventilation) Dry

clothes when wet

Use of antibiotics with doctorrsquosConsultation

Water borneDiseases

Contaminated water (garbagein

water source urinecontamination ndash animal orhuman)

Inadequately treated drinking

water (un-boiled orinsufficiently

boiled) Poor hygienic

conditions in

Shelters

Boil water for cooking washing anddrinking where possible Use water

purification tablets where possibleCare of immediate environmentin terms of covering water getting

rid of standing water ensuring that

clothes and bedding are well-aired Use of

antibiotics under medical

supervision

SkinInfections

Inadequate hygienePoor hygienic conditions in

Shelters

Regular washing with soap andwater

Thorough drying of skin Eliminationof vermin from the environment

Medication where necessary undermedical supervision

Tetanus Open wounds (due to

trauma)

Poor hygiene

Clean wounds (antiseptic if

available or soap and water) Cover

wounds with clean cloth orDressings Seek medical helpimmediately

Animal

transmitted

diseases

Unhygienic slaughtering

Contact with infected

animals dueto lack of veterinary control

Increased rate of diseases in

Animals

Ensuring that animals are

slaughtered according to Islamic law

(meat is halaal) Use of antibioticsunder medical supervision

When the participants have completed the exercise ask for one or two examples that are

particularly relevant and possible to accomplish While the pairs are working movearound the room so that you can see any really good examples to discuss in plenary Now

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2640

ask the participants to develop Health Action Plans for their school An example is shown

below

45 983105983139983156983145983151983150983085983120983148983137983150983085 983123983139983144983151983151983148 983112983141983137983148983156983144 983137983150983140 983112983161983143983145983141983150983141 983120983154983151983143983154983137983149983149983141

Health problems Interventions

What Who How When

Diarrhea cholera

dysentery

Water Teachers

andStudents

Clean water

Malaria Cleanenvironment

All Dustbins

ConclusionBasic health and hygiene are more difficult in situations of disaster and lack of

infrastructure in place In situations like NWFP Balochistan and Sindh (natural and man

made disaster at peak) it is important to reinforce the basic principles as people who areunder stress often neglect these basics and so children may not learn appropriately

5 9831239831419831559831559831459831519831509830855 983119983158983141983154983158983145983141983159 983151983142 983156983144983141 983142983151983151983140 983139983154983145983155983141983155 983137983150983140 983152983157983154983152983151983155983141 983151983142

983142983151983151983140 983140983145983155983156983154983145983138983157983156983145983151983150

Objectives By the end of this session the participants will be able to

bull Discuss the recent food crises and its impact on common people particularly onchildren

bull Purpose of food distribution to schools and what are the indirect impacts on childeducation

Time Allocation

Activity 1 discuss the recent food crises and high prices issue 10 minutes

Activity 2 purpose of food distribution to schools and its impact onchild education

20 minutes

Activity 3 food distribution project 20 minutes

Conclusion 05 minutes

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2740

Total 55 minutes

11 Materials required

o Flip chart paper

o marker penso tape

o workbook for each of the

participantso leaflets of food distribution

programme

IntroductionIntroduce the WFP-UNESCO in partnership with the Government of Pakistan has

initiated school feeding programme to mitigate short term hunger When children come

for school with empty stomach (without breakfast) they are less likely to concentrate and

engage in learning activities This programme can temporarily bridge food gapes infamilies and can be helpful in refocusing studentrsquos attention to the lessons This can also

be an incentive to increase the enrolment attendance and decrease dropout It is alsoassumed that this programme may increase the education quality improvement from

school to district level

Activity- 1

Facilitator will explain the following agendas of Food for Education The followingcatchphrase of school feeding programme will be written on flip chart and discussed

thoroughly

bull School feeding can decrease short-term hunger thereby increasing learningcapacity

bull School feeding and take home ration can improve school enrollment andattendance and decrease drop-out

bull Food assistance can encourage community participation in education

bull Involvement of district government education department can act as a lever for

school quality improvement

bull School feeding can improve nutritional status and hence improve school performance

bull School feeding and Take home ration are education intervention

Activity-2

The participants will discuss in groups and workout the grid mentioned below The participants will be encouraged to think on the activities that school can perform to

enhance school feeding programme specific objectives

Objectives and activities for school feeding programme

Objectives Activities

WFPUNESCO What school Can do

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2840

Increase enrollmentattendance retention and

completion

School ration (wheat and oil) Parents outreach

Enhance learning

environment

Provision of teaching and

learning materials

Enhance teachers quality Teachers complete a two-dayHead Teachersrsquo training

receive

Enhance learning capacity Provision of teaching and

learning kit

Increase community

participation

school food distribution

managed by parent IEC

campaign PTC training

Improve support to schools Management of ToT training

for head teachers

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2940

o Flip chart papero Marker penso Tape for sticking papers to the wallso Workbook for each participant

6 9831239831419831559831559831459831519831509830856 983107983151983149983149983157983150983145983156983161 983137983150983140 983120983137983154983141983150983156983155 983141983150983143983137983143983141983149983141983150983156 983145983150 983155983139983144983151983151983148Objectives By the end of this session the participants will be able to

bull Identify roles of PTCSMC in school

bull How to mobilize communityPTC in the school affairsbull What are their role in food distribution teaching material distribution and

monitoring

Time Allocation

What PTC and SMCs can do for the schools

Activity-1 Need and response 40

Activity-2 ways of communication with community- School

improvement booklet and awareness raising message

10

Conclusion 05 minutes

Total 55 minutes

Materials required

IntroductionFacilitator will introduce community participation in education Community and parents

are best resources to be utilized In Pakistan SMCs PTCs representingcommunityparents have been initiated to assist the school

61 983105983139983156983145983158983145983156983161 1 983118983141983141983140983155 983137983150983140 983122983141983155983152983151983150983155983141983155

Divide the participants into small groups (3-4) Ask participants to open their workbooks

and list in the first column the 5 pressing needs of their schools Then the second columnthey should list one point for each need where SMCPTCs can assist The groups have 20

minutes for this exercise

Needs Assistance

Children not attending schools PTAsSMCs can advocate in the

community and support families to sendtheir children to school through provision of

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3040

scholarships especially their girl children

Distribution of food and teaching

learning materials

PTC and SMC can monitor of the fair distribution

Activity-4

The community is part of the class room atmosphere and school physical environmentHead teacher needs to build a good relationship with the community Know the

community develop co-operation communicate with them There are many ways of

connecting with the community as mentioned below

62 983127983137983161983155 983151983142 983149983137983147983145983150983143 983148983145983150983147983137983143983141983155 983159983145983156983144 983107983151983149983149983157983150983145983156983161983120983137983154983141983150983156983155

Some suggested ideas for information sharing below

letters Events like School Day parents day PTCSMCs and teachers meetings

community projects clean ups information promotions (heath and sanitation) the school as a centre for community activities and adult classes sharing School Improvement Booklet-awareness raising materials

7 9831239831419831559831559831459831519831509830857 983105983139983156983145983151983150983085983120983148983137983150

ObjectivesBy the end of this session the participants will be able to

bull Develop Action Plans to address the following School Improvement Indicatorso School attendance and enrollmento Improved School environment

o Health and hygieneo Utilization of teaching and learning resourceso Monitoring and recording wheat and oil rationo Activation of PTCSMC

Present Action plan format 10

Activity-1 design action plans for their schools 50

Activity -2 Presentations 20

Summing up 10

Total 1 30 minutes

Materials required

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3140

o Flip Charto Marker pens

o Action plan format

o School Day Charto Tape

o White Sheets

Introduction

The facilitator will share format of Action Plan to the participants Clearly explain how to

go about it Then ask the participants individually develop Action plan that will beimplemented in their schools The participants will also be informed that on the bases of

these Action Plans they will be monitored

What How Who When Comments

1 School

health

Providing

clean

water

HT

Teachers

PTCSMC

March 09 Head teacher in

collaboration with

PTCSMC will makesure there is a safe clean

water for students in the

school

2 Students

enrolment

Enrolment

campaignSchool

day

Visithomes

PTCSMC

HT

5t

Apr-09

3 School day

4 SMC

meeting

5 Improve

school

environment

The training participants will fill out this action plan according to their school needs and priority Share these Action Plans to the whole group and encourage others to make notes

from each others work incases they see it relevant to their schools as well

Objectives

By the end of this session the participants will be able too To develop an understanding of how a School Day is celebratedo Plan for their own schools of how they will celebrate the day

Present School Day Plan 10 minutes

Activity-1 Discuss in small groups how the day will be

celebrate

20 minutes

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3240

Make plans when the day will be celebrated at their school 30 minutes

Total 60 minutes

Materials required

o Flip Chart

o Marker pens

o School Day Chart

o Tapeo White Sheets

School DayA lsquoSchool Dayrsquo is the day in the GOP-WFP-UNESCO project when parents teachers and projectofficials meet in the school premises to discuss ways to improve the school Several factorscontribute to school improvement School attendance and enrollment Retention of studentsSchool environment Health and hygiene of students Utilization of teaching and learning

materials PTACommunity involvement Nutrition and diet and use of oil and wheat rations Ona School Day the head teacher with the help of Social Mobilizer of the implementing partner willdiscuss the school improvement factors with the parents and children of the school

ActivitiesThe following activities are suggested to make the day useful and attractive to the children

parents and community members

Activity 1 Preparation of activities of the day

Send invitation to all parents at least a week before the ldquoSchool Dayrdquo through children verballyand also in writing (hand written notes would suffice) and also spread the message by word-of-mouth At least two days before the program send a reminder by writing the message on the

studentsrsquo copy books or paper slips and read it loudly and clearly in the classrooms Make surethat the children have understood the message by asking them to explain And if possible invite

the community members through telephone calls or by sending the school children to spread thenews Advance planning is the key to success

Activity 2 Follow the agenda

SN Activities Time in

Minutes

Registration of the participants

1 Recitation verses from the holy Quran by one of the students 03

2 Naat by a student 05

Celebrate a School Day

Make sure you have

1 All parents children teachers head teacher supervisorADO and the PTASMC PTC are invited

2 A plan is ready for the day

3 Food items (wheat and oil) ready for distribution

4 Key messages and teaching and learning kits are available and are on display

5 Students prepared to show their talents to their parents and to the community members

6 Successes and areas needing improvements for discussion with parents and community

7 Constituted a committee for organization of the School Day

8 Informed the students that they should come neat and clean and in school uniform

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3340

Notes for the Head Teacher Use the day to celebrate to celebrate the schoolsrsquo achievements Open the school gates for parents community members and social workers of the villag

Involve everybody in the sessions and avoid a lot of talking (Sweeten the small stuff) Give children space to speak about their successes and problems at the school

If you have more than one teacher involve them in planning of the day Ask teachers to facilitate group discussions without dominating the discussion If teachers

are not available ask some literate volunteers from the village or NGO representatives if

available to help Decorate the school with childrenrsquos work and readymade displays and locally available

flowers and plants You have some of the resources available in your teaching andlearning kit

Have a positive focus Do not talk with parents about what their children can not dorather talk about what the children can do

Explore use of local resources

Take ideas from School Improvement Booklet (SIB) for the event Appreciate studentsrsquo successes and achievements with some rewards if possible Pray for every ones success and those who have helped in providing an opportunity to

celebrate the day pray for the country and the people for their good health wealth peaceand prosperity and thank everyone for their participation

Actively follow up on the implementation of School Improvement Plan prepared on theSchool Day

3 Welcome address by PTAPTCSMC representative 10

4 Introduction of the day by the Head teacher 20

5 Poem song or some creative item from the students 20

6 Discussion on the key messages (what does the messages mean how it will be disseminated

in the village How to achieve it)

40

7 Discussion on the topics (use group work) followed by whole group open discussion

School attendance and enrollment School environment Health and hygiene Utilization ofTeaching and Learning materials PTACommunity Involvement Nutrition and diet and

Use of oil and wheat rations (please involve some representative students as well)

40

8 Develop a School Development Plan (SDP ) while using the following pattern

40

Issues1 How it will be

resolved

Who will be

responsible

Resources

required

Source of

funding

Time (By

When)

Note Please use short term and quickly doable plans like reducing absenteeism by students and teachers cleaningthe school planning trees (use School Improvement Book for more ideas)

9 Conclude the day by stating the background and the purpose of food and educational

incentives and by asking the parents and children to take their food ration and remind them

about the key messages As a concluding activity invite the parents and the community

members to visit the classrooms and ask the students to explain to them their creative work

10

Activity 3 Documentation and Reporting

Document the proceedings of the day and develop a short report for Project Implementation Unit

ADO circle or talka

1 For example student attendance has declined in the past two months

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3440

Course Evaluation

Note Please take a few minutes to complete the form and return to the facilitator

1 List out what have you learnt from this training

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

----------------------------------------------------------

2 What did you like from the training

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------

3 What particular learning will you implement How

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------

4 What are the suggestions to improve the training

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------

5 How do you rate the facilitator knowledge skills and attitude

Knowledge 1------2--------3--------4--------5

Skills 1------2--------3--------4--------5

Attitude 1------2--------3--------4--------5

Note 1 is the lowest and 5 is highest rate Please circle the number that you think

the facilitator has performed

6 Over all comments about the training

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3540

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3640

Reading Materials

Facilitator Child Rights Our Educational Responsibilities

All Education programmes must be based on the understanding of the Convention on

the Rights of a Child When training is based on these values then the child will be thecentre of all topics presented The teachers job is to provide opportunities theatmosphere and environment so the rights of the child are met in the place they willspend much of their waking hours The main educational rights involve in schools arebased from rights number 13 17 28 29 and 31

Important Rights to note childrens right to leisure and play childrens need for space to develop the need to take childrens opinions into account the need to involve children in the learning process

the need for policies and training to be in the best interest of the child the need for learning to be life skills relevant local roots and global connections the importance of a change in attitude towards facilitating learning

The following needs to be in place so it can happen in Child Friendly SchoolsUniversal AccessReference to the many million children still deprived of education many of whom aregirls many of whom finish primary school lacking essential knowledge skills attitudesand values

Role of Parents Teachers and Community

awareness of the role of teachers and trainers being imperative in realising the ideaof childrens rights basing training on interpreting the Convention on the Rights of the Child and

putting it into real practice having all the skills necessary to encourage and assist all in the learning process realising that learning is not just about the facts but learning how to access and

process information so it is beneficial and relevant supporting and rewarding trainers and teachers ensuring that parents are given a key responsibility in forming constructive

relationships with teachers and schools for learning and training requirement fortheir children

Equal Opportunities an understanding of non-discrimination against girls special needs learning

difficulties children who are nomadic indigenous immigrant or are a linguisticminority

a realisation that every child has unique characteristics interests abilities needs

The Appropriate Quality Education Content

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3740

training of teachers and school learning being relevant to the child now and for thefuture

training sessions and consequently classroom and schools helping to developpersonalities talents mental and physical abilities to their fullest potential

Cultural roots and Global Values

the need to include respect for human rights in our learning environments an awareness of combination of learning to respect ones own nation and culture and

the culture of others the need to encourage tolerance and harmony for a better understanding of

minorities indigenous peoples refugees immigrants and gender equality

New Methods of Learning an agreement that learning is a combination of critical thinking and having fun that

passive listening and rote memorisation are less valuable than application andprocess to enhance understanding

the need for training workshops and classrooms to be participant friendly allowing for curiosity time to question receive answers to argue debate test andmake mistakes to create be spontaneous to be recognised and respected

Mutual Respect reflecting in training and inner life of a school the education message of vision

values human rights tolerance respecting dignity encouraging problem-solving skills allowing teachers to help children develop tools

for peaceful conflict resolution in all new learning situations the need to feel safe secure and totally trust our

teachersStudent Participation Opportunities for learners to express their points of view encouraging learners to

take personal responsibility for their studies Having a system of sharing responsibilities sharing ideas regular feedback and

learning evaluation Knowing that a good school and a good training workshop both promote total

participation and is a model of fairness for all

Child Rights and our Primary Health Care Responsibilities

The Child Health Rights directly concerning the teacher and the school must also beconsidered as the school can play a vital role in ensuring they are addressed Thefollowing particularly relate to articles 19 23 24 29 and 31

educational policies in schools and classrooms must be in place to protect childrenfrom all forms of physical punishment mental violence injury abuse neglect ormaltreatment

that an effort be made to include mentally and physically disabled children in theschool and classroom programmes so they can enjoy a full and decent life whichpromotes dignity self reliance and participation in the school and community

that schools may assist in facilitating a child in health rehabilitation

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3840

to ensure basic medical assistance is given in school for first aid and thedevelopment of primary health care awareness

keeping health records and observing nutritional state of individual children providing clean water in schools to ensure the educational programmes support mental and physical development

a child has an opportunity at school to rest and leisure and playIn Pakistan there is higher infant mortality lower immunisation lower literacy rateslower school enrolment lower access to safe water and more severely underweightchildren Primary health care is vital on the long list of human development needs Allchildren have the right to the best health care that is availableThis area is of concern to all involved in teaching as the child entering the school cantake advantage of all the opportunities if they are healthy and well cared for in pre-school environments and homesSchools also must ensure their primary role in health care so children can carry thelearning to other parts of the community The two concerns involve preventive orcurative methods

Ignorance polluted surroundings negligence in food care washing facilities animalsclose to living areas unsafe drinking water sanitation living surroundings seasonaldiseases communicable diseases personal hygiene girl children and their health andcommunicable diseases are all areas of concern The population growth rate isincreasing and many are deprived of basic Primary Health Care

When the population rate is more than the resources the situation can be extremelydifficult and expensive to remedy

In classroom and at schools areas of health can be addressed throughout the primaryyears so information is clearly disseminated with the help of the children Awareness of

healthy habits helps children build their self-esteem and learning to value your-self is animportant aspect of primary health care

The value of children learning aspects of Primary Health Care

they are very good and quick learners they share with others whatever they learn the learning in childhood is long lasting the teachers instructions or words are important words for a child children experience that is they do practical work and learn more school is the place where a childrsquos thought is effected for a practical life

Teachers and Community Role

recording weight height and skin colour observing health changes carefully observing and noting abnormalities and informing the parents having positive discussions with parents joyful learning lessons on primary health care making a health class and playground environment ensuring there is safe water in the school

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3940

ensuring there are adequate male and female toilet facilities in the schools having regular health chart challenges

Primary Health Care having healthy well nourished children learning in a healthyhygienic environment with clean safe water clean safe surroundings clean safepersonal habits clean safe food preparation Classroom Climate caring for the

emotional and physical well-being of children

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 4040

Appendix-A

Ref Right of children in Islam What the teacher can do

Al Hadith In accordance with Islamic preceptldquochildrenrdquo means both male andfemaleldquoAcquisition of knowledge is obligatory

for all true believersrdquo

Ensure that both boys and girls haveaccess to schoolIf there is a mixed class of boys andgirls the girls should have as much

attention as the boys

Right to be brought up properlylooked after and provided for andeducated

The teacher is in loco parentis (in the place of the parents) and has theresponsibility to provide the same careas the parents

Al Quran666

Right to religious moral ethicalguidance provided with an

understanding of right and wrong

The teacher needs to know andunderstand the teachings of Islam so

as to provide the child with a good

education without bias and with agood ethical foundation

Al Quran5251

Children are given in trust to their parents ndash who will be held

accountableldquoEveryone of you is a caretaker andeveryone of you is answerable for hissubjectsrdquo

As teachers are in the place of parents ndash they too may be held accountable

Abu BakrRAA

Justice and equality Inequality isinjustice (forbidden in Islam)ldquoHe dieth not who takes to learning totreat children affectionately and to kiss

them are charitable actsrdquo

The teacher must be very sure that the treatmentof all children is equal and fair no favoritismno bias against certain children for whateverreason

This is especially important with regard to thosechildren who have been left as orphans ordisabled either as a result of the earthquake orfor any other reason

Al Hadith ldquoIt is a childrsquos right that his fathershould teach him how to read write

helliprdquo

Teachers have a responsibility to be professional in their teaching and also

to help parents and the community tounderstand their obligations about sending all

their children to school

Abu Daud ldquoWhoever has a girl under hisguardianshiphellip[and does not] treat herwith contempt nor gives preference to

his sons over her Allah will admit himto paradiserdquo

Teachers have an obligation to treatgirls equally and without bias and tohelp the parents and community to

understand their obligations in termsof helping girls to have an education

Page 15: Head Teachers Training Manual.pdf

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 1540

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 1640

Activity-2 (15 minutes)After this exercise ask the participants write down all the issues related to classroom

management they face in their class This is an individual task- the facilitator will

encourage each of the participants to think two issues and share it with the other participants sitting near by The responses might be discipline sitting issues over

crowded class and so on They will also prepare them on the flip charts and facilitator

will display them on the wall

32 983108983145983155983139983157983155983155 983140983145983142983142983141983154983141983150983156 983140983145983149983141983150983155983145983151983150983155 983151983142 983107983148983137983155983155983154983151983151983149 983149983137983150983137983143983141983149983141983150983156

Classroom organization is the key to managing teaching effectively Classroom

atmosphere is the key to managing the needs of the students Classroom planningassessment and record keeping are the keys to managing the curriculum learning

outcomes Classroom routines roles responsibilities relationships instructions and

positive praise are the keys to managing successful learning Planning is an essential management guideline so the next step of learning and most effective way to manage

resources can be decided Teachers need to ensure children reach their potential and gain

educational outcomes and skills for life long learning

Activity-3Facilitator will give his input about Classroom Management There are different

dimensions to the classroom management as mentioned in the table below The

participants will be divided into 8 pairs or groups depending to the size of the class Give

them themes of the Classroom Management with instructions (as mentioned below) the

participants will discuss and make suggestions under each headings

Organization How do you organize your class

Setting routine list out your daily routines with timing

Lay out of classroom How should be classroom displays and settings

Planning What needs to be planned and how

Sharing responsibilities Decide roles for students

Safe and secure environment What points need to be considered

Setting rule and procedures Think of possible rules for your classroom

Sanction and rewords How will you deal with behaviors

Once the groups finished discussing in their themes groups they will then write those

points on the flip charts Next the facilitator will consolidate all the group work and

display around the classroom management

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 1740

Discussion

At the end of the session summarize classroom management by using the information

below The facilitator will require summarized chart of classroom management and share

it with the participants Facilitator will also provide these readings to the participants to

read on their own time (Reading on Work Book)

33 983107983148983137983155983155983154983151983151983149 983149983137983150983137983143983141983149983141983150983156 983145983150 983117983157983148983156983145983085983143983154983137983140983141 983155983145983156983157983137983156983145983151983150

Since most of the government primary schools are in multi-grade situation we have to

keep in mined our classroom before teaching

ActivityAsk the participants to draw their classroom where the sitting may be

bull Classroom may be in different shape (triangle rectangle etc)

bull Sitting arrangement of mats or chairs (in lines circle u shape or in groups)

bull Number of doors windows ( if tents specify)

bull Location of black board and teachers desk

bull Location of teaching material

bull Displays of students work or chartsAfter the participants illustrate their classrooms they should display them on the wall

Facilitator will share the following classroom setting to encourage favourable learningenvironment

Classroom

Management

Organization

Lay out of

classroom

Atmosphere Setting routine

Setting rule and

procedures

Safe and secure

environment

Planning

Sharing

responsibilities

Sanction and

rewords

Figure - 1

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 1840

C-3

C-1 C-2

C-5C-4

Effective sitting arrangement in multi-grade classroom

(Students sitting in groups on desks in multi-grade situation)

(Students sitting in semi-circle on mats in multi-grade situation)

34 983120983148983137983150983150983145983150983143 983137983150983140 983154983151983157983156983145983150983141 983155983141983156983156983145983150983143 983145983150 983117983157983148983156983145983085983143983154983137983140983141 983155983145983156983157983137983156983145983151983150

A multi-grade situation is where there are a number of students in a classroom who areclassified into different grades This situation is common in a village where the number

of children for an average class size is insufficient and the practical solution is to sit

them all together in one classroom The most difficult hurdle for a multi-grade teacher is

the demand to complete a curriculum or textbook for each grade regardless of studentability needs or skills In the Government primary school are exam driven which

multiplies the challenges Effective planning and conscious effort can address this issue

Facilitator will show how to integrate lessons and set effective routines for their classes

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 1940

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2040

b Vertical integration- Block planning and teaching

Select topics of different levels which have common purpose for example similar topics in

science social studies Language Islamiyat

Block Number Class-1 Class-2

1 science language Visit to zoo Animals

2 Science Cleanliness Prevention from diseases

3 Social studies My parents My family

35 983107983148983137983155983155983154983151983151983149 983124983145983149983141983156983137983138983148983141 983137983150983140 983122983151983157983156983145983150983141 983155983141983156983156983145983150983143

Develop a timetable for your classroom keep in mind the number of classes children

teachers classrooms and subjects See how best you can utilize the time available in a

working day

36 983109983142983142983141983139983156983145983158983141 983111983154983151983157983152983145983150983143

A multi-grade classroom needs students doing group work so careful management isrequired There will be a wide range of ages abilities attainments and interests

Grouping must be flexible during the day and times when grouping sitting in groups and

doing group work will be necessary This grid shows teachersrsquo studentsrsquo activities duringa period with different group in multi grade situation

Period Class- 1

Group

Class-2

Group

Class-3

Group

40 mins

Period-1 Teacher

(Teaching in C-1

)

Activity

(students

doing

activities)

Written

(Students

writing)

13 mins

Period-1 Written

(Students)

Teacher

(Teaching)

Activity

(Students)

13 mins

Period-1 Activity

(Students)

Written

(Students)

Teacher

(Teaching)

13 mins

The same pattern can follow for the next periods The teacher must be very specific in

her planning stating what objectives will be taught what written work and type ofactivities will be done which should be monitored on a regular basis

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2140

Facilitator will explain ldquofor the multi-grade situation the period lesson plan needs to be

extended to include the specific activities the students will do and how the teacher will

divide herhis time with the different groups

37 983108983141983158983141983148983151983152983145983150983143 983148983141983155983155983151983150983155 983145983150 983117983157983148983156983145983085983143983154983137983140983141 983155983145983156983157983137983156983145983151983150

Activity-4

Participants in groups will be given books to design lessons for class-1 and class-2Facilitator will assist the participants in identifying topics of different classes with same

objectives For example in science take the topic ldquoplantsrdquo For class-1 students will have

to learn three main parts of tree (root stem and leaves) and for class-2 the students haveto learn more then three parts of tree The participants will identify similar topics in

sciences language social studies mathematics and Islamiyat and make and try to

integrate the lesson

For example

Action Session 1C- 1 Session 2C-2 Session 3C-3

Subject

Objective

Content

Materials

Activity

Evaluation

38 983125983156983145983148983145983162983137983156983145983151983150 983151983142 983124983141983137983139983144983145983150983143 983137983150983140 983148983141983137983154983150983145983150983143 983149983137983156983141983154983145983137983148

Facilitator will demonstrate to develop some teaching and learning materials and it willuse it in the classroom Heshe will explain teaching and learning material to the

participants how it supplements teaching

During demonstration the facilitator will make the following pointsAn interesting teachinglearning material makes learning easy for children Learning

becomes more interesting by focusing the curiosity of the children with verities of

teaching support UNESCO teaching and learning material consists of range of subject

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2240

matters It encompasses all the curriculum subjects in an activity based child centred

approach

Children can visualise things easily especially when it involves their sense of learning

and sight The children gain lots of confidence when presenting or working in front of the

class The natural desire to move is fulfilled by the use of teaching and learningmaterials

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2340

DAY-II

4 9831239831419831559831559831459831519831509830854 983120983154983151983149983151983156983145983151983150 983151983142 983112983141983137983148983156983144 983137983150983140 983112983161983143983145983141983150983141 983109983140983157983139983137983156983145983151983150

Objectives By the end of the session the participants will be able to

bull Acquire knowledge on principals of hygiene and healthy practices

bull Identify potentially harmful situations in schools regard to health

bull Devise strategies to promote health and hygiene in schools

Time Allocation

Activity 1 Principle of hygiene and healthy practices 10 minutes

Activity 2 Strategies to teach hygiene 20 minutes

Activity 3 Prevention and minimization of diseasesAction-Plans for school health

20 minutes

Conclusion 05 minutes

Total 55 minutes

Materials required

o Flip chart papero marker pens

o tapeo Workbook for each of the

participants

41 983113983150983156983154983151983140983157983139983156983145983151983150 983120983154983145983150983139983145983152983137983148 983151983142 983112983161983143983145983141983150983141

In this session we will look at some physical health issues that occur because of thecondition under which people have to live while they rebuild their lives The WHO

defines health as a state of complete physical mental and social wellbeing and not merely

the absence of disease or infirmity Hygiene is defined as the principles and laws

governing the preservation of health and their practical application practice conducive togood health it may refer to keeping clean in order to prevent diseases and maintain health

Activity 1 Principles of hygiene [10 minutes]

The participants individually should think of five principles of hygiene (healthy life)keeping the current situation of children in the primary schools

1 Wash hands with soap after using toilet and before eat meal2 Daily bath

3 Do not spit cover nose suppression

4 Use purified and boiled water keep water covered

5 Wash fruit before eating fruit

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2440

After the participants listed the principle of hygiene the facilitator will write the

definitions of health and hygiene on flip charts and explain it to the participants

42 983123983156983154983137983156983141983143983145983141983155 983156983151 983156983141983137983139983144 983144983161983143983145983141983150983141

Activity 2In your small groups pick the five principles that are most common to the group and

develop teaching strategies to help students understand the need for these principles

Principles Teaching strategies

1 Wash hands

2---------------

3---------------

4---------------5---------------

Demonstration of hand washing with soap

------------------------------------------------------------------

------------------------------------------------------------------

Allow 15 minutes for this exerciseBring the groups back to plenary and put up the flip charts on the walls Ask people to

move around the room and read all the sheets Encourage people note down if any

strategies they like

Allow 5 minutes for questions and discussion

43 983120983154983141983158983141983150983156983145983151983150 983137983150983140 983149983145983150983145983149983145983162983137983156983145983151983150Activity-3Explain to the participants that while regular hygiene activities are necessary there are

specific diseases that my be spread more easily in situations of temporary shelter

contaminated water insufficient water and the other conditions under which people arestill living Ask the group to find one person with whom they would like to work Explain

that this activity will be completed as pair work However each person should fill in the

table in their workbook

Common

Health Proble

Risk condition Prevention minimization

intervention

Diarrhea

cholera

dysentery

Poor sanitation inadequate

water condition poor

personal hygiene

Sanitation facilities Water

purification Personal hygiene ORS

(treatment only) Effectivesurveillance systems to prevent or

minimize disease outbreaks

Malaria and

other vector

Standing uncovered water

increasing the risk of

Health education raising awareness

about the risks of standing water

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2540

borne diseases(eg typhoid)

mosquitoes breedingCongested living conditions

increasing the possibility of

infection

Exposure to areas where

disease-transmittingorganism are more common

Increased population density promoting mosquito bites

use of mosquito nets understandingof symptoms of the disease etc

Advocates for measures for vector

control spraying for example

Effective surveillance systems by

health authorities

Respiratorytract

infections

(includingPneumonia)

Inadequate shelterPoor health care services

Overcrowding

Lack of food malnutritionRainy season

Improved shelter (especially fromwind but ensuring ventilation) Dry

clothes when wet

Use of antibiotics with doctorrsquosConsultation

Water borneDiseases

Contaminated water (garbagein

water source urinecontamination ndash animal orhuman)

Inadequately treated drinking

water (un-boiled orinsufficiently

boiled) Poor hygienic

conditions in

Shelters

Boil water for cooking washing anddrinking where possible Use water

purification tablets where possibleCare of immediate environmentin terms of covering water getting

rid of standing water ensuring that

clothes and bedding are well-aired Use of

antibiotics under medical

supervision

SkinInfections

Inadequate hygienePoor hygienic conditions in

Shelters

Regular washing with soap andwater

Thorough drying of skin Eliminationof vermin from the environment

Medication where necessary undermedical supervision

Tetanus Open wounds (due to

trauma)

Poor hygiene

Clean wounds (antiseptic if

available or soap and water) Cover

wounds with clean cloth orDressings Seek medical helpimmediately

Animal

transmitted

diseases

Unhygienic slaughtering

Contact with infected

animals dueto lack of veterinary control

Increased rate of diseases in

Animals

Ensuring that animals are

slaughtered according to Islamic law

(meat is halaal) Use of antibioticsunder medical supervision

When the participants have completed the exercise ask for one or two examples that are

particularly relevant and possible to accomplish While the pairs are working movearound the room so that you can see any really good examples to discuss in plenary Now

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2640

ask the participants to develop Health Action Plans for their school An example is shown

below

45 983105983139983156983145983151983150983085983120983148983137983150983085 983123983139983144983151983151983148 983112983141983137983148983156983144 983137983150983140 983112983161983143983145983141983150983141 983120983154983151983143983154983137983149983149983141

Health problems Interventions

What Who How When

Diarrhea cholera

dysentery

Water Teachers

andStudents

Clean water

Malaria Cleanenvironment

All Dustbins

ConclusionBasic health and hygiene are more difficult in situations of disaster and lack of

infrastructure in place In situations like NWFP Balochistan and Sindh (natural and man

made disaster at peak) it is important to reinforce the basic principles as people who areunder stress often neglect these basics and so children may not learn appropriately

5 9831239831419831559831559831459831519831509830855 983119983158983141983154983158983145983141983159 983151983142 983156983144983141 983142983151983151983140 983139983154983145983155983141983155 983137983150983140 983152983157983154983152983151983155983141 983151983142

983142983151983151983140 983140983145983155983156983154983145983138983157983156983145983151983150

Objectives By the end of this session the participants will be able to

bull Discuss the recent food crises and its impact on common people particularly onchildren

bull Purpose of food distribution to schools and what are the indirect impacts on childeducation

Time Allocation

Activity 1 discuss the recent food crises and high prices issue 10 minutes

Activity 2 purpose of food distribution to schools and its impact onchild education

20 minutes

Activity 3 food distribution project 20 minutes

Conclusion 05 minutes

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2740

Total 55 minutes

11 Materials required

o Flip chart paper

o marker penso tape

o workbook for each of the

participantso leaflets of food distribution

programme

IntroductionIntroduce the WFP-UNESCO in partnership with the Government of Pakistan has

initiated school feeding programme to mitigate short term hunger When children come

for school with empty stomach (without breakfast) they are less likely to concentrate and

engage in learning activities This programme can temporarily bridge food gapes infamilies and can be helpful in refocusing studentrsquos attention to the lessons This can also

be an incentive to increase the enrolment attendance and decrease dropout It is alsoassumed that this programme may increase the education quality improvement from

school to district level

Activity- 1

Facilitator will explain the following agendas of Food for Education The followingcatchphrase of school feeding programme will be written on flip chart and discussed

thoroughly

bull School feeding can decrease short-term hunger thereby increasing learningcapacity

bull School feeding and take home ration can improve school enrollment andattendance and decrease drop-out

bull Food assistance can encourage community participation in education

bull Involvement of district government education department can act as a lever for

school quality improvement

bull School feeding can improve nutritional status and hence improve school performance

bull School feeding and Take home ration are education intervention

Activity-2

The participants will discuss in groups and workout the grid mentioned below The participants will be encouraged to think on the activities that school can perform to

enhance school feeding programme specific objectives

Objectives and activities for school feeding programme

Objectives Activities

WFPUNESCO What school Can do

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2840

Increase enrollmentattendance retention and

completion

School ration (wheat and oil) Parents outreach

Enhance learning

environment

Provision of teaching and

learning materials

Enhance teachers quality Teachers complete a two-dayHead Teachersrsquo training

receive

Enhance learning capacity Provision of teaching and

learning kit

Increase community

participation

school food distribution

managed by parent IEC

campaign PTC training

Improve support to schools Management of ToT training

for head teachers

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2940

o Flip chart papero Marker penso Tape for sticking papers to the wallso Workbook for each participant

6 9831239831419831559831559831459831519831509830856 983107983151983149983149983157983150983145983156983161 983137983150983140 983120983137983154983141983150983156983155 983141983150983143983137983143983141983149983141983150983156 983145983150 983155983139983144983151983151983148Objectives By the end of this session the participants will be able to

bull Identify roles of PTCSMC in school

bull How to mobilize communityPTC in the school affairsbull What are their role in food distribution teaching material distribution and

monitoring

Time Allocation

What PTC and SMCs can do for the schools

Activity-1 Need and response 40

Activity-2 ways of communication with community- School

improvement booklet and awareness raising message

10

Conclusion 05 minutes

Total 55 minutes

Materials required

IntroductionFacilitator will introduce community participation in education Community and parents

are best resources to be utilized In Pakistan SMCs PTCs representingcommunityparents have been initiated to assist the school

61 983105983139983156983145983158983145983156983161 1 983118983141983141983140983155 983137983150983140 983122983141983155983152983151983150983155983141983155

Divide the participants into small groups (3-4) Ask participants to open their workbooks

and list in the first column the 5 pressing needs of their schools Then the second columnthey should list one point for each need where SMCPTCs can assist The groups have 20

minutes for this exercise

Needs Assistance

Children not attending schools PTAsSMCs can advocate in the

community and support families to sendtheir children to school through provision of

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3040

scholarships especially their girl children

Distribution of food and teaching

learning materials

PTC and SMC can monitor of the fair distribution

Activity-4

The community is part of the class room atmosphere and school physical environmentHead teacher needs to build a good relationship with the community Know the

community develop co-operation communicate with them There are many ways of

connecting with the community as mentioned below

62 983127983137983161983155 983151983142 983149983137983147983145983150983143 983148983145983150983147983137983143983141983155 983159983145983156983144 983107983151983149983149983157983150983145983156983161983120983137983154983141983150983156983155

Some suggested ideas for information sharing below

letters Events like School Day parents day PTCSMCs and teachers meetings

community projects clean ups information promotions (heath and sanitation) the school as a centre for community activities and adult classes sharing School Improvement Booklet-awareness raising materials

7 9831239831419831559831559831459831519831509830857 983105983139983156983145983151983150983085983120983148983137983150

ObjectivesBy the end of this session the participants will be able to

bull Develop Action Plans to address the following School Improvement Indicatorso School attendance and enrollmento Improved School environment

o Health and hygieneo Utilization of teaching and learning resourceso Monitoring and recording wheat and oil rationo Activation of PTCSMC

Present Action plan format 10

Activity-1 design action plans for their schools 50

Activity -2 Presentations 20

Summing up 10

Total 1 30 minutes

Materials required

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3140

o Flip Charto Marker pens

o Action plan format

o School Day Charto Tape

o White Sheets

Introduction

The facilitator will share format of Action Plan to the participants Clearly explain how to

go about it Then ask the participants individually develop Action plan that will beimplemented in their schools The participants will also be informed that on the bases of

these Action Plans they will be monitored

What How Who When Comments

1 School

health

Providing

clean

water

HT

Teachers

PTCSMC

March 09 Head teacher in

collaboration with

PTCSMC will makesure there is a safe clean

water for students in the

school

2 Students

enrolment

Enrolment

campaignSchool

day

Visithomes

PTCSMC

HT

5t

Apr-09

3 School day

4 SMC

meeting

5 Improve

school

environment

The training participants will fill out this action plan according to their school needs and priority Share these Action Plans to the whole group and encourage others to make notes

from each others work incases they see it relevant to their schools as well

Objectives

By the end of this session the participants will be able too To develop an understanding of how a School Day is celebratedo Plan for their own schools of how they will celebrate the day

Present School Day Plan 10 minutes

Activity-1 Discuss in small groups how the day will be

celebrate

20 minutes

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3240

Make plans when the day will be celebrated at their school 30 minutes

Total 60 minutes

Materials required

o Flip Chart

o Marker pens

o School Day Chart

o Tapeo White Sheets

School DayA lsquoSchool Dayrsquo is the day in the GOP-WFP-UNESCO project when parents teachers and projectofficials meet in the school premises to discuss ways to improve the school Several factorscontribute to school improvement School attendance and enrollment Retention of studentsSchool environment Health and hygiene of students Utilization of teaching and learning

materials PTACommunity involvement Nutrition and diet and use of oil and wheat rations Ona School Day the head teacher with the help of Social Mobilizer of the implementing partner willdiscuss the school improvement factors with the parents and children of the school

ActivitiesThe following activities are suggested to make the day useful and attractive to the children

parents and community members

Activity 1 Preparation of activities of the day

Send invitation to all parents at least a week before the ldquoSchool Dayrdquo through children verballyand also in writing (hand written notes would suffice) and also spread the message by word-of-mouth At least two days before the program send a reminder by writing the message on the

studentsrsquo copy books or paper slips and read it loudly and clearly in the classrooms Make surethat the children have understood the message by asking them to explain And if possible invite

the community members through telephone calls or by sending the school children to spread thenews Advance planning is the key to success

Activity 2 Follow the agenda

SN Activities Time in

Minutes

Registration of the participants

1 Recitation verses from the holy Quran by one of the students 03

2 Naat by a student 05

Celebrate a School Day

Make sure you have

1 All parents children teachers head teacher supervisorADO and the PTASMC PTC are invited

2 A plan is ready for the day

3 Food items (wheat and oil) ready for distribution

4 Key messages and teaching and learning kits are available and are on display

5 Students prepared to show their talents to their parents and to the community members

6 Successes and areas needing improvements for discussion with parents and community

7 Constituted a committee for organization of the School Day

8 Informed the students that they should come neat and clean and in school uniform

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3340

Notes for the Head Teacher Use the day to celebrate to celebrate the schoolsrsquo achievements Open the school gates for parents community members and social workers of the villag

Involve everybody in the sessions and avoid a lot of talking (Sweeten the small stuff) Give children space to speak about their successes and problems at the school

If you have more than one teacher involve them in planning of the day Ask teachers to facilitate group discussions without dominating the discussion If teachers

are not available ask some literate volunteers from the village or NGO representatives if

available to help Decorate the school with childrenrsquos work and readymade displays and locally available

flowers and plants You have some of the resources available in your teaching andlearning kit

Have a positive focus Do not talk with parents about what their children can not dorather talk about what the children can do

Explore use of local resources

Take ideas from School Improvement Booklet (SIB) for the event Appreciate studentsrsquo successes and achievements with some rewards if possible Pray for every ones success and those who have helped in providing an opportunity to

celebrate the day pray for the country and the people for their good health wealth peaceand prosperity and thank everyone for their participation

Actively follow up on the implementation of School Improvement Plan prepared on theSchool Day

3 Welcome address by PTAPTCSMC representative 10

4 Introduction of the day by the Head teacher 20

5 Poem song or some creative item from the students 20

6 Discussion on the key messages (what does the messages mean how it will be disseminated

in the village How to achieve it)

40

7 Discussion on the topics (use group work) followed by whole group open discussion

School attendance and enrollment School environment Health and hygiene Utilization ofTeaching and Learning materials PTACommunity Involvement Nutrition and diet and

Use of oil and wheat rations (please involve some representative students as well)

40

8 Develop a School Development Plan (SDP ) while using the following pattern

40

Issues1 How it will be

resolved

Who will be

responsible

Resources

required

Source of

funding

Time (By

When)

Note Please use short term and quickly doable plans like reducing absenteeism by students and teachers cleaningthe school planning trees (use School Improvement Book for more ideas)

9 Conclude the day by stating the background and the purpose of food and educational

incentives and by asking the parents and children to take their food ration and remind them

about the key messages As a concluding activity invite the parents and the community

members to visit the classrooms and ask the students to explain to them their creative work

10

Activity 3 Documentation and Reporting

Document the proceedings of the day and develop a short report for Project Implementation Unit

ADO circle or talka

1 For example student attendance has declined in the past two months

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3440

Course Evaluation

Note Please take a few minutes to complete the form and return to the facilitator

1 List out what have you learnt from this training

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

----------------------------------------------------------

2 What did you like from the training

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------

3 What particular learning will you implement How

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------

4 What are the suggestions to improve the training

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------

5 How do you rate the facilitator knowledge skills and attitude

Knowledge 1------2--------3--------4--------5

Skills 1------2--------3--------4--------5

Attitude 1------2--------3--------4--------5

Note 1 is the lowest and 5 is highest rate Please circle the number that you think

the facilitator has performed

6 Over all comments about the training

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3540

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3640

Reading Materials

Facilitator Child Rights Our Educational Responsibilities

All Education programmes must be based on the understanding of the Convention on

the Rights of a Child When training is based on these values then the child will be thecentre of all topics presented The teachers job is to provide opportunities theatmosphere and environment so the rights of the child are met in the place they willspend much of their waking hours The main educational rights involve in schools arebased from rights number 13 17 28 29 and 31

Important Rights to note childrens right to leisure and play childrens need for space to develop the need to take childrens opinions into account the need to involve children in the learning process

the need for policies and training to be in the best interest of the child the need for learning to be life skills relevant local roots and global connections the importance of a change in attitude towards facilitating learning

The following needs to be in place so it can happen in Child Friendly SchoolsUniversal AccessReference to the many million children still deprived of education many of whom aregirls many of whom finish primary school lacking essential knowledge skills attitudesand values

Role of Parents Teachers and Community

awareness of the role of teachers and trainers being imperative in realising the ideaof childrens rights basing training on interpreting the Convention on the Rights of the Child and

putting it into real practice having all the skills necessary to encourage and assist all in the learning process realising that learning is not just about the facts but learning how to access and

process information so it is beneficial and relevant supporting and rewarding trainers and teachers ensuring that parents are given a key responsibility in forming constructive

relationships with teachers and schools for learning and training requirement fortheir children

Equal Opportunities an understanding of non-discrimination against girls special needs learning

difficulties children who are nomadic indigenous immigrant or are a linguisticminority

a realisation that every child has unique characteristics interests abilities needs

The Appropriate Quality Education Content

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3740

training of teachers and school learning being relevant to the child now and for thefuture

training sessions and consequently classroom and schools helping to developpersonalities talents mental and physical abilities to their fullest potential

Cultural roots and Global Values

the need to include respect for human rights in our learning environments an awareness of combination of learning to respect ones own nation and culture and

the culture of others the need to encourage tolerance and harmony for a better understanding of

minorities indigenous peoples refugees immigrants and gender equality

New Methods of Learning an agreement that learning is a combination of critical thinking and having fun that

passive listening and rote memorisation are less valuable than application andprocess to enhance understanding

the need for training workshops and classrooms to be participant friendly allowing for curiosity time to question receive answers to argue debate test andmake mistakes to create be spontaneous to be recognised and respected

Mutual Respect reflecting in training and inner life of a school the education message of vision

values human rights tolerance respecting dignity encouraging problem-solving skills allowing teachers to help children develop tools

for peaceful conflict resolution in all new learning situations the need to feel safe secure and totally trust our

teachersStudent Participation Opportunities for learners to express their points of view encouraging learners to

take personal responsibility for their studies Having a system of sharing responsibilities sharing ideas regular feedback and

learning evaluation Knowing that a good school and a good training workshop both promote total

participation and is a model of fairness for all

Child Rights and our Primary Health Care Responsibilities

The Child Health Rights directly concerning the teacher and the school must also beconsidered as the school can play a vital role in ensuring they are addressed Thefollowing particularly relate to articles 19 23 24 29 and 31

educational policies in schools and classrooms must be in place to protect childrenfrom all forms of physical punishment mental violence injury abuse neglect ormaltreatment

that an effort be made to include mentally and physically disabled children in theschool and classroom programmes so they can enjoy a full and decent life whichpromotes dignity self reliance and participation in the school and community

that schools may assist in facilitating a child in health rehabilitation

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3840

to ensure basic medical assistance is given in school for first aid and thedevelopment of primary health care awareness

keeping health records and observing nutritional state of individual children providing clean water in schools to ensure the educational programmes support mental and physical development

a child has an opportunity at school to rest and leisure and playIn Pakistan there is higher infant mortality lower immunisation lower literacy rateslower school enrolment lower access to safe water and more severely underweightchildren Primary health care is vital on the long list of human development needs Allchildren have the right to the best health care that is availableThis area is of concern to all involved in teaching as the child entering the school cantake advantage of all the opportunities if they are healthy and well cared for in pre-school environments and homesSchools also must ensure their primary role in health care so children can carry thelearning to other parts of the community The two concerns involve preventive orcurative methods

Ignorance polluted surroundings negligence in food care washing facilities animalsclose to living areas unsafe drinking water sanitation living surroundings seasonaldiseases communicable diseases personal hygiene girl children and their health andcommunicable diseases are all areas of concern The population growth rate isincreasing and many are deprived of basic Primary Health Care

When the population rate is more than the resources the situation can be extremelydifficult and expensive to remedy

In classroom and at schools areas of health can be addressed throughout the primaryyears so information is clearly disseminated with the help of the children Awareness of

healthy habits helps children build their self-esteem and learning to value your-self is animportant aspect of primary health care

The value of children learning aspects of Primary Health Care

they are very good and quick learners they share with others whatever they learn the learning in childhood is long lasting the teachers instructions or words are important words for a child children experience that is they do practical work and learn more school is the place where a childrsquos thought is effected for a practical life

Teachers and Community Role

recording weight height and skin colour observing health changes carefully observing and noting abnormalities and informing the parents having positive discussions with parents joyful learning lessons on primary health care making a health class and playground environment ensuring there is safe water in the school

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3940

ensuring there are adequate male and female toilet facilities in the schools having regular health chart challenges

Primary Health Care having healthy well nourished children learning in a healthyhygienic environment with clean safe water clean safe surroundings clean safepersonal habits clean safe food preparation Classroom Climate caring for the

emotional and physical well-being of children

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 4040

Appendix-A

Ref Right of children in Islam What the teacher can do

Al Hadith In accordance with Islamic preceptldquochildrenrdquo means both male andfemaleldquoAcquisition of knowledge is obligatory

for all true believersrdquo

Ensure that both boys and girls haveaccess to schoolIf there is a mixed class of boys andgirls the girls should have as much

attention as the boys

Right to be brought up properlylooked after and provided for andeducated

The teacher is in loco parentis (in the place of the parents) and has theresponsibility to provide the same careas the parents

Al Quran666

Right to religious moral ethicalguidance provided with an

understanding of right and wrong

The teacher needs to know andunderstand the teachings of Islam so

as to provide the child with a good

education without bias and with agood ethical foundation

Al Quran5251

Children are given in trust to their parents ndash who will be held

accountableldquoEveryone of you is a caretaker andeveryone of you is answerable for hissubjectsrdquo

As teachers are in the place of parents ndash they too may be held accountable

Abu BakrRAA

Justice and equality Inequality isinjustice (forbidden in Islam)ldquoHe dieth not who takes to learning totreat children affectionately and to kiss

them are charitable actsrdquo

The teacher must be very sure that the treatmentof all children is equal and fair no favoritismno bias against certain children for whateverreason

This is especially important with regard to thosechildren who have been left as orphans ordisabled either as a result of the earthquake orfor any other reason

Al Hadith ldquoIt is a childrsquos right that his fathershould teach him how to read write

helliprdquo

Teachers have a responsibility to be professional in their teaching and also

to help parents and the community tounderstand their obligations about sending all

their children to school

Abu Daud ldquoWhoever has a girl under hisguardianshiphellip[and does not] treat herwith contempt nor gives preference to

his sons over her Allah will admit himto paradiserdquo

Teachers have an obligation to treatgirls equally and without bias and tohelp the parents and community to

understand their obligations in termsof helping girls to have an education

Page 16: Head Teachers Training Manual.pdf

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 1640

Activity-2 (15 minutes)After this exercise ask the participants write down all the issues related to classroom

management they face in their class This is an individual task- the facilitator will

encourage each of the participants to think two issues and share it with the other participants sitting near by The responses might be discipline sitting issues over

crowded class and so on They will also prepare them on the flip charts and facilitator

will display them on the wall

32 983108983145983155983139983157983155983155 983140983145983142983142983141983154983141983150983156 983140983145983149983141983150983155983145983151983150983155 983151983142 983107983148983137983155983155983154983151983151983149 983149983137983150983137983143983141983149983141983150983156

Classroom organization is the key to managing teaching effectively Classroom

atmosphere is the key to managing the needs of the students Classroom planningassessment and record keeping are the keys to managing the curriculum learning

outcomes Classroom routines roles responsibilities relationships instructions and

positive praise are the keys to managing successful learning Planning is an essential management guideline so the next step of learning and most effective way to manage

resources can be decided Teachers need to ensure children reach their potential and gain

educational outcomes and skills for life long learning

Activity-3Facilitator will give his input about Classroom Management There are different

dimensions to the classroom management as mentioned in the table below The

participants will be divided into 8 pairs or groups depending to the size of the class Give

them themes of the Classroom Management with instructions (as mentioned below) the

participants will discuss and make suggestions under each headings

Organization How do you organize your class

Setting routine list out your daily routines with timing

Lay out of classroom How should be classroom displays and settings

Planning What needs to be planned and how

Sharing responsibilities Decide roles for students

Safe and secure environment What points need to be considered

Setting rule and procedures Think of possible rules for your classroom

Sanction and rewords How will you deal with behaviors

Once the groups finished discussing in their themes groups they will then write those

points on the flip charts Next the facilitator will consolidate all the group work and

display around the classroom management

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 1740

Discussion

At the end of the session summarize classroom management by using the information

below The facilitator will require summarized chart of classroom management and share

it with the participants Facilitator will also provide these readings to the participants to

read on their own time (Reading on Work Book)

33 983107983148983137983155983155983154983151983151983149 983149983137983150983137983143983141983149983141983150983156 983145983150 983117983157983148983156983145983085983143983154983137983140983141 983155983145983156983157983137983156983145983151983150

Since most of the government primary schools are in multi-grade situation we have to

keep in mined our classroom before teaching

ActivityAsk the participants to draw their classroom where the sitting may be

bull Classroom may be in different shape (triangle rectangle etc)

bull Sitting arrangement of mats or chairs (in lines circle u shape or in groups)

bull Number of doors windows ( if tents specify)

bull Location of black board and teachers desk

bull Location of teaching material

bull Displays of students work or chartsAfter the participants illustrate their classrooms they should display them on the wall

Facilitator will share the following classroom setting to encourage favourable learningenvironment

Classroom

Management

Organization

Lay out of

classroom

Atmosphere Setting routine

Setting rule and

procedures

Safe and secure

environment

Planning

Sharing

responsibilities

Sanction and

rewords

Figure - 1

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 1840

C-3

C-1 C-2

C-5C-4

Effective sitting arrangement in multi-grade classroom

(Students sitting in groups on desks in multi-grade situation)

(Students sitting in semi-circle on mats in multi-grade situation)

34 983120983148983137983150983150983145983150983143 983137983150983140 983154983151983157983156983145983150983141 983155983141983156983156983145983150983143 983145983150 983117983157983148983156983145983085983143983154983137983140983141 983155983145983156983157983137983156983145983151983150

A multi-grade situation is where there are a number of students in a classroom who areclassified into different grades This situation is common in a village where the number

of children for an average class size is insufficient and the practical solution is to sit

them all together in one classroom The most difficult hurdle for a multi-grade teacher is

the demand to complete a curriculum or textbook for each grade regardless of studentability needs or skills In the Government primary school are exam driven which

multiplies the challenges Effective planning and conscious effort can address this issue

Facilitator will show how to integrate lessons and set effective routines for their classes

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 1940

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2040

b Vertical integration- Block planning and teaching

Select topics of different levels which have common purpose for example similar topics in

science social studies Language Islamiyat

Block Number Class-1 Class-2

1 science language Visit to zoo Animals

2 Science Cleanliness Prevention from diseases

3 Social studies My parents My family

35 983107983148983137983155983155983154983151983151983149 983124983145983149983141983156983137983138983148983141 983137983150983140 983122983151983157983156983145983150983141 983155983141983156983156983145983150983143

Develop a timetable for your classroom keep in mind the number of classes children

teachers classrooms and subjects See how best you can utilize the time available in a

working day

36 983109983142983142983141983139983156983145983158983141 983111983154983151983157983152983145983150983143

A multi-grade classroom needs students doing group work so careful management isrequired There will be a wide range of ages abilities attainments and interests

Grouping must be flexible during the day and times when grouping sitting in groups and

doing group work will be necessary This grid shows teachersrsquo studentsrsquo activities duringa period with different group in multi grade situation

Period Class- 1

Group

Class-2

Group

Class-3

Group

40 mins

Period-1 Teacher

(Teaching in C-1

)

Activity

(students

doing

activities)

Written

(Students

writing)

13 mins

Period-1 Written

(Students)

Teacher

(Teaching)

Activity

(Students)

13 mins

Period-1 Activity

(Students)

Written

(Students)

Teacher

(Teaching)

13 mins

The same pattern can follow for the next periods The teacher must be very specific in

her planning stating what objectives will be taught what written work and type ofactivities will be done which should be monitored on a regular basis

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2140

Facilitator will explain ldquofor the multi-grade situation the period lesson plan needs to be

extended to include the specific activities the students will do and how the teacher will

divide herhis time with the different groups

37 983108983141983158983141983148983151983152983145983150983143 983148983141983155983155983151983150983155 983145983150 983117983157983148983156983145983085983143983154983137983140983141 983155983145983156983157983137983156983145983151983150

Activity-4

Participants in groups will be given books to design lessons for class-1 and class-2Facilitator will assist the participants in identifying topics of different classes with same

objectives For example in science take the topic ldquoplantsrdquo For class-1 students will have

to learn three main parts of tree (root stem and leaves) and for class-2 the students haveto learn more then three parts of tree The participants will identify similar topics in

sciences language social studies mathematics and Islamiyat and make and try to

integrate the lesson

For example

Action Session 1C- 1 Session 2C-2 Session 3C-3

Subject

Objective

Content

Materials

Activity

Evaluation

38 983125983156983145983148983145983162983137983156983145983151983150 983151983142 983124983141983137983139983144983145983150983143 983137983150983140 983148983141983137983154983150983145983150983143 983149983137983156983141983154983145983137983148

Facilitator will demonstrate to develop some teaching and learning materials and it willuse it in the classroom Heshe will explain teaching and learning material to the

participants how it supplements teaching

During demonstration the facilitator will make the following pointsAn interesting teachinglearning material makes learning easy for children Learning

becomes more interesting by focusing the curiosity of the children with verities of

teaching support UNESCO teaching and learning material consists of range of subject

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2240

matters It encompasses all the curriculum subjects in an activity based child centred

approach

Children can visualise things easily especially when it involves their sense of learning

and sight The children gain lots of confidence when presenting or working in front of the

class The natural desire to move is fulfilled by the use of teaching and learningmaterials

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2340

DAY-II

4 9831239831419831559831559831459831519831509830854 983120983154983151983149983151983156983145983151983150 983151983142 983112983141983137983148983156983144 983137983150983140 983112983161983143983145983141983150983141 983109983140983157983139983137983156983145983151983150

Objectives By the end of the session the participants will be able to

bull Acquire knowledge on principals of hygiene and healthy practices

bull Identify potentially harmful situations in schools regard to health

bull Devise strategies to promote health and hygiene in schools

Time Allocation

Activity 1 Principle of hygiene and healthy practices 10 minutes

Activity 2 Strategies to teach hygiene 20 minutes

Activity 3 Prevention and minimization of diseasesAction-Plans for school health

20 minutes

Conclusion 05 minutes

Total 55 minutes

Materials required

o Flip chart papero marker pens

o tapeo Workbook for each of the

participants

41 983113983150983156983154983151983140983157983139983156983145983151983150 983120983154983145983150983139983145983152983137983148 983151983142 983112983161983143983145983141983150983141

In this session we will look at some physical health issues that occur because of thecondition under which people have to live while they rebuild their lives The WHO

defines health as a state of complete physical mental and social wellbeing and not merely

the absence of disease or infirmity Hygiene is defined as the principles and laws

governing the preservation of health and their practical application practice conducive togood health it may refer to keeping clean in order to prevent diseases and maintain health

Activity 1 Principles of hygiene [10 minutes]

The participants individually should think of five principles of hygiene (healthy life)keeping the current situation of children in the primary schools

1 Wash hands with soap after using toilet and before eat meal2 Daily bath

3 Do not spit cover nose suppression

4 Use purified and boiled water keep water covered

5 Wash fruit before eating fruit

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2440

After the participants listed the principle of hygiene the facilitator will write the

definitions of health and hygiene on flip charts and explain it to the participants

42 983123983156983154983137983156983141983143983145983141983155 983156983151 983156983141983137983139983144 983144983161983143983145983141983150983141

Activity 2In your small groups pick the five principles that are most common to the group and

develop teaching strategies to help students understand the need for these principles

Principles Teaching strategies

1 Wash hands

2---------------

3---------------

4---------------5---------------

Demonstration of hand washing with soap

------------------------------------------------------------------

------------------------------------------------------------------

Allow 15 minutes for this exerciseBring the groups back to plenary and put up the flip charts on the walls Ask people to

move around the room and read all the sheets Encourage people note down if any

strategies they like

Allow 5 minutes for questions and discussion

43 983120983154983141983158983141983150983156983145983151983150 983137983150983140 983149983145983150983145983149983145983162983137983156983145983151983150Activity-3Explain to the participants that while regular hygiene activities are necessary there are

specific diseases that my be spread more easily in situations of temporary shelter

contaminated water insufficient water and the other conditions under which people arestill living Ask the group to find one person with whom they would like to work Explain

that this activity will be completed as pair work However each person should fill in the

table in their workbook

Common

Health Proble

Risk condition Prevention minimization

intervention

Diarrhea

cholera

dysentery

Poor sanitation inadequate

water condition poor

personal hygiene

Sanitation facilities Water

purification Personal hygiene ORS

(treatment only) Effectivesurveillance systems to prevent or

minimize disease outbreaks

Malaria and

other vector

Standing uncovered water

increasing the risk of

Health education raising awareness

about the risks of standing water

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2540

borne diseases(eg typhoid)

mosquitoes breedingCongested living conditions

increasing the possibility of

infection

Exposure to areas where

disease-transmittingorganism are more common

Increased population density promoting mosquito bites

use of mosquito nets understandingof symptoms of the disease etc

Advocates for measures for vector

control spraying for example

Effective surveillance systems by

health authorities

Respiratorytract

infections

(includingPneumonia)

Inadequate shelterPoor health care services

Overcrowding

Lack of food malnutritionRainy season

Improved shelter (especially fromwind but ensuring ventilation) Dry

clothes when wet

Use of antibiotics with doctorrsquosConsultation

Water borneDiseases

Contaminated water (garbagein

water source urinecontamination ndash animal orhuman)

Inadequately treated drinking

water (un-boiled orinsufficiently

boiled) Poor hygienic

conditions in

Shelters

Boil water for cooking washing anddrinking where possible Use water

purification tablets where possibleCare of immediate environmentin terms of covering water getting

rid of standing water ensuring that

clothes and bedding are well-aired Use of

antibiotics under medical

supervision

SkinInfections

Inadequate hygienePoor hygienic conditions in

Shelters

Regular washing with soap andwater

Thorough drying of skin Eliminationof vermin from the environment

Medication where necessary undermedical supervision

Tetanus Open wounds (due to

trauma)

Poor hygiene

Clean wounds (antiseptic if

available or soap and water) Cover

wounds with clean cloth orDressings Seek medical helpimmediately

Animal

transmitted

diseases

Unhygienic slaughtering

Contact with infected

animals dueto lack of veterinary control

Increased rate of diseases in

Animals

Ensuring that animals are

slaughtered according to Islamic law

(meat is halaal) Use of antibioticsunder medical supervision

When the participants have completed the exercise ask for one or two examples that are

particularly relevant and possible to accomplish While the pairs are working movearound the room so that you can see any really good examples to discuss in plenary Now

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2640

ask the participants to develop Health Action Plans for their school An example is shown

below

45 983105983139983156983145983151983150983085983120983148983137983150983085 983123983139983144983151983151983148 983112983141983137983148983156983144 983137983150983140 983112983161983143983145983141983150983141 983120983154983151983143983154983137983149983149983141

Health problems Interventions

What Who How When

Diarrhea cholera

dysentery

Water Teachers

andStudents

Clean water

Malaria Cleanenvironment

All Dustbins

ConclusionBasic health and hygiene are more difficult in situations of disaster and lack of

infrastructure in place In situations like NWFP Balochistan and Sindh (natural and man

made disaster at peak) it is important to reinforce the basic principles as people who areunder stress often neglect these basics and so children may not learn appropriately

5 9831239831419831559831559831459831519831509830855 983119983158983141983154983158983145983141983159 983151983142 983156983144983141 983142983151983151983140 983139983154983145983155983141983155 983137983150983140 983152983157983154983152983151983155983141 983151983142

983142983151983151983140 983140983145983155983156983154983145983138983157983156983145983151983150

Objectives By the end of this session the participants will be able to

bull Discuss the recent food crises and its impact on common people particularly onchildren

bull Purpose of food distribution to schools and what are the indirect impacts on childeducation

Time Allocation

Activity 1 discuss the recent food crises and high prices issue 10 minutes

Activity 2 purpose of food distribution to schools and its impact onchild education

20 minutes

Activity 3 food distribution project 20 minutes

Conclusion 05 minutes

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2740

Total 55 minutes

11 Materials required

o Flip chart paper

o marker penso tape

o workbook for each of the

participantso leaflets of food distribution

programme

IntroductionIntroduce the WFP-UNESCO in partnership with the Government of Pakistan has

initiated school feeding programme to mitigate short term hunger When children come

for school with empty stomach (without breakfast) they are less likely to concentrate and

engage in learning activities This programme can temporarily bridge food gapes infamilies and can be helpful in refocusing studentrsquos attention to the lessons This can also

be an incentive to increase the enrolment attendance and decrease dropout It is alsoassumed that this programme may increase the education quality improvement from

school to district level

Activity- 1

Facilitator will explain the following agendas of Food for Education The followingcatchphrase of school feeding programme will be written on flip chart and discussed

thoroughly

bull School feeding can decrease short-term hunger thereby increasing learningcapacity

bull School feeding and take home ration can improve school enrollment andattendance and decrease drop-out

bull Food assistance can encourage community participation in education

bull Involvement of district government education department can act as a lever for

school quality improvement

bull School feeding can improve nutritional status and hence improve school performance

bull School feeding and Take home ration are education intervention

Activity-2

The participants will discuss in groups and workout the grid mentioned below The participants will be encouraged to think on the activities that school can perform to

enhance school feeding programme specific objectives

Objectives and activities for school feeding programme

Objectives Activities

WFPUNESCO What school Can do

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2840

Increase enrollmentattendance retention and

completion

School ration (wheat and oil) Parents outreach

Enhance learning

environment

Provision of teaching and

learning materials

Enhance teachers quality Teachers complete a two-dayHead Teachersrsquo training

receive

Enhance learning capacity Provision of teaching and

learning kit

Increase community

participation

school food distribution

managed by parent IEC

campaign PTC training

Improve support to schools Management of ToT training

for head teachers

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2940

o Flip chart papero Marker penso Tape for sticking papers to the wallso Workbook for each participant

6 9831239831419831559831559831459831519831509830856 983107983151983149983149983157983150983145983156983161 983137983150983140 983120983137983154983141983150983156983155 983141983150983143983137983143983141983149983141983150983156 983145983150 983155983139983144983151983151983148Objectives By the end of this session the participants will be able to

bull Identify roles of PTCSMC in school

bull How to mobilize communityPTC in the school affairsbull What are their role in food distribution teaching material distribution and

monitoring

Time Allocation

What PTC and SMCs can do for the schools

Activity-1 Need and response 40

Activity-2 ways of communication with community- School

improvement booklet and awareness raising message

10

Conclusion 05 minutes

Total 55 minutes

Materials required

IntroductionFacilitator will introduce community participation in education Community and parents

are best resources to be utilized In Pakistan SMCs PTCs representingcommunityparents have been initiated to assist the school

61 983105983139983156983145983158983145983156983161 1 983118983141983141983140983155 983137983150983140 983122983141983155983152983151983150983155983141983155

Divide the participants into small groups (3-4) Ask participants to open their workbooks

and list in the first column the 5 pressing needs of their schools Then the second columnthey should list one point for each need where SMCPTCs can assist The groups have 20

minutes for this exercise

Needs Assistance

Children not attending schools PTAsSMCs can advocate in the

community and support families to sendtheir children to school through provision of

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3040

scholarships especially their girl children

Distribution of food and teaching

learning materials

PTC and SMC can monitor of the fair distribution

Activity-4

The community is part of the class room atmosphere and school physical environmentHead teacher needs to build a good relationship with the community Know the

community develop co-operation communicate with them There are many ways of

connecting with the community as mentioned below

62 983127983137983161983155 983151983142 983149983137983147983145983150983143 983148983145983150983147983137983143983141983155 983159983145983156983144 983107983151983149983149983157983150983145983156983161983120983137983154983141983150983156983155

Some suggested ideas for information sharing below

letters Events like School Day parents day PTCSMCs and teachers meetings

community projects clean ups information promotions (heath and sanitation) the school as a centre for community activities and adult classes sharing School Improvement Booklet-awareness raising materials

7 9831239831419831559831559831459831519831509830857 983105983139983156983145983151983150983085983120983148983137983150

ObjectivesBy the end of this session the participants will be able to

bull Develop Action Plans to address the following School Improvement Indicatorso School attendance and enrollmento Improved School environment

o Health and hygieneo Utilization of teaching and learning resourceso Monitoring and recording wheat and oil rationo Activation of PTCSMC

Present Action plan format 10

Activity-1 design action plans for their schools 50

Activity -2 Presentations 20

Summing up 10

Total 1 30 minutes

Materials required

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3140

o Flip Charto Marker pens

o Action plan format

o School Day Charto Tape

o White Sheets

Introduction

The facilitator will share format of Action Plan to the participants Clearly explain how to

go about it Then ask the participants individually develop Action plan that will beimplemented in their schools The participants will also be informed that on the bases of

these Action Plans they will be monitored

What How Who When Comments

1 School

health

Providing

clean

water

HT

Teachers

PTCSMC

March 09 Head teacher in

collaboration with

PTCSMC will makesure there is a safe clean

water for students in the

school

2 Students

enrolment

Enrolment

campaignSchool

day

Visithomes

PTCSMC

HT

5t

Apr-09

3 School day

4 SMC

meeting

5 Improve

school

environment

The training participants will fill out this action plan according to their school needs and priority Share these Action Plans to the whole group and encourage others to make notes

from each others work incases they see it relevant to their schools as well

Objectives

By the end of this session the participants will be able too To develop an understanding of how a School Day is celebratedo Plan for their own schools of how they will celebrate the day

Present School Day Plan 10 minutes

Activity-1 Discuss in small groups how the day will be

celebrate

20 minutes

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3240

Make plans when the day will be celebrated at their school 30 minutes

Total 60 minutes

Materials required

o Flip Chart

o Marker pens

o School Day Chart

o Tapeo White Sheets

School DayA lsquoSchool Dayrsquo is the day in the GOP-WFP-UNESCO project when parents teachers and projectofficials meet in the school premises to discuss ways to improve the school Several factorscontribute to school improvement School attendance and enrollment Retention of studentsSchool environment Health and hygiene of students Utilization of teaching and learning

materials PTACommunity involvement Nutrition and diet and use of oil and wheat rations Ona School Day the head teacher with the help of Social Mobilizer of the implementing partner willdiscuss the school improvement factors with the parents and children of the school

ActivitiesThe following activities are suggested to make the day useful and attractive to the children

parents and community members

Activity 1 Preparation of activities of the day

Send invitation to all parents at least a week before the ldquoSchool Dayrdquo through children verballyand also in writing (hand written notes would suffice) and also spread the message by word-of-mouth At least two days before the program send a reminder by writing the message on the

studentsrsquo copy books or paper slips and read it loudly and clearly in the classrooms Make surethat the children have understood the message by asking them to explain And if possible invite

the community members through telephone calls or by sending the school children to spread thenews Advance planning is the key to success

Activity 2 Follow the agenda

SN Activities Time in

Minutes

Registration of the participants

1 Recitation verses from the holy Quran by one of the students 03

2 Naat by a student 05

Celebrate a School Day

Make sure you have

1 All parents children teachers head teacher supervisorADO and the PTASMC PTC are invited

2 A plan is ready for the day

3 Food items (wheat and oil) ready for distribution

4 Key messages and teaching and learning kits are available and are on display

5 Students prepared to show their talents to their parents and to the community members

6 Successes and areas needing improvements for discussion with parents and community

7 Constituted a committee for organization of the School Day

8 Informed the students that they should come neat and clean and in school uniform

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3340

Notes for the Head Teacher Use the day to celebrate to celebrate the schoolsrsquo achievements Open the school gates for parents community members and social workers of the villag

Involve everybody in the sessions and avoid a lot of talking (Sweeten the small stuff) Give children space to speak about their successes and problems at the school

If you have more than one teacher involve them in planning of the day Ask teachers to facilitate group discussions without dominating the discussion If teachers

are not available ask some literate volunteers from the village or NGO representatives if

available to help Decorate the school with childrenrsquos work and readymade displays and locally available

flowers and plants You have some of the resources available in your teaching andlearning kit

Have a positive focus Do not talk with parents about what their children can not dorather talk about what the children can do

Explore use of local resources

Take ideas from School Improvement Booklet (SIB) for the event Appreciate studentsrsquo successes and achievements with some rewards if possible Pray for every ones success and those who have helped in providing an opportunity to

celebrate the day pray for the country and the people for their good health wealth peaceand prosperity and thank everyone for their participation

Actively follow up on the implementation of School Improvement Plan prepared on theSchool Day

3 Welcome address by PTAPTCSMC representative 10

4 Introduction of the day by the Head teacher 20

5 Poem song or some creative item from the students 20

6 Discussion on the key messages (what does the messages mean how it will be disseminated

in the village How to achieve it)

40

7 Discussion on the topics (use group work) followed by whole group open discussion

School attendance and enrollment School environment Health and hygiene Utilization ofTeaching and Learning materials PTACommunity Involvement Nutrition and diet and

Use of oil and wheat rations (please involve some representative students as well)

40

8 Develop a School Development Plan (SDP ) while using the following pattern

40

Issues1 How it will be

resolved

Who will be

responsible

Resources

required

Source of

funding

Time (By

When)

Note Please use short term and quickly doable plans like reducing absenteeism by students and teachers cleaningthe school planning trees (use School Improvement Book for more ideas)

9 Conclude the day by stating the background and the purpose of food and educational

incentives and by asking the parents and children to take their food ration and remind them

about the key messages As a concluding activity invite the parents and the community

members to visit the classrooms and ask the students to explain to them their creative work

10

Activity 3 Documentation and Reporting

Document the proceedings of the day and develop a short report for Project Implementation Unit

ADO circle or talka

1 For example student attendance has declined in the past two months

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3440

Course Evaluation

Note Please take a few minutes to complete the form and return to the facilitator

1 List out what have you learnt from this training

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

----------------------------------------------------------

2 What did you like from the training

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------

3 What particular learning will you implement How

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------

4 What are the suggestions to improve the training

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------

5 How do you rate the facilitator knowledge skills and attitude

Knowledge 1------2--------3--------4--------5

Skills 1------2--------3--------4--------5

Attitude 1------2--------3--------4--------5

Note 1 is the lowest and 5 is highest rate Please circle the number that you think

the facilitator has performed

6 Over all comments about the training

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3540

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3640

Reading Materials

Facilitator Child Rights Our Educational Responsibilities

All Education programmes must be based on the understanding of the Convention on

the Rights of a Child When training is based on these values then the child will be thecentre of all topics presented The teachers job is to provide opportunities theatmosphere and environment so the rights of the child are met in the place they willspend much of their waking hours The main educational rights involve in schools arebased from rights number 13 17 28 29 and 31

Important Rights to note childrens right to leisure and play childrens need for space to develop the need to take childrens opinions into account the need to involve children in the learning process

the need for policies and training to be in the best interest of the child the need for learning to be life skills relevant local roots and global connections the importance of a change in attitude towards facilitating learning

The following needs to be in place so it can happen in Child Friendly SchoolsUniversal AccessReference to the many million children still deprived of education many of whom aregirls many of whom finish primary school lacking essential knowledge skills attitudesand values

Role of Parents Teachers and Community

awareness of the role of teachers and trainers being imperative in realising the ideaof childrens rights basing training on interpreting the Convention on the Rights of the Child and

putting it into real practice having all the skills necessary to encourage and assist all in the learning process realising that learning is not just about the facts but learning how to access and

process information so it is beneficial and relevant supporting and rewarding trainers and teachers ensuring that parents are given a key responsibility in forming constructive

relationships with teachers and schools for learning and training requirement fortheir children

Equal Opportunities an understanding of non-discrimination against girls special needs learning

difficulties children who are nomadic indigenous immigrant or are a linguisticminority

a realisation that every child has unique characteristics interests abilities needs

The Appropriate Quality Education Content

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3740

training of teachers and school learning being relevant to the child now and for thefuture

training sessions and consequently classroom and schools helping to developpersonalities talents mental and physical abilities to their fullest potential

Cultural roots and Global Values

the need to include respect for human rights in our learning environments an awareness of combination of learning to respect ones own nation and culture and

the culture of others the need to encourage tolerance and harmony for a better understanding of

minorities indigenous peoples refugees immigrants and gender equality

New Methods of Learning an agreement that learning is a combination of critical thinking and having fun that

passive listening and rote memorisation are less valuable than application andprocess to enhance understanding

the need for training workshops and classrooms to be participant friendly allowing for curiosity time to question receive answers to argue debate test andmake mistakes to create be spontaneous to be recognised and respected

Mutual Respect reflecting in training and inner life of a school the education message of vision

values human rights tolerance respecting dignity encouraging problem-solving skills allowing teachers to help children develop tools

for peaceful conflict resolution in all new learning situations the need to feel safe secure and totally trust our

teachersStudent Participation Opportunities for learners to express their points of view encouraging learners to

take personal responsibility for their studies Having a system of sharing responsibilities sharing ideas regular feedback and

learning evaluation Knowing that a good school and a good training workshop both promote total

participation and is a model of fairness for all

Child Rights and our Primary Health Care Responsibilities

The Child Health Rights directly concerning the teacher and the school must also beconsidered as the school can play a vital role in ensuring they are addressed Thefollowing particularly relate to articles 19 23 24 29 and 31

educational policies in schools and classrooms must be in place to protect childrenfrom all forms of physical punishment mental violence injury abuse neglect ormaltreatment

that an effort be made to include mentally and physically disabled children in theschool and classroom programmes so they can enjoy a full and decent life whichpromotes dignity self reliance and participation in the school and community

that schools may assist in facilitating a child in health rehabilitation

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3840

to ensure basic medical assistance is given in school for first aid and thedevelopment of primary health care awareness

keeping health records and observing nutritional state of individual children providing clean water in schools to ensure the educational programmes support mental and physical development

a child has an opportunity at school to rest and leisure and playIn Pakistan there is higher infant mortality lower immunisation lower literacy rateslower school enrolment lower access to safe water and more severely underweightchildren Primary health care is vital on the long list of human development needs Allchildren have the right to the best health care that is availableThis area is of concern to all involved in teaching as the child entering the school cantake advantage of all the opportunities if they are healthy and well cared for in pre-school environments and homesSchools also must ensure their primary role in health care so children can carry thelearning to other parts of the community The two concerns involve preventive orcurative methods

Ignorance polluted surroundings negligence in food care washing facilities animalsclose to living areas unsafe drinking water sanitation living surroundings seasonaldiseases communicable diseases personal hygiene girl children and their health andcommunicable diseases are all areas of concern The population growth rate isincreasing and many are deprived of basic Primary Health Care

When the population rate is more than the resources the situation can be extremelydifficult and expensive to remedy

In classroom and at schools areas of health can be addressed throughout the primaryyears so information is clearly disseminated with the help of the children Awareness of

healthy habits helps children build their self-esteem and learning to value your-self is animportant aspect of primary health care

The value of children learning aspects of Primary Health Care

they are very good and quick learners they share with others whatever they learn the learning in childhood is long lasting the teachers instructions or words are important words for a child children experience that is they do practical work and learn more school is the place where a childrsquos thought is effected for a practical life

Teachers and Community Role

recording weight height and skin colour observing health changes carefully observing and noting abnormalities and informing the parents having positive discussions with parents joyful learning lessons on primary health care making a health class and playground environment ensuring there is safe water in the school

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3940

ensuring there are adequate male and female toilet facilities in the schools having regular health chart challenges

Primary Health Care having healthy well nourished children learning in a healthyhygienic environment with clean safe water clean safe surroundings clean safepersonal habits clean safe food preparation Classroom Climate caring for the

emotional and physical well-being of children

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 4040

Appendix-A

Ref Right of children in Islam What the teacher can do

Al Hadith In accordance with Islamic preceptldquochildrenrdquo means both male andfemaleldquoAcquisition of knowledge is obligatory

for all true believersrdquo

Ensure that both boys and girls haveaccess to schoolIf there is a mixed class of boys andgirls the girls should have as much

attention as the boys

Right to be brought up properlylooked after and provided for andeducated

The teacher is in loco parentis (in the place of the parents) and has theresponsibility to provide the same careas the parents

Al Quran666

Right to religious moral ethicalguidance provided with an

understanding of right and wrong

The teacher needs to know andunderstand the teachings of Islam so

as to provide the child with a good

education without bias and with agood ethical foundation

Al Quran5251

Children are given in trust to their parents ndash who will be held

accountableldquoEveryone of you is a caretaker andeveryone of you is answerable for hissubjectsrdquo

As teachers are in the place of parents ndash they too may be held accountable

Abu BakrRAA

Justice and equality Inequality isinjustice (forbidden in Islam)ldquoHe dieth not who takes to learning totreat children affectionately and to kiss

them are charitable actsrdquo

The teacher must be very sure that the treatmentof all children is equal and fair no favoritismno bias against certain children for whateverreason

This is especially important with regard to thosechildren who have been left as orphans ordisabled either as a result of the earthquake orfor any other reason

Al Hadith ldquoIt is a childrsquos right that his fathershould teach him how to read write

helliprdquo

Teachers have a responsibility to be professional in their teaching and also

to help parents and the community tounderstand their obligations about sending all

their children to school

Abu Daud ldquoWhoever has a girl under hisguardianshiphellip[and does not] treat herwith contempt nor gives preference to

his sons over her Allah will admit himto paradiserdquo

Teachers have an obligation to treatgirls equally and without bias and tohelp the parents and community to

understand their obligations in termsof helping girls to have an education

Page 17: Head Teachers Training Manual.pdf

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 1740

Discussion

At the end of the session summarize classroom management by using the information

below The facilitator will require summarized chart of classroom management and share

it with the participants Facilitator will also provide these readings to the participants to

read on their own time (Reading on Work Book)

33 983107983148983137983155983155983154983151983151983149 983149983137983150983137983143983141983149983141983150983156 983145983150 983117983157983148983156983145983085983143983154983137983140983141 983155983145983156983157983137983156983145983151983150

Since most of the government primary schools are in multi-grade situation we have to

keep in mined our classroom before teaching

ActivityAsk the participants to draw their classroom where the sitting may be

bull Classroom may be in different shape (triangle rectangle etc)

bull Sitting arrangement of mats or chairs (in lines circle u shape or in groups)

bull Number of doors windows ( if tents specify)

bull Location of black board and teachers desk

bull Location of teaching material

bull Displays of students work or chartsAfter the participants illustrate their classrooms they should display them on the wall

Facilitator will share the following classroom setting to encourage favourable learningenvironment

Classroom

Management

Organization

Lay out of

classroom

Atmosphere Setting routine

Setting rule and

procedures

Safe and secure

environment

Planning

Sharing

responsibilities

Sanction and

rewords

Figure - 1

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 1840

C-3

C-1 C-2

C-5C-4

Effective sitting arrangement in multi-grade classroom

(Students sitting in groups on desks in multi-grade situation)

(Students sitting in semi-circle on mats in multi-grade situation)

34 983120983148983137983150983150983145983150983143 983137983150983140 983154983151983157983156983145983150983141 983155983141983156983156983145983150983143 983145983150 983117983157983148983156983145983085983143983154983137983140983141 983155983145983156983157983137983156983145983151983150

A multi-grade situation is where there are a number of students in a classroom who areclassified into different grades This situation is common in a village where the number

of children for an average class size is insufficient and the practical solution is to sit

them all together in one classroom The most difficult hurdle for a multi-grade teacher is

the demand to complete a curriculum or textbook for each grade regardless of studentability needs or skills In the Government primary school are exam driven which

multiplies the challenges Effective planning and conscious effort can address this issue

Facilitator will show how to integrate lessons and set effective routines for their classes

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 1940

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2040

b Vertical integration- Block planning and teaching

Select topics of different levels which have common purpose for example similar topics in

science social studies Language Islamiyat

Block Number Class-1 Class-2

1 science language Visit to zoo Animals

2 Science Cleanliness Prevention from diseases

3 Social studies My parents My family

35 983107983148983137983155983155983154983151983151983149 983124983145983149983141983156983137983138983148983141 983137983150983140 983122983151983157983156983145983150983141 983155983141983156983156983145983150983143

Develop a timetable for your classroom keep in mind the number of classes children

teachers classrooms and subjects See how best you can utilize the time available in a

working day

36 983109983142983142983141983139983156983145983158983141 983111983154983151983157983152983145983150983143

A multi-grade classroom needs students doing group work so careful management isrequired There will be a wide range of ages abilities attainments and interests

Grouping must be flexible during the day and times when grouping sitting in groups and

doing group work will be necessary This grid shows teachersrsquo studentsrsquo activities duringa period with different group in multi grade situation

Period Class- 1

Group

Class-2

Group

Class-3

Group

40 mins

Period-1 Teacher

(Teaching in C-1

)

Activity

(students

doing

activities)

Written

(Students

writing)

13 mins

Period-1 Written

(Students)

Teacher

(Teaching)

Activity

(Students)

13 mins

Period-1 Activity

(Students)

Written

(Students)

Teacher

(Teaching)

13 mins

The same pattern can follow for the next periods The teacher must be very specific in

her planning stating what objectives will be taught what written work and type ofactivities will be done which should be monitored on a regular basis

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2140

Facilitator will explain ldquofor the multi-grade situation the period lesson plan needs to be

extended to include the specific activities the students will do and how the teacher will

divide herhis time with the different groups

37 983108983141983158983141983148983151983152983145983150983143 983148983141983155983155983151983150983155 983145983150 983117983157983148983156983145983085983143983154983137983140983141 983155983145983156983157983137983156983145983151983150

Activity-4

Participants in groups will be given books to design lessons for class-1 and class-2Facilitator will assist the participants in identifying topics of different classes with same

objectives For example in science take the topic ldquoplantsrdquo For class-1 students will have

to learn three main parts of tree (root stem and leaves) and for class-2 the students haveto learn more then three parts of tree The participants will identify similar topics in

sciences language social studies mathematics and Islamiyat and make and try to

integrate the lesson

For example

Action Session 1C- 1 Session 2C-2 Session 3C-3

Subject

Objective

Content

Materials

Activity

Evaluation

38 983125983156983145983148983145983162983137983156983145983151983150 983151983142 983124983141983137983139983144983145983150983143 983137983150983140 983148983141983137983154983150983145983150983143 983149983137983156983141983154983145983137983148

Facilitator will demonstrate to develop some teaching and learning materials and it willuse it in the classroom Heshe will explain teaching and learning material to the

participants how it supplements teaching

During demonstration the facilitator will make the following pointsAn interesting teachinglearning material makes learning easy for children Learning

becomes more interesting by focusing the curiosity of the children with verities of

teaching support UNESCO teaching and learning material consists of range of subject

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2240

matters It encompasses all the curriculum subjects in an activity based child centred

approach

Children can visualise things easily especially when it involves their sense of learning

and sight The children gain lots of confidence when presenting or working in front of the

class The natural desire to move is fulfilled by the use of teaching and learningmaterials

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2340

DAY-II

4 9831239831419831559831559831459831519831509830854 983120983154983151983149983151983156983145983151983150 983151983142 983112983141983137983148983156983144 983137983150983140 983112983161983143983145983141983150983141 983109983140983157983139983137983156983145983151983150

Objectives By the end of the session the participants will be able to

bull Acquire knowledge on principals of hygiene and healthy practices

bull Identify potentially harmful situations in schools regard to health

bull Devise strategies to promote health and hygiene in schools

Time Allocation

Activity 1 Principle of hygiene and healthy practices 10 minutes

Activity 2 Strategies to teach hygiene 20 minutes

Activity 3 Prevention and minimization of diseasesAction-Plans for school health

20 minutes

Conclusion 05 minutes

Total 55 minutes

Materials required

o Flip chart papero marker pens

o tapeo Workbook for each of the

participants

41 983113983150983156983154983151983140983157983139983156983145983151983150 983120983154983145983150983139983145983152983137983148 983151983142 983112983161983143983145983141983150983141

In this session we will look at some physical health issues that occur because of thecondition under which people have to live while they rebuild their lives The WHO

defines health as a state of complete physical mental and social wellbeing and not merely

the absence of disease or infirmity Hygiene is defined as the principles and laws

governing the preservation of health and their practical application practice conducive togood health it may refer to keeping clean in order to prevent diseases and maintain health

Activity 1 Principles of hygiene [10 minutes]

The participants individually should think of five principles of hygiene (healthy life)keeping the current situation of children in the primary schools

1 Wash hands with soap after using toilet and before eat meal2 Daily bath

3 Do not spit cover nose suppression

4 Use purified and boiled water keep water covered

5 Wash fruit before eating fruit

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2440

After the participants listed the principle of hygiene the facilitator will write the

definitions of health and hygiene on flip charts and explain it to the participants

42 983123983156983154983137983156983141983143983145983141983155 983156983151 983156983141983137983139983144 983144983161983143983145983141983150983141

Activity 2In your small groups pick the five principles that are most common to the group and

develop teaching strategies to help students understand the need for these principles

Principles Teaching strategies

1 Wash hands

2---------------

3---------------

4---------------5---------------

Demonstration of hand washing with soap

------------------------------------------------------------------

------------------------------------------------------------------

Allow 15 minutes for this exerciseBring the groups back to plenary and put up the flip charts on the walls Ask people to

move around the room and read all the sheets Encourage people note down if any

strategies they like

Allow 5 minutes for questions and discussion

43 983120983154983141983158983141983150983156983145983151983150 983137983150983140 983149983145983150983145983149983145983162983137983156983145983151983150Activity-3Explain to the participants that while regular hygiene activities are necessary there are

specific diseases that my be spread more easily in situations of temporary shelter

contaminated water insufficient water and the other conditions under which people arestill living Ask the group to find one person with whom they would like to work Explain

that this activity will be completed as pair work However each person should fill in the

table in their workbook

Common

Health Proble

Risk condition Prevention minimization

intervention

Diarrhea

cholera

dysentery

Poor sanitation inadequate

water condition poor

personal hygiene

Sanitation facilities Water

purification Personal hygiene ORS

(treatment only) Effectivesurveillance systems to prevent or

minimize disease outbreaks

Malaria and

other vector

Standing uncovered water

increasing the risk of

Health education raising awareness

about the risks of standing water

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2540

borne diseases(eg typhoid)

mosquitoes breedingCongested living conditions

increasing the possibility of

infection

Exposure to areas where

disease-transmittingorganism are more common

Increased population density promoting mosquito bites

use of mosquito nets understandingof symptoms of the disease etc

Advocates for measures for vector

control spraying for example

Effective surveillance systems by

health authorities

Respiratorytract

infections

(includingPneumonia)

Inadequate shelterPoor health care services

Overcrowding

Lack of food malnutritionRainy season

Improved shelter (especially fromwind but ensuring ventilation) Dry

clothes when wet

Use of antibiotics with doctorrsquosConsultation

Water borneDiseases

Contaminated water (garbagein

water source urinecontamination ndash animal orhuman)

Inadequately treated drinking

water (un-boiled orinsufficiently

boiled) Poor hygienic

conditions in

Shelters

Boil water for cooking washing anddrinking where possible Use water

purification tablets where possibleCare of immediate environmentin terms of covering water getting

rid of standing water ensuring that

clothes and bedding are well-aired Use of

antibiotics under medical

supervision

SkinInfections

Inadequate hygienePoor hygienic conditions in

Shelters

Regular washing with soap andwater

Thorough drying of skin Eliminationof vermin from the environment

Medication where necessary undermedical supervision

Tetanus Open wounds (due to

trauma)

Poor hygiene

Clean wounds (antiseptic if

available or soap and water) Cover

wounds with clean cloth orDressings Seek medical helpimmediately

Animal

transmitted

diseases

Unhygienic slaughtering

Contact with infected

animals dueto lack of veterinary control

Increased rate of diseases in

Animals

Ensuring that animals are

slaughtered according to Islamic law

(meat is halaal) Use of antibioticsunder medical supervision

When the participants have completed the exercise ask for one or two examples that are

particularly relevant and possible to accomplish While the pairs are working movearound the room so that you can see any really good examples to discuss in plenary Now

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2640

ask the participants to develop Health Action Plans for their school An example is shown

below

45 983105983139983156983145983151983150983085983120983148983137983150983085 983123983139983144983151983151983148 983112983141983137983148983156983144 983137983150983140 983112983161983143983145983141983150983141 983120983154983151983143983154983137983149983149983141

Health problems Interventions

What Who How When

Diarrhea cholera

dysentery

Water Teachers

andStudents

Clean water

Malaria Cleanenvironment

All Dustbins

ConclusionBasic health and hygiene are more difficult in situations of disaster and lack of

infrastructure in place In situations like NWFP Balochistan and Sindh (natural and man

made disaster at peak) it is important to reinforce the basic principles as people who areunder stress often neglect these basics and so children may not learn appropriately

5 9831239831419831559831559831459831519831509830855 983119983158983141983154983158983145983141983159 983151983142 983156983144983141 983142983151983151983140 983139983154983145983155983141983155 983137983150983140 983152983157983154983152983151983155983141 983151983142

983142983151983151983140 983140983145983155983156983154983145983138983157983156983145983151983150

Objectives By the end of this session the participants will be able to

bull Discuss the recent food crises and its impact on common people particularly onchildren

bull Purpose of food distribution to schools and what are the indirect impacts on childeducation

Time Allocation

Activity 1 discuss the recent food crises and high prices issue 10 minutes

Activity 2 purpose of food distribution to schools and its impact onchild education

20 minutes

Activity 3 food distribution project 20 minutes

Conclusion 05 minutes

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2740

Total 55 minutes

11 Materials required

o Flip chart paper

o marker penso tape

o workbook for each of the

participantso leaflets of food distribution

programme

IntroductionIntroduce the WFP-UNESCO in partnership with the Government of Pakistan has

initiated school feeding programme to mitigate short term hunger When children come

for school with empty stomach (without breakfast) they are less likely to concentrate and

engage in learning activities This programme can temporarily bridge food gapes infamilies and can be helpful in refocusing studentrsquos attention to the lessons This can also

be an incentive to increase the enrolment attendance and decrease dropout It is alsoassumed that this programme may increase the education quality improvement from

school to district level

Activity- 1

Facilitator will explain the following agendas of Food for Education The followingcatchphrase of school feeding programme will be written on flip chart and discussed

thoroughly

bull School feeding can decrease short-term hunger thereby increasing learningcapacity

bull School feeding and take home ration can improve school enrollment andattendance and decrease drop-out

bull Food assistance can encourage community participation in education

bull Involvement of district government education department can act as a lever for

school quality improvement

bull School feeding can improve nutritional status and hence improve school performance

bull School feeding and Take home ration are education intervention

Activity-2

The participants will discuss in groups and workout the grid mentioned below The participants will be encouraged to think on the activities that school can perform to

enhance school feeding programme specific objectives

Objectives and activities for school feeding programme

Objectives Activities

WFPUNESCO What school Can do

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2840

Increase enrollmentattendance retention and

completion

School ration (wheat and oil) Parents outreach

Enhance learning

environment

Provision of teaching and

learning materials

Enhance teachers quality Teachers complete a two-dayHead Teachersrsquo training

receive

Enhance learning capacity Provision of teaching and

learning kit

Increase community

participation

school food distribution

managed by parent IEC

campaign PTC training

Improve support to schools Management of ToT training

for head teachers

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2940

o Flip chart papero Marker penso Tape for sticking papers to the wallso Workbook for each participant

6 9831239831419831559831559831459831519831509830856 983107983151983149983149983157983150983145983156983161 983137983150983140 983120983137983154983141983150983156983155 983141983150983143983137983143983141983149983141983150983156 983145983150 983155983139983144983151983151983148Objectives By the end of this session the participants will be able to

bull Identify roles of PTCSMC in school

bull How to mobilize communityPTC in the school affairsbull What are their role in food distribution teaching material distribution and

monitoring

Time Allocation

What PTC and SMCs can do for the schools

Activity-1 Need and response 40

Activity-2 ways of communication with community- School

improvement booklet and awareness raising message

10

Conclusion 05 minutes

Total 55 minutes

Materials required

IntroductionFacilitator will introduce community participation in education Community and parents

are best resources to be utilized In Pakistan SMCs PTCs representingcommunityparents have been initiated to assist the school

61 983105983139983156983145983158983145983156983161 1 983118983141983141983140983155 983137983150983140 983122983141983155983152983151983150983155983141983155

Divide the participants into small groups (3-4) Ask participants to open their workbooks

and list in the first column the 5 pressing needs of their schools Then the second columnthey should list one point for each need where SMCPTCs can assist The groups have 20

minutes for this exercise

Needs Assistance

Children not attending schools PTAsSMCs can advocate in the

community and support families to sendtheir children to school through provision of

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3040

scholarships especially their girl children

Distribution of food and teaching

learning materials

PTC and SMC can monitor of the fair distribution

Activity-4

The community is part of the class room atmosphere and school physical environmentHead teacher needs to build a good relationship with the community Know the

community develop co-operation communicate with them There are many ways of

connecting with the community as mentioned below

62 983127983137983161983155 983151983142 983149983137983147983145983150983143 983148983145983150983147983137983143983141983155 983159983145983156983144 983107983151983149983149983157983150983145983156983161983120983137983154983141983150983156983155

Some suggested ideas for information sharing below

letters Events like School Day parents day PTCSMCs and teachers meetings

community projects clean ups information promotions (heath and sanitation) the school as a centre for community activities and adult classes sharing School Improvement Booklet-awareness raising materials

7 9831239831419831559831559831459831519831509830857 983105983139983156983145983151983150983085983120983148983137983150

ObjectivesBy the end of this session the participants will be able to

bull Develop Action Plans to address the following School Improvement Indicatorso School attendance and enrollmento Improved School environment

o Health and hygieneo Utilization of teaching and learning resourceso Monitoring and recording wheat and oil rationo Activation of PTCSMC

Present Action plan format 10

Activity-1 design action plans for their schools 50

Activity -2 Presentations 20

Summing up 10

Total 1 30 minutes

Materials required

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3140

o Flip Charto Marker pens

o Action plan format

o School Day Charto Tape

o White Sheets

Introduction

The facilitator will share format of Action Plan to the participants Clearly explain how to

go about it Then ask the participants individually develop Action plan that will beimplemented in their schools The participants will also be informed that on the bases of

these Action Plans they will be monitored

What How Who When Comments

1 School

health

Providing

clean

water

HT

Teachers

PTCSMC

March 09 Head teacher in

collaboration with

PTCSMC will makesure there is a safe clean

water for students in the

school

2 Students

enrolment

Enrolment

campaignSchool

day

Visithomes

PTCSMC

HT

5t

Apr-09

3 School day

4 SMC

meeting

5 Improve

school

environment

The training participants will fill out this action plan according to their school needs and priority Share these Action Plans to the whole group and encourage others to make notes

from each others work incases they see it relevant to their schools as well

Objectives

By the end of this session the participants will be able too To develop an understanding of how a School Day is celebratedo Plan for their own schools of how they will celebrate the day

Present School Day Plan 10 minutes

Activity-1 Discuss in small groups how the day will be

celebrate

20 minutes

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3240

Make plans when the day will be celebrated at their school 30 minutes

Total 60 minutes

Materials required

o Flip Chart

o Marker pens

o School Day Chart

o Tapeo White Sheets

School DayA lsquoSchool Dayrsquo is the day in the GOP-WFP-UNESCO project when parents teachers and projectofficials meet in the school premises to discuss ways to improve the school Several factorscontribute to school improvement School attendance and enrollment Retention of studentsSchool environment Health and hygiene of students Utilization of teaching and learning

materials PTACommunity involvement Nutrition and diet and use of oil and wheat rations Ona School Day the head teacher with the help of Social Mobilizer of the implementing partner willdiscuss the school improvement factors with the parents and children of the school

ActivitiesThe following activities are suggested to make the day useful and attractive to the children

parents and community members

Activity 1 Preparation of activities of the day

Send invitation to all parents at least a week before the ldquoSchool Dayrdquo through children verballyand also in writing (hand written notes would suffice) and also spread the message by word-of-mouth At least two days before the program send a reminder by writing the message on the

studentsrsquo copy books or paper slips and read it loudly and clearly in the classrooms Make surethat the children have understood the message by asking them to explain And if possible invite

the community members through telephone calls or by sending the school children to spread thenews Advance planning is the key to success

Activity 2 Follow the agenda

SN Activities Time in

Minutes

Registration of the participants

1 Recitation verses from the holy Quran by one of the students 03

2 Naat by a student 05

Celebrate a School Day

Make sure you have

1 All parents children teachers head teacher supervisorADO and the PTASMC PTC are invited

2 A plan is ready for the day

3 Food items (wheat and oil) ready for distribution

4 Key messages and teaching and learning kits are available and are on display

5 Students prepared to show their talents to their parents and to the community members

6 Successes and areas needing improvements for discussion with parents and community

7 Constituted a committee for organization of the School Day

8 Informed the students that they should come neat and clean and in school uniform

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3340

Notes for the Head Teacher Use the day to celebrate to celebrate the schoolsrsquo achievements Open the school gates for parents community members and social workers of the villag

Involve everybody in the sessions and avoid a lot of talking (Sweeten the small stuff) Give children space to speak about their successes and problems at the school

If you have more than one teacher involve them in planning of the day Ask teachers to facilitate group discussions without dominating the discussion If teachers

are not available ask some literate volunteers from the village or NGO representatives if

available to help Decorate the school with childrenrsquos work and readymade displays and locally available

flowers and plants You have some of the resources available in your teaching andlearning kit

Have a positive focus Do not talk with parents about what their children can not dorather talk about what the children can do

Explore use of local resources

Take ideas from School Improvement Booklet (SIB) for the event Appreciate studentsrsquo successes and achievements with some rewards if possible Pray for every ones success and those who have helped in providing an opportunity to

celebrate the day pray for the country and the people for their good health wealth peaceand prosperity and thank everyone for their participation

Actively follow up on the implementation of School Improvement Plan prepared on theSchool Day

3 Welcome address by PTAPTCSMC representative 10

4 Introduction of the day by the Head teacher 20

5 Poem song or some creative item from the students 20

6 Discussion on the key messages (what does the messages mean how it will be disseminated

in the village How to achieve it)

40

7 Discussion on the topics (use group work) followed by whole group open discussion

School attendance and enrollment School environment Health and hygiene Utilization ofTeaching and Learning materials PTACommunity Involvement Nutrition and diet and

Use of oil and wheat rations (please involve some representative students as well)

40

8 Develop a School Development Plan (SDP ) while using the following pattern

40

Issues1 How it will be

resolved

Who will be

responsible

Resources

required

Source of

funding

Time (By

When)

Note Please use short term and quickly doable plans like reducing absenteeism by students and teachers cleaningthe school planning trees (use School Improvement Book for more ideas)

9 Conclude the day by stating the background and the purpose of food and educational

incentives and by asking the parents and children to take their food ration and remind them

about the key messages As a concluding activity invite the parents and the community

members to visit the classrooms and ask the students to explain to them their creative work

10

Activity 3 Documentation and Reporting

Document the proceedings of the day and develop a short report for Project Implementation Unit

ADO circle or talka

1 For example student attendance has declined in the past two months

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3440

Course Evaluation

Note Please take a few minutes to complete the form and return to the facilitator

1 List out what have you learnt from this training

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

----------------------------------------------------------

2 What did you like from the training

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------

3 What particular learning will you implement How

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------

4 What are the suggestions to improve the training

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------

5 How do you rate the facilitator knowledge skills and attitude

Knowledge 1------2--------3--------4--------5

Skills 1------2--------3--------4--------5

Attitude 1------2--------3--------4--------5

Note 1 is the lowest and 5 is highest rate Please circle the number that you think

the facilitator has performed

6 Over all comments about the training

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3540

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3640

Reading Materials

Facilitator Child Rights Our Educational Responsibilities

All Education programmes must be based on the understanding of the Convention on

the Rights of a Child When training is based on these values then the child will be thecentre of all topics presented The teachers job is to provide opportunities theatmosphere and environment so the rights of the child are met in the place they willspend much of their waking hours The main educational rights involve in schools arebased from rights number 13 17 28 29 and 31

Important Rights to note childrens right to leisure and play childrens need for space to develop the need to take childrens opinions into account the need to involve children in the learning process

the need for policies and training to be in the best interest of the child the need for learning to be life skills relevant local roots and global connections the importance of a change in attitude towards facilitating learning

The following needs to be in place so it can happen in Child Friendly SchoolsUniversal AccessReference to the many million children still deprived of education many of whom aregirls many of whom finish primary school lacking essential knowledge skills attitudesand values

Role of Parents Teachers and Community

awareness of the role of teachers and trainers being imperative in realising the ideaof childrens rights basing training on interpreting the Convention on the Rights of the Child and

putting it into real practice having all the skills necessary to encourage and assist all in the learning process realising that learning is not just about the facts but learning how to access and

process information so it is beneficial and relevant supporting and rewarding trainers and teachers ensuring that parents are given a key responsibility in forming constructive

relationships with teachers and schools for learning and training requirement fortheir children

Equal Opportunities an understanding of non-discrimination against girls special needs learning

difficulties children who are nomadic indigenous immigrant or are a linguisticminority

a realisation that every child has unique characteristics interests abilities needs

The Appropriate Quality Education Content

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3740

training of teachers and school learning being relevant to the child now and for thefuture

training sessions and consequently classroom and schools helping to developpersonalities talents mental and physical abilities to their fullest potential

Cultural roots and Global Values

the need to include respect for human rights in our learning environments an awareness of combination of learning to respect ones own nation and culture and

the culture of others the need to encourage tolerance and harmony for a better understanding of

minorities indigenous peoples refugees immigrants and gender equality

New Methods of Learning an agreement that learning is a combination of critical thinking and having fun that

passive listening and rote memorisation are less valuable than application andprocess to enhance understanding

the need for training workshops and classrooms to be participant friendly allowing for curiosity time to question receive answers to argue debate test andmake mistakes to create be spontaneous to be recognised and respected

Mutual Respect reflecting in training and inner life of a school the education message of vision

values human rights tolerance respecting dignity encouraging problem-solving skills allowing teachers to help children develop tools

for peaceful conflict resolution in all new learning situations the need to feel safe secure and totally trust our

teachersStudent Participation Opportunities for learners to express their points of view encouraging learners to

take personal responsibility for their studies Having a system of sharing responsibilities sharing ideas regular feedback and

learning evaluation Knowing that a good school and a good training workshop both promote total

participation and is a model of fairness for all

Child Rights and our Primary Health Care Responsibilities

The Child Health Rights directly concerning the teacher and the school must also beconsidered as the school can play a vital role in ensuring they are addressed Thefollowing particularly relate to articles 19 23 24 29 and 31

educational policies in schools and classrooms must be in place to protect childrenfrom all forms of physical punishment mental violence injury abuse neglect ormaltreatment

that an effort be made to include mentally and physically disabled children in theschool and classroom programmes so they can enjoy a full and decent life whichpromotes dignity self reliance and participation in the school and community

that schools may assist in facilitating a child in health rehabilitation

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3840

to ensure basic medical assistance is given in school for first aid and thedevelopment of primary health care awareness

keeping health records and observing nutritional state of individual children providing clean water in schools to ensure the educational programmes support mental and physical development

a child has an opportunity at school to rest and leisure and playIn Pakistan there is higher infant mortality lower immunisation lower literacy rateslower school enrolment lower access to safe water and more severely underweightchildren Primary health care is vital on the long list of human development needs Allchildren have the right to the best health care that is availableThis area is of concern to all involved in teaching as the child entering the school cantake advantage of all the opportunities if they are healthy and well cared for in pre-school environments and homesSchools also must ensure their primary role in health care so children can carry thelearning to other parts of the community The two concerns involve preventive orcurative methods

Ignorance polluted surroundings negligence in food care washing facilities animalsclose to living areas unsafe drinking water sanitation living surroundings seasonaldiseases communicable diseases personal hygiene girl children and their health andcommunicable diseases are all areas of concern The population growth rate isincreasing and many are deprived of basic Primary Health Care

When the population rate is more than the resources the situation can be extremelydifficult and expensive to remedy

In classroom and at schools areas of health can be addressed throughout the primaryyears so information is clearly disseminated with the help of the children Awareness of

healthy habits helps children build their self-esteem and learning to value your-self is animportant aspect of primary health care

The value of children learning aspects of Primary Health Care

they are very good and quick learners they share with others whatever they learn the learning in childhood is long lasting the teachers instructions or words are important words for a child children experience that is they do practical work and learn more school is the place where a childrsquos thought is effected for a practical life

Teachers and Community Role

recording weight height and skin colour observing health changes carefully observing and noting abnormalities and informing the parents having positive discussions with parents joyful learning lessons on primary health care making a health class and playground environment ensuring there is safe water in the school

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3940

ensuring there are adequate male and female toilet facilities in the schools having regular health chart challenges

Primary Health Care having healthy well nourished children learning in a healthyhygienic environment with clean safe water clean safe surroundings clean safepersonal habits clean safe food preparation Classroom Climate caring for the

emotional and physical well-being of children

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 4040

Appendix-A

Ref Right of children in Islam What the teacher can do

Al Hadith In accordance with Islamic preceptldquochildrenrdquo means both male andfemaleldquoAcquisition of knowledge is obligatory

for all true believersrdquo

Ensure that both boys and girls haveaccess to schoolIf there is a mixed class of boys andgirls the girls should have as much

attention as the boys

Right to be brought up properlylooked after and provided for andeducated

The teacher is in loco parentis (in the place of the parents) and has theresponsibility to provide the same careas the parents

Al Quran666

Right to religious moral ethicalguidance provided with an

understanding of right and wrong

The teacher needs to know andunderstand the teachings of Islam so

as to provide the child with a good

education without bias and with agood ethical foundation

Al Quran5251

Children are given in trust to their parents ndash who will be held

accountableldquoEveryone of you is a caretaker andeveryone of you is answerable for hissubjectsrdquo

As teachers are in the place of parents ndash they too may be held accountable

Abu BakrRAA

Justice and equality Inequality isinjustice (forbidden in Islam)ldquoHe dieth not who takes to learning totreat children affectionately and to kiss

them are charitable actsrdquo

The teacher must be very sure that the treatmentof all children is equal and fair no favoritismno bias against certain children for whateverreason

This is especially important with regard to thosechildren who have been left as orphans ordisabled either as a result of the earthquake orfor any other reason

Al Hadith ldquoIt is a childrsquos right that his fathershould teach him how to read write

helliprdquo

Teachers have a responsibility to be professional in their teaching and also

to help parents and the community tounderstand their obligations about sending all

their children to school

Abu Daud ldquoWhoever has a girl under hisguardianshiphellip[and does not] treat herwith contempt nor gives preference to

his sons over her Allah will admit himto paradiserdquo

Teachers have an obligation to treatgirls equally and without bias and tohelp the parents and community to

understand their obligations in termsof helping girls to have an education

Page 18: Head Teachers Training Manual.pdf

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 1840

C-3

C-1 C-2

C-5C-4

Effective sitting arrangement in multi-grade classroom

(Students sitting in groups on desks in multi-grade situation)

(Students sitting in semi-circle on mats in multi-grade situation)

34 983120983148983137983150983150983145983150983143 983137983150983140 983154983151983157983156983145983150983141 983155983141983156983156983145983150983143 983145983150 983117983157983148983156983145983085983143983154983137983140983141 983155983145983156983157983137983156983145983151983150

A multi-grade situation is where there are a number of students in a classroom who areclassified into different grades This situation is common in a village where the number

of children for an average class size is insufficient and the practical solution is to sit

them all together in one classroom The most difficult hurdle for a multi-grade teacher is

the demand to complete a curriculum or textbook for each grade regardless of studentability needs or skills In the Government primary school are exam driven which

multiplies the challenges Effective planning and conscious effort can address this issue

Facilitator will show how to integrate lessons and set effective routines for their classes

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 1940

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2040

b Vertical integration- Block planning and teaching

Select topics of different levels which have common purpose for example similar topics in

science social studies Language Islamiyat

Block Number Class-1 Class-2

1 science language Visit to zoo Animals

2 Science Cleanliness Prevention from diseases

3 Social studies My parents My family

35 983107983148983137983155983155983154983151983151983149 983124983145983149983141983156983137983138983148983141 983137983150983140 983122983151983157983156983145983150983141 983155983141983156983156983145983150983143

Develop a timetable for your classroom keep in mind the number of classes children

teachers classrooms and subjects See how best you can utilize the time available in a

working day

36 983109983142983142983141983139983156983145983158983141 983111983154983151983157983152983145983150983143

A multi-grade classroom needs students doing group work so careful management isrequired There will be a wide range of ages abilities attainments and interests

Grouping must be flexible during the day and times when grouping sitting in groups and

doing group work will be necessary This grid shows teachersrsquo studentsrsquo activities duringa period with different group in multi grade situation

Period Class- 1

Group

Class-2

Group

Class-3

Group

40 mins

Period-1 Teacher

(Teaching in C-1

)

Activity

(students

doing

activities)

Written

(Students

writing)

13 mins

Period-1 Written

(Students)

Teacher

(Teaching)

Activity

(Students)

13 mins

Period-1 Activity

(Students)

Written

(Students)

Teacher

(Teaching)

13 mins

The same pattern can follow for the next periods The teacher must be very specific in

her planning stating what objectives will be taught what written work and type ofactivities will be done which should be monitored on a regular basis

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2140

Facilitator will explain ldquofor the multi-grade situation the period lesson plan needs to be

extended to include the specific activities the students will do and how the teacher will

divide herhis time with the different groups

37 983108983141983158983141983148983151983152983145983150983143 983148983141983155983155983151983150983155 983145983150 983117983157983148983156983145983085983143983154983137983140983141 983155983145983156983157983137983156983145983151983150

Activity-4

Participants in groups will be given books to design lessons for class-1 and class-2Facilitator will assist the participants in identifying topics of different classes with same

objectives For example in science take the topic ldquoplantsrdquo For class-1 students will have

to learn three main parts of tree (root stem and leaves) and for class-2 the students haveto learn more then three parts of tree The participants will identify similar topics in

sciences language social studies mathematics and Islamiyat and make and try to

integrate the lesson

For example

Action Session 1C- 1 Session 2C-2 Session 3C-3

Subject

Objective

Content

Materials

Activity

Evaluation

38 983125983156983145983148983145983162983137983156983145983151983150 983151983142 983124983141983137983139983144983145983150983143 983137983150983140 983148983141983137983154983150983145983150983143 983149983137983156983141983154983145983137983148

Facilitator will demonstrate to develop some teaching and learning materials and it willuse it in the classroom Heshe will explain teaching and learning material to the

participants how it supplements teaching

During demonstration the facilitator will make the following pointsAn interesting teachinglearning material makes learning easy for children Learning

becomes more interesting by focusing the curiosity of the children with verities of

teaching support UNESCO teaching and learning material consists of range of subject

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2240

matters It encompasses all the curriculum subjects in an activity based child centred

approach

Children can visualise things easily especially when it involves their sense of learning

and sight The children gain lots of confidence when presenting or working in front of the

class The natural desire to move is fulfilled by the use of teaching and learningmaterials

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2340

DAY-II

4 9831239831419831559831559831459831519831509830854 983120983154983151983149983151983156983145983151983150 983151983142 983112983141983137983148983156983144 983137983150983140 983112983161983143983145983141983150983141 983109983140983157983139983137983156983145983151983150

Objectives By the end of the session the participants will be able to

bull Acquire knowledge on principals of hygiene and healthy practices

bull Identify potentially harmful situations in schools regard to health

bull Devise strategies to promote health and hygiene in schools

Time Allocation

Activity 1 Principle of hygiene and healthy practices 10 minutes

Activity 2 Strategies to teach hygiene 20 minutes

Activity 3 Prevention and minimization of diseasesAction-Plans for school health

20 minutes

Conclusion 05 minutes

Total 55 minutes

Materials required

o Flip chart papero marker pens

o tapeo Workbook for each of the

participants

41 983113983150983156983154983151983140983157983139983156983145983151983150 983120983154983145983150983139983145983152983137983148 983151983142 983112983161983143983145983141983150983141

In this session we will look at some physical health issues that occur because of thecondition under which people have to live while they rebuild their lives The WHO

defines health as a state of complete physical mental and social wellbeing and not merely

the absence of disease or infirmity Hygiene is defined as the principles and laws

governing the preservation of health and their practical application practice conducive togood health it may refer to keeping clean in order to prevent diseases and maintain health

Activity 1 Principles of hygiene [10 minutes]

The participants individually should think of five principles of hygiene (healthy life)keeping the current situation of children in the primary schools

1 Wash hands with soap after using toilet and before eat meal2 Daily bath

3 Do not spit cover nose suppression

4 Use purified and boiled water keep water covered

5 Wash fruit before eating fruit

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2440

After the participants listed the principle of hygiene the facilitator will write the

definitions of health and hygiene on flip charts and explain it to the participants

42 983123983156983154983137983156983141983143983145983141983155 983156983151 983156983141983137983139983144 983144983161983143983145983141983150983141

Activity 2In your small groups pick the five principles that are most common to the group and

develop teaching strategies to help students understand the need for these principles

Principles Teaching strategies

1 Wash hands

2---------------

3---------------

4---------------5---------------

Demonstration of hand washing with soap

------------------------------------------------------------------

------------------------------------------------------------------

Allow 15 minutes for this exerciseBring the groups back to plenary and put up the flip charts on the walls Ask people to

move around the room and read all the sheets Encourage people note down if any

strategies they like

Allow 5 minutes for questions and discussion

43 983120983154983141983158983141983150983156983145983151983150 983137983150983140 983149983145983150983145983149983145983162983137983156983145983151983150Activity-3Explain to the participants that while regular hygiene activities are necessary there are

specific diseases that my be spread more easily in situations of temporary shelter

contaminated water insufficient water and the other conditions under which people arestill living Ask the group to find one person with whom they would like to work Explain

that this activity will be completed as pair work However each person should fill in the

table in their workbook

Common

Health Proble

Risk condition Prevention minimization

intervention

Diarrhea

cholera

dysentery

Poor sanitation inadequate

water condition poor

personal hygiene

Sanitation facilities Water

purification Personal hygiene ORS

(treatment only) Effectivesurveillance systems to prevent or

minimize disease outbreaks

Malaria and

other vector

Standing uncovered water

increasing the risk of

Health education raising awareness

about the risks of standing water

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2540

borne diseases(eg typhoid)

mosquitoes breedingCongested living conditions

increasing the possibility of

infection

Exposure to areas where

disease-transmittingorganism are more common

Increased population density promoting mosquito bites

use of mosquito nets understandingof symptoms of the disease etc

Advocates for measures for vector

control spraying for example

Effective surveillance systems by

health authorities

Respiratorytract

infections

(includingPneumonia)

Inadequate shelterPoor health care services

Overcrowding

Lack of food malnutritionRainy season

Improved shelter (especially fromwind but ensuring ventilation) Dry

clothes when wet

Use of antibiotics with doctorrsquosConsultation

Water borneDiseases

Contaminated water (garbagein

water source urinecontamination ndash animal orhuman)

Inadequately treated drinking

water (un-boiled orinsufficiently

boiled) Poor hygienic

conditions in

Shelters

Boil water for cooking washing anddrinking where possible Use water

purification tablets where possibleCare of immediate environmentin terms of covering water getting

rid of standing water ensuring that

clothes and bedding are well-aired Use of

antibiotics under medical

supervision

SkinInfections

Inadequate hygienePoor hygienic conditions in

Shelters

Regular washing with soap andwater

Thorough drying of skin Eliminationof vermin from the environment

Medication where necessary undermedical supervision

Tetanus Open wounds (due to

trauma)

Poor hygiene

Clean wounds (antiseptic if

available or soap and water) Cover

wounds with clean cloth orDressings Seek medical helpimmediately

Animal

transmitted

diseases

Unhygienic slaughtering

Contact with infected

animals dueto lack of veterinary control

Increased rate of diseases in

Animals

Ensuring that animals are

slaughtered according to Islamic law

(meat is halaal) Use of antibioticsunder medical supervision

When the participants have completed the exercise ask for one or two examples that are

particularly relevant and possible to accomplish While the pairs are working movearound the room so that you can see any really good examples to discuss in plenary Now

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2640

ask the participants to develop Health Action Plans for their school An example is shown

below

45 983105983139983156983145983151983150983085983120983148983137983150983085 983123983139983144983151983151983148 983112983141983137983148983156983144 983137983150983140 983112983161983143983145983141983150983141 983120983154983151983143983154983137983149983149983141

Health problems Interventions

What Who How When

Diarrhea cholera

dysentery

Water Teachers

andStudents

Clean water

Malaria Cleanenvironment

All Dustbins

ConclusionBasic health and hygiene are more difficult in situations of disaster and lack of

infrastructure in place In situations like NWFP Balochistan and Sindh (natural and man

made disaster at peak) it is important to reinforce the basic principles as people who areunder stress often neglect these basics and so children may not learn appropriately

5 9831239831419831559831559831459831519831509830855 983119983158983141983154983158983145983141983159 983151983142 983156983144983141 983142983151983151983140 983139983154983145983155983141983155 983137983150983140 983152983157983154983152983151983155983141 983151983142

983142983151983151983140 983140983145983155983156983154983145983138983157983156983145983151983150

Objectives By the end of this session the participants will be able to

bull Discuss the recent food crises and its impact on common people particularly onchildren

bull Purpose of food distribution to schools and what are the indirect impacts on childeducation

Time Allocation

Activity 1 discuss the recent food crises and high prices issue 10 minutes

Activity 2 purpose of food distribution to schools and its impact onchild education

20 minutes

Activity 3 food distribution project 20 minutes

Conclusion 05 minutes

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2740

Total 55 minutes

11 Materials required

o Flip chart paper

o marker penso tape

o workbook for each of the

participantso leaflets of food distribution

programme

IntroductionIntroduce the WFP-UNESCO in partnership with the Government of Pakistan has

initiated school feeding programme to mitigate short term hunger When children come

for school with empty stomach (without breakfast) they are less likely to concentrate and

engage in learning activities This programme can temporarily bridge food gapes infamilies and can be helpful in refocusing studentrsquos attention to the lessons This can also

be an incentive to increase the enrolment attendance and decrease dropout It is alsoassumed that this programme may increase the education quality improvement from

school to district level

Activity- 1

Facilitator will explain the following agendas of Food for Education The followingcatchphrase of school feeding programme will be written on flip chart and discussed

thoroughly

bull School feeding can decrease short-term hunger thereby increasing learningcapacity

bull School feeding and take home ration can improve school enrollment andattendance and decrease drop-out

bull Food assistance can encourage community participation in education

bull Involvement of district government education department can act as a lever for

school quality improvement

bull School feeding can improve nutritional status and hence improve school performance

bull School feeding and Take home ration are education intervention

Activity-2

The participants will discuss in groups and workout the grid mentioned below The participants will be encouraged to think on the activities that school can perform to

enhance school feeding programme specific objectives

Objectives and activities for school feeding programme

Objectives Activities

WFPUNESCO What school Can do

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2840

Increase enrollmentattendance retention and

completion

School ration (wheat and oil) Parents outreach

Enhance learning

environment

Provision of teaching and

learning materials

Enhance teachers quality Teachers complete a two-dayHead Teachersrsquo training

receive

Enhance learning capacity Provision of teaching and

learning kit

Increase community

participation

school food distribution

managed by parent IEC

campaign PTC training

Improve support to schools Management of ToT training

for head teachers

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2940

o Flip chart papero Marker penso Tape for sticking papers to the wallso Workbook for each participant

6 9831239831419831559831559831459831519831509830856 983107983151983149983149983157983150983145983156983161 983137983150983140 983120983137983154983141983150983156983155 983141983150983143983137983143983141983149983141983150983156 983145983150 983155983139983144983151983151983148Objectives By the end of this session the participants will be able to

bull Identify roles of PTCSMC in school

bull How to mobilize communityPTC in the school affairsbull What are their role in food distribution teaching material distribution and

monitoring

Time Allocation

What PTC and SMCs can do for the schools

Activity-1 Need and response 40

Activity-2 ways of communication with community- School

improvement booklet and awareness raising message

10

Conclusion 05 minutes

Total 55 minutes

Materials required

IntroductionFacilitator will introduce community participation in education Community and parents

are best resources to be utilized In Pakistan SMCs PTCs representingcommunityparents have been initiated to assist the school

61 983105983139983156983145983158983145983156983161 1 983118983141983141983140983155 983137983150983140 983122983141983155983152983151983150983155983141983155

Divide the participants into small groups (3-4) Ask participants to open their workbooks

and list in the first column the 5 pressing needs of their schools Then the second columnthey should list one point for each need where SMCPTCs can assist The groups have 20

minutes for this exercise

Needs Assistance

Children not attending schools PTAsSMCs can advocate in the

community and support families to sendtheir children to school through provision of

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3040

scholarships especially their girl children

Distribution of food and teaching

learning materials

PTC and SMC can monitor of the fair distribution

Activity-4

The community is part of the class room atmosphere and school physical environmentHead teacher needs to build a good relationship with the community Know the

community develop co-operation communicate with them There are many ways of

connecting with the community as mentioned below

62 983127983137983161983155 983151983142 983149983137983147983145983150983143 983148983145983150983147983137983143983141983155 983159983145983156983144 983107983151983149983149983157983150983145983156983161983120983137983154983141983150983156983155

Some suggested ideas for information sharing below

letters Events like School Day parents day PTCSMCs and teachers meetings

community projects clean ups information promotions (heath and sanitation) the school as a centre for community activities and adult classes sharing School Improvement Booklet-awareness raising materials

7 9831239831419831559831559831459831519831509830857 983105983139983156983145983151983150983085983120983148983137983150

ObjectivesBy the end of this session the participants will be able to

bull Develop Action Plans to address the following School Improvement Indicatorso School attendance and enrollmento Improved School environment

o Health and hygieneo Utilization of teaching and learning resourceso Monitoring and recording wheat and oil rationo Activation of PTCSMC

Present Action plan format 10

Activity-1 design action plans for their schools 50

Activity -2 Presentations 20

Summing up 10

Total 1 30 minutes

Materials required

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3140

o Flip Charto Marker pens

o Action plan format

o School Day Charto Tape

o White Sheets

Introduction

The facilitator will share format of Action Plan to the participants Clearly explain how to

go about it Then ask the participants individually develop Action plan that will beimplemented in their schools The participants will also be informed that on the bases of

these Action Plans they will be monitored

What How Who When Comments

1 School

health

Providing

clean

water

HT

Teachers

PTCSMC

March 09 Head teacher in

collaboration with

PTCSMC will makesure there is a safe clean

water for students in the

school

2 Students

enrolment

Enrolment

campaignSchool

day

Visithomes

PTCSMC

HT

5t

Apr-09

3 School day

4 SMC

meeting

5 Improve

school

environment

The training participants will fill out this action plan according to their school needs and priority Share these Action Plans to the whole group and encourage others to make notes

from each others work incases they see it relevant to their schools as well

Objectives

By the end of this session the participants will be able too To develop an understanding of how a School Day is celebratedo Plan for their own schools of how they will celebrate the day

Present School Day Plan 10 minutes

Activity-1 Discuss in small groups how the day will be

celebrate

20 minutes

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3240

Make plans when the day will be celebrated at their school 30 minutes

Total 60 minutes

Materials required

o Flip Chart

o Marker pens

o School Day Chart

o Tapeo White Sheets

School DayA lsquoSchool Dayrsquo is the day in the GOP-WFP-UNESCO project when parents teachers and projectofficials meet in the school premises to discuss ways to improve the school Several factorscontribute to school improvement School attendance and enrollment Retention of studentsSchool environment Health and hygiene of students Utilization of teaching and learning

materials PTACommunity involvement Nutrition and diet and use of oil and wheat rations Ona School Day the head teacher with the help of Social Mobilizer of the implementing partner willdiscuss the school improvement factors with the parents and children of the school

ActivitiesThe following activities are suggested to make the day useful and attractive to the children

parents and community members

Activity 1 Preparation of activities of the day

Send invitation to all parents at least a week before the ldquoSchool Dayrdquo through children verballyand also in writing (hand written notes would suffice) and also spread the message by word-of-mouth At least two days before the program send a reminder by writing the message on the

studentsrsquo copy books or paper slips and read it loudly and clearly in the classrooms Make surethat the children have understood the message by asking them to explain And if possible invite

the community members through telephone calls or by sending the school children to spread thenews Advance planning is the key to success

Activity 2 Follow the agenda

SN Activities Time in

Minutes

Registration of the participants

1 Recitation verses from the holy Quran by one of the students 03

2 Naat by a student 05

Celebrate a School Day

Make sure you have

1 All parents children teachers head teacher supervisorADO and the PTASMC PTC are invited

2 A plan is ready for the day

3 Food items (wheat and oil) ready for distribution

4 Key messages and teaching and learning kits are available and are on display

5 Students prepared to show their talents to their parents and to the community members

6 Successes and areas needing improvements for discussion with parents and community

7 Constituted a committee for organization of the School Day

8 Informed the students that they should come neat and clean and in school uniform

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3340

Notes for the Head Teacher Use the day to celebrate to celebrate the schoolsrsquo achievements Open the school gates for parents community members and social workers of the villag

Involve everybody in the sessions and avoid a lot of talking (Sweeten the small stuff) Give children space to speak about their successes and problems at the school

If you have more than one teacher involve them in planning of the day Ask teachers to facilitate group discussions without dominating the discussion If teachers

are not available ask some literate volunteers from the village or NGO representatives if

available to help Decorate the school with childrenrsquos work and readymade displays and locally available

flowers and plants You have some of the resources available in your teaching andlearning kit

Have a positive focus Do not talk with parents about what their children can not dorather talk about what the children can do

Explore use of local resources

Take ideas from School Improvement Booklet (SIB) for the event Appreciate studentsrsquo successes and achievements with some rewards if possible Pray for every ones success and those who have helped in providing an opportunity to

celebrate the day pray for the country and the people for their good health wealth peaceand prosperity and thank everyone for their participation

Actively follow up on the implementation of School Improvement Plan prepared on theSchool Day

3 Welcome address by PTAPTCSMC representative 10

4 Introduction of the day by the Head teacher 20

5 Poem song or some creative item from the students 20

6 Discussion on the key messages (what does the messages mean how it will be disseminated

in the village How to achieve it)

40

7 Discussion on the topics (use group work) followed by whole group open discussion

School attendance and enrollment School environment Health and hygiene Utilization ofTeaching and Learning materials PTACommunity Involvement Nutrition and diet and

Use of oil and wheat rations (please involve some representative students as well)

40

8 Develop a School Development Plan (SDP ) while using the following pattern

40

Issues1 How it will be

resolved

Who will be

responsible

Resources

required

Source of

funding

Time (By

When)

Note Please use short term and quickly doable plans like reducing absenteeism by students and teachers cleaningthe school planning trees (use School Improvement Book for more ideas)

9 Conclude the day by stating the background and the purpose of food and educational

incentives and by asking the parents and children to take their food ration and remind them

about the key messages As a concluding activity invite the parents and the community

members to visit the classrooms and ask the students to explain to them their creative work

10

Activity 3 Documentation and Reporting

Document the proceedings of the day and develop a short report for Project Implementation Unit

ADO circle or talka

1 For example student attendance has declined in the past two months

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3440

Course Evaluation

Note Please take a few minutes to complete the form and return to the facilitator

1 List out what have you learnt from this training

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

----------------------------------------------------------

2 What did you like from the training

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------

3 What particular learning will you implement How

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------

4 What are the suggestions to improve the training

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------

5 How do you rate the facilitator knowledge skills and attitude

Knowledge 1------2--------3--------4--------5

Skills 1------2--------3--------4--------5

Attitude 1------2--------3--------4--------5

Note 1 is the lowest and 5 is highest rate Please circle the number that you think

the facilitator has performed

6 Over all comments about the training

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3540

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3640

Reading Materials

Facilitator Child Rights Our Educational Responsibilities

All Education programmes must be based on the understanding of the Convention on

the Rights of a Child When training is based on these values then the child will be thecentre of all topics presented The teachers job is to provide opportunities theatmosphere and environment so the rights of the child are met in the place they willspend much of their waking hours The main educational rights involve in schools arebased from rights number 13 17 28 29 and 31

Important Rights to note childrens right to leisure and play childrens need for space to develop the need to take childrens opinions into account the need to involve children in the learning process

the need for policies and training to be in the best interest of the child the need for learning to be life skills relevant local roots and global connections the importance of a change in attitude towards facilitating learning

The following needs to be in place so it can happen in Child Friendly SchoolsUniversal AccessReference to the many million children still deprived of education many of whom aregirls many of whom finish primary school lacking essential knowledge skills attitudesand values

Role of Parents Teachers and Community

awareness of the role of teachers and trainers being imperative in realising the ideaof childrens rights basing training on interpreting the Convention on the Rights of the Child and

putting it into real practice having all the skills necessary to encourage and assist all in the learning process realising that learning is not just about the facts but learning how to access and

process information so it is beneficial and relevant supporting and rewarding trainers and teachers ensuring that parents are given a key responsibility in forming constructive

relationships with teachers and schools for learning and training requirement fortheir children

Equal Opportunities an understanding of non-discrimination against girls special needs learning

difficulties children who are nomadic indigenous immigrant or are a linguisticminority

a realisation that every child has unique characteristics interests abilities needs

The Appropriate Quality Education Content

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3740

training of teachers and school learning being relevant to the child now and for thefuture

training sessions and consequently classroom and schools helping to developpersonalities talents mental and physical abilities to their fullest potential

Cultural roots and Global Values

the need to include respect for human rights in our learning environments an awareness of combination of learning to respect ones own nation and culture and

the culture of others the need to encourage tolerance and harmony for a better understanding of

minorities indigenous peoples refugees immigrants and gender equality

New Methods of Learning an agreement that learning is a combination of critical thinking and having fun that

passive listening and rote memorisation are less valuable than application andprocess to enhance understanding

the need for training workshops and classrooms to be participant friendly allowing for curiosity time to question receive answers to argue debate test andmake mistakes to create be spontaneous to be recognised and respected

Mutual Respect reflecting in training and inner life of a school the education message of vision

values human rights tolerance respecting dignity encouraging problem-solving skills allowing teachers to help children develop tools

for peaceful conflict resolution in all new learning situations the need to feel safe secure and totally trust our

teachersStudent Participation Opportunities for learners to express their points of view encouraging learners to

take personal responsibility for their studies Having a system of sharing responsibilities sharing ideas regular feedback and

learning evaluation Knowing that a good school and a good training workshop both promote total

participation and is a model of fairness for all

Child Rights and our Primary Health Care Responsibilities

The Child Health Rights directly concerning the teacher and the school must also beconsidered as the school can play a vital role in ensuring they are addressed Thefollowing particularly relate to articles 19 23 24 29 and 31

educational policies in schools and classrooms must be in place to protect childrenfrom all forms of physical punishment mental violence injury abuse neglect ormaltreatment

that an effort be made to include mentally and physically disabled children in theschool and classroom programmes so they can enjoy a full and decent life whichpromotes dignity self reliance and participation in the school and community

that schools may assist in facilitating a child in health rehabilitation

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3840

to ensure basic medical assistance is given in school for first aid and thedevelopment of primary health care awareness

keeping health records and observing nutritional state of individual children providing clean water in schools to ensure the educational programmes support mental and physical development

a child has an opportunity at school to rest and leisure and playIn Pakistan there is higher infant mortality lower immunisation lower literacy rateslower school enrolment lower access to safe water and more severely underweightchildren Primary health care is vital on the long list of human development needs Allchildren have the right to the best health care that is availableThis area is of concern to all involved in teaching as the child entering the school cantake advantage of all the opportunities if they are healthy and well cared for in pre-school environments and homesSchools also must ensure their primary role in health care so children can carry thelearning to other parts of the community The two concerns involve preventive orcurative methods

Ignorance polluted surroundings negligence in food care washing facilities animalsclose to living areas unsafe drinking water sanitation living surroundings seasonaldiseases communicable diseases personal hygiene girl children and their health andcommunicable diseases are all areas of concern The population growth rate isincreasing and many are deprived of basic Primary Health Care

When the population rate is more than the resources the situation can be extremelydifficult and expensive to remedy

In classroom and at schools areas of health can be addressed throughout the primaryyears so information is clearly disseminated with the help of the children Awareness of

healthy habits helps children build their self-esteem and learning to value your-self is animportant aspect of primary health care

The value of children learning aspects of Primary Health Care

they are very good and quick learners they share with others whatever they learn the learning in childhood is long lasting the teachers instructions or words are important words for a child children experience that is they do practical work and learn more school is the place where a childrsquos thought is effected for a practical life

Teachers and Community Role

recording weight height and skin colour observing health changes carefully observing and noting abnormalities and informing the parents having positive discussions with parents joyful learning lessons on primary health care making a health class and playground environment ensuring there is safe water in the school

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3940

ensuring there are adequate male and female toilet facilities in the schools having regular health chart challenges

Primary Health Care having healthy well nourished children learning in a healthyhygienic environment with clean safe water clean safe surroundings clean safepersonal habits clean safe food preparation Classroom Climate caring for the

emotional and physical well-being of children

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 4040

Appendix-A

Ref Right of children in Islam What the teacher can do

Al Hadith In accordance with Islamic preceptldquochildrenrdquo means both male andfemaleldquoAcquisition of knowledge is obligatory

for all true believersrdquo

Ensure that both boys and girls haveaccess to schoolIf there is a mixed class of boys andgirls the girls should have as much

attention as the boys

Right to be brought up properlylooked after and provided for andeducated

The teacher is in loco parentis (in the place of the parents) and has theresponsibility to provide the same careas the parents

Al Quran666

Right to religious moral ethicalguidance provided with an

understanding of right and wrong

The teacher needs to know andunderstand the teachings of Islam so

as to provide the child with a good

education without bias and with agood ethical foundation

Al Quran5251

Children are given in trust to their parents ndash who will be held

accountableldquoEveryone of you is a caretaker andeveryone of you is answerable for hissubjectsrdquo

As teachers are in the place of parents ndash they too may be held accountable

Abu BakrRAA

Justice and equality Inequality isinjustice (forbidden in Islam)ldquoHe dieth not who takes to learning totreat children affectionately and to kiss

them are charitable actsrdquo

The teacher must be very sure that the treatmentof all children is equal and fair no favoritismno bias against certain children for whateverreason

This is especially important with regard to thosechildren who have been left as orphans ordisabled either as a result of the earthquake orfor any other reason

Al Hadith ldquoIt is a childrsquos right that his fathershould teach him how to read write

helliprdquo

Teachers have a responsibility to be professional in their teaching and also

to help parents and the community tounderstand their obligations about sending all

their children to school

Abu Daud ldquoWhoever has a girl under hisguardianshiphellip[and does not] treat herwith contempt nor gives preference to

his sons over her Allah will admit himto paradiserdquo

Teachers have an obligation to treatgirls equally and without bias and tohelp the parents and community to

understand their obligations in termsof helping girls to have an education

Page 19: Head Teachers Training Manual.pdf

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 1940

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2040

b Vertical integration- Block planning and teaching

Select topics of different levels which have common purpose for example similar topics in

science social studies Language Islamiyat

Block Number Class-1 Class-2

1 science language Visit to zoo Animals

2 Science Cleanliness Prevention from diseases

3 Social studies My parents My family

35 983107983148983137983155983155983154983151983151983149 983124983145983149983141983156983137983138983148983141 983137983150983140 983122983151983157983156983145983150983141 983155983141983156983156983145983150983143

Develop a timetable for your classroom keep in mind the number of classes children

teachers classrooms and subjects See how best you can utilize the time available in a

working day

36 983109983142983142983141983139983156983145983158983141 983111983154983151983157983152983145983150983143

A multi-grade classroom needs students doing group work so careful management isrequired There will be a wide range of ages abilities attainments and interests

Grouping must be flexible during the day and times when grouping sitting in groups and

doing group work will be necessary This grid shows teachersrsquo studentsrsquo activities duringa period with different group in multi grade situation

Period Class- 1

Group

Class-2

Group

Class-3

Group

40 mins

Period-1 Teacher

(Teaching in C-1

)

Activity

(students

doing

activities)

Written

(Students

writing)

13 mins

Period-1 Written

(Students)

Teacher

(Teaching)

Activity

(Students)

13 mins

Period-1 Activity

(Students)

Written

(Students)

Teacher

(Teaching)

13 mins

The same pattern can follow for the next periods The teacher must be very specific in

her planning stating what objectives will be taught what written work and type ofactivities will be done which should be monitored on a regular basis

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2140

Facilitator will explain ldquofor the multi-grade situation the period lesson plan needs to be

extended to include the specific activities the students will do and how the teacher will

divide herhis time with the different groups

37 983108983141983158983141983148983151983152983145983150983143 983148983141983155983155983151983150983155 983145983150 983117983157983148983156983145983085983143983154983137983140983141 983155983145983156983157983137983156983145983151983150

Activity-4

Participants in groups will be given books to design lessons for class-1 and class-2Facilitator will assist the participants in identifying topics of different classes with same

objectives For example in science take the topic ldquoplantsrdquo For class-1 students will have

to learn three main parts of tree (root stem and leaves) and for class-2 the students haveto learn more then three parts of tree The participants will identify similar topics in

sciences language social studies mathematics and Islamiyat and make and try to

integrate the lesson

For example

Action Session 1C- 1 Session 2C-2 Session 3C-3

Subject

Objective

Content

Materials

Activity

Evaluation

38 983125983156983145983148983145983162983137983156983145983151983150 983151983142 983124983141983137983139983144983145983150983143 983137983150983140 983148983141983137983154983150983145983150983143 983149983137983156983141983154983145983137983148

Facilitator will demonstrate to develop some teaching and learning materials and it willuse it in the classroom Heshe will explain teaching and learning material to the

participants how it supplements teaching

During demonstration the facilitator will make the following pointsAn interesting teachinglearning material makes learning easy for children Learning

becomes more interesting by focusing the curiosity of the children with verities of

teaching support UNESCO teaching and learning material consists of range of subject

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2240

matters It encompasses all the curriculum subjects in an activity based child centred

approach

Children can visualise things easily especially when it involves their sense of learning

and sight The children gain lots of confidence when presenting or working in front of the

class The natural desire to move is fulfilled by the use of teaching and learningmaterials

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2340

DAY-II

4 9831239831419831559831559831459831519831509830854 983120983154983151983149983151983156983145983151983150 983151983142 983112983141983137983148983156983144 983137983150983140 983112983161983143983145983141983150983141 983109983140983157983139983137983156983145983151983150

Objectives By the end of the session the participants will be able to

bull Acquire knowledge on principals of hygiene and healthy practices

bull Identify potentially harmful situations in schools regard to health

bull Devise strategies to promote health and hygiene in schools

Time Allocation

Activity 1 Principle of hygiene and healthy practices 10 minutes

Activity 2 Strategies to teach hygiene 20 minutes

Activity 3 Prevention and minimization of diseasesAction-Plans for school health

20 minutes

Conclusion 05 minutes

Total 55 minutes

Materials required

o Flip chart papero marker pens

o tapeo Workbook for each of the

participants

41 983113983150983156983154983151983140983157983139983156983145983151983150 983120983154983145983150983139983145983152983137983148 983151983142 983112983161983143983145983141983150983141

In this session we will look at some physical health issues that occur because of thecondition under which people have to live while they rebuild their lives The WHO

defines health as a state of complete physical mental and social wellbeing and not merely

the absence of disease or infirmity Hygiene is defined as the principles and laws

governing the preservation of health and their practical application practice conducive togood health it may refer to keeping clean in order to prevent diseases and maintain health

Activity 1 Principles of hygiene [10 minutes]

The participants individually should think of five principles of hygiene (healthy life)keeping the current situation of children in the primary schools

1 Wash hands with soap after using toilet and before eat meal2 Daily bath

3 Do not spit cover nose suppression

4 Use purified and boiled water keep water covered

5 Wash fruit before eating fruit

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2440

After the participants listed the principle of hygiene the facilitator will write the

definitions of health and hygiene on flip charts and explain it to the participants

42 983123983156983154983137983156983141983143983145983141983155 983156983151 983156983141983137983139983144 983144983161983143983145983141983150983141

Activity 2In your small groups pick the five principles that are most common to the group and

develop teaching strategies to help students understand the need for these principles

Principles Teaching strategies

1 Wash hands

2---------------

3---------------

4---------------5---------------

Demonstration of hand washing with soap

------------------------------------------------------------------

------------------------------------------------------------------

Allow 15 minutes for this exerciseBring the groups back to plenary and put up the flip charts on the walls Ask people to

move around the room and read all the sheets Encourage people note down if any

strategies they like

Allow 5 minutes for questions and discussion

43 983120983154983141983158983141983150983156983145983151983150 983137983150983140 983149983145983150983145983149983145983162983137983156983145983151983150Activity-3Explain to the participants that while regular hygiene activities are necessary there are

specific diseases that my be spread more easily in situations of temporary shelter

contaminated water insufficient water and the other conditions under which people arestill living Ask the group to find one person with whom they would like to work Explain

that this activity will be completed as pair work However each person should fill in the

table in their workbook

Common

Health Proble

Risk condition Prevention minimization

intervention

Diarrhea

cholera

dysentery

Poor sanitation inadequate

water condition poor

personal hygiene

Sanitation facilities Water

purification Personal hygiene ORS

(treatment only) Effectivesurveillance systems to prevent or

minimize disease outbreaks

Malaria and

other vector

Standing uncovered water

increasing the risk of

Health education raising awareness

about the risks of standing water

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2540

borne diseases(eg typhoid)

mosquitoes breedingCongested living conditions

increasing the possibility of

infection

Exposure to areas where

disease-transmittingorganism are more common

Increased population density promoting mosquito bites

use of mosquito nets understandingof symptoms of the disease etc

Advocates for measures for vector

control spraying for example

Effective surveillance systems by

health authorities

Respiratorytract

infections

(includingPneumonia)

Inadequate shelterPoor health care services

Overcrowding

Lack of food malnutritionRainy season

Improved shelter (especially fromwind but ensuring ventilation) Dry

clothes when wet

Use of antibiotics with doctorrsquosConsultation

Water borneDiseases

Contaminated water (garbagein

water source urinecontamination ndash animal orhuman)

Inadequately treated drinking

water (un-boiled orinsufficiently

boiled) Poor hygienic

conditions in

Shelters

Boil water for cooking washing anddrinking where possible Use water

purification tablets where possibleCare of immediate environmentin terms of covering water getting

rid of standing water ensuring that

clothes and bedding are well-aired Use of

antibiotics under medical

supervision

SkinInfections

Inadequate hygienePoor hygienic conditions in

Shelters

Regular washing with soap andwater

Thorough drying of skin Eliminationof vermin from the environment

Medication where necessary undermedical supervision

Tetanus Open wounds (due to

trauma)

Poor hygiene

Clean wounds (antiseptic if

available or soap and water) Cover

wounds with clean cloth orDressings Seek medical helpimmediately

Animal

transmitted

diseases

Unhygienic slaughtering

Contact with infected

animals dueto lack of veterinary control

Increased rate of diseases in

Animals

Ensuring that animals are

slaughtered according to Islamic law

(meat is halaal) Use of antibioticsunder medical supervision

When the participants have completed the exercise ask for one or two examples that are

particularly relevant and possible to accomplish While the pairs are working movearound the room so that you can see any really good examples to discuss in plenary Now

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2640

ask the participants to develop Health Action Plans for their school An example is shown

below

45 983105983139983156983145983151983150983085983120983148983137983150983085 983123983139983144983151983151983148 983112983141983137983148983156983144 983137983150983140 983112983161983143983145983141983150983141 983120983154983151983143983154983137983149983149983141

Health problems Interventions

What Who How When

Diarrhea cholera

dysentery

Water Teachers

andStudents

Clean water

Malaria Cleanenvironment

All Dustbins

ConclusionBasic health and hygiene are more difficult in situations of disaster and lack of

infrastructure in place In situations like NWFP Balochistan and Sindh (natural and man

made disaster at peak) it is important to reinforce the basic principles as people who areunder stress often neglect these basics and so children may not learn appropriately

5 9831239831419831559831559831459831519831509830855 983119983158983141983154983158983145983141983159 983151983142 983156983144983141 983142983151983151983140 983139983154983145983155983141983155 983137983150983140 983152983157983154983152983151983155983141 983151983142

983142983151983151983140 983140983145983155983156983154983145983138983157983156983145983151983150

Objectives By the end of this session the participants will be able to

bull Discuss the recent food crises and its impact on common people particularly onchildren

bull Purpose of food distribution to schools and what are the indirect impacts on childeducation

Time Allocation

Activity 1 discuss the recent food crises and high prices issue 10 minutes

Activity 2 purpose of food distribution to schools and its impact onchild education

20 minutes

Activity 3 food distribution project 20 minutes

Conclusion 05 minutes

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2740

Total 55 minutes

11 Materials required

o Flip chart paper

o marker penso tape

o workbook for each of the

participantso leaflets of food distribution

programme

IntroductionIntroduce the WFP-UNESCO in partnership with the Government of Pakistan has

initiated school feeding programme to mitigate short term hunger When children come

for school with empty stomach (without breakfast) they are less likely to concentrate and

engage in learning activities This programme can temporarily bridge food gapes infamilies and can be helpful in refocusing studentrsquos attention to the lessons This can also

be an incentive to increase the enrolment attendance and decrease dropout It is alsoassumed that this programme may increase the education quality improvement from

school to district level

Activity- 1

Facilitator will explain the following agendas of Food for Education The followingcatchphrase of school feeding programme will be written on flip chart and discussed

thoroughly

bull School feeding can decrease short-term hunger thereby increasing learningcapacity

bull School feeding and take home ration can improve school enrollment andattendance and decrease drop-out

bull Food assistance can encourage community participation in education

bull Involvement of district government education department can act as a lever for

school quality improvement

bull School feeding can improve nutritional status and hence improve school performance

bull School feeding and Take home ration are education intervention

Activity-2

The participants will discuss in groups and workout the grid mentioned below The participants will be encouraged to think on the activities that school can perform to

enhance school feeding programme specific objectives

Objectives and activities for school feeding programme

Objectives Activities

WFPUNESCO What school Can do

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2840

Increase enrollmentattendance retention and

completion

School ration (wheat and oil) Parents outreach

Enhance learning

environment

Provision of teaching and

learning materials

Enhance teachers quality Teachers complete a two-dayHead Teachersrsquo training

receive

Enhance learning capacity Provision of teaching and

learning kit

Increase community

participation

school food distribution

managed by parent IEC

campaign PTC training

Improve support to schools Management of ToT training

for head teachers

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2940

o Flip chart papero Marker penso Tape for sticking papers to the wallso Workbook for each participant

6 9831239831419831559831559831459831519831509830856 983107983151983149983149983157983150983145983156983161 983137983150983140 983120983137983154983141983150983156983155 983141983150983143983137983143983141983149983141983150983156 983145983150 983155983139983144983151983151983148Objectives By the end of this session the participants will be able to

bull Identify roles of PTCSMC in school

bull How to mobilize communityPTC in the school affairsbull What are their role in food distribution teaching material distribution and

monitoring

Time Allocation

What PTC and SMCs can do for the schools

Activity-1 Need and response 40

Activity-2 ways of communication with community- School

improvement booklet and awareness raising message

10

Conclusion 05 minutes

Total 55 minutes

Materials required

IntroductionFacilitator will introduce community participation in education Community and parents

are best resources to be utilized In Pakistan SMCs PTCs representingcommunityparents have been initiated to assist the school

61 983105983139983156983145983158983145983156983161 1 983118983141983141983140983155 983137983150983140 983122983141983155983152983151983150983155983141983155

Divide the participants into small groups (3-4) Ask participants to open their workbooks

and list in the first column the 5 pressing needs of their schools Then the second columnthey should list one point for each need where SMCPTCs can assist The groups have 20

minutes for this exercise

Needs Assistance

Children not attending schools PTAsSMCs can advocate in the

community and support families to sendtheir children to school through provision of

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3040

scholarships especially their girl children

Distribution of food and teaching

learning materials

PTC and SMC can monitor of the fair distribution

Activity-4

The community is part of the class room atmosphere and school physical environmentHead teacher needs to build a good relationship with the community Know the

community develop co-operation communicate with them There are many ways of

connecting with the community as mentioned below

62 983127983137983161983155 983151983142 983149983137983147983145983150983143 983148983145983150983147983137983143983141983155 983159983145983156983144 983107983151983149983149983157983150983145983156983161983120983137983154983141983150983156983155

Some suggested ideas for information sharing below

letters Events like School Day parents day PTCSMCs and teachers meetings

community projects clean ups information promotions (heath and sanitation) the school as a centre for community activities and adult classes sharing School Improvement Booklet-awareness raising materials

7 9831239831419831559831559831459831519831509830857 983105983139983156983145983151983150983085983120983148983137983150

ObjectivesBy the end of this session the participants will be able to

bull Develop Action Plans to address the following School Improvement Indicatorso School attendance and enrollmento Improved School environment

o Health and hygieneo Utilization of teaching and learning resourceso Monitoring and recording wheat and oil rationo Activation of PTCSMC

Present Action plan format 10

Activity-1 design action plans for their schools 50

Activity -2 Presentations 20

Summing up 10

Total 1 30 minutes

Materials required

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3140

o Flip Charto Marker pens

o Action plan format

o School Day Charto Tape

o White Sheets

Introduction

The facilitator will share format of Action Plan to the participants Clearly explain how to

go about it Then ask the participants individually develop Action plan that will beimplemented in their schools The participants will also be informed that on the bases of

these Action Plans they will be monitored

What How Who When Comments

1 School

health

Providing

clean

water

HT

Teachers

PTCSMC

March 09 Head teacher in

collaboration with

PTCSMC will makesure there is a safe clean

water for students in the

school

2 Students

enrolment

Enrolment

campaignSchool

day

Visithomes

PTCSMC

HT

5t

Apr-09

3 School day

4 SMC

meeting

5 Improve

school

environment

The training participants will fill out this action plan according to their school needs and priority Share these Action Plans to the whole group and encourage others to make notes

from each others work incases they see it relevant to their schools as well

Objectives

By the end of this session the participants will be able too To develop an understanding of how a School Day is celebratedo Plan for their own schools of how they will celebrate the day

Present School Day Plan 10 minutes

Activity-1 Discuss in small groups how the day will be

celebrate

20 minutes

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3240

Make plans when the day will be celebrated at their school 30 minutes

Total 60 minutes

Materials required

o Flip Chart

o Marker pens

o School Day Chart

o Tapeo White Sheets

School DayA lsquoSchool Dayrsquo is the day in the GOP-WFP-UNESCO project when parents teachers and projectofficials meet in the school premises to discuss ways to improve the school Several factorscontribute to school improvement School attendance and enrollment Retention of studentsSchool environment Health and hygiene of students Utilization of teaching and learning

materials PTACommunity involvement Nutrition and diet and use of oil and wheat rations Ona School Day the head teacher with the help of Social Mobilizer of the implementing partner willdiscuss the school improvement factors with the parents and children of the school

ActivitiesThe following activities are suggested to make the day useful and attractive to the children

parents and community members

Activity 1 Preparation of activities of the day

Send invitation to all parents at least a week before the ldquoSchool Dayrdquo through children verballyand also in writing (hand written notes would suffice) and also spread the message by word-of-mouth At least two days before the program send a reminder by writing the message on the

studentsrsquo copy books or paper slips and read it loudly and clearly in the classrooms Make surethat the children have understood the message by asking them to explain And if possible invite

the community members through telephone calls or by sending the school children to spread thenews Advance planning is the key to success

Activity 2 Follow the agenda

SN Activities Time in

Minutes

Registration of the participants

1 Recitation verses from the holy Quran by one of the students 03

2 Naat by a student 05

Celebrate a School Day

Make sure you have

1 All parents children teachers head teacher supervisorADO and the PTASMC PTC are invited

2 A plan is ready for the day

3 Food items (wheat and oil) ready for distribution

4 Key messages and teaching and learning kits are available and are on display

5 Students prepared to show their talents to their parents and to the community members

6 Successes and areas needing improvements for discussion with parents and community

7 Constituted a committee for organization of the School Day

8 Informed the students that they should come neat and clean and in school uniform

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3340

Notes for the Head Teacher Use the day to celebrate to celebrate the schoolsrsquo achievements Open the school gates for parents community members and social workers of the villag

Involve everybody in the sessions and avoid a lot of talking (Sweeten the small stuff) Give children space to speak about their successes and problems at the school

If you have more than one teacher involve them in planning of the day Ask teachers to facilitate group discussions without dominating the discussion If teachers

are not available ask some literate volunteers from the village or NGO representatives if

available to help Decorate the school with childrenrsquos work and readymade displays and locally available

flowers and plants You have some of the resources available in your teaching andlearning kit

Have a positive focus Do not talk with parents about what their children can not dorather talk about what the children can do

Explore use of local resources

Take ideas from School Improvement Booklet (SIB) for the event Appreciate studentsrsquo successes and achievements with some rewards if possible Pray for every ones success and those who have helped in providing an opportunity to

celebrate the day pray for the country and the people for their good health wealth peaceand prosperity and thank everyone for their participation

Actively follow up on the implementation of School Improvement Plan prepared on theSchool Day

3 Welcome address by PTAPTCSMC representative 10

4 Introduction of the day by the Head teacher 20

5 Poem song or some creative item from the students 20

6 Discussion on the key messages (what does the messages mean how it will be disseminated

in the village How to achieve it)

40

7 Discussion on the topics (use group work) followed by whole group open discussion

School attendance and enrollment School environment Health and hygiene Utilization ofTeaching and Learning materials PTACommunity Involvement Nutrition and diet and

Use of oil and wheat rations (please involve some representative students as well)

40

8 Develop a School Development Plan (SDP ) while using the following pattern

40

Issues1 How it will be

resolved

Who will be

responsible

Resources

required

Source of

funding

Time (By

When)

Note Please use short term and quickly doable plans like reducing absenteeism by students and teachers cleaningthe school planning trees (use School Improvement Book for more ideas)

9 Conclude the day by stating the background and the purpose of food and educational

incentives and by asking the parents and children to take their food ration and remind them

about the key messages As a concluding activity invite the parents and the community

members to visit the classrooms and ask the students to explain to them their creative work

10

Activity 3 Documentation and Reporting

Document the proceedings of the day and develop a short report for Project Implementation Unit

ADO circle or talka

1 For example student attendance has declined in the past two months

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3440

Course Evaluation

Note Please take a few minutes to complete the form and return to the facilitator

1 List out what have you learnt from this training

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

----------------------------------------------------------

2 What did you like from the training

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------

3 What particular learning will you implement How

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------

4 What are the suggestions to improve the training

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------

5 How do you rate the facilitator knowledge skills and attitude

Knowledge 1------2--------3--------4--------5

Skills 1------2--------3--------4--------5

Attitude 1------2--------3--------4--------5

Note 1 is the lowest and 5 is highest rate Please circle the number that you think

the facilitator has performed

6 Over all comments about the training

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3540

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3640

Reading Materials

Facilitator Child Rights Our Educational Responsibilities

All Education programmes must be based on the understanding of the Convention on

the Rights of a Child When training is based on these values then the child will be thecentre of all topics presented The teachers job is to provide opportunities theatmosphere and environment so the rights of the child are met in the place they willspend much of their waking hours The main educational rights involve in schools arebased from rights number 13 17 28 29 and 31

Important Rights to note childrens right to leisure and play childrens need for space to develop the need to take childrens opinions into account the need to involve children in the learning process

the need for policies and training to be in the best interest of the child the need for learning to be life skills relevant local roots and global connections the importance of a change in attitude towards facilitating learning

The following needs to be in place so it can happen in Child Friendly SchoolsUniversal AccessReference to the many million children still deprived of education many of whom aregirls many of whom finish primary school lacking essential knowledge skills attitudesand values

Role of Parents Teachers and Community

awareness of the role of teachers and trainers being imperative in realising the ideaof childrens rights basing training on interpreting the Convention on the Rights of the Child and

putting it into real practice having all the skills necessary to encourage and assist all in the learning process realising that learning is not just about the facts but learning how to access and

process information so it is beneficial and relevant supporting and rewarding trainers and teachers ensuring that parents are given a key responsibility in forming constructive

relationships with teachers and schools for learning and training requirement fortheir children

Equal Opportunities an understanding of non-discrimination against girls special needs learning

difficulties children who are nomadic indigenous immigrant or are a linguisticminority

a realisation that every child has unique characteristics interests abilities needs

The Appropriate Quality Education Content

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3740

training of teachers and school learning being relevant to the child now and for thefuture

training sessions and consequently classroom and schools helping to developpersonalities talents mental and physical abilities to their fullest potential

Cultural roots and Global Values

the need to include respect for human rights in our learning environments an awareness of combination of learning to respect ones own nation and culture and

the culture of others the need to encourage tolerance and harmony for a better understanding of

minorities indigenous peoples refugees immigrants and gender equality

New Methods of Learning an agreement that learning is a combination of critical thinking and having fun that

passive listening and rote memorisation are less valuable than application andprocess to enhance understanding

the need for training workshops and classrooms to be participant friendly allowing for curiosity time to question receive answers to argue debate test andmake mistakes to create be spontaneous to be recognised and respected

Mutual Respect reflecting in training and inner life of a school the education message of vision

values human rights tolerance respecting dignity encouraging problem-solving skills allowing teachers to help children develop tools

for peaceful conflict resolution in all new learning situations the need to feel safe secure and totally trust our

teachersStudent Participation Opportunities for learners to express their points of view encouraging learners to

take personal responsibility for their studies Having a system of sharing responsibilities sharing ideas regular feedback and

learning evaluation Knowing that a good school and a good training workshop both promote total

participation and is a model of fairness for all

Child Rights and our Primary Health Care Responsibilities

The Child Health Rights directly concerning the teacher and the school must also beconsidered as the school can play a vital role in ensuring they are addressed Thefollowing particularly relate to articles 19 23 24 29 and 31

educational policies in schools and classrooms must be in place to protect childrenfrom all forms of physical punishment mental violence injury abuse neglect ormaltreatment

that an effort be made to include mentally and physically disabled children in theschool and classroom programmes so they can enjoy a full and decent life whichpromotes dignity self reliance and participation in the school and community

that schools may assist in facilitating a child in health rehabilitation

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3840

to ensure basic medical assistance is given in school for first aid and thedevelopment of primary health care awareness

keeping health records and observing nutritional state of individual children providing clean water in schools to ensure the educational programmes support mental and physical development

a child has an opportunity at school to rest and leisure and playIn Pakistan there is higher infant mortality lower immunisation lower literacy rateslower school enrolment lower access to safe water and more severely underweightchildren Primary health care is vital on the long list of human development needs Allchildren have the right to the best health care that is availableThis area is of concern to all involved in teaching as the child entering the school cantake advantage of all the opportunities if they are healthy and well cared for in pre-school environments and homesSchools also must ensure their primary role in health care so children can carry thelearning to other parts of the community The two concerns involve preventive orcurative methods

Ignorance polluted surroundings negligence in food care washing facilities animalsclose to living areas unsafe drinking water sanitation living surroundings seasonaldiseases communicable diseases personal hygiene girl children and their health andcommunicable diseases are all areas of concern The population growth rate isincreasing and many are deprived of basic Primary Health Care

When the population rate is more than the resources the situation can be extremelydifficult and expensive to remedy

In classroom and at schools areas of health can be addressed throughout the primaryyears so information is clearly disseminated with the help of the children Awareness of

healthy habits helps children build their self-esteem and learning to value your-self is animportant aspect of primary health care

The value of children learning aspects of Primary Health Care

they are very good and quick learners they share with others whatever they learn the learning in childhood is long lasting the teachers instructions or words are important words for a child children experience that is they do practical work and learn more school is the place where a childrsquos thought is effected for a practical life

Teachers and Community Role

recording weight height and skin colour observing health changes carefully observing and noting abnormalities and informing the parents having positive discussions with parents joyful learning lessons on primary health care making a health class and playground environment ensuring there is safe water in the school

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3940

ensuring there are adequate male and female toilet facilities in the schools having regular health chart challenges

Primary Health Care having healthy well nourished children learning in a healthyhygienic environment with clean safe water clean safe surroundings clean safepersonal habits clean safe food preparation Classroom Climate caring for the

emotional and physical well-being of children

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 4040

Appendix-A

Ref Right of children in Islam What the teacher can do

Al Hadith In accordance with Islamic preceptldquochildrenrdquo means both male andfemaleldquoAcquisition of knowledge is obligatory

for all true believersrdquo

Ensure that both boys and girls haveaccess to schoolIf there is a mixed class of boys andgirls the girls should have as much

attention as the boys

Right to be brought up properlylooked after and provided for andeducated

The teacher is in loco parentis (in the place of the parents) and has theresponsibility to provide the same careas the parents

Al Quran666

Right to religious moral ethicalguidance provided with an

understanding of right and wrong

The teacher needs to know andunderstand the teachings of Islam so

as to provide the child with a good

education without bias and with agood ethical foundation

Al Quran5251

Children are given in trust to their parents ndash who will be held

accountableldquoEveryone of you is a caretaker andeveryone of you is answerable for hissubjectsrdquo

As teachers are in the place of parents ndash they too may be held accountable

Abu BakrRAA

Justice and equality Inequality isinjustice (forbidden in Islam)ldquoHe dieth not who takes to learning totreat children affectionately and to kiss

them are charitable actsrdquo

The teacher must be very sure that the treatmentof all children is equal and fair no favoritismno bias against certain children for whateverreason

This is especially important with regard to thosechildren who have been left as orphans ordisabled either as a result of the earthquake orfor any other reason

Al Hadith ldquoIt is a childrsquos right that his fathershould teach him how to read write

helliprdquo

Teachers have a responsibility to be professional in their teaching and also

to help parents and the community tounderstand their obligations about sending all

their children to school

Abu Daud ldquoWhoever has a girl under hisguardianshiphellip[and does not] treat herwith contempt nor gives preference to

his sons over her Allah will admit himto paradiserdquo

Teachers have an obligation to treatgirls equally and without bias and tohelp the parents and community to

understand their obligations in termsof helping girls to have an education

Page 20: Head Teachers Training Manual.pdf

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2040

b Vertical integration- Block planning and teaching

Select topics of different levels which have common purpose for example similar topics in

science social studies Language Islamiyat

Block Number Class-1 Class-2

1 science language Visit to zoo Animals

2 Science Cleanliness Prevention from diseases

3 Social studies My parents My family

35 983107983148983137983155983155983154983151983151983149 983124983145983149983141983156983137983138983148983141 983137983150983140 983122983151983157983156983145983150983141 983155983141983156983156983145983150983143

Develop a timetable for your classroom keep in mind the number of classes children

teachers classrooms and subjects See how best you can utilize the time available in a

working day

36 983109983142983142983141983139983156983145983158983141 983111983154983151983157983152983145983150983143

A multi-grade classroom needs students doing group work so careful management isrequired There will be a wide range of ages abilities attainments and interests

Grouping must be flexible during the day and times when grouping sitting in groups and

doing group work will be necessary This grid shows teachersrsquo studentsrsquo activities duringa period with different group in multi grade situation

Period Class- 1

Group

Class-2

Group

Class-3

Group

40 mins

Period-1 Teacher

(Teaching in C-1

)

Activity

(students

doing

activities)

Written

(Students

writing)

13 mins

Period-1 Written

(Students)

Teacher

(Teaching)

Activity

(Students)

13 mins

Period-1 Activity

(Students)

Written

(Students)

Teacher

(Teaching)

13 mins

The same pattern can follow for the next periods The teacher must be very specific in

her planning stating what objectives will be taught what written work and type ofactivities will be done which should be monitored on a regular basis

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2140

Facilitator will explain ldquofor the multi-grade situation the period lesson plan needs to be

extended to include the specific activities the students will do and how the teacher will

divide herhis time with the different groups

37 983108983141983158983141983148983151983152983145983150983143 983148983141983155983155983151983150983155 983145983150 983117983157983148983156983145983085983143983154983137983140983141 983155983145983156983157983137983156983145983151983150

Activity-4

Participants in groups will be given books to design lessons for class-1 and class-2Facilitator will assist the participants in identifying topics of different classes with same

objectives For example in science take the topic ldquoplantsrdquo For class-1 students will have

to learn three main parts of tree (root stem and leaves) and for class-2 the students haveto learn more then three parts of tree The participants will identify similar topics in

sciences language social studies mathematics and Islamiyat and make and try to

integrate the lesson

For example

Action Session 1C- 1 Session 2C-2 Session 3C-3

Subject

Objective

Content

Materials

Activity

Evaluation

38 983125983156983145983148983145983162983137983156983145983151983150 983151983142 983124983141983137983139983144983145983150983143 983137983150983140 983148983141983137983154983150983145983150983143 983149983137983156983141983154983145983137983148

Facilitator will demonstrate to develop some teaching and learning materials and it willuse it in the classroom Heshe will explain teaching and learning material to the

participants how it supplements teaching

During demonstration the facilitator will make the following pointsAn interesting teachinglearning material makes learning easy for children Learning

becomes more interesting by focusing the curiosity of the children with verities of

teaching support UNESCO teaching and learning material consists of range of subject

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2240

matters It encompasses all the curriculum subjects in an activity based child centred

approach

Children can visualise things easily especially when it involves their sense of learning

and sight The children gain lots of confidence when presenting or working in front of the

class The natural desire to move is fulfilled by the use of teaching and learningmaterials

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2340

DAY-II

4 9831239831419831559831559831459831519831509830854 983120983154983151983149983151983156983145983151983150 983151983142 983112983141983137983148983156983144 983137983150983140 983112983161983143983145983141983150983141 983109983140983157983139983137983156983145983151983150

Objectives By the end of the session the participants will be able to

bull Acquire knowledge on principals of hygiene and healthy practices

bull Identify potentially harmful situations in schools regard to health

bull Devise strategies to promote health and hygiene in schools

Time Allocation

Activity 1 Principle of hygiene and healthy practices 10 minutes

Activity 2 Strategies to teach hygiene 20 minutes

Activity 3 Prevention and minimization of diseasesAction-Plans for school health

20 minutes

Conclusion 05 minutes

Total 55 minutes

Materials required

o Flip chart papero marker pens

o tapeo Workbook for each of the

participants

41 983113983150983156983154983151983140983157983139983156983145983151983150 983120983154983145983150983139983145983152983137983148 983151983142 983112983161983143983145983141983150983141

In this session we will look at some physical health issues that occur because of thecondition under which people have to live while they rebuild their lives The WHO

defines health as a state of complete physical mental and social wellbeing and not merely

the absence of disease or infirmity Hygiene is defined as the principles and laws

governing the preservation of health and their practical application practice conducive togood health it may refer to keeping clean in order to prevent diseases and maintain health

Activity 1 Principles of hygiene [10 minutes]

The participants individually should think of five principles of hygiene (healthy life)keeping the current situation of children in the primary schools

1 Wash hands with soap after using toilet and before eat meal2 Daily bath

3 Do not spit cover nose suppression

4 Use purified and boiled water keep water covered

5 Wash fruit before eating fruit

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2440

After the participants listed the principle of hygiene the facilitator will write the

definitions of health and hygiene on flip charts and explain it to the participants

42 983123983156983154983137983156983141983143983145983141983155 983156983151 983156983141983137983139983144 983144983161983143983145983141983150983141

Activity 2In your small groups pick the five principles that are most common to the group and

develop teaching strategies to help students understand the need for these principles

Principles Teaching strategies

1 Wash hands

2---------------

3---------------

4---------------5---------------

Demonstration of hand washing with soap

------------------------------------------------------------------

------------------------------------------------------------------

Allow 15 minutes for this exerciseBring the groups back to plenary and put up the flip charts on the walls Ask people to

move around the room and read all the sheets Encourage people note down if any

strategies they like

Allow 5 minutes for questions and discussion

43 983120983154983141983158983141983150983156983145983151983150 983137983150983140 983149983145983150983145983149983145983162983137983156983145983151983150Activity-3Explain to the participants that while regular hygiene activities are necessary there are

specific diseases that my be spread more easily in situations of temporary shelter

contaminated water insufficient water and the other conditions under which people arestill living Ask the group to find one person with whom they would like to work Explain

that this activity will be completed as pair work However each person should fill in the

table in their workbook

Common

Health Proble

Risk condition Prevention minimization

intervention

Diarrhea

cholera

dysentery

Poor sanitation inadequate

water condition poor

personal hygiene

Sanitation facilities Water

purification Personal hygiene ORS

(treatment only) Effectivesurveillance systems to prevent or

minimize disease outbreaks

Malaria and

other vector

Standing uncovered water

increasing the risk of

Health education raising awareness

about the risks of standing water

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2540

borne diseases(eg typhoid)

mosquitoes breedingCongested living conditions

increasing the possibility of

infection

Exposure to areas where

disease-transmittingorganism are more common

Increased population density promoting mosquito bites

use of mosquito nets understandingof symptoms of the disease etc

Advocates for measures for vector

control spraying for example

Effective surveillance systems by

health authorities

Respiratorytract

infections

(includingPneumonia)

Inadequate shelterPoor health care services

Overcrowding

Lack of food malnutritionRainy season

Improved shelter (especially fromwind but ensuring ventilation) Dry

clothes when wet

Use of antibiotics with doctorrsquosConsultation

Water borneDiseases

Contaminated water (garbagein

water source urinecontamination ndash animal orhuman)

Inadequately treated drinking

water (un-boiled orinsufficiently

boiled) Poor hygienic

conditions in

Shelters

Boil water for cooking washing anddrinking where possible Use water

purification tablets where possibleCare of immediate environmentin terms of covering water getting

rid of standing water ensuring that

clothes and bedding are well-aired Use of

antibiotics under medical

supervision

SkinInfections

Inadequate hygienePoor hygienic conditions in

Shelters

Regular washing with soap andwater

Thorough drying of skin Eliminationof vermin from the environment

Medication where necessary undermedical supervision

Tetanus Open wounds (due to

trauma)

Poor hygiene

Clean wounds (antiseptic if

available or soap and water) Cover

wounds with clean cloth orDressings Seek medical helpimmediately

Animal

transmitted

diseases

Unhygienic slaughtering

Contact with infected

animals dueto lack of veterinary control

Increased rate of diseases in

Animals

Ensuring that animals are

slaughtered according to Islamic law

(meat is halaal) Use of antibioticsunder medical supervision

When the participants have completed the exercise ask for one or two examples that are

particularly relevant and possible to accomplish While the pairs are working movearound the room so that you can see any really good examples to discuss in plenary Now

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2640

ask the participants to develop Health Action Plans for their school An example is shown

below

45 983105983139983156983145983151983150983085983120983148983137983150983085 983123983139983144983151983151983148 983112983141983137983148983156983144 983137983150983140 983112983161983143983145983141983150983141 983120983154983151983143983154983137983149983149983141

Health problems Interventions

What Who How When

Diarrhea cholera

dysentery

Water Teachers

andStudents

Clean water

Malaria Cleanenvironment

All Dustbins

ConclusionBasic health and hygiene are more difficult in situations of disaster and lack of

infrastructure in place In situations like NWFP Balochistan and Sindh (natural and man

made disaster at peak) it is important to reinforce the basic principles as people who areunder stress often neglect these basics and so children may not learn appropriately

5 9831239831419831559831559831459831519831509830855 983119983158983141983154983158983145983141983159 983151983142 983156983144983141 983142983151983151983140 983139983154983145983155983141983155 983137983150983140 983152983157983154983152983151983155983141 983151983142

983142983151983151983140 983140983145983155983156983154983145983138983157983156983145983151983150

Objectives By the end of this session the participants will be able to

bull Discuss the recent food crises and its impact on common people particularly onchildren

bull Purpose of food distribution to schools and what are the indirect impacts on childeducation

Time Allocation

Activity 1 discuss the recent food crises and high prices issue 10 minutes

Activity 2 purpose of food distribution to schools and its impact onchild education

20 minutes

Activity 3 food distribution project 20 minutes

Conclusion 05 minutes

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2740

Total 55 minutes

11 Materials required

o Flip chart paper

o marker penso tape

o workbook for each of the

participantso leaflets of food distribution

programme

IntroductionIntroduce the WFP-UNESCO in partnership with the Government of Pakistan has

initiated school feeding programme to mitigate short term hunger When children come

for school with empty stomach (without breakfast) they are less likely to concentrate and

engage in learning activities This programme can temporarily bridge food gapes infamilies and can be helpful in refocusing studentrsquos attention to the lessons This can also

be an incentive to increase the enrolment attendance and decrease dropout It is alsoassumed that this programme may increase the education quality improvement from

school to district level

Activity- 1

Facilitator will explain the following agendas of Food for Education The followingcatchphrase of school feeding programme will be written on flip chart and discussed

thoroughly

bull School feeding can decrease short-term hunger thereby increasing learningcapacity

bull School feeding and take home ration can improve school enrollment andattendance and decrease drop-out

bull Food assistance can encourage community participation in education

bull Involvement of district government education department can act as a lever for

school quality improvement

bull School feeding can improve nutritional status and hence improve school performance

bull School feeding and Take home ration are education intervention

Activity-2

The participants will discuss in groups and workout the grid mentioned below The participants will be encouraged to think on the activities that school can perform to

enhance school feeding programme specific objectives

Objectives and activities for school feeding programme

Objectives Activities

WFPUNESCO What school Can do

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2840

Increase enrollmentattendance retention and

completion

School ration (wheat and oil) Parents outreach

Enhance learning

environment

Provision of teaching and

learning materials

Enhance teachers quality Teachers complete a two-dayHead Teachersrsquo training

receive

Enhance learning capacity Provision of teaching and

learning kit

Increase community

participation

school food distribution

managed by parent IEC

campaign PTC training

Improve support to schools Management of ToT training

for head teachers

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2940

o Flip chart papero Marker penso Tape for sticking papers to the wallso Workbook for each participant

6 9831239831419831559831559831459831519831509830856 983107983151983149983149983157983150983145983156983161 983137983150983140 983120983137983154983141983150983156983155 983141983150983143983137983143983141983149983141983150983156 983145983150 983155983139983144983151983151983148Objectives By the end of this session the participants will be able to

bull Identify roles of PTCSMC in school

bull How to mobilize communityPTC in the school affairsbull What are their role in food distribution teaching material distribution and

monitoring

Time Allocation

What PTC and SMCs can do for the schools

Activity-1 Need and response 40

Activity-2 ways of communication with community- School

improvement booklet and awareness raising message

10

Conclusion 05 minutes

Total 55 minutes

Materials required

IntroductionFacilitator will introduce community participation in education Community and parents

are best resources to be utilized In Pakistan SMCs PTCs representingcommunityparents have been initiated to assist the school

61 983105983139983156983145983158983145983156983161 1 983118983141983141983140983155 983137983150983140 983122983141983155983152983151983150983155983141983155

Divide the participants into small groups (3-4) Ask participants to open their workbooks

and list in the first column the 5 pressing needs of their schools Then the second columnthey should list one point for each need where SMCPTCs can assist The groups have 20

minutes for this exercise

Needs Assistance

Children not attending schools PTAsSMCs can advocate in the

community and support families to sendtheir children to school through provision of

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3040

scholarships especially their girl children

Distribution of food and teaching

learning materials

PTC and SMC can monitor of the fair distribution

Activity-4

The community is part of the class room atmosphere and school physical environmentHead teacher needs to build a good relationship with the community Know the

community develop co-operation communicate with them There are many ways of

connecting with the community as mentioned below

62 983127983137983161983155 983151983142 983149983137983147983145983150983143 983148983145983150983147983137983143983141983155 983159983145983156983144 983107983151983149983149983157983150983145983156983161983120983137983154983141983150983156983155

Some suggested ideas for information sharing below

letters Events like School Day parents day PTCSMCs and teachers meetings

community projects clean ups information promotions (heath and sanitation) the school as a centre for community activities and adult classes sharing School Improvement Booklet-awareness raising materials

7 9831239831419831559831559831459831519831509830857 983105983139983156983145983151983150983085983120983148983137983150

ObjectivesBy the end of this session the participants will be able to

bull Develop Action Plans to address the following School Improvement Indicatorso School attendance and enrollmento Improved School environment

o Health and hygieneo Utilization of teaching and learning resourceso Monitoring and recording wheat and oil rationo Activation of PTCSMC

Present Action plan format 10

Activity-1 design action plans for their schools 50

Activity -2 Presentations 20

Summing up 10

Total 1 30 minutes

Materials required

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3140

o Flip Charto Marker pens

o Action plan format

o School Day Charto Tape

o White Sheets

Introduction

The facilitator will share format of Action Plan to the participants Clearly explain how to

go about it Then ask the participants individually develop Action plan that will beimplemented in their schools The participants will also be informed that on the bases of

these Action Plans they will be monitored

What How Who When Comments

1 School

health

Providing

clean

water

HT

Teachers

PTCSMC

March 09 Head teacher in

collaboration with

PTCSMC will makesure there is a safe clean

water for students in the

school

2 Students

enrolment

Enrolment

campaignSchool

day

Visithomes

PTCSMC

HT

5t

Apr-09

3 School day

4 SMC

meeting

5 Improve

school

environment

The training participants will fill out this action plan according to their school needs and priority Share these Action Plans to the whole group and encourage others to make notes

from each others work incases they see it relevant to their schools as well

Objectives

By the end of this session the participants will be able too To develop an understanding of how a School Day is celebratedo Plan for their own schools of how they will celebrate the day

Present School Day Plan 10 minutes

Activity-1 Discuss in small groups how the day will be

celebrate

20 minutes

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3240

Make plans when the day will be celebrated at their school 30 minutes

Total 60 minutes

Materials required

o Flip Chart

o Marker pens

o School Day Chart

o Tapeo White Sheets

School DayA lsquoSchool Dayrsquo is the day in the GOP-WFP-UNESCO project when parents teachers and projectofficials meet in the school premises to discuss ways to improve the school Several factorscontribute to school improvement School attendance and enrollment Retention of studentsSchool environment Health and hygiene of students Utilization of teaching and learning

materials PTACommunity involvement Nutrition and diet and use of oil and wheat rations Ona School Day the head teacher with the help of Social Mobilizer of the implementing partner willdiscuss the school improvement factors with the parents and children of the school

ActivitiesThe following activities are suggested to make the day useful and attractive to the children

parents and community members

Activity 1 Preparation of activities of the day

Send invitation to all parents at least a week before the ldquoSchool Dayrdquo through children verballyand also in writing (hand written notes would suffice) and also spread the message by word-of-mouth At least two days before the program send a reminder by writing the message on the

studentsrsquo copy books or paper slips and read it loudly and clearly in the classrooms Make surethat the children have understood the message by asking them to explain And if possible invite

the community members through telephone calls or by sending the school children to spread thenews Advance planning is the key to success

Activity 2 Follow the agenda

SN Activities Time in

Minutes

Registration of the participants

1 Recitation verses from the holy Quran by one of the students 03

2 Naat by a student 05

Celebrate a School Day

Make sure you have

1 All parents children teachers head teacher supervisorADO and the PTASMC PTC are invited

2 A plan is ready for the day

3 Food items (wheat and oil) ready for distribution

4 Key messages and teaching and learning kits are available and are on display

5 Students prepared to show their talents to their parents and to the community members

6 Successes and areas needing improvements for discussion with parents and community

7 Constituted a committee for organization of the School Day

8 Informed the students that they should come neat and clean and in school uniform

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3340

Notes for the Head Teacher Use the day to celebrate to celebrate the schoolsrsquo achievements Open the school gates for parents community members and social workers of the villag

Involve everybody in the sessions and avoid a lot of talking (Sweeten the small stuff) Give children space to speak about their successes and problems at the school

If you have more than one teacher involve them in planning of the day Ask teachers to facilitate group discussions without dominating the discussion If teachers

are not available ask some literate volunteers from the village or NGO representatives if

available to help Decorate the school with childrenrsquos work and readymade displays and locally available

flowers and plants You have some of the resources available in your teaching andlearning kit

Have a positive focus Do not talk with parents about what their children can not dorather talk about what the children can do

Explore use of local resources

Take ideas from School Improvement Booklet (SIB) for the event Appreciate studentsrsquo successes and achievements with some rewards if possible Pray for every ones success and those who have helped in providing an opportunity to

celebrate the day pray for the country and the people for their good health wealth peaceand prosperity and thank everyone for their participation

Actively follow up on the implementation of School Improvement Plan prepared on theSchool Day

3 Welcome address by PTAPTCSMC representative 10

4 Introduction of the day by the Head teacher 20

5 Poem song or some creative item from the students 20

6 Discussion on the key messages (what does the messages mean how it will be disseminated

in the village How to achieve it)

40

7 Discussion on the topics (use group work) followed by whole group open discussion

School attendance and enrollment School environment Health and hygiene Utilization ofTeaching and Learning materials PTACommunity Involvement Nutrition and diet and

Use of oil and wheat rations (please involve some representative students as well)

40

8 Develop a School Development Plan (SDP ) while using the following pattern

40

Issues1 How it will be

resolved

Who will be

responsible

Resources

required

Source of

funding

Time (By

When)

Note Please use short term and quickly doable plans like reducing absenteeism by students and teachers cleaningthe school planning trees (use School Improvement Book for more ideas)

9 Conclude the day by stating the background and the purpose of food and educational

incentives and by asking the parents and children to take their food ration and remind them

about the key messages As a concluding activity invite the parents and the community

members to visit the classrooms and ask the students to explain to them their creative work

10

Activity 3 Documentation and Reporting

Document the proceedings of the day and develop a short report for Project Implementation Unit

ADO circle or talka

1 For example student attendance has declined in the past two months

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3440

Course Evaluation

Note Please take a few minutes to complete the form and return to the facilitator

1 List out what have you learnt from this training

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

----------------------------------------------------------

2 What did you like from the training

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------

3 What particular learning will you implement How

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------

4 What are the suggestions to improve the training

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------

5 How do you rate the facilitator knowledge skills and attitude

Knowledge 1------2--------3--------4--------5

Skills 1------2--------3--------4--------5

Attitude 1------2--------3--------4--------5

Note 1 is the lowest and 5 is highest rate Please circle the number that you think

the facilitator has performed

6 Over all comments about the training

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3540

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3640

Reading Materials

Facilitator Child Rights Our Educational Responsibilities

All Education programmes must be based on the understanding of the Convention on

the Rights of a Child When training is based on these values then the child will be thecentre of all topics presented The teachers job is to provide opportunities theatmosphere and environment so the rights of the child are met in the place they willspend much of their waking hours The main educational rights involve in schools arebased from rights number 13 17 28 29 and 31

Important Rights to note childrens right to leisure and play childrens need for space to develop the need to take childrens opinions into account the need to involve children in the learning process

the need for policies and training to be in the best interest of the child the need for learning to be life skills relevant local roots and global connections the importance of a change in attitude towards facilitating learning

The following needs to be in place so it can happen in Child Friendly SchoolsUniversal AccessReference to the many million children still deprived of education many of whom aregirls many of whom finish primary school lacking essential knowledge skills attitudesand values

Role of Parents Teachers and Community

awareness of the role of teachers and trainers being imperative in realising the ideaof childrens rights basing training on interpreting the Convention on the Rights of the Child and

putting it into real practice having all the skills necessary to encourage and assist all in the learning process realising that learning is not just about the facts but learning how to access and

process information so it is beneficial and relevant supporting and rewarding trainers and teachers ensuring that parents are given a key responsibility in forming constructive

relationships with teachers and schools for learning and training requirement fortheir children

Equal Opportunities an understanding of non-discrimination against girls special needs learning

difficulties children who are nomadic indigenous immigrant or are a linguisticminority

a realisation that every child has unique characteristics interests abilities needs

The Appropriate Quality Education Content

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3740

training of teachers and school learning being relevant to the child now and for thefuture

training sessions and consequently classroom and schools helping to developpersonalities talents mental and physical abilities to their fullest potential

Cultural roots and Global Values

the need to include respect for human rights in our learning environments an awareness of combination of learning to respect ones own nation and culture and

the culture of others the need to encourage tolerance and harmony for a better understanding of

minorities indigenous peoples refugees immigrants and gender equality

New Methods of Learning an agreement that learning is a combination of critical thinking and having fun that

passive listening and rote memorisation are less valuable than application andprocess to enhance understanding

the need for training workshops and classrooms to be participant friendly allowing for curiosity time to question receive answers to argue debate test andmake mistakes to create be spontaneous to be recognised and respected

Mutual Respect reflecting in training and inner life of a school the education message of vision

values human rights tolerance respecting dignity encouraging problem-solving skills allowing teachers to help children develop tools

for peaceful conflict resolution in all new learning situations the need to feel safe secure and totally trust our

teachersStudent Participation Opportunities for learners to express their points of view encouraging learners to

take personal responsibility for their studies Having a system of sharing responsibilities sharing ideas regular feedback and

learning evaluation Knowing that a good school and a good training workshop both promote total

participation and is a model of fairness for all

Child Rights and our Primary Health Care Responsibilities

The Child Health Rights directly concerning the teacher and the school must also beconsidered as the school can play a vital role in ensuring they are addressed Thefollowing particularly relate to articles 19 23 24 29 and 31

educational policies in schools and classrooms must be in place to protect childrenfrom all forms of physical punishment mental violence injury abuse neglect ormaltreatment

that an effort be made to include mentally and physically disabled children in theschool and classroom programmes so they can enjoy a full and decent life whichpromotes dignity self reliance and participation in the school and community

that schools may assist in facilitating a child in health rehabilitation

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3840

to ensure basic medical assistance is given in school for first aid and thedevelopment of primary health care awareness

keeping health records and observing nutritional state of individual children providing clean water in schools to ensure the educational programmes support mental and physical development

a child has an opportunity at school to rest and leisure and playIn Pakistan there is higher infant mortality lower immunisation lower literacy rateslower school enrolment lower access to safe water and more severely underweightchildren Primary health care is vital on the long list of human development needs Allchildren have the right to the best health care that is availableThis area is of concern to all involved in teaching as the child entering the school cantake advantage of all the opportunities if they are healthy and well cared for in pre-school environments and homesSchools also must ensure their primary role in health care so children can carry thelearning to other parts of the community The two concerns involve preventive orcurative methods

Ignorance polluted surroundings negligence in food care washing facilities animalsclose to living areas unsafe drinking water sanitation living surroundings seasonaldiseases communicable diseases personal hygiene girl children and their health andcommunicable diseases are all areas of concern The population growth rate isincreasing and many are deprived of basic Primary Health Care

When the population rate is more than the resources the situation can be extremelydifficult and expensive to remedy

In classroom and at schools areas of health can be addressed throughout the primaryyears so information is clearly disseminated with the help of the children Awareness of

healthy habits helps children build their self-esteem and learning to value your-self is animportant aspect of primary health care

The value of children learning aspects of Primary Health Care

they are very good and quick learners they share with others whatever they learn the learning in childhood is long lasting the teachers instructions or words are important words for a child children experience that is they do practical work and learn more school is the place where a childrsquos thought is effected for a practical life

Teachers and Community Role

recording weight height and skin colour observing health changes carefully observing and noting abnormalities and informing the parents having positive discussions with parents joyful learning lessons on primary health care making a health class and playground environment ensuring there is safe water in the school

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3940

ensuring there are adequate male and female toilet facilities in the schools having regular health chart challenges

Primary Health Care having healthy well nourished children learning in a healthyhygienic environment with clean safe water clean safe surroundings clean safepersonal habits clean safe food preparation Classroom Climate caring for the

emotional and physical well-being of children

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 4040

Appendix-A

Ref Right of children in Islam What the teacher can do

Al Hadith In accordance with Islamic preceptldquochildrenrdquo means both male andfemaleldquoAcquisition of knowledge is obligatory

for all true believersrdquo

Ensure that both boys and girls haveaccess to schoolIf there is a mixed class of boys andgirls the girls should have as much

attention as the boys

Right to be brought up properlylooked after and provided for andeducated

The teacher is in loco parentis (in the place of the parents) and has theresponsibility to provide the same careas the parents

Al Quran666

Right to religious moral ethicalguidance provided with an

understanding of right and wrong

The teacher needs to know andunderstand the teachings of Islam so

as to provide the child with a good

education without bias and with agood ethical foundation

Al Quran5251

Children are given in trust to their parents ndash who will be held

accountableldquoEveryone of you is a caretaker andeveryone of you is answerable for hissubjectsrdquo

As teachers are in the place of parents ndash they too may be held accountable

Abu BakrRAA

Justice and equality Inequality isinjustice (forbidden in Islam)ldquoHe dieth not who takes to learning totreat children affectionately and to kiss

them are charitable actsrdquo

The teacher must be very sure that the treatmentof all children is equal and fair no favoritismno bias against certain children for whateverreason

This is especially important with regard to thosechildren who have been left as orphans ordisabled either as a result of the earthquake orfor any other reason

Al Hadith ldquoIt is a childrsquos right that his fathershould teach him how to read write

helliprdquo

Teachers have a responsibility to be professional in their teaching and also

to help parents and the community tounderstand their obligations about sending all

their children to school

Abu Daud ldquoWhoever has a girl under hisguardianshiphellip[and does not] treat herwith contempt nor gives preference to

his sons over her Allah will admit himto paradiserdquo

Teachers have an obligation to treatgirls equally and without bias and tohelp the parents and community to

understand their obligations in termsof helping girls to have an education

Page 21: Head Teachers Training Manual.pdf

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2140

Facilitator will explain ldquofor the multi-grade situation the period lesson plan needs to be

extended to include the specific activities the students will do and how the teacher will

divide herhis time with the different groups

37 983108983141983158983141983148983151983152983145983150983143 983148983141983155983155983151983150983155 983145983150 983117983157983148983156983145983085983143983154983137983140983141 983155983145983156983157983137983156983145983151983150

Activity-4

Participants in groups will be given books to design lessons for class-1 and class-2Facilitator will assist the participants in identifying topics of different classes with same

objectives For example in science take the topic ldquoplantsrdquo For class-1 students will have

to learn three main parts of tree (root stem and leaves) and for class-2 the students haveto learn more then three parts of tree The participants will identify similar topics in

sciences language social studies mathematics and Islamiyat and make and try to

integrate the lesson

For example

Action Session 1C- 1 Session 2C-2 Session 3C-3

Subject

Objective

Content

Materials

Activity

Evaluation

38 983125983156983145983148983145983162983137983156983145983151983150 983151983142 983124983141983137983139983144983145983150983143 983137983150983140 983148983141983137983154983150983145983150983143 983149983137983156983141983154983145983137983148

Facilitator will demonstrate to develop some teaching and learning materials and it willuse it in the classroom Heshe will explain teaching and learning material to the

participants how it supplements teaching

During demonstration the facilitator will make the following pointsAn interesting teachinglearning material makes learning easy for children Learning

becomes more interesting by focusing the curiosity of the children with verities of

teaching support UNESCO teaching and learning material consists of range of subject

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2240

matters It encompasses all the curriculum subjects in an activity based child centred

approach

Children can visualise things easily especially when it involves their sense of learning

and sight The children gain lots of confidence when presenting or working in front of the

class The natural desire to move is fulfilled by the use of teaching and learningmaterials

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2340

DAY-II

4 9831239831419831559831559831459831519831509830854 983120983154983151983149983151983156983145983151983150 983151983142 983112983141983137983148983156983144 983137983150983140 983112983161983143983145983141983150983141 983109983140983157983139983137983156983145983151983150

Objectives By the end of the session the participants will be able to

bull Acquire knowledge on principals of hygiene and healthy practices

bull Identify potentially harmful situations in schools regard to health

bull Devise strategies to promote health and hygiene in schools

Time Allocation

Activity 1 Principle of hygiene and healthy practices 10 minutes

Activity 2 Strategies to teach hygiene 20 minutes

Activity 3 Prevention and minimization of diseasesAction-Plans for school health

20 minutes

Conclusion 05 minutes

Total 55 minutes

Materials required

o Flip chart papero marker pens

o tapeo Workbook for each of the

participants

41 983113983150983156983154983151983140983157983139983156983145983151983150 983120983154983145983150983139983145983152983137983148 983151983142 983112983161983143983145983141983150983141

In this session we will look at some physical health issues that occur because of thecondition under which people have to live while they rebuild their lives The WHO

defines health as a state of complete physical mental and social wellbeing and not merely

the absence of disease or infirmity Hygiene is defined as the principles and laws

governing the preservation of health and their practical application practice conducive togood health it may refer to keeping clean in order to prevent diseases and maintain health

Activity 1 Principles of hygiene [10 minutes]

The participants individually should think of five principles of hygiene (healthy life)keeping the current situation of children in the primary schools

1 Wash hands with soap after using toilet and before eat meal2 Daily bath

3 Do not spit cover nose suppression

4 Use purified and boiled water keep water covered

5 Wash fruit before eating fruit

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2440

After the participants listed the principle of hygiene the facilitator will write the

definitions of health and hygiene on flip charts and explain it to the participants

42 983123983156983154983137983156983141983143983145983141983155 983156983151 983156983141983137983139983144 983144983161983143983145983141983150983141

Activity 2In your small groups pick the five principles that are most common to the group and

develop teaching strategies to help students understand the need for these principles

Principles Teaching strategies

1 Wash hands

2---------------

3---------------

4---------------5---------------

Demonstration of hand washing with soap

------------------------------------------------------------------

------------------------------------------------------------------

Allow 15 minutes for this exerciseBring the groups back to plenary and put up the flip charts on the walls Ask people to

move around the room and read all the sheets Encourage people note down if any

strategies they like

Allow 5 minutes for questions and discussion

43 983120983154983141983158983141983150983156983145983151983150 983137983150983140 983149983145983150983145983149983145983162983137983156983145983151983150Activity-3Explain to the participants that while regular hygiene activities are necessary there are

specific diseases that my be spread more easily in situations of temporary shelter

contaminated water insufficient water and the other conditions under which people arestill living Ask the group to find one person with whom they would like to work Explain

that this activity will be completed as pair work However each person should fill in the

table in their workbook

Common

Health Proble

Risk condition Prevention minimization

intervention

Diarrhea

cholera

dysentery

Poor sanitation inadequate

water condition poor

personal hygiene

Sanitation facilities Water

purification Personal hygiene ORS

(treatment only) Effectivesurveillance systems to prevent or

minimize disease outbreaks

Malaria and

other vector

Standing uncovered water

increasing the risk of

Health education raising awareness

about the risks of standing water

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2540

borne diseases(eg typhoid)

mosquitoes breedingCongested living conditions

increasing the possibility of

infection

Exposure to areas where

disease-transmittingorganism are more common

Increased population density promoting mosquito bites

use of mosquito nets understandingof symptoms of the disease etc

Advocates for measures for vector

control spraying for example

Effective surveillance systems by

health authorities

Respiratorytract

infections

(includingPneumonia)

Inadequate shelterPoor health care services

Overcrowding

Lack of food malnutritionRainy season

Improved shelter (especially fromwind but ensuring ventilation) Dry

clothes when wet

Use of antibiotics with doctorrsquosConsultation

Water borneDiseases

Contaminated water (garbagein

water source urinecontamination ndash animal orhuman)

Inadequately treated drinking

water (un-boiled orinsufficiently

boiled) Poor hygienic

conditions in

Shelters

Boil water for cooking washing anddrinking where possible Use water

purification tablets where possibleCare of immediate environmentin terms of covering water getting

rid of standing water ensuring that

clothes and bedding are well-aired Use of

antibiotics under medical

supervision

SkinInfections

Inadequate hygienePoor hygienic conditions in

Shelters

Regular washing with soap andwater

Thorough drying of skin Eliminationof vermin from the environment

Medication where necessary undermedical supervision

Tetanus Open wounds (due to

trauma)

Poor hygiene

Clean wounds (antiseptic if

available or soap and water) Cover

wounds with clean cloth orDressings Seek medical helpimmediately

Animal

transmitted

diseases

Unhygienic slaughtering

Contact with infected

animals dueto lack of veterinary control

Increased rate of diseases in

Animals

Ensuring that animals are

slaughtered according to Islamic law

(meat is halaal) Use of antibioticsunder medical supervision

When the participants have completed the exercise ask for one or two examples that are

particularly relevant and possible to accomplish While the pairs are working movearound the room so that you can see any really good examples to discuss in plenary Now

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2640

ask the participants to develop Health Action Plans for their school An example is shown

below

45 983105983139983156983145983151983150983085983120983148983137983150983085 983123983139983144983151983151983148 983112983141983137983148983156983144 983137983150983140 983112983161983143983145983141983150983141 983120983154983151983143983154983137983149983149983141

Health problems Interventions

What Who How When

Diarrhea cholera

dysentery

Water Teachers

andStudents

Clean water

Malaria Cleanenvironment

All Dustbins

ConclusionBasic health and hygiene are more difficult in situations of disaster and lack of

infrastructure in place In situations like NWFP Balochistan and Sindh (natural and man

made disaster at peak) it is important to reinforce the basic principles as people who areunder stress often neglect these basics and so children may not learn appropriately

5 9831239831419831559831559831459831519831509830855 983119983158983141983154983158983145983141983159 983151983142 983156983144983141 983142983151983151983140 983139983154983145983155983141983155 983137983150983140 983152983157983154983152983151983155983141 983151983142

983142983151983151983140 983140983145983155983156983154983145983138983157983156983145983151983150

Objectives By the end of this session the participants will be able to

bull Discuss the recent food crises and its impact on common people particularly onchildren

bull Purpose of food distribution to schools and what are the indirect impacts on childeducation

Time Allocation

Activity 1 discuss the recent food crises and high prices issue 10 minutes

Activity 2 purpose of food distribution to schools and its impact onchild education

20 minutes

Activity 3 food distribution project 20 minutes

Conclusion 05 minutes

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2740

Total 55 minutes

11 Materials required

o Flip chart paper

o marker penso tape

o workbook for each of the

participantso leaflets of food distribution

programme

IntroductionIntroduce the WFP-UNESCO in partnership with the Government of Pakistan has

initiated school feeding programme to mitigate short term hunger When children come

for school with empty stomach (without breakfast) they are less likely to concentrate and

engage in learning activities This programme can temporarily bridge food gapes infamilies and can be helpful in refocusing studentrsquos attention to the lessons This can also

be an incentive to increase the enrolment attendance and decrease dropout It is alsoassumed that this programme may increase the education quality improvement from

school to district level

Activity- 1

Facilitator will explain the following agendas of Food for Education The followingcatchphrase of school feeding programme will be written on flip chart and discussed

thoroughly

bull School feeding can decrease short-term hunger thereby increasing learningcapacity

bull School feeding and take home ration can improve school enrollment andattendance and decrease drop-out

bull Food assistance can encourage community participation in education

bull Involvement of district government education department can act as a lever for

school quality improvement

bull School feeding can improve nutritional status and hence improve school performance

bull School feeding and Take home ration are education intervention

Activity-2

The participants will discuss in groups and workout the grid mentioned below The participants will be encouraged to think on the activities that school can perform to

enhance school feeding programme specific objectives

Objectives and activities for school feeding programme

Objectives Activities

WFPUNESCO What school Can do

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2840

Increase enrollmentattendance retention and

completion

School ration (wheat and oil) Parents outreach

Enhance learning

environment

Provision of teaching and

learning materials

Enhance teachers quality Teachers complete a two-dayHead Teachersrsquo training

receive

Enhance learning capacity Provision of teaching and

learning kit

Increase community

participation

school food distribution

managed by parent IEC

campaign PTC training

Improve support to schools Management of ToT training

for head teachers

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2940

o Flip chart papero Marker penso Tape for sticking papers to the wallso Workbook for each participant

6 9831239831419831559831559831459831519831509830856 983107983151983149983149983157983150983145983156983161 983137983150983140 983120983137983154983141983150983156983155 983141983150983143983137983143983141983149983141983150983156 983145983150 983155983139983144983151983151983148Objectives By the end of this session the participants will be able to

bull Identify roles of PTCSMC in school

bull How to mobilize communityPTC in the school affairsbull What are their role in food distribution teaching material distribution and

monitoring

Time Allocation

What PTC and SMCs can do for the schools

Activity-1 Need and response 40

Activity-2 ways of communication with community- School

improvement booklet and awareness raising message

10

Conclusion 05 minutes

Total 55 minutes

Materials required

IntroductionFacilitator will introduce community participation in education Community and parents

are best resources to be utilized In Pakistan SMCs PTCs representingcommunityparents have been initiated to assist the school

61 983105983139983156983145983158983145983156983161 1 983118983141983141983140983155 983137983150983140 983122983141983155983152983151983150983155983141983155

Divide the participants into small groups (3-4) Ask participants to open their workbooks

and list in the first column the 5 pressing needs of their schools Then the second columnthey should list one point for each need where SMCPTCs can assist The groups have 20

minutes for this exercise

Needs Assistance

Children not attending schools PTAsSMCs can advocate in the

community and support families to sendtheir children to school through provision of

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3040

scholarships especially their girl children

Distribution of food and teaching

learning materials

PTC and SMC can monitor of the fair distribution

Activity-4

The community is part of the class room atmosphere and school physical environmentHead teacher needs to build a good relationship with the community Know the

community develop co-operation communicate with them There are many ways of

connecting with the community as mentioned below

62 983127983137983161983155 983151983142 983149983137983147983145983150983143 983148983145983150983147983137983143983141983155 983159983145983156983144 983107983151983149983149983157983150983145983156983161983120983137983154983141983150983156983155

Some suggested ideas for information sharing below

letters Events like School Day parents day PTCSMCs and teachers meetings

community projects clean ups information promotions (heath and sanitation) the school as a centre for community activities and adult classes sharing School Improvement Booklet-awareness raising materials

7 9831239831419831559831559831459831519831509830857 983105983139983156983145983151983150983085983120983148983137983150

ObjectivesBy the end of this session the participants will be able to

bull Develop Action Plans to address the following School Improvement Indicatorso School attendance and enrollmento Improved School environment

o Health and hygieneo Utilization of teaching and learning resourceso Monitoring and recording wheat and oil rationo Activation of PTCSMC

Present Action plan format 10

Activity-1 design action plans for their schools 50

Activity -2 Presentations 20

Summing up 10

Total 1 30 minutes

Materials required

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3140

o Flip Charto Marker pens

o Action plan format

o School Day Charto Tape

o White Sheets

Introduction

The facilitator will share format of Action Plan to the participants Clearly explain how to

go about it Then ask the participants individually develop Action plan that will beimplemented in their schools The participants will also be informed that on the bases of

these Action Plans they will be monitored

What How Who When Comments

1 School

health

Providing

clean

water

HT

Teachers

PTCSMC

March 09 Head teacher in

collaboration with

PTCSMC will makesure there is a safe clean

water for students in the

school

2 Students

enrolment

Enrolment

campaignSchool

day

Visithomes

PTCSMC

HT

5t

Apr-09

3 School day

4 SMC

meeting

5 Improve

school

environment

The training participants will fill out this action plan according to their school needs and priority Share these Action Plans to the whole group and encourage others to make notes

from each others work incases they see it relevant to their schools as well

Objectives

By the end of this session the participants will be able too To develop an understanding of how a School Day is celebratedo Plan for their own schools of how they will celebrate the day

Present School Day Plan 10 minutes

Activity-1 Discuss in small groups how the day will be

celebrate

20 minutes

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3240

Make plans when the day will be celebrated at their school 30 minutes

Total 60 minutes

Materials required

o Flip Chart

o Marker pens

o School Day Chart

o Tapeo White Sheets

School DayA lsquoSchool Dayrsquo is the day in the GOP-WFP-UNESCO project when parents teachers and projectofficials meet in the school premises to discuss ways to improve the school Several factorscontribute to school improvement School attendance and enrollment Retention of studentsSchool environment Health and hygiene of students Utilization of teaching and learning

materials PTACommunity involvement Nutrition and diet and use of oil and wheat rations Ona School Day the head teacher with the help of Social Mobilizer of the implementing partner willdiscuss the school improvement factors with the parents and children of the school

ActivitiesThe following activities are suggested to make the day useful and attractive to the children

parents and community members

Activity 1 Preparation of activities of the day

Send invitation to all parents at least a week before the ldquoSchool Dayrdquo through children verballyand also in writing (hand written notes would suffice) and also spread the message by word-of-mouth At least two days before the program send a reminder by writing the message on the

studentsrsquo copy books or paper slips and read it loudly and clearly in the classrooms Make surethat the children have understood the message by asking them to explain And if possible invite

the community members through telephone calls or by sending the school children to spread thenews Advance planning is the key to success

Activity 2 Follow the agenda

SN Activities Time in

Minutes

Registration of the participants

1 Recitation verses from the holy Quran by one of the students 03

2 Naat by a student 05

Celebrate a School Day

Make sure you have

1 All parents children teachers head teacher supervisorADO and the PTASMC PTC are invited

2 A plan is ready for the day

3 Food items (wheat and oil) ready for distribution

4 Key messages and teaching and learning kits are available and are on display

5 Students prepared to show their talents to their parents and to the community members

6 Successes and areas needing improvements for discussion with parents and community

7 Constituted a committee for organization of the School Day

8 Informed the students that they should come neat and clean and in school uniform

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3340

Notes for the Head Teacher Use the day to celebrate to celebrate the schoolsrsquo achievements Open the school gates for parents community members and social workers of the villag

Involve everybody in the sessions and avoid a lot of talking (Sweeten the small stuff) Give children space to speak about their successes and problems at the school

If you have more than one teacher involve them in planning of the day Ask teachers to facilitate group discussions without dominating the discussion If teachers

are not available ask some literate volunteers from the village or NGO representatives if

available to help Decorate the school with childrenrsquos work and readymade displays and locally available

flowers and plants You have some of the resources available in your teaching andlearning kit

Have a positive focus Do not talk with parents about what their children can not dorather talk about what the children can do

Explore use of local resources

Take ideas from School Improvement Booklet (SIB) for the event Appreciate studentsrsquo successes and achievements with some rewards if possible Pray for every ones success and those who have helped in providing an opportunity to

celebrate the day pray for the country and the people for their good health wealth peaceand prosperity and thank everyone for their participation

Actively follow up on the implementation of School Improvement Plan prepared on theSchool Day

3 Welcome address by PTAPTCSMC representative 10

4 Introduction of the day by the Head teacher 20

5 Poem song or some creative item from the students 20

6 Discussion on the key messages (what does the messages mean how it will be disseminated

in the village How to achieve it)

40

7 Discussion on the topics (use group work) followed by whole group open discussion

School attendance and enrollment School environment Health and hygiene Utilization ofTeaching and Learning materials PTACommunity Involvement Nutrition and diet and

Use of oil and wheat rations (please involve some representative students as well)

40

8 Develop a School Development Plan (SDP ) while using the following pattern

40

Issues1 How it will be

resolved

Who will be

responsible

Resources

required

Source of

funding

Time (By

When)

Note Please use short term and quickly doable plans like reducing absenteeism by students and teachers cleaningthe school planning trees (use School Improvement Book for more ideas)

9 Conclude the day by stating the background and the purpose of food and educational

incentives and by asking the parents and children to take their food ration and remind them

about the key messages As a concluding activity invite the parents and the community

members to visit the classrooms and ask the students to explain to them their creative work

10

Activity 3 Documentation and Reporting

Document the proceedings of the day and develop a short report for Project Implementation Unit

ADO circle or talka

1 For example student attendance has declined in the past two months

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3440

Course Evaluation

Note Please take a few minutes to complete the form and return to the facilitator

1 List out what have you learnt from this training

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

----------------------------------------------------------

2 What did you like from the training

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------

3 What particular learning will you implement How

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------

4 What are the suggestions to improve the training

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------

5 How do you rate the facilitator knowledge skills and attitude

Knowledge 1------2--------3--------4--------5

Skills 1------2--------3--------4--------5

Attitude 1------2--------3--------4--------5

Note 1 is the lowest and 5 is highest rate Please circle the number that you think

the facilitator has performed

6 Over all comments about the training

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3540

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3640

Reading Materials

Facilitator Child Rights Our Educational Responsibilities

All Education programmes must be based on the understanding of the Convention on

the Rights of a Child When training is based on these values then the child will be thecentre of all topics presented The teachers job is to provide opportunities theatmosphere and environment so the rights of the child are met in the place they willspend much of their waking hours The main educational rights involve in schools arebased from rights number 13 17 28 29 and 31

Important Rights to note childrens right to leisure and play childrens need for space to develop the need to take childrens opinions into account the need to involve children in the learning process

the need for policies and training to be in the best interest of the child the need for learning to be life skills relevant local roots and global connections the importance of a change in attitude towards facilitating learning

The following needs to be in place so it can happen in Child Friendly SchoolsUniversal AccessReference to the many million children still deprived of education many of whom aregirls many of whom finish primary school lacking essential knowledge skills attitudesand values

Role of Parents Teachers and Community

awareness of the role of teachers and trainers being imperative in realising the ideaof childrens rights basing training on interpreting the Convention on the Rights of the Child and

putting it into real practice having all the skills necessary to encourage and assist all in the learning process realising that learning is not just about the facts but learning how to access and

process information so it is beneficial and relevant supporting and rewarding trainers and teachers ensuring that parents are given a key responsibility in forming constructive

relationships with teachers and schools for learning and training requirement fortheir children

Equal Opportunities an understanding of non-discrimination against girls special needs learning

difficulties children who are nomadic indigenous immigrant or are a linguisticminority

a realisation that every child has unique characteristics interests abilities needs

The Appropriate Quality Education Content

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3740

training of teachers and school learning being relevant to the child now and for thefuture

training sessions and consequently classroom and schools helping to developpersonalities talents mental and physical abilities to their fullest potential

Cultural roots and Global Values

the need to include respect for human rights in our learning environments an awareness of combination of learning to respect ones own nation and culture and

the culture of others the need to encourage tolerance and harmony for a better understanding of

minorities indigenous peoples refugees immigrants and gender equality

New Methods of Learning an agreement that learning is a combination of critical thinking and having fun that

passive listening and rote memorisation are less valuable than application andprocess to enhance understanding

the need for training workshops and classrooms to be participant friendly allowing for curiosity time to question receive answers to argue debate test andmake mistakes to create be spontaneous to be recognised and respected

Mutual Respect reflecting in training and inner life of a school the education message of vision

values human rights tolerance respecting dignity encouraging problem-solving skills allowing teachers to help children develop tools

for peaceful conflict resolution in all new learning situations the need to feel safe secure and totally trust our

teachersStudent Participation Opportunities for learners to express their points of view encouraging learners to

take personal responsibility for their studies Having a system of sharing responsibilities sharing ideas regular feedback and

learning evaluation Knowing that a good school and a good training workshop both promote total

participation and is a model of fairness for all

Child Rights and our Primary Health Care Responsibilities

The Child Health Rights directly concerning the teacher and the school must also beconsidered as the school can play a vital role in ensuring they are addressed Thefollowing particularly relate to articles 19 23 24 29 and 31

educational policies in schools and classrooms must be in place to protect childrenfrom all forms of physical punishment mental violence injury abuse neglect ormaltreatment

that an effort be made to include mentally and physically disabled children in theschool and classroom programmes so they can enjoy a full and decent life whichpromotes dignity self reliance and participation in the school and community

that schools may assist in facilitating a child in health rehabilitation

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3840

to ensure basic medical assistance is given in school for first aid and thedevelopment of primary health care awareness

keeping health records and observing nutritional state of individual children providing clean water in schools to ensure the educational programmes support mental and physical development

a child has an opportunity at school to rest and leisure and playIn Pakistan there is higher infant mortality lower immunisation lower literacy rateslower school enrolment lower access to safe water and more severely underweightchildren Primary health care is vital on the long list of human development needs Allchildren have the right to the best health care that is availableThis area is of concern to all involved in teaching as the child entering the school cantake advantage of all the opportunities if they are healthy and well cared for in pre-school environments and homesSchools also must ensure their primary role in health care so children can carry thelearning to other parts of the community The two concerns involve preventive orcurative methods

Ignorance polluted surroundings negligence in food care washing facilities animalsclose to living areas unsafe drinking water sanitation living surroundings seasonaldiseases communicable diseases personal hygiene girl children and their health andcommunicable diseases are all areas of concern The population growth rate isincreasing and many are deprived of basic Primary Health Care

When the population rate is more than the resources the situation can be extremelydifficult and expensive to remedy

In classroom and at schools areas of health can be addressed throughout the primaryyears so information is clearly disseminated with the help of the children Awareness of

healthy habits helps children build their self-esteem and learning to value your-self is animportant aspect of primary health care

The value of children learning aspects of Primary Health Care

they are very good and quick learners they share with others whatever they learn the learning in childhood is long lasting the teachers instructions or words are important words for a child children experience that is they do practical work and learn more school is the place where a childrsquos thought is effected for a practical life

Teachers and Community Role

recording weight height and skin colour observing health changes carefully observing and noting abnormalities and informing the parents having positive discussions with parents joyful learning lessons on primary health care making a health class and playground environment ensuring there is safe water in the school

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3940

ensuring there are adequate male and female toilet facilities in the schools having regular health chart challenges

Primary Health Care having healthy well nourished children learning in a healthyhygienic environment with clean safe water clean safe surroundings clean safepersonal habits clean safe food preparation Classroom Climate caring for the

emotional and physical well-being of children

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 4040

Appendix-A

Ref Right of children in Islam What the teacher can do

Al Hadith In accordance with Islamic preceptldquochildrenrdquo means both male andfemaleldquoAcquisition of knowledge is obligatory

for all true believersrdquo

Ensure that both boys and girls haveaccess to schoolIf there is a mixed class of boys andgirls the girls should have as much

attention as the boys

Right to be brought up properlylooked after and provided for andeducated

The teacher is in loco parentis (in the place of the parents) and has theresponsibility to provide the same careas the parents

Al Quran666

Right to religious moral ethicalguidance provided with an

understanding of right and wrong

The teacher needs to know andunderstand the teachings of Islam so

as to provide the child with a good

education without bias and with agood ethical foundation

Al Quran5251

Children are given in trust to their parents ndash who will be held

accountableldquoEveryone of you is a caretaker andeveryone of you is answerable for hissubjectsrdquo

As teachers are in the place of parents ndash they too may be held accountable

Abu BakrRAA

Justice and equality Inequality isinjustice (forbidden in Islam)ldquoHe dieth not who takes to learning totreat children affectionately and to kiss

them are charitable actsrdquo

The teacher must be very sure that the treatmentof all children is equal and fair no favoritismno bias against certain children for whateverreason

This is especially important with regard to thosechildren who have been left as orphans ordisabled either as a result of the earthquake orfor any other reason

Al Hadith ldquoIt is a childrsquos right that his fathershould teach him how to read write

helliprdquo

Teachers have a responsibility to be professional in their teaching and also

to help parents and the community tounderstand their obligations about sending all

their children to school

Abu Daud ldquoWhoever has a girl under hisguardianshiphellip[and does not] treat herwith contempt nor gives preference to

his sons over her Allah will admit himto paradiserdquo

Teachers have an obligation to treatgirls equally and without bias and tohelp the parents and community to

understand their obligations in termsof helping girls to have an education

Page 22: Head Teachers Training Manual.pdf

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2240

matters It encompasses all the curriculum subjects in an activity based child centred

approach

Children can visualise things easily especially when it involves their sense of learning

and sight The children gain lots of confidence when presenting or working in front of the

class The natural desire to move is fulfilled by the use of teaching and learningmaterials

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2340

DAY-II

4 9831239831419831559831559831459831519831509830854 983120983154983151983149983151983156983145983151983150 983151983142 983112983141983137983148983156983144 983137983150983140 983112983161983143983145983141983150983141 983109983140983157983139983137983156983145983151983150

Objectives By the end of the session the participants will be able to

bull Acquire knowledge on principals of hygiene and healthy practices

bull Identify potentially harmful situations in schools regard to health

bull Devise strategies to promote health and hygiene in schools

Time Allocation

Activity 1 Principle of hygiene and healthy practices 10 minutes

Activity 2 Strategies to teach hygiene 20 minutes

Activity 3 Prevention and minimization of diseasesAction-Plans for school health

20 minutes

Conclusion 05 minutes

Total 55 minutes

Materials required

o Flip chart papero marker pens

o tapeo Workbook for each of the

participants

41 983113983150983156983154983151983140983157983139983156983145983151983150 983120983154983145983150983139983145983152983137983148 983151983142 983112983161983143983145983141983150983141

In this session we will look at some physical health issues that occur because of thecondition under which people have to live while they rebuild their lives The WHO

defines health as a state of complete physical mental and social wellbeing and not merely

the absence of disease or infirmity Hygiene is defined as the principles and laws

governing the preservation of health and their practical application practice conducive togood health it may refer to keeping clean in order to prevent diseases and maintain health

Activity 1 Principles of hygiene [10 minutes]

The participants individually should think of five principles of hygiene (healthy life)keeping the current situation of children in the primary schools

1 Wash hands with soap after using toilet and before eat meal2 Daily bath

3 Do not spit cover nose suppression

4 Use purified and boiled water keep water covered

5 Wash fruit before eating fruit

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2440

After the participants listed the principle of hygiene the facilitator will write the

definitions of health and hygiene on flip charts and explain it to the participants

42 983123983156983154983137983156983141983143983145983141983155 983156983151 983156983141983137983139983144 983144983161983143983145983141983150983141

Activity 2In your small groups pick the five principles that are most common to the group and

develop teaching strategies to help students understand the need for these principles

Principles Teaching strategies

1 Wash hands

2---------------

3---------------

4---------------5---------------

Demonstration of hand washing with soap

------------------------------------------------------------------

------------------------------------------------------------------

Allow 15 minutes for this exerciseBring the groups back to plenary and put up the flip charts on the walls Ask people to

move around the room and read all the sheets Encourage people note down if any

strategies they like

Allow 5 minutes for questions and discussion

43 983120983154983141983158983141983150983156983145983151983150 983137983150983140 983149983145983150983145983149983145983162983137983156983145983151983150Activity-3Explain to the participants that while regular hygiene activities are necessary there are

specific diseases that my be spread more easily in situations of temporary shelter

contaminated water insufficient water and the other conditions under which people arestill living Ask the group to find one person with whom they would like to work Explain

that this activity will be completed as pair work However each person should fill in the

table in their workbook

Common

Health Proble

Risk condition Prevention minimization

intervention

Diarrhea

cholera

dysentery

Poor sanitation inadequate

water condition poor

personal hygiene

Sanitation facilities Water

purification Personal hygiene ORS

(treatment only) Effectivesurveillance systems to prevent or

minimize disease outbreaks

Malaria and

other vector

Standing uncovered water

increasing the risk of

Health education raising awareness

about the risks of standing water

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2540

borne diseases(eg typhoid)

mosquitoes breedingCongested living conditions

increasing the possibility of

infection

Exposure to areas where

disease-transmittingorganism are more common

Increased population density promoting mosquito bites

use of mosquito nets understandingof symptoms of the disease etc

Advocates for measures for vector

control spraying for example

Effective surveillance systems by

health authorities

Respiratorytract

infections

(includingPneumonia)

Inadequate shelterPoor health care services

Overcrowding

Lack of food malnutritionRainy season

Improved shelter (especially fromwind but ensuring ventilation) Dry

clothes when wet

Use of antibiotics with doctorrsquosConsultation

Water borneDiseases

Contaminated water (garbagein

water source urinecontamination ndash animal orhuman)

Inadequately treated drinking

water (un-boiled orinsufficiently

boiled) Poor hygienic

conditions in

Shelters

Boil water for cooking washing anddrinking where possible Use water

purification tablets where possibleCare of immediate environmentin terms of covering water getting

rid of standing water ensuring that

clothes and bedding are well-aired Use of

antibiotics under medical

supervision

SkinInfections

Inadequate hygienePoor hygienic conditions in

Shelters

Regular washing with soap andwater

Thorough drying of skin Eliminationof vermin from the environment

Medication where necessary undermedical supervision

Tetanus Open wounds (due to

trauma)

Poor hygiene

Clean wounds (antiseptic if

available or soap and water) Cover

wounds with clean cloth orDressings Seek medical helpimmediately

Animal

transmitted

diseases

Unhygienic slaughtering

Contact with infected

animals dueto lack of veterinary control

Increased rate of diseases in

Animals

Ensuring that animals are

slaughtered according to Islamic law

(meat is halaal) Use of antibioticsunder medical supervision

When the participants have completed the exercise ask for one or two examples that are

particularly relevant and possible to accomplish While the pairs are working movearound the room so that you can see any really good examples to discuss in plenary Now

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2640

ask the participants to develop Health Action Plans for their school An example is shown

below

45 983105983139983156983145983151983150983085983120983148983137983150983085 983123983139983144983151983151983148 983112983141983137983148983156983144 983137983150983140 983112983161983143983145983141983150983141 983120983154983151983143983154983137983149983149983141

Health problems Interventions

What Who How When

Diarrhea cholera

dysentery

Water Teachers

andStudents

Clean water

Malaria Cleanenvironment

All Dustbins

ConclusionBasic health and hygiene are more difficult in situations of disaster and lack of

infrastructure in place In situations like NWFP Balochistan and Sindh (natural and man

made disaster at peak) it is important to reinforce the basic principles as people who areunder stress often neglect these basics and so children may not learn appropriately

5 9831239831419831559831559831459831519831509830855 983119983158983141983154983158983145983141983159 983151983142 983156983144983141 983142983151983151983140 983139983154983145983155983141983155 983137983150983140 983152983157983154983152983151983155983141 983151983142

983142983151983151983140 983140983145983155983156983154983145983138983157983156983145983151983150

Objectives By the end of this session the participants will be able to

bull Discuss the recent food crises and its impact on common people particularly onchildren

bull Purpose of food distribution to schools and what are the indirect impacts on childeducation

Time Allocation

Activity 1 discuss the recent food crises and high prices issue 10 minutes

Activity 2 purpose of food distribution to schools and its impact onchild education

20 minutes

Activity 3 food distribution project 20 minutes

Conclusion 05 minutes

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2740

Total 55 minutes

11 Materials required

o Flip chart paper

o marker penso tape

o workbook for each of the

participantso leaflets of food distribution

programme

IntroductionIntroduce the WFP-UNESCO in partnership with the Government of Pakistan has

initiated school feeding programme to mitigate short term hunger When children come

for school with empty stomach (without breakfast) they are less likely to concentrate and

engage in learning activities This programme can temporarily bridge food gapes infamilies and can be helpful in refocusing studentrsquos attention to the lessons This can also

be an incentive to increase the enrolment attendance and decrease dropout It is alsoassumed that this programme may increase the education quality improvement from

school to district level

Activity- 1

Facilitator will explain the following agendas of Food for Education The followingcatchphrase of school feeding programme will be written on flip chart and discussed

thoroughly

bull School feeding can decrease short-term hunger thereby increasing learningcapacity

bull School feeding and take home ration can improve school enrollment andattendance and decrease drop-out

bull Food assistance can encourage community participation in education

bull Involvement of district government education department can act as a lever for

school quality improvement

bull School feeding can improve nutritional status and hence improve school performance

bull School feeding and Take home ration are education intervention

Activity-2

The participants will discuss in groups and workout the grid mentioned below The participants will be encouraged to think on the activities that school can perform to

enhance school feeding programme specific objectives

Objectives and activities for school feeding programme

Objectives Activities

WFPUNESCO What school Can do

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2840

Increase enrollmentattendance retention and

completion

School ration (wheat and oil) Parents outreach

Enhance learning

environment

Provision of teaching and

learning materials

Enhance teachers quality Teachers complete a two-dayHead Teachersrsquo training

receive

Enhance learning capacity Provision of teaching and

learning kit

Increase community

participation

school food distribution

managed by parent IEC

campaign PTC training

Improve support to schools Management of ToT training

for head teachers

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2940

o Flip chart papero Marker penso Tape for sticking papers to the wallso Workbook for each participant

6 9831239831419831559831559831459831519831509830856 983107983151983149983149983157983150983145983156983161 983137983150983140 983120983137983154983141983150983156983155 983141983150983143983137983143983141983149983141983150983156 983145983150 983155983139983144983151983151983148Objectives By the end of this session the participants will be able to

bull Identify roles of PTCSMC in school

bull How to mobilize communityPTC in the school affairsbull What are their role in food distribution teaching material distribution and

monitoring

Time Allocation

What PTC and SMCs can do for the schools

Activity-1 Need and response 40

Activity-2 ways of communication with community- School

improvement booklet and awareness raising message

10

Conclusion 05 minutes

Total 55 minutes

Materials required

IntroductionFacilitator will introduce community participation in education Community and parents

are best resources to be utilized In Pakistan SMCs PTCs representingcommunityparents have been initiated to assist the school

61 983105983139983156983145983158983145983156983161 1 983118983141983141983140983155 983137983150983140 983122983141983155983152983151983150983155983141983155

Divide the participants into small groups (3-4) Ask participants to open their workbooks

and list in the first column the 5 pressing needs of their schools Then the second columnthey should list one point for each need where SMCPTCs can assist The groups have 20

minutes for this exercise

Needs Assistance

Children not attending schools PTAsSMCs can advocate in the

community and support families to sendtheir children to school through provision of

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3040

scholarships especially their girl children

Distribution of food and teaching

learning materials

PTC and SMC can monitor of the fair distribution

Activity-4

The community is part of the class room atmosphere and school physical environmentHead teacher needs to build a good relationship with the community Know the

community develop co-operation communicate with them There are many ways of

connecting with the community as mentioned below

62 983127983137983161983155 983151983142 983149983137983147983145983150983143 983148983145983150983147983137983143983141983155 983159983145983156983144 983107983151983149983149983157983150983145983156983161983120983137983154983141983150983156983155

Some suggested ideas for information sharing below

letters Events like School Day parents day PTCSMCs and teachers meetings

community projects clean ups information promotions (heath and sanitation) the school as a centre for community activities and adult classes sharing School Improvement Booklet-awareness raising materials

7 9831239831419831559831559831459831519831509830857 983105983139983156983145983151983150983085983120983148983137983150

ObjectivesBy the end of this session the participants will be able to

bull Develop Action Plans to address the following School Improvement Indicatorso School attendance and enrollmento Improved School environment

o Health and hygieneo Utilization of teaching and learning resourceso Monitoring and recording wheat and oil rationo Activation of PTCSMC

Present Action plan format 10

Activity-1 design action plans for their schools 50

Activity -2 Presentations 20

Summing up 10

Total 1 30 minutes

Materials required

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3140

o Flip Charto Marker pens

o Action plan format

o School Day Charto Tape

o White Sheets

Introduction

The facilitator will share format of Action Plan to the participants Clearly explain how to

go about it Then ask the participants individually develop Action plan that will beimplemented in their schools The participants will also be informed that on the bases of

these Action Plans they will be monitored

What How Who When Comments

1 School

health

Providing

clean

water

HT

Teachers

PTCSMC

March 09 Head teacher in

collaboration with

PTCSMC will makesure there is a safe clean

water for students in the

school

2 Students

enrolment

Enrolment

campaignSchool

day

Visithomes

PTCSMC

HT

5t

Apr-09

3 School day

4 SMC

meeting

5 Improve

school

environment

The training participants will fill out this action plan according to their school needs and priority Share these Action Plans to the whole group and encourage others to make notes

from each others work incases they see it relevant to their schools as well

Objectives

By the end of this session the participants will be able too To develop an understanding of how a School Day is celebratedo Plan for their own schools of how they will celebrate the day

Present School Day Plan 10 minutes

Activity-1 Discuss in small groups how the day will be

celebrate

20 minutes

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3240

Make plans when the day will be celebrated at their school 30 minutes

Total 60 minutes

Materials required

o Flip Chart

o Marker pens

o School Day Chart

o Tapeo White Sheets

School DayA lsquoSchool Dayrsquo is the day in the GOP-WFP-UNESCO project when parents teachers and projectofficials meet in the school premises to discuss ways to improve the school Several factorscontribute to school improvement School attendance and enrollment Retention of studentsSchool environment Health and hygiene of students Utilization of teaching and learning

materials PTACommunity involvement Nutrition and diet and use of oil and wheat rations Ona School Day the head teacher with the help of Social Mobilizer of the implementing partner willdiscuss the school improvement factors with the parents and children of the school

ActivitiesThe following activities are suggested to make the day useful and attractive to the children

parents and community members

Activity 1 Preparation of activities of the day

Send invitation to all parents at least a week before the ldquoSchool Dayrdquo through children verballyand also in writing (hand written notes would suffice) and also spread the message by word-of-mouth At least two days before the program send a reminder by writing the message on the

studentsrsquo copy books or paper slips and read it loudly and clearly in the classrooms Make surethat the children have understood the message by asking them to explain And if possible invite

the community members through telephone calls or by sending the school children to spread thenews Advance planning is the key to success

Activity 2 Follow the agenda

SN Activities Time in

Minutes

Registration of the participants

1 Recitation verses from the holy Quran by one of the students 03

2 Naat by a student 05

Celebrate a School Day

Make sure you have

1 All parents children teachers head teacher supervisorADO and the PTASMC PTC are invited

2 A plan is ready for the day

3 Food items (wheat and oil) ready for distribution

4 Key messages and teaching and learning kits are available and are on display

5 Students prepared to show their talents to their parents and to the community members

6 Successes and areas needing improvements for discussion with parents and community

7 Constituted a committee for organization of the School Day

8 Informed the students that they should come neat and clean and in school uniform

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3340

Notes for the Head Teacher Use the day to celebrate to celebrate the schoolsrsquo achievements Open the school gates for parents community members and social workers of the villag

Involve everybody in the sessions and avoid a lot of talking (Sweeten the small stuff) Give children space to speak about their successes and problems at the school

If you have more than one teacher involve them in planning of the day Ask teachers to facilitate group discussions without dominating the discussion If teachers

are not available ask some literate volunteers from the village or NGO representatives if

available to help Decorate the school with childrenrsquos work and readymade displays and locally available

flowers and plants You have some of the resources available in your teaching andlearning kit

Have a positive focus Do not talk with parents about what their children can not dorather talk about what the children can do

Explore use of local resources

Take ideas from School Improvement Booklet (SIB) for the event Appreciate studentsrsquo successes and achievements with some rewards if possible Pray for every ones success and those who have helped in providing an opportunity to

celebrate the day pray for the country and the people for their good health wealth peaceand prosperity and thank everyone for their participation

Actively follow up on the implementation of School Improvement Plan prepared on theSchool Day

3 Welcome address by PTAPTCSMC representative 10

4 Introduction of the day by the Head teacher 20

5 Poem song or some creative item from the students 20

6 Discussion on the key messages (what does the messages mean how it will be disseminated

in the village How to achieve it)

40

7 Discussion on the topics (use group work) followed by whole group open discussion

School attendance and enrollment School environment Health and hygiene Utilization ofTeaching and Learning materials PTACommunity Involvement Nutrition and diet and

Use of oil and wheat rations (please involve some representative students as well)

40

8 Develop a School Development Plan (SDP ) while using the following pattern

40

Issues1 How it will be

resolved

Who will be

responsible

Resources

required

Source of

funding

Time (By

When)

Note Please use short term and quickly doable plans like reducing absenteeism by students and teachers cleaningthe school planning trees (use School Improvement Book for more ideas)

9 Conclude the day by stating the background and the purpose of food and educational

incentives and by asking the parents and children to take their food ration and remind them

about the key messages As a concluding activity invite the parents and the community

members to visit the classrooms and ask the students to explain to them their creative work

10

Activity 3 Documentation and Reporting

Document the proceedings of the day and develop a short report for Project Implementation Unit

ADO circle or talka

1 For example student attendance has declined in the past two months

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3440

Course Evaluation

Note Please take a few minutes to complete the form and return to the facilitator

1 List out what have you learnt from this training

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

----------------------------------------------------------

2 What did you like from the training

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------

3 What particular learning will you implement How

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------

4 What are the suggestions to improve the training

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------

5 How do you rate the facilitator knowledge skills and attitude

Knowledge 1------2--------3--------4--------5

Skills 1------2--------3--------4--------5

Attitude 1------2--------3--------4--------5

Note 1 is the lowest and 5 is highest rate Please circle the number that you think

the facilitator has performed

6 Over all comments about the training

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3540

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3640

Reading Materials

Facilitator Child Rights Our Educational Responsibilities

All Education programmes must be based on the understanding of the Convention on

the Rights of a Child When training is based on these values then the child will be thecentre of all topics presented The teachers job is to provide opportunities theatmosphere and environment so the rights of the child are met in the place they willspend much of their waking hours The main educational rights involve in schools arebased from rights number 13 17 28 29 and 31

Important Rights to note childrens right to leisure and play childrens need for space to develop the need to take childrens opinions into account the need to involve children in the learning process

the need for policies and training to be in the best interest of the child the need for learning to be life skills relevant local roots and global connections the importance of a change in attitude towards facilitating learning

The following needs to be in place so it can happen in Child Friendly SchoolsUniversal AccessReference to the many million children still deprived of education many of whom aregirls many of whom finish primary school lacking essential knowledge skills attitudesand values

Role of Parents Teachers and Community

awareness of the role of teachers and trainers being imperative in realising the ideaof childrens rights basing training on interpreting the Convention on the Rights of the Child and

putting it into real practice having all the skills necessary to encourage and assist all in the learning process realising that learning is not just about the facts but learning how to access and

process information so it is beneficial and relevant supporting and rewarding trainers and teachers ensuring that parents are given a key responsibility in forming constructive

relationships with teachers and schools for learning and training requirement fortheir children

Equal Opportunities an understanding of non-discrimination against girls special needs learning

difficulties children who are nomadic indigenous immigrant or are a linguisticminority

a realisation that every child has unique characteristics interests abilities needs

The Appropriate Quality Education Content

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3740

training of teachers and school learning being relevant to the child now and for thefuture

training sessions and consequently classroom and schools helping to developpersonalities talents mental and physical abilities to their fullest potential

Cultural roots and Global Values

the need to include respect for human rights in our learning environments an awareness of combination of learning to respect ones own nation and culture and

the culture of others the need to encourage tolerance and harmony for a better understanding of

minorities indigenous peoples refugees immigrants and gender equality

New Methods of Learning an agreement that learning is a combination of critical thinking and having fun that

passive listening and rote memorisation are less valuable than application andprocess to enhance understanding

the need for training workshops and classrooms to be participant friendly allowing for curiosity time to question receive answers to argue debate test andmake mistakes to create be spontaneous to be recognised and respected

Mutual Respect reflecting in training and inner life of a school the education message of vision

values human rights tolerance respecting dignity encouraging problem-solving skills allowing teachers to help children develop tools

for peaceful conflict resolution in all new learning situations the need to feel safe secure and totally trust our

teachersStudent Participation Opportunities for learners to express their points of view encouraging learners to

take personal responsibility for their studies Having a system of sharing responsibilities sharing ideas regular feedback and

learning evaluation Knowing that a good school and a good training workshop both promote total

participation and is a model of fairness for all

Child Rights and our Primary Health Care Responsibilities

The Child Health Rights directly concerning the teacher and the school must also beconsidered as the school can play a vital role in ensuring they are addressed Thefollowing particularly relate to articles 19 23 24 29 and 31

educational policies in schools and classrooms must be in place to protect childrenfrom all forms of physical punishment mental violence injury abuse neglect ormaltreatment

that an effort be made to include mentally and physically disabled children in theschool and classroom programmes so they can enjoy a full and decent life whichpromotes dignity self reliance and participation in the school and community

that schools may assist in facilitating a child in health rehabilitation

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3840

to ensure basic medical assistance is given in school for first aid and thedevelopment of primary health care awareness

keeping health records and observing nutritional state of individual children providing clean water in schools to ensure the educational programmes support mental and physical development

a child has an opportunity at school to rest and leisure and playIn Pakistan there is higher infant mortality lower immunisation lower literacy rateslower school enrolment lower access to safe water and more severely underweightchildren Primary health care is vital on the long list of human development needs Allchildren have the right to the best health care that is availableThis area is of concern to all involved in teaching as the child entering the school cantake advantage of all the opportunities if they are healthy and well cared for in pre-school environments and homesSchools also must ensure their primary role in health care so children can carry thelearning to other parts of the community The two concerns involve preventive orcurative methods

Ignorance polluted surroundings negligence in food care washing facilities animalsclose to living areas unsafe drinking water sanitation living surroundings seasonaldiseases communicable diseases personal hygiene girl children and their health andcommunicable diseases are all areas of concern The population growth rate isincreasing and many are deprived of basic Primary Health Care

When the population rate is more than the resources the situation can be extremelydifficult and expensive to remedy

In classroom and at schools areas of health can be addressed throughout the primaryyears so information is clearly disseminated with the help of the children Awareness of

healthy habits helps children build their self-esteem and learning to value your-self is animportant aspect of primary health care

The value of children learning aspects of Primary Health Care

they are very good and quick learners they share with others whatever they learn the learning in childhood is long lasting the teachers instructions or words are important words for a child children experience that is they do practical work and learn more school is the place where a childrsquos thought is effected for a practical life

Teachers and Community Role

recording weight height and skin colour observing health changes carefully observing and noting abnormalities and informing the parents having positive discussions with parents joyful learning lessons on primary health care making a health class and playground environment ensuring there is safe water in the school

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3940

ensuring there are adequate male and female toilet facilities in the schools having regular health chart challenges

Primary Health Care having healthy well nourished children learning in a healthyhygienic environment with clean safe water clean safe surroundings clean safepersonal habits clean safe food preparation Classroom Climate caring for the

emotional and physical well-being of children

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 4040

Appendix-A

Ref Right of children in Islam What the teacher can do

Al Hadith In accordance with Islamic preceptldquochildrenrdquo means both male andfemaleldquoAcquisition of knowledge is obligatory

for all true believersrdquo

Ensure that both boys and girls haveaccess to schoolIf there is a mixed class of boys andgirls the girls should have as much

attention as the boys

Right to be brought up properlylooked after and provided for andeducated

The teacher is in loco parentis (in the place of the parents) and has theresponsibility to provide the same careas the parents

Al Quran666

Right to religious moral ethicalguidance provided with an

understanding of right and wrong

The teacher needs to know andunderstand the teachings of Islam so

as to provide the child with a good

education without bias and with agood ethical foundation

Al Quran5251

Children are given in trust to their parents ndash who will be held

accountableldquoEveryone of you is a caretaker andeveryone of you is answerable for hissubjectsrdquo

As teachers are in the place of parents ndash they too may be held accountable

Abu BakrRAA

Justice and equality Inequality isinjustice (forbidden in Islam)ldquoHe dieth not who takes to learning totreat children affectionately and to kiss

them are charitable actsrdquo

The teacher must be very sure that the treatmentof all children is equal and fair no favoritismno bias against certain children for whateverreason

This is especially important with regard to thosechildren who have been left as orphans ordisabled either as a result of the earthquake orfor any other reason

Al Hadith ldquoIt is a childrsquos right that his fathershould teach him how to read write

helliprdquo

Teachers have a responsibility to be professional in their teaching and also

to help parents and the community tounderstand their obligations about sending all

their children to school

Abu Daud ldquoWhoever has a girl under hisguardianshiphellip[and does not] treat herwith contempt nor gives preference to

his sons over her Allah will admit himto paradiserdquo

Teachers have an obligation to treatgirls equally and without bias and tohelp the parents and community to

understand their obligations in termsof helping girls to have an education

Page 23: Head Teachers Training Manual.pdf

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2340

DAY-II

4 9831239831419831559831559831459831519831509830854 983120983154983151983149983151983156983145983151983150 983151983142 983112983141983137983148983156983144 983137983150983140 983112983161983143983145983141983150983141 983109983140983157983139983137983156983145983151983150

Objectives By the end of the session the participants will be able to

bull Acquire knowledge on principals of hygiene and healthy practices

bull Identify potentially harmful situations in schools regard to health

bull Devise strategies to promote health and hygiene in schools

Time Allocation

Activity 1 Principle of hygiene and healthy practices 10 minutes

Activity 2 Strategies to teach hygiene 20 minutes

Activity 3 Prevention and minimization of diseasesAction-Plans for school health

20 minutes

Conclusion 05 minutes

Total 55 minutes

Materials required

o Flip chart papero marker pens

o tapeo Workbook for each of the

participants

41 983113983150983156983154983151983140983157983139983156983145983151983150 983120983154983145983150983139983145983152983137983148 983151983142 983112983161983143983145983141983150983141

In this session we will look at some physical health issues that occur because of thecondition under which people have to live while they rebuild their lives The WHO

defines health as a state of complete physical mental and social wellbeing and not merely

the absence of disease or infirmity Hygiene is defined as the principles and laws

governing the preservation of health and their practical application practice conducive togood health it may refer to keeping clean in order to prevent diseases and maintain health

Activity 1 Principles of hygiene [10 minutes]

The participants individually should think of five principles of hygiene (healthy life)keeping the current situation of children in the primary schools

1 Wash hands with soap after using toilet and before eat meal2 Daily bath

3 Do not spit cover nose suppression

4 Use purified and boiled water keep water covered

5 Wash fruit before eating fruit

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2440

After the participants listed the principle of hygiene the facilitator will write the

definitions of health and hygiene on flip charts and explain it to the participants

42 983123983156983154983137983156983141983143983145983141983155 983156983151 983156983141983137983139983144 983144983161983143983145983141983150983141

Activity 2In your small groups pick the five principles that are most common to the group and

develop teaching strategies to help students understand the need for these principles

Principles Teaching strategies

1 Wash hands

2---------------

3---------------

4---------------5---------------

Demonstration of hand washing with soap

------------------------------------------------------------------

------------------------------------------------------------------

Allow 15 minutes for this exerciseBring the groups back to plenary and put up the flip charts on the walls Ask people to

move around the room and read all the sheets Encourage people note down if any

strategies they like

Allow 5 minutes for questions and discussion

43 983120983154983141983158983141983150983156983145983151983150 983137983150983140 983149983145983150983145983149983145983162983137983156983145983151983150Activity-3Explain to the participants that while regular hygiene activities are necessary there are

specific diseases that my be spread more easily in situations of temporary shelter

contaminated water insufficient water and the other conditions under which people arestill living Ask the group to find one person with whom they would like to work Explain

that this activity will be completed as pair work However each person should fill in the

table in their workbook

Common

Health Proble

Risk condition Prevention minimization

intervention

Diarrhea

cholera

dysentery

Poor sanitation inadequate

water condition poor

personal hygiene

Sanitation facilities Water

purification Personal hygiene ORS

(treatment only) Effectivesurveillance systems to prevent or

minimize disease outbreaks

Malaria and

other vector

Standing uncovered water

increasing the risk of

Health education raising awareness

about the risks of standing water

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2540

borne diseases(eg typhoid)

mosquitoes breedingCongested living conditions

increasing the possibility of

infection

Exposure to areas where

disease-transmittingorganism are more common

Increased population density promoting mosquito bites

use of mosquito nets understandingof symptoms of the disease etc

Advocates for measures for vector

control spraying for example

Effective surveillance systems by

health authorities

Respiratorytract

infections

(includingPneumonia)

Inadequate shelterPoor health care services

Overcrowding

Lack of food malnutritionRainy season

Improved shelter (especially fromwind but ensuring ventilation) Dry

clothes when wet

Use of antibiotics with doctorrsquosConsultation

Water borneDiseases

Contaminated water (garbagein

water source urinecontamination ndash animal orhuman)

Inadequately treated drinking

water (un-boiled orinsufficiently

boiled) Poor hygienic

conditions in

Shelters

Boil water for cooking washing anddrinking where possible Use water

purification tablets where possibleCare of immediate environmentin terms of covering water getting

rid of standing water ensuring that

clothes and bedding are well-aired Use of

antibiotics under medical

supervision

SkinInfections

Inadequate hygienePoor hygienic conditions in

Shelters

Regular washing with soap andwater

Thorough drying of skin Eliminationof vermin from the environment

Medication where necessary undermedical supervision

Tetanus Open wounds (due to

trauma)

Poor hygiene

Clean wounds (antiseptic if

available or soap and water) Cover

wounds with clean cloth orDressings Seek medical helpimmediately

Animal

transmitted

diseases

Unhygienic slaughtering

Contact with infected

animals dueto lack of veterinary control

Increased rate of diseases in

Animals

Ensuring that animals are

slaughtered according to Islamic law

(meat is halaal) Use of antibioticsunder medical supervision

When the participants have completed the exercise ask for one or two examples that are

particularly relevant and possible to accomplish While the pairs are working movearound the room so that you can see any really good examples to discuss in plenary Now

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2640

ask the participants to develop Health Action Plans for their school An example is shown

below

45 983105983139983156983145983151983150983085983120983148983137983150983085 983123983139983144983151983151983148 983112983141983137983148983156983144 983137983150983140 983112983161983143983145983141983150983141 983120983154983151983143983154983137983149983149983141

Health problems Interventions

What Who How When

Diarrhea cholera

dysentery

Water Teachers

andStudents

Clean water

Malaria Cleanenvironment

All Dustbins

ConclusionBasic health and hygiene are more difficult in situations of disaster and lack of

infrastructure in place In situations like NWFP Balochistan and Sindh (natural and man

made disaster at peak) it is important to reinforce the basic principles as people who areunder stress often neglect these basics and so children may not learn appropriately

5 9831239831419831559831559831459831519831509830855 983119983158983141983154983158983145983141983159 983151983142 983156983144983141 983142983151983151983140 983139983154983145983155983141983155 983137983150983140 983152983157983154983152983151983155983141 983151983142

983142983151983151983140 983140983145983155983156983154983145983138983157983156983145983151983150

Objectives By the end of this session the participants will be able to

bull Discuss the recent food crises and its impact on common people particularly onchildren

bull Purpose of food distribution to schools and what are the indirect impacts on childeducation

Time Allocation

Activity 1 discuss the recent food crises and high prices issue 10 minutes

Activity 2 purpose of food distribution to schools and its impact onchild education

20 minutes

Activity 3 food distribution project 20 minutes

Conclusion 05 minutes

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2740

Total 55 minutes

11 Materials required

o Flip chart paper

o marker penso tape

o workbook for each of the

participantso leaflets of food distribution

programme

IntroductionIntroduce the WFP-UNESCO in partnership with the Government of Pakistan has

initiated school feeding programme to mitigate short term hunger When children come

for school with empty stomach (without breakfast) they are less likely to concentrate and

engage in learning activities This programme can temporarily bridge food gapes infamilies and can be helpful in refocusing studentrsquos attention to the lessons This can also

be an incentive to increase the enrolment attendance and decrease dropout It is alsoassumed that this programme may increase the education quality improvement from

school to district level

Activity- 1

Facilitator will explain the following agendas of Food for Education The followingcatchphrase of school feeding programme will be written on flip chart and discussed

thoroughly

bull School feeding can decrease short-term hunger thereby increasing learningcapacity

bull School feeding and take home ration can improve school enrollment andattendance and decrease drop-out

bull Food assistance can encourage community participation in education

bull Involvement of district government education department can act as a lever for

school quality improvement

bull School feeding can improve nutritional status and hence improve school performance

bull School feeding and Take home ration are education intervention

Activity-2

The participants will discuss in groups and workout the grid mentioned below The participants will be encouraged to think on the activities that school can perform to

enhance school feeding programme specific objectives

Objectives and activities for school feeding programme

Objectives Activities

WFPUNESCO What school Can do

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2840

Increase enrollmentattendance retention and

completion

School ration (wheat and oil) Parents outreach

Enhance learning

environment

Provision of teaching and

learning materials

Enhance teachers quality Teachers complete a two-dayHead Teachersrsquo training

receive

Enhance learning capacity Provision of teaching and

learning kit

Increase community

participation

school food distribution

managed by parent IEC

campaign PTC training

Improve support to schools Management of ToT training

for head teachers

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2940

o Flip chart papero Marker penso Tape for sticking papers to the wallso Workbook for each participant

6 9831239831419831559831559831459831519831509830856 983107983151983149983149983157983150983145983156983161 983137983150983140 983120983137983154983141983150983156983155 983141983150983143983137983143983141983149983141983150983156 983145983150 983155983139983144983151983151983148Objectives By the end of this session the participants will be able to

bull Identify roles of PTCSMC in school

bull How to mobilize communityPTC in the school affairsbull What are their role in food distribution teaching material distribution and

monitoring

Time Allocation

What PTC and SMCs can do for the schools

Activity-1 Need and response 40

Activity-2 ways of communication with community- School

improvement booklet and awareness raising message

10

Conclusion 05 minutes

Total 55 minutes

Materials required

IntroductionFacilitator will introduce community participation in education Community and parents

are best resources to be utilized In Pakistan SMCs PTCs representingcommunityparents have been initiated to assist the school

61 983105983139983156983145983158983145983156983161 1 983118983141983141983140983155 983137983150983140 983122983141983155983152983151983150983155983141983155

Divide the participants into small groups (3-4) Ask participants to open their workbooks

and list in the first column the 5 pressing needs of their schools Then the second columnthey should list one point for each need where SMCPTCs can assist The groups have 20

minutes for this exercise

Needs Assistance

Children not attending schools PTAsSMCs can advocate in the

community and support families to sendtheir children to school through provision of

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3040

scholarships especially their girl children

Distribution of food and teaching

learning materials

PTC and SMC can monitor of the fair distribution

Activity-4

The community is part of the class room atmosphere and school physical environmentHead teacher needs to build a good relationship with the community Know the

community develop co-operation communicate with them There are many ways of

connecting with the community as mentioned below

62 983127983137983161983155 983151983142 983149983137983147983145983150983143 983148983145983150983147983137983143983141983155 983159983145983156983144 983107983151983149983149983157983150983145983156983161983120983137983154983141983150983156983155

Some suggested ideas for information sharing below

letters Events like School Day parents day PTCSMCs and teachers meetings

community projects clean ups information promotions (heath and sanitation) the school as a centre for community activities and adult classes sharing School Improvement Booklet-awareness raising materials

7 9831239831419831559831559831459831519831509830857 983105983139983156983145983151983150983085983120983148983137983150

ObjectivesBy the end of this session the participants will be able to

bull Develop Action Plans to address the following School Improvement Indicatorso School attendance and enrollmento Improved School environment

o Health and hygieneo Utilization of teaching and learning resourceso Monitoring and recording wheat and oil rationo Activation of PTCSMC

Present Action plan format 10

Activity-1 design action plans for their schools 50

Activity -2 Presentations 20

Summing up 10

Total 1 30 minutes

Materials required

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3140

o Flip Charto Marker pens

o Action plan format

o School Day Charto Tape

o White Sheets

Introduction

The facilitator will share format of Action Plan to the participants Clearly explain how to

go about it Then ask the participants individually develop Action plan that will beimplemented in their schools The participants will also be informed that on the bases of

these Action Plans they will be monitored

What How Who When Comments

1 School

health

Providing

clean

water

HT

Teachers

PTCSMC

March 09 Head teacher in

collaboration with

PTCSMC will makesure there is a safe clean

water for students in the

school

2 Students

enrolment

Enrolment

campaignSchool

day

Visithomes

PTCSMC

HT

5t

Apr-09

3 School day

4 SMC

meeting

5 Improve

school

environment

The training participants will fill out this action plan according to their school needs and priority Share these Action Plans to the whole group and encourage others to make notes

from each others work incases they see it relevant to their schools as well

Objectives

By the end of this session the participants will be able too To develop an understanding of how a School Day is celebratedo Plan for their own schools of how they will celebrate the day

Present School Day Plan 10 minutes

Activity-1 Discuss in small groups how the day will be

celebrate

20 minutes

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3240

Make plans when the day will be celebrated at their school 30 minutes

Total 60 minutes

Materials required

o Flip Chart

o Marker pens

o School Day Chart

o Tapeo White Sheets

School DayA lsquoSchool Dayrsquo is the day in the GOP-WFP-UNESCO project when parents teachers and projectofficials meet in the school premises to discuss ways to improve the school Several factorscontribute to school improvement School attendance and enrollment Retention of studentsSchool environment Health and hygiene of students Utilization of teaching and learning

materials PTACommunity involvement Nutrition and diet and use of oil and wheat rations Ona School Day the head teacher with the help of Social Mobilizer of the implementing partner willdiscuss the school improvement factors with the parents and children of the school

ActivitiesThe following activities are suggested to make the day useful and attractive to the children

parents and community members

Activity 1 Preparation of activities of the day

Send invitation to all parents at least a week before the ldquoSchool Dayrdquo through children verballyand also in writing (hand written notes would suffice) and also spread the message by word-of-mouth At least two days before the program send a reminder by writing the message on the

studentsrsquo copy books or paper slips and read it loudly and clearly in the classrooms Make surethat the children have understood the message by asking them to explain And if possible invite

the community members through telephone calls or by sending the school children to spread thenews Advance planning is the key to success

Activity 2 Follow the agenda

SN Activities Time in

Minutes

Registration of the participants

1 Recitation verses from the holy Quran by one of the students 03

2 Naat by a student 05

Celebrate a School Day

Make sure you have

1 All parents children teachers head teacher supervisorADO and the PTASMC PTC are invited

2 A plan is ready for the day

3 Food items (wheat and oil) ready for distribution

4 Key messages and teaching and learning kits are available and are on display

5 Students prepared to show their talents to their parents and to the community members

6 Successes and areas needing improvements for discussion with parents and community

7 Constituted a committee for organization of the School Day

8 Informed the students that they should come neat and clean and in school uniform

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3340

Notes for the Head Teacher Use the day to celebrate to celebrate the schoolsrsquo achievements Open the school gates for parents community members and social workers of the villag

Involve everybody in the sessions and avoid a lot of talking (Sweeten the small stuff) Give children space to speak about their successes and problems at the school

If you have more than one teacher involve them in planning of the day Ask teachers to facilitate group discussions without dominating the discussion If teachers

are not available ask some literate volunteers from the village or NGO representatives if

available to help Decorate the school with childrenrsquos work and readymade displays and locally available

flowers and plants You have some of the resources available in your teaching andlearning kit

Have a positive focus Do not talk with parents about what their children can not dorather talk about what the children can do

Explore use of local resources

Take ideas from School Improvement Booklet (SIB) for the event Appreciate studentsrsquo successes and achievements with some rewards if possible Pray for every ones success and those who have helped in providing an opportunity to

celebrate the day pray for the country and the people for their good health wealth peaceand prosperity and thank everyone for their participation

Actively follow up on the implementation of School Improvement Plan prepared on theSchool Day

3 Welcome address by PTAPTCSMC representative 10

4 Introduction of the day by the Head teacher 20

5 Poem song or some creative item from the students 20

6 Discussion on the key messages (what does the messages mean how it will be disseminated

in the village How to achieve it)

40

7 Discussion on the topics (use group work) followed by whole group open discussion

School attendance and enrollment School environment Health and hygiene Utilization ofTeaching and Learning materials PTACommunity Involvement Nutrition and diet and

Use of oil and wheat rations (please involve some representative students as well)

40

8 Develop a School Development Plan (SDP ) while using the following pattern

40

Issues1 How it will be

resolved

Who will be

responsible

Resources

required

Source of

funding

Time (By

When)

Note Please use short term and quickly doable plans like reducing absenteeism by students and teachers cleaningthe school planning trees (use School Improvement Book for more ideas)

9 Conclude the day by stating the background and the purpose of food and educational

incentives and by asking the parents and children to take their food ration and remind them

about the key messages As a concluding activity invite the parents and the community

members to visit the classrooms and ask the students to explain to them their creative work

10

Activity 3 Documentation and Reporting

Document the proceedings of the day and develop a short report for Project Implementation Unit

ADO circle or talka

1 For example student attendance has declined in the past two months

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3440

Course Evaluation

Note Please take a few minutes to complete the form and return to the facilitator

1 List out what have you learnt from this training

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

----------------------------------------------------------

2 What did you like from the training

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------

3 What particular learning will you implement How

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------

4 What are the suggestions to improve the training

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------

5 How do you rate the facilitator knowledge skills and attitude

Knowledge 1------2--------3--------4--------5

Skills 1------2--------3--------4--------5

Attitude 1------2--------3--------4--------5

Note 1 is the lowest and 5 is highest rate Please circle the number that you think

the facilitator has performed

6 Over all comments about the training

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3540

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3640

Reading Materials

Facilitator Child Rights Our Educational Responsibilities

All Education programmes must be based on the understanding of the Convention on

the Rights of a Child When training is based on these values then the child will be thecentre of all topics presented The teachers job is to provide opportunities theatmosphere and environment so the rights of the child are met in the place they willspend much of their waking hours The main educational rights involve in schools arebased from rights number 13 17 28 29 and 31

Important Rights to note childrens right to leisure and play childrens need for space to develop the need to take childrens opinions into account the need to involve children in the learning process

the need for policies and training to be in the best interest of the child the need for learning to be life skills relevant local roots and global connections the importance of a change in attitude towards facilitating learning

The following needs to be in place so it can happen in Child Friendly SchoolsUniversal AccessReference to the many million children still deprived of education many of whom aregirls many of whom finish primary school lacking essential knowledge skills attitudesand values

Role of Parents Teachers and Community

awareness of the role of teachers and trainers being imperative in realising the ideaof childrens rights basing training on interpreting the Convention on the Rights of the Child and

putting it into real practice having all the skills necessary to encourage and assist all in the learning process realising that learning is not just about the facts but learning how to access and

process information so it is beneficial and relevant supporting and rewarding trainers and teachers ensuring that parents are given a key responsibility in forming constructive

relationships with teachers and schools for learning and training requirement fortheir children

Equal Opportunities an understanding of non-discrimination against girls special needs learning

difficulties children who are nomadic indigenous immigrant or are a linguisticminority

a realisation that every child has unique characteristics interests abilities needs

The Appropriate Quality Education Content

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3740

training of teachers and school learning being relevant to the child now and for thefuture

training sessions and consequently classroom and schools helping to developpersonalities talents mental and physical abilities to their fullest potential

Cultural roots and Global Values

the need to include respect for human rights in our learning environments an awareness of combination of learning to respect ones own nation and culture and

the culture of others the need to encourage tolerance and harmony for a better understanding of

minorities indigenous peoples refugees immigrants and gender equality

New Methods of Learning an agreement that learning is a combination of critical thinking and having fun that

passive listening and rote memorisation are less valuable than application andprocess to enhance understanding

the need for training workshops and classrooms to be participant friendly allowing for curiosity time to question receive answers to argue debate test andmake mistakes to create be spontaneous to be recognised and respected

Mutual Respect reflecting in training and inner life of a school the education message of vision

values human rights tolerance respecting dignity encouraging problem-solving skills allowing teachers to help children develop tools

for peaceful conflict resolution in all new learning situations the need to feel safe secure and totally trust our

teachersStudent Participation Opportunities for learners to express their points of view encouraging learners to

take personal responsibility for their studies Having a system of sharing responsibilities sharing ideas regular feedback and

learning evaluation Knowing that a good school and a good training workshop both promote total

participation and is a model of fairness for all

Child Rights and our Primary Health Care Responsibilities

The Child Health Rights directly concerning the teacher and the school must also beconsidered as the school can play a vital role in ensuring they are addressed Thefollowing particularly relate to articles 19 23 24 29 and 31

educational policies in schools and classrooms must be in place to protect childrenfrom all forms of physical punishment mental violence injury abuse neglect ormaltreatment

that an effort be made to include mentally and physically disabled children in theschool and classroom programmes so they can enjoy a full and decent life whichpromotes dignity self reliance and participation in the school and community

that schools may assist in facilitating a child in health rehabilitation

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3840

to ensure basic medical assistance is given in school for first aid and thedevelopment of primary health care awareness

keeping health records and observing nutritional state of individual children providing clean water in schools to ensure the educational programmes support mental and physical development

a child has an opportunity at school to rest and leisure and playIn Pakistan there is higher infant mortality lower immunisation lower literacy rateslower school enrolment lower access to safe water and more severely underweightchildren Primary health care is vital on the long list of human development needs Allchildren have the right to the best health care that is availableThis area is of concern to all involved in teaching as the child entering the school cantake advantage of all the opportunities if they are healthy and well cared for in pre-school environments and homesSchools also must ensure their primary role in health care so children can carry thelearning to other parts of the community The two concerns involve preventive orcurative methods

Ignorance polluted surroundings negligence in food care washing facilities animalsclose to living areas unsafe drinking water sanitation living surroundings seasonaldiseases communicable diseases personal hygiene girl children and their health andcommunicable diseases are all areas of concern The population growth rate isincreasing and many are deprived of basic Primary Health Care

When the population rate is more than the resources the situation can be extremelydifficult and expensive to remedy

In classroom and at schools areas of health can be addressed throughout the primaryyears so information is clearly disseminated with the help of the children Awareness of

healthy habits helps children build their self-esteem and learning to value your-self is animportant aspect of primary health care

The value of children learning aspects of Primary Health Care

they are very good and quick learners they share with others whatever they learn the learning in childhood is long lasting the teachers instructions or words are important words for a child children experience that is they do practical work and learn more school is the place where a childrsquos thought is effected for a practical life

Teachers and Community Role

recording weight height and skin colour observing health changes carefully observing and noting abnormalities and informing the parents having positive discussions with parents joyful learning lessons on primary health care making a health class and playground environment ensuring there is safe water in the school

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3940

ensuring there are adequate male and female toilet facilities in the schools having regular health chart challenges

Primary Health Care having healthy well nourished children learning in a healthyhygienic environment with clean safe water clean safe surroundings clean safepersonal habits clean safe food preparation Classroom Climate caring for the

emotional and physical well-being of children

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 4040

Appendix-A

Ref Right of children in Islam What the teacher can do

Al Hadith In accordance with Islamic preceptldquochildrenrdquo means both male andfemaleldquoAcquisition of knowledge is obligatory

for all true believersrdquo

Ensure that both boys and girls haveaccess to schoolIf there is a mixed class of boys andgirls the girls should have as much

attention as the boys

Right to be brought up properlylooked after and provided for andeducated

The teacher is in loco parentis (in the place of the parents) and has theresponsibility to provide the same careas the parents

Al Quran666

Right to religious moral ethicalguidance provided with an

understanding of right and wrong

The teacher needs to know andunderstand the teachings of Islam so

as to provide the child with a good

education without bias and with agood ethical foundation

Al Quran5251

Children are given in trust to their parents ndash who will be held

accountableldquoEveryone of you is a caretaker andeveryone of you is answerable for hissubjectsrdquo

As teachers are in the place of parents ndash they too may be held accountable

Abu BakrRAA

Justice and equality Inequality isinjustice (forbidden in Islam)ldquoHe dieth not who takes to learning totreat children affectionately and to kiss

them are charitable actsrdquo

The teacher must be very sure that the treatmentof all children is equal and fair no favoritismno bias against certain children for whateverreason

This is especially important with regard to thosechildren who have been left as orphans ordisabled either as a result of the earthquake orfor any other reason

Al Hadith ldquoIt is a childrsquos right that his fathershould teach him how to read write

helliprdquo

Teachers have a responsibility to be professional in their teaching and also

to help parents and the community tounderstand their obligations about sending all

their children to school

Abu Daud ldquoWhoever has a girl under hisguardianshiphellip[and does not] treat herwith contempt nor gives preference to

his sons over her Allah will admit himto paradiserdquo

Teachers have an obligation to treatgirls equally and without bias and tohelp the parents and community to

understand their obligations in termsof helping girls to have an education

Page 24: Head Teachers Training Manual.pdf

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2440

After the participants listed the principle of hygiene the facilitator will write the

definitions of health and hygiene on flip charts and explain it to the participants

42 983123983156983154983137983156983141983143983145983141983155 983156983151 983156983141983137983139983144 983144983161983143983145983141983150983141

Activity 2In your small groups pick the five principles that are most common to the group and

develop teaching strategies to help students understand the need for these principles

Principles Teaching strategies

1 Wash hands

2---------------

3---------------

4---------------5---------------

Demonstration of hand washing with soap

------------------------------------------------------------------

------------------------------------------------------------------

Allow 15 minutes for this exerciseBring the groups back to plenary and put up the flip charts on the walls Ask people to

move around the room and read all the sheets Encourage people note down if any

strategies they like

Allow 5 minutes for questions and discussion

43 983120983154983141983158983141983150983156983145983151983150 983137983150983140 983149983145983150983145983149983145983162983137983156983145983151983150Activity-3Explain to the participants that while regular hygiene activities are necessary there are

specific diseases that my be spread more easily in situations of temporary shelter

contaminated water insufficient water and the other conditions under which people arestill living Ask the group to find one person with whom they would like to work Explain

that this activity will be completed as pair work However each person should fill in the

table in their workbook

Common

Health Proble

Risk condition Prevention minimization

intervention

Diarrhea

cholera

dysentery

Poor sanitation inadequate

water condition poor

personal hygiene

Sanitation facilities Water

purification Personal hygiene ORS

(treatment only) Effectivesurveillance systems to prevent or

minimize disease outbreaks

Malaria and

other vector

Standing uncovered water

increasing the risk of

Health education raising awareness

about the risks of standing water

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2540

borne diseases(eg typhoid)

mosquitoes breedingCongested living conditions

increasing the possibility of

infection

Exposure to areas where

disease-transmittingorganism are more common

Increased population density promoting mosquito bites

use of mosquito nets understandingof symptoms of the disease etc

Advocates for measures for vector

control spraying for example

Effective surveillance systems by

health authorities

Respiratorytract

infections

(includingPneumonia)

Inadequate shelterPoor health care services

Overcrowding

Lack of food malnutritionRainy season

Improved shelter (especially fromwind but ensuring ventilation) Dry

clothes when wet

Use of antibiotics with doctorrsquosConsultation

Water borneDiseases

Contaminated water (garbagein

water source urinecontamination ndash animal orhuman)

Inadequately treated drinking

water (un-boiled orinsufficiently

boiled) Poor hygienic

conditions in

Shelters

Boil water for cooking washing anddrinking where possible Use water

purification tablets where possibleCare of immediate environmentin terms of covering water getting

rid of standing water ensuring that

clothes and bedding are well-aired Use of

antibiotics under medical

supervision

SkinInfections

Inadequate hygienePoor hygienic conditions in

Shelters

Regular washing with soap andwater

Thorough drying of skin Eliminationof vermin from the environment

Medication where necessary undermedical supervision

Tetanus Open wounds (due to

trauma)

Poor hygiene

Clean wounds (antiseptic if

available or soap and water) Cover

wounds with clean cloth orDressings Seek medical helpimmediately

Animal

transmitted

diseases

Unhygienic slaughtering

Contact with infected

animals dueto lack of veterinary control

Increased rate of diseases in

Animals

Ensuring that animals are

slaughtered according to Islamic law

(meat is halaal) Use of antibioticsunder medical supervision

When the participants have completed the exercise ask for one or two examples that are

particularly relevant and possible to accomplish While the pairs are working movearound the room so that you can see any really good examples to discuss in plenary Now

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2640

ask the participants to develop Health Action Plans for their school An example is shown

below

45 983105983139983156983145983151983150983085983120983148983137983150983085 983123983139983144983151983151983148 983112983141983137983148983156983144 983137983150983140 983112983161983143983145983141983150983141 983120983154983151983143983154983137983149983149983141

Health problems Interventions

What Who How When

Diarrhea cholera

dysentery

Water Teachers

andStudents

Clean water

Malaria Cleanenvironment

All Dustbins

ConclusionBasic health and hygiene are more difficult in situations of disaster and lack of

infrastructure in place In situations like NWFP Balochistan and Sindh (natural and man

made disaster at peak) it is important to reinforce the basic principles as people who areunder stress often neglect these basics and so children may not learn appropriately

5 9831239831419831559831559831459831519831509830855 983119983158983141983154983158983145983141983159 983151983142 983156983144983141 983142983151983151983140 983139983154983145983155983141983155 983137983150983140 983152983157983154983152983151983155983141 983151983142

983142983151983151983140 983140983145983155983156983154983145983138983157983156983145983151983150

Objectives By the end of this session the participants will be able to

bull Discuss the recent food crises and its impact on common people particularly onchildren

bull Purpose of food distribution to schools and what are the indirect impacts on childeducation

Time Allocation

Activity 1 discuss the recent food crises and high prices issue 10 minutes

Activity 2 purpose of food distribution to schools and its impact onchild education

20 minutes

Activity 3 food distribution project 20 minutes

Conclusion 05 minutes

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2740

Total 55 minutes

11 Materials required

o Flip chart paper

o marker penso tape

o workbook for each of the

participantso leaflets of food distribution

programme

IntroductionIntroduce the WFP-UNESCO in partnership with the Government of Pakistan has

initiated school feeding programme to mitigate short term hunger When children come

for school with empty stomach (without breakfast) they are less likely to concentrate and

engage in learning activities This programme can temporarily bridge food gapes infamilies and can be helpful in refocusing studentrsquos attention to the lessons This can also

be an incentive to increase the enrolment attendance and decrease dropout It is alsoassumed that this programme may increase the education quality improvement from

school to district level

Activity- 1

Facilitator will explain the following agendas of Food for Education The followingcatchphrase of school feeding programme will be written on flip chart and discussed

thoroughly

bull School feeding can decrease short-term hunger thereby increasing learningcapacity

bull School feeding and take home ration can improve school enrollment andattendance and decrease drop-out

bull Food assistance can encourage community participation in education

bull Involvement of district government education department can act as a lever for

school quality improvement

bull School feeding can improve nutritional status and hence improve school performance

bull School feeding and Take home ration are education intervention

Activity-2

The participants will discuss in groups and workout the grid mentioned below The participants will be encouraged to think on the activities that school can perform to

enhance school feeding programme specific objectives

Objectives and activities for school feeding programme

Objectives Activities

WFPUNESCO What school Can do

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2840

Increase enrollmentattendance retention and

completion

School ration (wheat and oil) Parents outreach

Enhance learning

environment

Provision of teaching and

learning materials

Enhance teachers quality Teachers complete a two-dayHead Teachersrsquo training

receive

Enhance learning capacity Provision of teaching and

learning kit

Increase community

participation

school food distribution

managed by parent IEC

campaign PTC training

Improve support to schools Management of ToT training

for head teachers

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2940

o Flip chart papero Marker penso Tape for sticking papers to the wallso Workbook for each participant

6 9831239831419831559831559831459831519831509830856 983107983151983149983149983157983150983145983156983161 983137983150983140 983120983137983154983141983150983156983155 983141983150983143983137983143983141983149983141983150983156 983145983150 983155983139983144983151983151983148Objectives By the end of this session the participants will be able to

bull Identify roles of PTCSMC in school

bull How to mobilize communityPTC in the school affairsbull What are their role in food distribution teaching material distribution and

monitoring

Time Allocation

What PTC and SMCs can do for the schools

Activity-1 Need and response 40

Activity-2 ways of communication with community- School

improvement booklet and awareness raising message

10

Conclusion 05 minutes

Total 55 minutes

Materials required

IntroductionFacilitator will introduce community participation in education Community and parents

are best resources to be utilized In Pakistan SMCs PTCs representingcommunityparents have been initiated to assist the school

61 983105983139983156983145983158983145983156983161 1 983118983141983141983140983155 983137983150983140 983122983141983155983152983151983150983155983141983155

Divide the participants into small groups (3-4) Ask participants to open their workbooks

and list in the first column the 5 pressing needs of their schools Then the second columnthey should list one point for each need where SMCPTCs can assist The groups have 20

minutes for this exercise

Needs Assistance

Children not attending schools PTAsSMCs can advocate in the

community and support families to sendtheir children to school through provision of

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3040

scholarships especially their girl children

Distribution of food and teaching

learning materials

PTC and SMC can monitor of the fair distribution

Activity-4

The community is part of the class room atmosphere and school physical environmentHead teacher needs to build a good relationship with the community Know the

community develop co-operation communicate with them There are many ways of

connecting with the community as mentioned below

62 983127983137983161983155 983151983142 983149983137983147983145983150983143 983148983145983150983147983137983143983141983155 983159983145983156983144 983107983151983149983149983157983150983145983156983161983120983137983154983141983150983156983155

Some suggested ideas for information sharing below

letters Events like School Day parents day PTCSMCs and teachers meetings

community projects clean ups information promotions (heath and sanitation) the school as a centre for community activities and adult classes sharing School Improvement Booklet-awareness raising materials

7 9831239831419831559831559831459831519831509830857 983105983139983156983145983151983150983085983120983148983137983150

ObjectivesBy the end of this session the participants will be able to

bull Develop Action Plans to address the following School Improvement Indicatorso School attendance and enrollmento Improved School environment

o Health and hygieneo Utilization of teaching and learning resourceso Monitoring and recording wheat and oil rationo Activation of PTCSMC

Present Action plan format 10

Activity-1 design action plans for their schools 50

Activity -2 Presentations 20

Summing up 10

Total 1 30 minutes

Materials required

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3140

o Flip Charto Marker pens

o Action plan format

o School Day Charto Tape

o White Sheets

Introduction

The facilitator will share format of Action Plan to the participants Clearly explain how to

go about it Then ask the participants individually develop Action plan that will beimplemented in their schools The participants will also be informed that on the bases of

these Action Plans they will be monitored

What How Who When Comments

1 School

health

Providing

clean

water

HT

Teachers

PTCSMC

March 09 Head teacher in

collaboration with

PTCSMC will makesure there is a safe clean

water for students in the

school

2 Students

enrolment

Enrolment

campaignSchool

day

Visithomes

PTCSMC

HT

5t

Apr-09

3 School day

4 SMC

meeting

5 Improve

school

environment

The training participants will fill out this action plan according to their school needs and priority Share these Action Plans to the whole group and encourage others to make notes

from each others work incases they see it relevant to their schools as well

Objectives

By the end of this session the participants will be able too To develop an understanding of how a School Day is celebratedo Plan for their own schools of how they will celebrate the day

Present School Day Plan 10 minutes

Activity-1 Discuss in small groups how the day will be

celebrate

20 minutes

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3240

Make plans when the day will be celebrated at their school 30 minutes

Total 60 minutes

Materials required

o Flip Chart

o Marker pens

o School Day Chart

o Tapeo White Sheets

School DayA lsquoSchool Dayrsquo is the day in the GOP-WFP-UNESCO project when parents teachers and projectofficials meet in the school premises to discuss ways to improve the school Several factorscontribute to school improvement School attendance and enrollment Retention of studentsSchool environment Health and hygiene of students Utilization of teaching and learning

materials PTACommunity involvement Nutrition and diet and use of oil and wheat rations Ona School Day the head teacher with the help of Social Mobilizer of the implementing partner willdiscuss the school improvement factors with the parents and children of the school

ActivitiesThe following activities are suggested to make the day useful and attractive to the children

parents and community members

Activity 1 Preparation of activities of the day

Send invitation to all parents at least a week before the ldquoSchool Dayrdquo through children verballyand also in writing (hand written notes would suffice) and also spread the message by word-of-mouth At least two days before the program send a reminder by writing the message on the

studentsrsquo copy books or paper slips and read it loudly and clearly in the classrooms Make surethat the children have understood the message by asking them to explain And if possible invite

the community members through telephone calls or by sending the school children to spread thenews Advance planning is the key to success

Activity 2 Follow the agenda

SN Activities Time in

Minutes

Registration of the participants

1 Recitation verses from the holy Quran by one of the students 03

2 Naat by a student 05

Celebrate a School Day

Make sure you have

1 All parents children teachers head teacher supervisorADO and the PTASMC PTC are invited

2 A plan is ready for the day

3 Food items (wheat and oil) ready for distribution

4 Key messages and teaching and learning kits are available and are on display

5 Students prepared to show their talents to their parents and to the community members

6 Successes and areas needing improvements for discussion with parents and community

7 Constituted a committee for organization of the School Day

8 Informed the students that they should come neat and clean and in school uniform

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3340

Notes for the Head Teacher Use the day to celebrate to celebrate the schoolsrsquo achievements Open the school gates for parents community members and social workers of the villag

Involve everybody in the sessions and avoid a lot of talking (Sweeten the small stuff) Give children space to speak about their successes and problems at the school

If you have more than one teacher involve them in planning of the day Ask teachers to facilitate group discussions without dominating the discussion If teachers

are not available ask some literate volunteers from the village or NGO representatives if

available to help Decorate the school with childrenrsquos work and readymade displays and locally available

flowers and plants You have some of the resources available in your teaching andlearning kit

Have a positive focus Do not talk with parents about what their children can not dorather talk about what the children can do

Explore use of local resources

Take ideas from School Improvement Booklet (SIB) for the event Appreciate studentsrsquo successes and achievements with some rewards if possible Pray for every ones success and those who have helped in providing an opportunity to

celebrate the day pray for the country and the people for their good health wealth peaceand prosperity and thank everyone for their participation

Actively follow up on the implementation of School Improvement Plan prepared on theSchool Day

3 Welcome address by PTAPTCSMC representative 10

4 Introduction of the day by the Head teacher 20

5 Poem song or some creative item from the students 20

6 Discussion on the key messages (what does the messages mean how it will be disseminated

in the village How to achieve it)

40

7 Discussion on the topics (use group work) followed by whole group open discussion

School attendance and enrollment School environment Health and hygiene Utilization ofTeaching and Learning materials PTACommunity Involvement Nutrition and diet and

Use of oil and wheat rations (please involve some representative students as well)

40

8 Develop a School Development Plan (SDP ) while using the following pattern

40

Issues1 How it will be

resolved

Who will be

responsible

Resources

required

Source of

funding

Time (By

When)

Note Please use short term and quickly doable plans like reducing absenteeism by students and teachers cleaningthe school planning trees (use School Improvement Book for more ideas)

9 Conclude the day by stating the background and the purpose of food and educational

incentives and by asking the parents and children to take their food ration and remind them

about the key messages As a concluding activity invite the parents and the community

members to visit the classrooms and ask the students to explain to them their creative work

10

Activity 3 Documentation and Reporting

Document the proceedings of the day and develop a short report for Project Implementation Unit

ADO circle or talka

1 For example student attendance has declined in the past two months

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3440

Course Evaluation

Note Please take a few minutes to complete the form and return to the facilitator

1 List out what have you learnt from this training

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

----------------------------------------------------------

2 What did you like from the training

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------

3 What particular learning will you implement How

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------

4 What are the suggestions to improve the training

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------

5 How do you rate the facilitator knowledge skills and attitude

Knowledge 1------2--------3--------4--------5

Skills 1------2--------3--------4--------5

Attitude 1------2--------3--------4--------5

Note 1 is the lowest and 5 is highest rate Please circle the number that you think

the facilitator has performed

6 Over all comments about the training

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3540

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3640

Reading Materials

Facilitator Child Rights Our Educational Responsibilities

All Education programmes must be based on the understanding of the Convention on

the Rights of a Child When training is based on these values then the child will be thecentre of all topics presented The teachers job is to provide opportunities theatmosphere and environment so the rights of the child are met in the place they willspend much of their waking hours The main educational rights involve in schools arebased from rights number 13 17 28 29 and 31

Important Rights to note childrens right to leisure and play childrens need for space to develop the need to take childrens opinions into account the need to involve children in the learning process

the need for policies and training to be in the best interest of the child the need for learning to be life skills relevant local roots and global connections the importance of a change in attitude towards facilitating learning

The following needs to be in place so it can happen in Child Friendly SchoolsUniversal AccessReference to the many million children still deprived of education many of whom aregirls many of whom finish primary school lacking essential knowledge skills attitudesand values

Role of Parents Teachers and Community

awareness of the role of teachers and trainers being imperative in realising the ideaof childrens rights basing training on interpreting the Convention on the Rights of the Child and

putting it into real practice having all the skills necessary to encourage and assist all in the learning process realising that learning is not just about the facts but learning how to access and

process information so it is beneficial and relevant supporting and rewarding trainers and teachers ensuring that parents are given a key responsibility in forming constructive

relationships with teachers and schools for learning and training requirement fortheir children

Equal Opportunities an understanding of non-discrimination against girls special needs learning

difficulties children who are nomadic indigenous immigrant or are a linguisticminority

a realisation that every child has unique characteristics interests abilities needs

The Appropriate Quality Education Content

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3740

training of teachers and school learning being relevant to the child now and for thefuture

training sessions and consequently classroom and schools helping to developpersonalities talents mental and physical abilities to their fullest potential

Cultural roots and Global Values

the need to include respect for human rights in our learning environments an awareness of combination of learning to respect ones own nation and culture and

the culture of others the need to encourage tolerance and harmony for a better understanding of

minorities indigenous peoples refugees immigrants and gender equality

New Methods of Learning an agreement that learning is a combination of critical thinking and having fun that

passive listening and rote memorisation are less valuable than application andprocess to enhance understanding

the need for training workshops and classrooms to be participant friendly allowing for curiosity time to question receive answers to argue debate test andmake mistakes to create be spontaneous to be recognised and respected

Mutual Respect reflecting in training and inner life of a school the education message of vision

values human rights tolerance respecting dignity encouraging problem-solving skills allowing teachers to help children develop tools

for peaceful conflict resolution in all new learning situations the need to feel safe secure and totally trust our

teachersStudent Participation Opportunities for learners to express their points of view encouraging learners to

take personal responsibility for their studies Having a system of sharing responsibilities sharing ideas regular feedback and

learning evaluation Knowing that a good school and a good training workshop both promote total

participation and is a model of fairness for all

Child Rights and our Primary Health Care Responsibilities

The Child Health Rights directly concerning the teacher and the school must also beconsidered as the school can play a vital role in ensuring they are addressed Thefollowing particularly relate to articles 19 23 24 29 and 31

educational policies in schools and classrooms must be in place to protect childrenfrom all forms of physical punishment mental violence injury abuse neglect ormaltreatment

that an effort be made to include mentally and physically disabled children in theschool and classroom programmes so they can enjoy a full and decent life whichpromotes dignity self reliance and participation in the school and community

that schools may assist in facilitating a child in health rehabilitation

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3840

to ensure basic medical assistance is given in school for first aid and thedevelopment of primary health care awareness

keeping health records and observing nutritional state of individual children providing clean water in schools to ensure the educational programmes support mental and physical development

a child has an opportunity at school to rest and leisure and playIn Pakistan there is higher infant mortality lower immunisation lower literacy rateslower school enrolment lower access to safe water and more severely underweightchildren Primary health care is vital on the long list of human development needs Allchildren have the right to the best health care that is availableThis area is of concern to all involved in teaching as the child entering the school cantake advantage of all the opportunities if they are healthy and well cared for in pre-school environments and homesSchools also must ensure their primary role in health care so children can carry thelearning to other parts of the community The two concerns involve preventive orcurative methods

Ignorance polluted surroundings negligence in food care washing facilities animalsclose to living areas unsafe drinking water sanitation living surroundings seasonaldiseases communicable diseases personal hygiene girl children and their health andcommunicable diseases are all areas of concern The population growth rate isincreasing and many are deprived of basic Primary Health Care

When the population rate is more than the resources the situation can be extremelydifficult and expensive to remedy

In classroom and at schools areas of health can be addressed throughout the primaryyears so information is clearly disseminated with the help of the children Awareness of

healthy habits helps children build their self-esteem and learning to value your-self is animportant aspect of primary health care

The value of children learning aspects of Primary Health Care

they are very good and quick learners they share with others whatever they learn the learning in childhood is long lasting the teachers instructions or words are important words for a child children experience that is they do practical work and learn more school is the place where a childrsquos thought is effected for a practical life

Teachers and Community Role

recording weight height and skin colour observing health changes carefully observing and noting abnormalities and informing the parents having positive discussions with parents joyful learning lessons on primary health care making a health class and playground environment ensuring there is safe water in the school

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3940

ensuring there are adequate male and female toilet facilities in the schools having regular health chart challenges

Primary Health Care having healthy well nourished children learning in a healthyhygienic environment with clean safe water clean safe surroundings clean safepersonal habits clean safe food preparation Classroom Climate caring for the

emotional and physical well-being of children

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 4040

Appendix-A

Ref Right of children in Islam What the teacher can do

Al Hadith In accordance with Islamic preceptldquochildrenrdquo means both male andfemaleldquoAcquisition of knowledge is obligatory

for all true believersrdquo

Ensure that both boys and girls haveaccess to schoolIf there is a mixed class of boys andgirls the girls should have as much

attention as the boys

Right to be brought up properlylooked after and provided for andeducated

The teacher is in loco parentis (in the place of the parents) and has theresponsibility to provide the same careas the parents

Al Quran666

Right to religious moral ethicalguidance provided with an

understanding of right and wrong

The teacher needs to know andunderstand the teachings of Islam so

as to provide the child with a good

education without bias and with agood ethical foundation

Al Quran5251

Children are given in trust to their parents ndash who will be held

accountableldquoEveryone of you is a caretaker andeveryone of you is answerable for hissubjectsrdquo

As teachers are in the place of parents ndash they too may be held accountable

Abu BakrRAA

Justice and equality Inequality isinjustice (forbidden in Islam)ldquoHe dieth not who takes to learning totreat children affectionately and to kiss

them are charitable actsrdquo

The teacher must be very sure that the treatmentof all children is equal and fair no favoritismno bias against certain children for whateverreason

This is especially important with regard to thosechildren who have been left as orphans ordisabled either as a result of the earthquake orfor any other reason

Al Hadith ldquoIt is a childrsquos right that his fathershould teach him how to read write

helliprdquo

Teachers have a responsibility to be professional in their teaching and also

to help parents and the community tounderstand their obligations about sending all

their children to school

Abu Daud ldquoWhoever has a girl under hisguardianshiphellip[and does not] treat herwith contempt nor gives preference to

his sons over her Allah will admit himto paradiserdquo

Teachers have an obligation to treatgirls equally and without bias and tohelp the parents and community to

understand their obligations in termsof helping girls to have an education

Page 25: Head Teachers Training Manual.pdf

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2540

borne diseases(eg typhoid)

mosquitoes breedingCongested living conditions

increasing the possibility of

infection

Exposure to areas where

disease-transmittingorganism are more common

Increased population density promoting mosquito bites

use of mosquito nets understandingof symptoms of the disease etc

Advocates for measures for vector

control spraying for example

Effective surveillance systems by

health authorities

Respiratorytract

infections

(includingPneumonia)

Inadequate shelterPoor health care services

Overcrowding

Lack of food malnutritionRainy season

Improved shelter (especially fromwind but ensuring ventilation) Dry

clothes when wet

Use of antibiotics with doctorrsquosConsultation

Water borneDiseases

Contaminated water (garbagein

water source urinecontamination ndash animal orhuman)

Inadequately treated drinking

water (un-boiled orinsufficiently

boiled) Poor hygienic

conditions in

Shelters

Boil water for cooking washing anddrinking where possible Use water

purification tablets where possibleCare of immediate environmentin terms of covering water getting

rid of standing water ensuring that

clothes and bedding are well-aired Use of

antibiotics under medical

supervision

SkinInfections

Inadequate hygienePoor hygienic conditions in

Shelters

Regular washing with soap andwater

Thorough drying of skin Eliminationof vermin from the environment

Medication where necessary undermedical supervision

Tetanus Open wounds (due to

trauma)

Poor hygiene

Clean wounds (antiseptic if

available or soap and water) Cover

wounds with clean cloth orDressings Seek medical helpimmediately

Animal

transmitted

diseases

Unhygienic slaughtering

Contact with infected

animals dueto lack of veterinary control

Increased rate of diseases in

Animals

Ensuring that animals are

slaughtered according to Islamic law

(meat is halaal) Use of antibioticsunder medical supervision

When the participants have completed the exercise ask for one or two examples that are

particularly relevant and possible to accomplish While the pairs are working movearound the room so that you can see any really good examples to discuss in plenary Now

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2640

ask the participants to develop Health Action Plans for their school An example is shown

below

45 983105983139983156983145983151983150983085983120983148983137983150983085 983123983139983144983151983151983148 983112983141983137983148983156983144 983137983150983140 983112983161983143983145983141983150983141 983120983154983151983143983154983137983149983149983141

Health problems Interventions

What Who How When

Diarrhea cholera

dysentery

Water Teachers

andStudents

Clean water

Malaria Cleanenvironment

All Dustbins

ConclusionBasic health and hygiene are more difficult in situations of disaster and lack of

infrastructure in place In situations like NWFP Balochistan and Sindh (natural and man

made disaster at peak) it is important to reinforce the basic principles as people who areunder stress often neglect these basics and so children may not learn appropriately

5 9831239831419831559831559831459831519831509830855 983119983158983141983154983158983145983141983159 983151983142 983156983144983141 983142983151983151983140 983139983154983145983155983141983155 983137983150983140 983152983157983154983152983151983155983141 983151983142

983142983151983151983140 983140983145983155983156983154983145983138983157983156983145983151983150

Objectives By the end of this session the participants will be able to

bull Discuss the recent food crises and its impact on common people particularly onchildren

bull Purpose of food distribution to schools and what are the indirect impacts on childeducation

Time Allocation

Activity 1 discuss the recent food crises and high prices issue 10 minutes

Activity 2 purpose of food distribution to schools and its impact onchild education

20 minutes

Activity 3 food distribution project 20 minutes

Conclusion 05 minutes

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2740

Total 55 minutes

11 Materials required

o Flip chart paper

o marker penso tape

o workbook for each of the

participantso leaflets of food distribution

programme

IntroductionIntroduce the WFP-UNESCO in partnership with the Government of Pakistan has

initiated school feeding programme to mitigate short term hunger When children come

for school with empty stomach (without breakfast) they are less likely to concentrate and

engage in learning activities This programme can temporarily bridge food gapes infamilies and can be helpful in refocusing studentrsquos attention to the lessons This can also

be an incentive to increase the enrolment attendance and decrease dropout It is alsoassumed that this programme may increase the education quality improvement from

school to district level

Activity- 1

Facilitator will explain the following agendas of Food for Education The followingcatchphrase of school feeding programme will be written on flip chart and discussed

thoroughly

bull School feeding can decrease short-term hunger thereby increasing learningcapacity

bull School feeding and take home ration can improve school enrollment andattendance and decrease drop-out

bull Food assistance can encourage community participation in education

bull Involvement of district government education department can act as a lever for

school quality improvement

bull School feeding can improve nutritional status and hence improve school performance

bull School feeding and Take home ration are education intervention

Activity-2

The participants will discuss in groups and workout the grid mentioned below The participants will be encouraged to think on the activities that school can perform to

enhance school feeding programme specific objectives

Objectives and activities for school feeding programme

Objectives Activities

WFPUNESCO What school Can do

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2840

Increase enrollmentattendance retention and

completion

School ration (wheat and oil) Parents outreach

Enhance learning

environment

Provision of teaching and

learning materials

Enhance teachers quality Teachers complete a two-dayHead Teachersrsquo training

receive

Enhance learning capacity Provision of teaching and

learning kit

Increase community

participation

school food distribution

managed by parent IEC

campaign PTC training

Improve support to schools Management of ToT training

for head teachers

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2940

o Flip chart papero Marker penso Tape for sticking papers to the wallso Workbook for each participant

6 9831239831419831559831559831459831519831509830856 983107983151983149983149983157983150983145983156983161 983137983150983140 983120983137983154983141983150983156983155 983141983150983143983137983143983141983149983141983150983156 983145983150 983155983139983144983151983151983148Objectives By the end of this session the participants will be able to

bull Identify roles of PTCSMC in school

bull How to mobilize communityPTC in the school affairsbull What are their role in food distribution teaching material distribution and

monitoring

Time Allocation

What PTC and SMCs can do for the schools

Activity-1 Need and response 40

Activity-2 ways of communication with community- School

improvement booklet and awareness raising message

10

Conclusion 05 minutes

Total 55 minutes

Materials required

IntroductionFacilitator will introduce community participation in education Community and parents

are best resources to be utilized In Pakistan SMCs PTCs representingcommunityparents have been initiated to assist the school

61 983105983139983156983145983158983145983156983161 1 983118983141983141983140983155 983137983150983140 983122983141983155983152983151983150983155983141983155

Divide the participants into small groups (3-4) Ask participants to open their workbooks

and list in the first column the 5 pressing needs of their schools Then the second columnthey should list one point for each need where SMCPTCs can assist The groups have 20

minutes for this exercise

Needs Assistance

Children not attending schools PTAsSMCs can advocate in the

community and support families to sendtheir children to school through provision of

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3040

scholarships especially their girl children

Distribution of food and teaching

learning materials

PTC and SMC can monitor of the fair distribution

Activity-4

The community is part of the class room atmosphere and school physical environmentHead teacher needs to build a good relationship with the community Know the

community develop co-operation communicate with them There are many ways of

connecting with the community as mentioned below

62 983127983137983161983155 983151983142 983149983137983147983145983150983143 983148983145983150983147983137983143983141983155 983159983145983156983144 983107983151983149983149983157983150983145983156983161983120983137983154983141983150983156983155

Some suggested ideas for information sharing below

letters Events like School Day parents day PTCSMCs and teachers meetings

community projects clean ups information promotions (heath and sanitation) the school as a centre for community activities and adult classes sharing School Improvement Booklet-awareness raising materials

7 9831239831419831559831559831459831519831509830857 983105983139983156983145983151983150983085983120983148983137983150

ObjectivesBy the end of this session the participants will be able to

bull Develop Action Plans to address the following School Improvement Indicatorso School attendance and enrollmento Improved School environment

o Health and hygieneo Utilization of teaching and learning resourceso Monitoring and recording wheat and oil rationo Activation of PTCSMC

Present Action plan format 10

Activity-1 design action plans for their schools 50

Activity -2 Presentations 20

Summing up 10

Total 1 30 minutes

Materials required

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3140

o Flip Charto Marker pens

o Action plan format

o School Day Charto Tape

o White Sheets

Introduction

The facilitator will share format of Action Plan to the participants Clearly explain how to

go about it Then ask the participants individually develop Action plan that will beimplemented in their schools The participants will also be informed that on the bases of

these Action Plans they will be monitored

What How Who When Comments

1 School

health

Providing

clean

water

HT

Teachers

PTCSMC

March 09 Head teacher in

collaboration with

PTCSMC will makesure there is a safe clean

water for students in the

school

2 Students

enrolment

Enrolment

campaignSchool

day

Visithomes

PTCSMC

HT

5t

Apr-09

3 School day

4 SMC

meeting

5 Improve

school

environment

The training participants will fill out this action plan according to their school needs and priority Share these Action Plans to the whole group and encourage others to make notes

from each others work incases they see it relevant to their schools as well

Objectives

By the end of this session the participants will be able too To develop an understanding of how a School Day is celebratedo Plan for their own schools of how they will celebrate the day

Present School Day Plan 10 minutes

Activity-1 Discuss in small groups how the day will be

celebrate

20 minutes

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3240

Make plans when the day will be celebrated at their school 30 minutes

Total 60 minutes

Materials required

o Flip Chart

o Marker pens

o School Day Chart

o Tapeo White Sheets

School DayA lsquoSchool Dayrsquo is the day in the GOP-WFP-UNESCO project when parents teachers and projectofficials meet in the school premises to discuss ways to improve the school Several factorscontribute to school improvement School attendance and enrollment Retention of studentsSchool environment Health and hygiene of students Utilization of teaching and learning

materials PTACommunity involvement Nutrition and diet and use of oil and wheat rations Ona School Day the head teacher with the help of Social Mobilizer of the implementing partner willdiscuss the school improvement factors with the parents and children of the school

ActivitiesThe following activities are suggested to make the day useful and attractive to the children

parents and community members

Activity 1 Preparation of activities of the day

Send invitation to all parents at least a week before the ldquoSchool Dayrdquo through children verballyand also in writing (hand written notes would suffice) and also spread the message by word-of-mouth At least two days before the program send a reminder by writing the message on the

studentsrsquo copy books or paper slips and read it loudly and clearly in the classrooms Make surethat the children have understood the message by asking them to explain And if possible invite

the community members through telephone calls or by sending the school children to spread thenews Advance planning is the key to success

Activity 2 Follow the agenda

SN Activities Time in

Minutes

Registration of the participants

1 Recitation verses from the holy Quran by one of the students 03

2 Naat by a student 05

Celebrate a School Day

Make sure you have

1 All parents children teachers head teacher supervisorADO and the PTASMC PTC are invited

2 A plan is ready for the day

3 Food items (wheat and oil) ready for distribution

4 Key messages and teaching and learning kits are available and are on display

5 Students prepared to show their talents to their parents and to the community members

6 Successes and areas needing improvements for discussion with parents and community

7 Constituted a committee for organization of the School Day

8 Informed the students that they should come neat and clean and in school uniform

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3340

Notes for the Head Teacher Use the day to celebrate to celebrate the schoolsrsquo achievements Open the school gates for parents community members and social workers of the villag

Involve everybody in the sessions and avoid a lot of talking (Sweeten the small stuff) Give children space to speak about their successes and problems at the school

If you have more than one teacher involve them in planning of the day Ask teachers to facilitate group discussions without dominating the discussion If teachers

are not available ask some literate volunteers from the village or NGO representatives if

available to help Decorate the school with childrenrsquos work and readymade displays and locally available

flowers and plants You have some of the resources available in your teaching andlearning kit

Have a positive focus Do not talk with parents about what their children can not dorather talk about what the children can do

Explore use of local resources

Take ideas from School Improvement Booklet (SIB) for the event Appreciate studentsrsquo successes and achievements with some rewards if possible Pray for every ones success and those who have helped in providing an opportunity to

celebrate the day pray for the country and the people for their good health wealth peaceand prosperity and thank everyone for their participation

Actively follow up on the implementation of School Improvement Plan prepared on theSchool Day

3 Welcome address by PTAPTCSMC representative 10

4 Introduction of the day by the Head teacher 20

5 Poem song or some creative item from the students 20

6 Discussion on the key messages (what does the messages mean how it will be disseminated

in the village How to achieve it)

40

7 Discussion on the topics (use group work) followed by whole group open discussion

School attendance and enrollment School environment Health and hygiene Utilization ofTeaching and Learning materials PTACommunity Involvement Nutrition and diet and

Use of oil and wheat rations (please involve some representative students as well)

40

8 Develop a School Development Plan (SDP ) while using the following pattern

40

Issues1 How it will be

resolved

Who will be

responsible

Resources

required

Source of

funding

Time (By

When)

Note Please use short term and quickly doable plans like reducing absenteeism by students and teachers cleaningthe school planning trees (use School Improvement Book for more ideas)

9 Conclude the day by stating the background and the purpose of food and educational

incentives and by asking the parents and children to take their food ration and remind them

about the key messages As a concluding activity invite the parents and the community

members to visit the classrooms and ask the students to explain to them their creative work

10

Activity 3 Documentation and Reporting

Document the proceedings of the day and develop a short report for Project Implementation Unit

ADO circle or talka

1 For example student attendance has declined in the past two months

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3440

Course Evaluation

Note Please take a few minutes to complete the form and return to the facilitator

1 List out what have you learnt from this training

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

----------------------------------------------------------

2 What did you like from the training

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------

3 What particular learning will you implement How

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------

4 What are the suggestions to improve the training

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------

5 How do you rate the facilitator knowledge skills and attitude

Knowledge 1------2--------3--------4--------5

Skills 1------2--------3--------4--------5

Attitude 1------2--------3--------4--------5

Note 1 is the lowest and 5 is highest rate Please circle the number that you think

the facilitator has performed

6 Over all comments about the training

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3540

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3640

Reading Materials

Facilitator Child Rights Our Educational Responsibilities

All Education programmes must be based on the understanding of the Convention on

the Rights of a Child When training is based on these values then the child will be thecentre of all topics presented The teachers job is to provide opportunities theatmosphere and environment so the rights of the child are met in the place they willspend much of their waking hours The main educational rights involve in schools arebased from rights number 13 17 28 29 and 31

Important Rights to note childrens right to leisure and play childrens need for space to develop the need to take childrens opinions into account the need to involve children in the learning process

the need for policies and training to be in the best interest of the child the need for learning to be life skills relevant local roots and global connections the importance of a change in attitude towards facilitating learning

The following needs to be in place so it can happen in Child Friendly SchoolsUniversal AccessReference to the many million children still deprived of education many of whom aregirls many of whom finish primary school lacking essential knowledge skills attitudesand values

Role of Parents Teachers and Community

awareness of the role of teachers and trainers being imperative in realising the ideaof childrens rights basing training on interpreting the Convention on the Rights of the Child and

putting it into real practice having all the skills necessary to encourage and assist all in the learning process realising that learning is not just about the facts but learning how to access and

process information so it is beneficial and relevant supporting and rewarding trainers and teachers ensuring that parents are given a key responsibility in forming constructive

relationships with teachers and schools for learning and training requirement fortheir children

Equal Opportunities an understanding of non-discrimination against girls special needs learning

difficulties children who are nomadic indigenous immigrant or are a linguisticminority

a realisation that every child has unique characteristics interests abilities needs

The Appropriate Quality Education Content

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3740

training of teachers and school learning being relevant to the child now and for thefuture

training sessions and consequently classroom and schools helping to developpersonalities talents mental and physical abilities to their fullest potential

Cultural roots and Global Values

the need to include respect for human rights in our learning environments an awareness of combination of learning to respect ones own nation and culture and

the culture of others the need to encourage tolerance and harmony for a better understanding of

minorities indigenous peoples refugees immigrants and gender equality

New Methods of Learning an agreement that learning is a combination of critical thinking and having fun that

passive listening and rote memorisation are less valuable than application andprocess to enhance understanding

the need for training workshops and classrooms to be participant friendly allowing for curiosity time to question receive answers to argue debate test andmake mistakes to create be spontaneous to be recognised and respected

Mutual Respect reflecting in training and inner life of a school the education message of vision

values human rights tolerance respecting dignity encouraging problem-solving skills allowing teachers to help children develop tools

for peaceful conflict resolution in all new learning situations the need to feel safe secure and totally trust our

teachersStudent Participation Opportunities for learners to express their points of view encouraging learners to

take personal responsibility for their studies Having a system of sharing responsibilities sharing ideas regular feedback and

learning evaluation Knowing that a good school and a good training workshop both promote total

participation and is a model of fairness for all

Child Rights and our Primary Health Care Responsibilities

The Child Health Rights directly concerning the teacher and the school must also beconsidered as the school can play a vital role in ensuring they are addressed Thefollowing particularly relate to articles 19 23 24 29 and 31

educational policies in schools and classrooms must be in place to protect childrenfrom all forms of physical punishment mental violence injury abuse neglect ormaltreatment

that an effort be made to include mentally and physically disabled children in theschool and classroom programmes so they can enjoy a full and decent life whichpromotes dignity self reliance and participation in the school and community

that schools may assist in facilitating a child in health rehabilitation

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3840

to ensure basic medical assistance is given in school for first aid and thedevelopment of primary health care awareness

keeping health records and observing nutritional state of individual children providing clean water in schools to ensure the educational programmes support mental and physical development

a child has an opportunity at school to rest and leisure and playIn Pakistan there is higher infant mortality lower immunisation lower literacy rateslower school enrolment lower access to safe water and more severely underweightchildren Primary health care is vital on the long list of human development needs Allchildren have the right to the best health care that is availableThis area is of concern to all involved in teaching as the child entering the school cantake advantage of all the opportunities if they are healthy and well cared for in pre-school environments and homesSchools also must ensure their primary role in health care so children can carry thelearning to other parts of the community The two concerns involve preventive orcurative methods

Ignorance polluted surroundings negligence in food care washing facilities animalsclose to living areas unsafe drinking water sanitation living surroundings seasonaldiseases communicable diseases personal hygiene girl children and their health andcommunicable diseases are all areas of concern The population growth rate isincreasing and many are deprived of basic Primary Health Care

When the population rate is more than the resources the situation can be extremelydifficult and expensive to remedy

In classroom and at schools areas of health can be addressed throughout the primaryyears so information is clearly disseminated with the help of the children Awareness of

healthy habits helps children build their self-esteem and learning to value your-self is animportant aspect of primary health care

The value of children learning aspects of Primary Health Care

they are very good and quick learners they share with others whatever they learn the learning in childhood is long lasting the teachers instructions or words are important words for a child children experience that is they do practical work and learn more school is the place where a childrsquos thought is effected for a practical life

Teachers and Community Role

recording weight height and skin colour observing health changes carefully observing and noting abnormalities and informing the parents having positive discussions with parents joyful learning lessons on primary health care making a health class and playground environment ensuring there is safe water in the school

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3940

ensuring there are adequate male and female toilet facilities in the schools having regular health chart challenges

Primary Health Care having healthy well nourished children learning in a healthyhygienic environment with clean safe water clean safe surroundings clean safepersonal habits clean safe food preparation Classroom Climate caring for the

emotional and physical well-being of children

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 4040

Appendix-A

Ref Right of children in Islam What the teacher can do

Al Hadith In accordance with Islamic preceptldquochildrenrdquo means both male andfemaleldquoAcquisition of knowledge is obligatory

for all true believersrdquo

Ensure that both boys and girls haveaccess to schoolIf there is a mixed class of boys andgirls the girls should have as much

attention as the boys

Right to be brought up properlylooked after and provided for andeducated

The teacher is in loco parentis (in the place of the parents) and has theresponsibility to provide the same careas the parents

Al Quran666

Right to religious moral ethicalguidance provided with an

understanding of right and wrong

The teacher needs to know andunderstand the teachings of Islam so

as to provide the child with a good

education without bias and with agood ethical foundation

Al Quran5251

Children are given in trust to their parents ndash who will be held

accountableldquoEveryone of you is a caretaker andeveryone of you is answerable for hissubjectsrdquo

As teachers are in the place of parents ndash they too may be held accountable

Abu BakrRAA

Justice and equality Inequality isinjustice (forbidden in Islam)ldquoHe dieth not who takes to learning totreat children affectionately and to kiss

them are charitable actsrdquo

The teacher must be very sure that the treatmentof all children is equal and fair no favoritismno bias against certain children for whateverreason

This is especially important with regard to thosechildren who have been left as orphans ordisabled either as a result of the earthquake orfor any other reason

Al Hadith ldquoIt is a childrsquos right that his fathershould teach him how to read write

helliprdquo

Teachers have a responsibility to be professional in their teaching and also

to help parents and the community tounderstand their obligations about sending all

their children to school

Abu Daud ldquoWhoever has a girl under hisguardianshiphellip[and does not] treat herwith contempt nor gives preference to

his sons over her Allah will admit himto paradiserdquo

Teachers have an obligation to treatgirls equally and without bias and tohelp the parents and community to

understand their obligations in termsof helping girls to have an education

Page 26: Head Teachers Training Manual.pdf

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2640

ask the participants to develop Health Action Plans for their school An example is shown

below

45 983105983139983156983145983151983150983085983120983148983137983150983085 983123983139983144983151983151983148 983112983141983137983148983156983144 983137983150983140 983112983161983143983145983141983150983141 983120983154983151983143983154983137983149983149983141

Health problems Interventions

What Who How When

Diarrhea cholera

dysentery

Water Teachers

andStudents

Clean water

Malaria Cleanenvironment

All Dustbins

ConclusionBasic health and hygiene are more difficult in situations of disaster and lack of

infrastructure in place In situations like NWFP Balochistan and Sindh (natural and man

made disaster at peak) it is important to reinforce the basic principles as people who areunder stress often neglect these basics and so children may not learn appropriately

5 9831239831419831559831559831459831519831509830855 983119983158983141983154983158983145983141983159 983151983142 983156983144983141 983142983151983151983140 983139983154983145983155983141983155 983137983150983140 983152983157983154983152983151983155983141 983151983142

983142983151983151983140 983140983145983155983156983154983145983138983157983156983145983151983150

Objectives By the end of this session the participants will be able to

bull Discuss the recent food crises and its impact on common people particularly onchildren

bull Purpose of food distribution to schools and what are the indirect impacts on childeducation

Time Allocation

Activity 1 discuss the recent food crises and high prices issue 10 minutes

Activity 2 purpose of food distribution to schools and its impact onchild education

20 minutes

Activity 3 food distribution project 20 minutes

Conclusion 05 minutes

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2740

Total 55 minutes

11 Materials required

o Flip chart paper

o marker penso tape

o workbook for each of the

participantso leaflets of food distribution

programme

IntroductionIntroduce the WFP-UNESCO in partnership with the Government of Pakistan has

initiated school feeding programme to mitigate short term hunger When children come

for school with empty stomach (without breakfast) they are less likely to concentrate and

engage in learning activities This programme can temporarily bridge food gapes infamilies and can be helpful in refocusing studentrsquos attention to the lessons This can also

be an incentive to increase the enrolment attendance and decrease dropout It is alsoassumed that this programme may increase the education quality improvement from

school to district level

Activity- 1

Facilitator will explain the following agendas of Food for Education The followingcatchphrase of school feeding programme will be written on flip chart and discussed

thoroughly

bull School feeding can decrease short-term hunger thereby increasing learningcapacity

bull School feeding and take home ration can improve school enrollment andattendance and decrease drop-out

bull Food assistance can encourage community participation in education

bull Involvement of district government education department can act as a lever for

school quality improvement

bull School feeding can improve nutritional status and hence improve school performance

bull School feeding and Take home ration are education intervention

Activity-2

The participants will discuss in groups and workout the grid mentioned below The participants will be encouraged to think on the activities that school can perform to

enhance school feeding programme specific objectives

Objectives and activities for school feeding programme

Objectives Activities

WFPUNESCO What school Can do

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2840

Increase enrollmentattendance retention and

completion

School ration (wheat and oil) Parents outreach

Enhance learning

environment

Provision of teaching and

learning materials

Enhance teachers quality Teachers complete a two-dayHead Teachersrsquo training

receive

Enhance learning capacity Provision of teaching and

learning kit

Increase community

participation

school food distribution

managed by parent IEC

campaign PTC training

Improve support to schools Management of ToT training

for head teachers

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2940

o Flip chart papero Marker penso Tape for sticking papers to the wallso Workbook for each participant

6 9831239831419831559831559831459831519831509830856 983107983151983149983149983157983150983145983156983161 983137983150983140 983120983137983154983141983150983156983155 983141983150983143983137983143983141983149983141983150983156 983145983150 983155983139983144983151983151983148Objectives By the end of this session the participants will be able to

bull Identify roles of PTCSMC in school

bull How to mobilize communityPTC in the school affairsbull What are their role in food distribution teaching material distribution and

monitoring

Time Allocation

What PTC and SMCs can do for the schools

Activity-1 Need and response 40

Activity-2 ways of communication with community- School

improvement booklet and awareness raising message

10

Conclusion 05 minutes

Total 55 minutes

Materials required

IntroductionFacilitator will introduce community participation in education Community and parents

are best resources to be utilized In Pakistan SMCs PTCs representingcommunityparents have been initiated to assist the school

61 983105983139983156983145983158983145983156983161 1 983118983141983141983140983155 983137983150983140 983122983141983155983152983151983150983155983141983155

Divide the participants into small groups (3-4) Ask participants to open their workbooks

and list in the first column the 5 pressing needs of their schools Then the second columnthey should list one point for each need where SMCPTCs can assist The groups have 20

minutes for this exercise

Needs Assistance

Children not attending schools PTAsSMCs can advocate in the

community and support families to sendtheir children to school through provision of

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3040

scholarships especially their girl children

Distribution of food and teaching

learning materials

PTC and SMC can monitor of the fair distribution

Activity-4

The community is part of the class room atmosphere and school physical environmentHead teacher needs to build a good relationship with the community Know the

community develop co-operation communicate with them There are many ways of

connecting with the community as mentioned below

62 983127983137983161983155 983151983142 983149983137983147983145983150983143 983148983145983150983147983137983143983141983155 983159983145983156983144 983107983151983149983149983157983150983145983156983161983120983137983154983141983150983156983155

Some suggested ideas for information sharing below

letters Events like School Day parents day PTCSMCs and teachers meetings

community projects clean ups information promotions (heath and sanitation) the school as a centre for community activities and adult classes sharing School Improvement Booklet-awareness raising materials

7 9831239831419831559831559831459831519831509830857 983105983139983156983145983151983150983085983120983148983137983150

ObjectivesBy the end of this session the participants will be able to

bull Develop Action Plans to address the following School Improvement Indicatorso School attendance and enrollmento Improved School environment

o Health and hygieneo Utilization of teaching and learning resourceso Monitoring and recording wheat and oil rationo Activation of PTCSMC

Present Action plan format 10

Activity-1 design action plans for their schools 50

Activity -2 Presentations 20

Summing up 10

Total 1 30 minutes

Materials required

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3140

o Flip Charto Marker pens

o Action plan format

o School Day Charto Tape

o White Sheets

Introduction

The facilitator will share format of Action Plan to the participants Clearly explain how to

go about it Then ask the participants individually develop Action plan that will beimplemented in their schools The participants will also be informed that on the bases of

these Action Plans they will be monitored

What How Who When Comments

1 School

health

Providing

clean

water

HT

Teachers

PTCSMC

March 09 Head teacher in

collaboration with

PTCSMC will makesure there is a safe clean

water for students in the

school

2 Students

enrolment

Enrolment

campaignSchool

day

Visithomes

PTCSMC

HT

5t

Apr-09

3 School day

4 SMC

meeting

5 Improve

school

environment

The training participants will fill out this action plan according to their school needs and priority Share these Action Plans to the whole group and encourage others to make notes

from each others work incases they see it relevant to their schools as well

Objectives

By the end of this session the participants will be able too To develop an understanding of how a School Day is celebratedo Plan for their own schools of how they will celebrate the day

Present School Day Plan 10 minutes

Activity-1 Discuss in small groups how the day will be

celebrate

20 minutes

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3240

Make plans when the day will be celebrated at their school 30 minutes

Total 60 minutes

Materials required

o Flip Chart

o Marker pens

o School Day Chart

o Tapeo White Sheets

School DayA lsquoSchool Dayrsquo is the day in the GOP-WFP-UNESCO project when parents teachers and projectofficials meet in the school premises to discuss ways to improve the school Several factorscontribute to school improvement School attendance and enrollment Retention of studentsSchool environment Health and hygiene of students Utilization of teaching and learning

materials PTACommunity involvement Nutrition and diet and use of oil and wheat rations Ona School Day the head teacher with the help of Social Mobilizer of the implementing partner willdiscuss the school improvement factors with the parents and children of the school

ActivitiesThe following activities are suggested to make the day useful and attractive to the children

parents and community members

Activity 1 Preparation of activities of the day

Send invitation to all parents at least a week before the ldquoSchool Dayrdquo through children verballyand also in writing (hand written notes would suffice) and also spread the message by word-of-mouth At least two days before the program send a reminder by writing the message on the

studentsrsquo copy books or paper slips and read it loudly and clearly in the classrooms Make surethat the children have understood the message by asking them to explain And if possible invite

the community members through telephone calls or by sending the school children to spread thenews Advance planning is the key to success

Activity 2 Follow the agenda

SN Activities Time in

Minutes

Registration of the participants

1 Recitation verses from the holy Quran by one of the students 03

2 Naat by a student 05

Celebrate a School Day

Make sure you have

1 All parents children teachers head teacher supervisorADO and the PTASMC PTC are invited

2 A plan is ready for the day

3 Food items (wheat and oil) ready for distribution

4 Key messages and teaching and learning kits are available and are on display

5 Students prepared to show their talents to their parents and to the community members

6 Successes and areas needing improvements for discussion with parents and community

7 Constituted a committee for organization of the School Day

8 Informed the students that they should come neat and clean and in school uniform

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3340

Notes for the Head Teacher Use the day to celebrate to celebrate the schoolsrsquo achievements Open the school gates for parents community members and social workers of the villag

Involve everybody in the sessions and avoid a lot of talking (Sweeten the small stuff) Give children space to speak about their successes and problems at the school

If you have more than one teacher involve them in planning of the day Ask teachers to facilitate group discussions without dominating the discussion If teachers

are not available ask some literate volunteers from the village or NGO representatives if

available to help Decorate the school with childrenrsquos work and readymade displays and locally available

flowers and plants You have some of the resources available in your teaching andlearning kit

Have a positive focus Do not talk with parents about what their children can not dorather talk about what the children can do

Explore use of local resources

Take ideas from School Improvement Booklet (SIB) for the event Appreciate studentsrsquo successes and achievements with some rewards if possible Pray for every ones success and those who have helped in providing an opportunity to

celebrate the day pray for the country and the people for their good health wealth peaceand prosperity and thank everyone for their participation

Actively follow up on the implementation of School Improvement Plan prepared on theSchool Day

3 Welcome address by PTAPTCSMC representative 10

4 Introduction of the day by the Head teacher 20

5 Poem song or some creative item from the students 20

6 Discussion on the key messages (what does the messages mean how it will be disseminated

in the village How to achieve it)

40

7 Discussion on the topics (use group work) followed by whole group open discussion

School attendance and enrollment School environment Health and hygiene Utilization ofTeaching and Learning materials PTACommunity Involvement Nutrition and diet and

Use of oil and wheat rations (please involve some representative students as well)

40

8 Develop a School Development Plan (SDP ) while using the following pattern

40

Issues1 How it will be

resolved

Who will be

responsible

Resources

required

Source of

funding

Time (By

When)

Note Please use short term and quickly doable plans like reducing absenteeism by students and teachers cleaningthe school planning trees (use School Improvement Book for more ideas)

9 Conclude the day by stating the background and the purpose of food and educational

incentives and by asking the parents and children to take their food ration and remind them

about the key messages As a concluding activity invite the parents and the community

members to visit the classrooms and ask the students to explain to them their creative work

10

Activity 3 Documentation and Reporting

Document the proceedings of the day and develop a short report for Project Implementation Unit

ADO circle or talka

1 For example student attendance has declined in the past two months

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3440

Course Evaluation

Note Please take a few minutes to complete the form and return to the facilitator

1 List out what have you learnt from this training

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

----------------------------------------------------------

2 What did you like from the training

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------

3 What particular learning will you implement How

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------

4 What are the suggestions to improve the training

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------

5 How do you rate the facilitator knowledge skills and attitude

Knowledge 1------2--------3--------4--------5

Skills 1------2--------3--------4--------5

Attitude 1------2--------3--------4--------5

Note 1 is the lowest and 5 is highest rate Please circle the number that you think

the facilitator has performed

6 Over all comments about the training

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3540

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3640

Reading Materials

Facilitator Child Rights Our Educational Responsibilities

All Education programmes must be based on the understanding of the Convention on

the Rights of a Child When training is based on these values then the child will be thecentre of all topics presented The teachers job is to provide opportunities theatmosphere and environment so the rights of the child are met in the place they willspend much of their waking hours The main educational rights involve in schools arebased from rights number 13 17 28 29 and 31

Important Rights to note childrens right to leisure and play childrens need for space to develop the need to take childrens opinions into account the need to involve children in the learning process

the need for policies and training to be in the best interest of the child the need for learning to be life skills relevant local roots and global connections the importance of a change in attitude towards facilitating learning

The following needs to be in place so it can happen in Child Friendly SchoolsUniversal AccessReference to the many million children still deprived of education many of whom aregirls many of whom finish primary school lacking essential knowledge skills attitudesand values

Role of Parents Teachers and Community

awareness of the role of teachers and trainers being imperative in realising the ideaof childrens rights basing training on interpreting the Convention on the Rights of the Child and

putting it into real practice having all the skills necessary to encourage and assist all in the learning process realising that learning is not just about the facts but learning how to access and

process information so it is beneficial and relevant supporting and rewarding trainers and teachers ensuring that parents are given a key responsibility in forming constructive

relationships with teachers and schools for learning and training requirement fortheir children

Equal Opportunities an understanding of non-discrimination against girls special needs learning

difficulties children who are nomadic indigenous immigrant or are a linguisticminority

a realisation that every child has unique characteristics interests abilities needs

The Appropriate Quality Education Content

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3740

training of teachers and school learning being relevant to the child now and for thefuture

training sessions and consequently classroom and schools helping to developpersonalities talents mental and physical abilities to their fullest potential

Cultural roots and Global Values

the need to include respect for human rights in our learning environments an awareness of combination of learning to respect ones own nation and culture and

the culture of others the need to encourage tolerance and harmony for a better understanding of

minorities indigenous peoples refugees immigrants and gender equality

New Methods of Learning an agreement that learning is a combination of critical thinking and having fun that

passive listening and rote memorisation are less valuable than application andprocess to enhance understanding

the need for training workshops and classrooms to be participant friendly allowing for curiosity time to question receive answers to argue debate test andmake mistakes to create be spontaneous to be recognised and respected

Mutual Respect reflecting in training and inner life of a school the education message of vision

values human rights tolerance respecting dignity encouraging problem-solving skills allowing teachers to help children develop tools

for peaceful conflict resolution in all new learning situations the need to feel safe secure and totally trust our

teachersStudent Participation Opportunities for learners to express their points of view encouraging learners to

take personal responsibility for their studies Having a system of sharing responsibilities sharing ideas regular feedback and

learning evaluation Knowing that a good school and a good training workshop both promote total

participation and is a model of fairness for all

Child Rights and our Primary Health Care Responsibilities

The Child Health Rights directly concerning the teacher and the school must also beconsidered as the school can play a vital role in ensuring they are addressed Thefollowing particularly relate to articles 19 23 24 29 and 31

educational policies in schools and classrooms must be in place to protect childrenfrom all forms of physical punishment mental violence injury abuse neglect ormaltreatment

that an effort be made to include mentally and physically disabled children in theschool and classroom programmes so they can enjoy a full and decent life whichpromotes dignity self reliance and participation in the school and community

that schools may assist in facilitating a child in health rehabilitation

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3840

to ensure basic medical assistance is given in school for first aid and thedevelopment of primary health care awareness

keeping health records and observing nutritional state of individual children providing clean water in schools to ensure the educational programmes support mental and physical development

a child has an opportunity at school to rest and leisure and playIn Pakistan there is higher infant mortality lower immunisation lower literacy rateslower school enrolment lower access to safe water and more severely underweightchildren Primary health care is vital on the long list of human development needs Allchildren have the right to the best health care that is availableThis area is of concern to all involved in teaching as the child entering the school cantake advantage of all the opportunities if they are healthy and well cared for in pre-school environments and homesSchools also must ensure their primary role in health care so children can carry thelearning to other parts of the community The two concerns involve preventive orcurative methods

Ignorance polluted surroundings negligence in food care washing facilities animalsclose to living areas unsafe drinking water sanitation living surroundings seasonaldiseases communicable diseases personal hygiene girl children and their health andcommunicable diseases are all areas of concern The population growth rate isincreasing and many are deprived of basic Primary Health Care

When the population rate is more than the resources the situation can be extremelydifficult and expensive to remedy

In classroom and at schools areas of health can be addressed throughout the primaryyears so information is clearly disseminated with the help of the children Awareness of

healthy habits helps children build their self-esteem and learning to value your-self is animportant aspect of primary health care

The value of children learning aspects of Primary Health Care

they are very good and quick learners they share with others whatever they learn the learning in childhood is long lasting the teachers instructions or words are important words for a child children experience that is they do practical work and learn more school is the place where a childrsquos thought is effected for a practical life

Teachers and Community Role

recording weight height and skin colour observing health changes carefully observing and noting abnormalities and informing the parents having positive discussions with parents joyful learning lessons on primary health care making a health class and playground environment ensuring there is safe water in the school

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3940

ensuring there are adequate male and female toilet facilities in the schools having regular health chart challenges

Primary Health Care having healthy well nourished children learning in a healthyhygienic environment with clean safe water clean safe surroundings clean safepersonal habits clean safe food preparation Classroom Climate caring for the

emotional and physical well-being of children

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 4040

Appendix-A

Ref Right of children in Islam What the teacher can do

Al Hadith In accordance with Islamic preceptldquochildrenrdquo means both male andfemaleldquoAcquisition of knowledge is obligatory

for all true believersrdquo

Ensure that both boys and girls haveaccess to schoolIf there is a mixed class of boys andgirls the girls should have as much

attention as the boys

Right to be brought up properlylooked after and provided for andeducated

The teacher is in loco parentis (in the place of the parents) and has theresponsibility to provide the same careas the parents

Al Quran666

Right to religious moral ethicalguidance provided with an

understanding of right and wrong

The teacher needs to know andunderstand the teachings of Islam so

as to provide the child with a good

education without bias and with agood ethical foundation

Al Quran5251

Children are given in trust to their parents ndash who will be held

accountableldquoEveryone of you is a caretaker andeveryone of you is answerable for hissubjectsrdquo

As teachers are in the place of parents ndash they too may be held accountable

Abu BakrRAA

Justice and equality Inequality isinjustice (forbidden in Islam)ldquoHe dieth not who takes to learning totreat children affectionately and to kiss

them are charitable actsrdquo

The teacher must be very sure that the treatmentof all children is equal and fair no favoritismno bias against certain children for whateverreason

This is especially important with regard to thosechildren who have been left as orphans ordisabled either as a result of the earthquake orfor any other reason

Al Hadith ldquoIt is a childrsquos right that his fathershould teach him how to read write

helliprdquo

Teachers have a responsibility to be professional in their teaching and also

to help parents and the community tounderstand their obligations about sending all

their children to school

Abu Daud ldquoWhoever has a girl under hisguardianshiphellip[and does not] treat herwith contempt nor gives preference to

his sons over her Allah will admit himto paradiserdquo

Teachers have an obligation to treatgirls equally and without bias and tohelp the parents and community to

understand their obligations in termsof helping girls to have an education

Page 27: Head Teachers Training Manual.pdf

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2740

Total 55 minutes

11 Materials required

o Flip chart paper

o marker penso tape

o workbook for each of the

participantso leaflets of food distribution

programme

IntroductionIntroduce the WFP-UNESCO in partnership with the Government of Pakistan has

initiated school feeding programme to mitigate short term hunger When children come

for school with empty stomach (without breakfast) they are less likely to concentrate and

engage in learning activities This programme can temporarily bridge food gapes infamilies and can be helpful in refocusing studentrsquos attention to the lessons This can also

be an incentive to increase the enrolment attendance and decrease dropout It is alsoassumed that this programme may increase the education quality improvement from

school to district level

Activity- 1

Facilitator will explain the following agendas of Food for Education The followingcatchphrase of school feeding programme will be written on flip chart and discussed

thoroughly

bull School feeding can decrease short-term hunger thereby increasing learningcapacity

bull School feeding and take home ration can improve school enrollment andattendance and decrease drop-out

bull Food assistance can encourage community participation in education

bull Involvement of district government education department can act as a lever for

school quality improvement

bull School feeding can improve nutritional status and hence improve school performance

bull School feeding and Take home ration are education intervention

Activity-2

The participants will discuss in groups and workout the grid mentioned below The participants will be encouraged to think on the activities that school can perform to

enhance school feeding programme specific objectives

Objectives and activities for school feeding programme

Objectives Activities

WFPUNESCO What school Can do

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2840

Increase enrollmentattendance retention and

completion

School ration (wheat and oil) Parents outreach

Enhance learning

environment

Provision of teaching and

learning materials

Enhance teachers quality Teachers complete a two-dayHead Teachersrsquo training

receive

Enhance learning capacity Provision of teaching and

learning kit

Increase community

participation

school food distribution

managed by parent IEC

campaign PTC training

Improve support to schools Management of ToT training

for head teachers

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2940

o Flip chart papero Marker penso Tape for sticking papers to the wallso Workbook for each participant

6 9831239831419831559831559831459831519831509830856 983107983151983149983149983157983150983145983156983161 983137983150983140 983120983137983154983141983150983156983155 983141983150983143983137983143983141983149983141983150983156 983145983150 983155983139983144983151983151983148Objectives By the end of this session the participants will be able to

bull Identify roles of PTCSMC in school

bull How to mobilize communityPTC in the school affairsbull What are their role in food distribution teaching material distribution and

monitoring

Time Allocation

What PTC and SMCs can do for the schools

Activity-1 Need and response 40

Activity-2 ways of communication with community- School

improvement booklet and awareness raising message

10

Conclusion 05 minutes

Total 55 minutes

Materials required

IntroductionFacilitator will introduce community participation in education Community and parents

are best resources to be utilized In Pakistan SMCs PTCs representingcommunityparents have been initiated to assist the school

61 983105983139983156983145983158983145983156983161 1 983118983141983141983140983155 983137983150983140 983122983141983155983152983151983150983155983141983155

Divide the participants into small groups (3-4) Ask participants to open their workbooks

and list in the first column the 5 pressing needs of their schools Then the second columnthey should list one point for each need where SMCPTCs can assist The groups have 20

minutes for this exercise

Needs Assistance

Children not attending schools PTAsSMCs can advocate in the

community and support families to sendtheir children to school through provision of

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3040

scholarships especially their girl children

Distribution of food and teaching

learning materials

PTC and SMC can monitor of the fair distribution

Activity-4

The community is part of the class room atmosphere and school physical environmentHead teacher needs to build a good relationship with the community Know the

community develop co-operation communicate with them There are many ways of

connecting with the community as mentioned below

62 983127983137983161983155 983151983142 983149983137983147983145983150983143 983148983145983150983147983137983143983141983155 983159983145983156983144 983107983151983149983149983157983150983145983156983161983120983137983154983141983150983156983155

Some suggested ideas for information sharing below

letters Events like School Day parents day PTCSMCs and teachers meetings

community projects clean ups information promotions (heath and sanitation) the school as a centre for community activities and adult classes sharing School Improvement Booklet-awareness raising materials

7 9831239831419831559831559831459831519831509830857 983105983139983156983145983151983150983085983120983148983137983150

ObjectivesBy the end of this session the participants will be able to

bull Develop Action Plans to address the following School Improvement Indicatorso School attendance and enrollmento Improved School environment

o Health and hygieneo Utilization of teaching and learning resourceso Monitoring and recording wheat and oil rationo Activation of PTCSMC

Present Action plan format 10

Activity-1 design action plans for their schools 50

Activity -2 Presentations 20

Summing up 10

Total 1 30 minutes

Materials required

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3140

o Flip Charto Marker pens

o Action plan format

o School Day Charto Tape

o White Sheets

Introduction

The facilitator will share format of Action Plan to the participants Clearly explain how to

go about it Then ask the participants individually develop Action plan that will beimplemented in their schools The participants will also be informed that on the bases of

these Action Plans they will be monitored

What How Who When Comments

1 School

health

Providing

clean

water

HT

Teachers

PTCSMC

March 09 Head teacher in

collaboration with

PTCSMC will makesure there is a safe clean

water for students in the

school

2 Students

enrolment

Enrolment

campaignSchool

day

Visithomes

PTCSMC

HT

5t

Apr-09

3 School day

4 SMC

meeting

5 Improve

school

environment

The training participants will fill out this action plan according to their school needs and priority Share these Action Plans to the whole group and encourage others to make notes

from each others work incases they see it relevant to their schools as well

Objectives

By the end of this session the participants will be able too To develop an understanding of how a School Day is celebratedo Plan for their own schools of how they will celebrate the day

Present School Day Plan 10 minutes

Activity-1 Discuss in small groups how the day will be

celebrate

20 minutes

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3240

Make plans when the day will be celebrated at their school 30 minutes

Total 60 minutes

Materials required

o Flip Chart

o Marker pens

o School Day Chart

o Tapeo White Sheets

School DayA lsquoSchool Dayrsquo is the day in the GOP-WFP-UNESCO project when parents teachers and projectofficials meet in the school premises to discuss ways to improve the school Several factorscontribute to school improvement School attendance and enrollment Retention of studentsSchool environment Health and hygiene of students Utilization of teaching and learning

materials PTACommunity involvement Nutrition and diet and use of oil and wheat rations Ona School Day the head teacher with the help of Social Mobilizer of the implementing partner willdiscuss the school improvement factors with the parents and children of the school

ActivitiesThe following activities are suggested to make the day useful and attractive to the children

parents and community members

Activity 1 Preparation of activities of the day

Send invitation to all parents at least a week before the ldquoSchool Dayrdquo through children verballyand also in writing (hand written notes would suffice) and also spread the message by word-of-mouth At least two days before the program send a reminder by writing the message on the

studentsrsquo copy books or paper slips and read it loudly and clearly in the classrooms Make surethat the children have understood the message by asking them to explain And if possible invite

the community members through telephone calls or by sending the school children to spread thenews Advance planning is the key to success

Activity 2 Follow the agenda

SN Activities Time in

Minutes

Registration of the participants

1 Recitation verses from the holy Quran by one of the students 03

2 Naat by a student 05

Celebrate a School Day

Make sure you have

1 All parents children teachers head teacher supervisorADO and the PTASMC PTC are invited

2 A plan is ready for the day

3 Food items (wheat and oil) ready for distribution

4 Key messages and teaching and learning kits are available and are on display

5 Students prepared to show their talents to their parents and to the community members

6 Successes and areas needing improvements for discussion with parents and community

7 Constituted a committee for organization of the School Day

8 Informed the students that they should come neat and clean and in school uniform

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3340

Notes for the Head Teacher Use the day to celebrate to celebrate the schoolsrsquo achievements Open the school gates for parents community members and social workers of the villag

Involve everybody in the sessions and avoid a lot of talking (Sweeten the small stuff) Give children space to speak about their successes and problems at the school

If you have more than one teacher involve them in planning of the day Ask teachers to facilitate group discussions without dominating the discussion If teachers

are not available ask some literate volunteers from the village or NGO representatives if

available to help Decorate the school with childrenrsquos work and readymade displays and locally available

flowers and plants You have some of the resources available in your teaching andlearning kit

Have a positive focus Do not talk with parents about what their children can not dorather talk about what the children can do

Explore use of local resources

Take ideas from School Improvement Booklet (SIB) for the event Appreciate studentsrsquo successes and achievements with some rewards if possible Pray for every ones success and those who have helped in providing an opportunity to

celebrate the day pray for the country and the people for their good health wealth peaceand prosperity and thank everyone for their participation

Actively follow up on the implementation of School Improvement Plan prepared on theSchool Day

3 Welcome address by PTAPTCSMC representative 10

4 Introduction of the day by the Head teacher 20

5 Poem song or some creative item from the students 20

6 Discussion on the key messages (what does the messages mean how it will be disseminated

in the village How to achieve it)

40

7 Discussion on the topics (use group work) followed by whole group open discussion

School attendance and enrollment School environment Health and hygiene Utilization ofTeaching and Learning materials PTACommunity Involvement Nutrition and diet and

Use of oil and wheat rations (please involve some representative students as well)

40

8 Develop a School Development Plan (SDP ) while using the following pattern

40

Issues1 How it will be

resolved

Who will be

responsible

Resources

required

Source of

funding

Time (By

When)

Note Please use short term and quickly doable plans like reducing absenteeism by students and teachers cleaningthe school planning trees (use School Improvement Book for more ideas)

9 Conclude the day by stating the background and the purpose of food and educational

incentives and by asking the parents and children to take their food ration and remind them

about the key messages As a concluding activity invite the parents and the community

members to visit the classrooms and ask the students to explain to them their creative work

10

Activity 3 Documentation and Reporting

Document the proceedings of the day and develop a short report for Project Implementation Unit

ADO circle or talka

1 For example student attendance has declined in the past two months

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3440

Course Evaluation

Note Please take a few minutes to complete the form and return to the facilitator

1 List out what have you learnt from this training

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

----------------------------------------------------------

2 What did you like from the training

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------

3 What particular learning will you implement How

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------

4 What are the suggestions to improve the training

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------

5 How do you rate the facilitator knowledge skills and attitude

Knowledge 1------2--------3--------4--------5

Skills 1------2--------3--------4--------5

Attitude 1------2--------3--------4--------5

Note 1 is the lowest and 5 is highest rate Please circle the number that you think

the facilitator has performed

6 Over all comments about the training

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3540

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3640

Reading Materials

Facilitator Child Rights Our Educational Responsibilities

All Education programmes must be based on the understanding of the Convention on

the Rights of a Child When training is based on these values then the child will be thecentre of all topics presented The teachers job is to provide opportunities theatmosphere and environment so the rights of the child are met in the place they willspend much of their waking hours The main educational rights involve in schools arebased from rights number 13 17 28 29 and 31

Important Rights to note childrens right to leisure and play childrens need for space to develop the need to take childrens opinions into account the need to involve children in the learning process

the need for policies and training to be in the best interest of the child the need for learning to be life skills relevant local roots and global connections the importance of a change in attitude towards facilitating learning

The following needs to be in place so it can happen in Child Friendly SchoolsUniversal AccessReference to the many million children still deprived of education many of whom aregirls many of whom finish primary school lacking essential knowledge skills attitudesand values

Role of Parents Teachers and Community

awareness of the role of teachers and trainers being imperative in realising the ideaof childrens rights basing training on interpreting the Convention on the Rights of the Child and

putting it into real practice having all the skills necessary to encourage and assist all in the learning process realising that learning is not just about the facts but learning how to access and

process information so it is beneficial and relevant supporting and rewarding trainers and teachers ensuring that parents are given a key responsibility in forming constructive

relationships with teachers and schools for learning and training requirement fortheir children

Equal Opportunities an understanding of non-discrimination against girls special needs learning

difficulties children who are nomadic indigenous immigrant or are a linguisticminority

a realisation that every child has unique characteristics interests abilities needs

The Appropriate Quality Education Content

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3740

training of teachers and school learning being relevant to the child now and for thefuture

training sessions and consequently classroom and schools helping to developpersonalities talents mental and physical abilities to their fullest potential

Cultural roots and Global Values

the need to include respect for human rights in our learning environments an awareness of combination of learning to respect ones own nation and culture and

the culture of others the need to encourage tolerance and harmony for a better understanding of

minorities indigenous peoples refugees immigrants and gender equality

New Methods of Learning an agreement that learning is a combination of critical thinking and having fun that

passive listening and rote memorisation are less valuable than application andprocess to enhance understanding

the need for training workshops and classrooms to be participant friendly allowing for curiosity time to question receive answers to argue debate test andmake mistakes to create be spontaneous to be recognised and respected

Mutual Respect reflecting in training and inner life of a school the education message of vision

values human rights tolerance respecting dignity encouraging problem-solving skills allowing teachers to help children develop tools

for peaceful conflict resolution in all new learning situations the need to feel safe secure and totally trust our

teachersStudent Participation Opportunities for learners to express their points of view encouraging learners to

take personal responsibility for their studies Having a system of sharing responsibilities sharing ideas regular feedback and

learning evaluation Knowing that a good school and a good training workshop both promote total

participation and is a model of fairness for all

Child Rights and our Primary Health Care Responsibilities

The Child Health Rights directly concerning the teacher and the school must also beconsidered as the school can play a vital role in ensuring they are addressed Thefollowing particularly relate to articles 19 23 24 29 and 31

educational policies in schools and classrooms must be in place to protect childrenfrom all forms of physical punishment mental violence injury abuse neglect ormaltreatment

that an effort be made to include mentally and physically disabled children in theschool and classroom programmes so they can enjoy a full and decent life whichpromotes dignity self reliance and participation in the school and community

that schools may assist in facilitating a child in health rehabilitation

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3840

to ensure basic medical assistance is given in school for first aid and thedevelopment of primary health care awareness

keeping health records and observing nutritional state of individual children providing clean water in schools to ensure the educational programmes support mental and physical development

a child has an opportunity at school to rest and leisure and playIn Pakistan there is higher infant mortality lower immunisation lower literacy rateslower school enrolment lower access to safe water and more severely underweightchildren Primary health care is vital on the long list of human development needs Allchildren have the right to the best health care that is availableThis area is of concern to all involved in teaching as the child entering the school cantake advantage of all the opportunities if they are healthy and well cared for in pre-school environments and homesSchools also must ensure their primary role in health care so children can carry thelearning to other parts of the community The two concerns involve preventive orcurative methods

Ignorance polluted surroundings negligence in food care washing facilities animalsclose to living areas unsafe drinking water sanitation living surroundings seasonaldiseases communicable diseases personal hygiene girl children and their health andcommunicable diseases are all areas of concern The population growth rate isincreasing and many are deprived of basic Primary Health Care

When the population rate is more than the resources the situation can be extremelydifficult and expensive to remedy

In classroom and at schools areas of health can be addressed throughout the primaryyears so information is clearly disseminated with the help of the children Awareness of

healthy habits helps children build their self-esteem and learning to value your-self is animportant aspect of primary health care

The value of children learning aspects of Primary Health Care

they are very good and quick learners they share with others whatever they learn the learning in childhood is long lasting the teachers instructions or words are important words for a child children experience that is they do practical work and learn more school is the place where a childrsquos thought is effected for a practical life

Teachers and Community Role

recording weight height and skin colour observing health changes carefully observing and noting abnormalities and informing the parents having positive discussions with parents joyful learning lessons on primary health care making a health class and playground environment ensuring there is safe water in the school

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3940

ensuring there are adequate male and female toilet facilities in the schools having regular health chart challenges

Primary Health Care having healthy well nourished children learning in a healthyhygienic environment with clean safe water clean safe surroundings clean safepersonal habits clean safe food preparation Classroom Climate caring for the

emotional and physical well-being of children

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 4040

Appendix-A

Ref Right of children in Islam What the teacher can do

Al Hadith In accordance with Islamic preceptldquochildrenrdquo means both male andfemaleldquoAcquisition of knowledge is obligatory

for all true believersrdquo

Ensure that both boys and girls haveaccess to schoolIf there is a mixed class of boys andgirls the girls should have as much

attention as the boys

Right to be brought up properlylooked after and provided for andeducated

The teacher is in loco parentis (in the place of the parents) and has theresponsibility to provide the same careas the parents

Al Quran666

Right to religious moral ethicalguidance provided with an

understanding of right and wrong

The teacher needs to know andunderstand the teachings of Islam so

as to provide the child with a good

education without bias and with agood ethical foundation

Al Quran5251

Children are given in trust to their parents ndash who will be held

accountableldquoEveryone of you is a caretaker andeveryone of you is answerable for hissubjectsrdquo

As teachers are in the place of parents ndash they too may be held accountable

Abu BakrRAA

Justice and equality Inequality isinjustice (forbidden in Islam)ldquoHe dieth not who takes to learning totreat children affectionately and to kiss

them are charitable actsrdquo

The teacher must be very sure that the treatmentof all children is equal and fair no favoritismno bias against certain children for whateverreason

This is especially important with regard to thosechildren who have been left as orphans ordisabled either as a result of the earthquake orfor any other reason

Al Hadith ldquoIt is a childrsquos right that his fathershould teach him how to read write

helliprdquo

Teachers have a responsibility to be professional in their teaching and also

to help parents and the community tounderstand their obligations about sending all

their children to school

Abu Daud ldquoWhoever has a girl under hisguardianshiphellip[and does not] treat herwith contempt nor gives preference to

his sons over her Allah will admit himto paradiserdquo

Teachers have an obligation to treatgirls equally and without bias and tohelp the parents and community to

understand their obligations in termsof helping girls to have an education

Page 28: Head Teachers Training Manual.pdf

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2840

Increase enrollmentattendance retention and

completion

School ration (wheat and oil) Parents outreach

Enhance learning

environment

Provision of teaching and

learning materials

Enhance teachers quality Teachers complete a two-dayHead Teachersrsquo training

receive

Enhance learning capacity Provision of teaching and

learning kit

Increase community

participation

school food distribution

managed by parent IEC

campaign PTC training

Improve support to schools Management of ToT training

for head teachers

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2940

o Flip chart papero Marker penso Tape for sticking papers to the wallso Workbook for each participant

6 9831239831419831559831559831459831519831509830856 983107983151983149983149983157983150983145983156983161 983137983150983140 983120983137983154983141983150983156983155 983141983150983143983137983143983141983149983141983150983156 983145983150 983155983139983144983151983151983148Objectives By the end of this session the participants will be able to

bull Identify roles of PTCSMC in school

bull How to mobilize communityPTC in the school affairsbull What are their role in food distribution teaching material distribution and

monitoring

Time Allocation

What PTC and SMCs can do for the schools

Activity-1 Need and response 40

Activity-2 ways of communication with community- School

improvement booklet and awareness raising message

10

Conclusion 05 minutes

Total 55 minutes

Materials required

IntroductionFacilitator will introduce community participation in education Community and parents

are best resources to be utilized In Pakistan SMCs PTCs representingcommunityparents have been initiated to assist the school

61 983105983139983156983145983158983145983156983161 1 983118983141983141983140983155 983137983150983140 983122983141983155983152983151983150983155983141983155

Divide the participants into small groups (3-4) Ask participants to open their workbooks

and list in the first column the 5 pressing needs of their schools Then the second columnthey should list one point for each need where SMCPTCs can assist The groups have 20

minutes for this exercise

Needs Assistance

Children not attending schools PTAsSMCs can advocate in the

community and support families to sendtheir children to school through provision of

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3040

scholarships especially their girl children

Distribution of food and teaching

learning materials

PTC and SMC can monitor of the fair distribution

Activity-4

The community is part of the class room atmosphere and school physical environmentHead teacher needs to build a good relationship with the community Know the

community develop co-operation communicate with them There are many ways of

connecting with the community as mentioned below

62 983127983137983161983155 983151983142 983149983137983147983145983150983143 983148983145983150983147983137983143983141983155 983159983145983156983144 983107983151983149983149983157983150983145983156983161983120983137983154983141983150983156983155

Some suggested ideas for information sharing below

letters Events like School Day parents day PTCSMCs and teachers meetings

community projects clean ups information promotions (heath and sanitation) the school as a centre for community activities and adult classes sharing School Improvement Booklet-awareness raising materials

7 9831239831419831559831559831459831519831509830857 983105983139983156983145983151983150983085983120983148983137983150

ObjectivesBy the end of this session the participants will be able to

bull Develop Action Plans to address the following School Improvement Indicatorso School attendance and enrollmento Improved School environment

o Health and hygieneo Utilization of teaching and learning resourceso Monitoring and recording wheat and oil rationo Activation of PTCSMC

Present Action plan format 10

Activity-1 design action plans for their schools 50

Activity -2 Presentations 20

Summing up 10

Total 1 30 minutes

Materials required

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3140

o Flip Charto Marker pens

o Action plan format

o School Day Charto Tape

o White Sheets

Introduction

The facilitator will share format of Action Plan to the participants Clearly explain how to

go about it Then ask the participants individually develop Action plan that will beimplemented in their schools The participants will also be informed that on the bases of

these Action Plans they will be monitored

What How Who When Comments

1 School

health

Providing

clean

water

HT

Teachers

PTCSMC

March 09 Head teacher in

collaboration with

PTCSMC will makesure there is a safe clean

water for students in the

school

2 Students

enrolment

Enrolment

campaignSchool

day

Visithomes

PTCSMC

HT

5t

Apr-09

3 School day

4 SMC

meeting

5 Improve

school

environment

The training participants will fill out this action plan according to their school needs and priority Share these Action Plans to the whole group and encourage others to make notes

from each others work incases they see it relevant to their schools as well

Objectives

By the end of this session the participants will be able too To develop an understanding of how a School Day is celebratedo Plan for their own schools of how they will celebrate the day

Present School Day Plan 10 minutes

Activity-1 Discuss in small groups how the day will be

celebrate

20 minutes

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3240

Make plans when the day will be celebrated at their school 30 minutes

Total 60 minutes

Materials required

o Flip Chart

o Marker pens

o School Day Chart

o Tapeo White Sheets

School DayA lsquoSchool Dayrsquo is the day in the GOP-WFP-UNESCO project when parents teachers and projectofficials meet in the school premises to discuss ways to improve the school Several factorscontribute to school improvement School attendance and enrollment Retention of studentsSchool environment Health and hygiene of students Utilization of teaching and learning

materials PTACommunity involvement Nutrition and diet and use of oil and wheat rations Ona School Day the head teacher with the help of Social Mobilizer of the implementing partner willdiscuss the school improvement factors with the parents and children of the school

ActivitiesThe following activities are suggested to make the day useful and attractive to the children

parents and community members

Activity 1 Preparation of activities of the day

Send invitation to all parents at least a week before the ldquoSchool Dayrdquo through children verballyand also in writing (hand written notes would suffice) and also spread the message by word-of-mouth At least two days before the program send a reminder by writing the message on the

studentsrsquo copy books or paper slips and read it loudly and clearly in the classrooms Make surethat the children have understood the message by asking them to explain And if possible invite

the community members through telephone calls or by sending the school children to spread thenews Advance planning is the key to success

Activity 2 Follow the agenda

SN Activities Time in

Minutes

Registration of the participants

1 Recitation verses from the holy Quran by one of the students 03

2 Naat by a student 05

Celebrate a School Day

Make sure you have

1 All parents children teachers head teacher supervisorADO and the PTASMC PTC are invited

2 A plan is ready for the day

3 Food items (wheat and oil) ready for distribution

4 Key messages and teaching and learning kits are available and are on display

5 Students prepared to show their talents to their parents and to the community members

6 Successes and areas needing improvements for discussion with parents and community

7 Constituted a committee for organization of the School Day

8 Informed the students that they should come neat and clean and in school uniform

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3340

Notes for the Head Teacher Use the day to celebrate to celebrate the schoolsrsquo achievements Open the school gates for parents community members and social workers of the villag

Involve everybody in the sessions and avoid a lot of talking (Sweeten the small stuff) Give children space to speak about their successes and problems at the school

If you have more than one teacher involve them in planning of the day Ask teachers to facilitate group discussions without dominating the discussion If teachers

are not available ask some literate volunteers from the village or NGO representatives if

available to help Decorate the school with childrenrsquos work and readymade displays and locally available

flowers and plants You have some of the resources available in your teaching andlearning kit

Have a positive focus Do not talk with parents about what their children can not dorather talk about what the children can do

Explore use of local resources

Take ideas from School Improvement Booklet (SIB) for the event Appreciate studentsrsquo successes and achievements with some rewards if possible Pray for every ones success and those who have helped in providing an opportunity to

celebrate the day pray for the country and the people for their good health wealth peaceand prosperity and thank everyone for their participation

Actively follow up on the implementation of School Improvement Plan prepared on theSchool Day

3 Welcome address by PTAPTCSMC representative 10

4 Introduction of the day by the Head teacher 20

5 Poem song or some creative item from the students 20

6 Discussion on the key messages (what does the messages mean how it will be disseminated

in the village How to achieve it)

40

7 Discussion on the topics (use group work) followed by whole group open discussion

School attendance and enrollment School environment Health and hygiene Utilization ofTeaching and Learning materials PTACommunity Involvement Nutrition and diet and

Use of oil and wheat rations (please involve some representative students as well)

40

8 Develop a School Development Plan (SDP ) while using the following pattern

40

Issues1 How it will be

resolved

Who will be

responsible

Resources

required

Source of

funding

Time (By

When)

Note Please use short term and quickly doable plans like reducing absenteeism by students and teachers cleaningthe school planning trees (use School Improvement Book for more ideas)

9 Conclude the day by stating the background and the purpose of food and educational

incentives and by asking the parents and children to take their food ration and remind them

about the key messages As a concluding activity invite the parents and the community

members to visit the classrooms and ask the students to explain to them their creative work

10

Activity 3 Documentation and Reporting

Document the proceedings of the day and develop a short report for Project Implementation Unit

ADO circle or talka

1 For example student attendance has declined in the past two months

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3440

Course Evaluation

Note Please take a few minutes to complete the form and return to the facilitator

1 List out what have you learnt from this training

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

----------------------------------------------------------

2 What did you like from the training

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------

3 What particular learning will you implement How

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------

4 What are the suggestions to improve the training

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------

5 How do you rate the facilitator knowledge skills and attitude

Knowledge 1------2--------3--------4--------5

Skills 1------2--------3--------4--------5

Attitude 1------2--------3--------4--------5

Note 1 is the lowest and 5 is highest rate Please circle the number that you think

the facilitator has performed

6 Over all comments about the training

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3540

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3640

Reading Materials

Facilitator Child Rights Our Educational Responsibilities

All Education programmes must be based on the understanding of the Convention on

the Rights of a Child When training is based on these values then the child will be thecentre of all topics presented The teachers job is to provide opportunities theatmosphere and environment so the rights of the child are met in the place they willspend much of their waking hours The main educational rights involve in schools arebased from rights number 13 17 28 29 and 31

Important Rights to note childrens right to leisure and play childrens need for space to develop the need to take childrens opinions into account the need to involve children in the learning process

the need for policies and training to be in the best interest of the child the need for learning to be life skills relevant local roots and global connections the importance of a change in attitude towards facilitating learning

The following needs to be in place so it can happen in Child Friendly SchoolsUniversal AccessReference to the many million children still deprived of education many of whom aregirls many of whom finish primary school lacking essential knowledge skills attitudesand values

Role of Parents Teachers and Community

awareness of the role of teachers and trainers being imperative in realising the ideaof childrens rights basing training on interpreting the Convention on the Rights of the Child and

putting it into real practice having all the skills necessary to encourage and assist all in the learning process realising that learning is not just about the facts but learning how to access and

process information so it is beneficial and relevant supporting and rewarding trainers and teachers ensuring that parents are given a key responsibility in forming constructive

relationships with teachers and schools for learning and training requirement fortheir children

Equal Opportunities an understanding of non-discrimination against girls special needs learning

difficulties children who are nomadic indigenous immigrant or are a linguisticminority

a realisation that every child has unique characteristics interests abilities needs

The Appropriate Quality Education Content

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3740

training of teachers and school learning being relevant to the child now and for thefuture

training sessions and consequently classroom and schools helping to developpersonalities talents mental and physical abilities to their fullest potential

Cultural roots and Global Values

the need to include respect for human rights in our learning environments an awareness of combination of learning to respect ones own nation and culture and

the culture of others the need to encourage tolerance and harmony for a better understanding of

minorities indigenous peoples refugees immigrants and gender equality

New Methods of Learning an agreement that learning is a combination of critical thinking and having fun that

passive listening and rote memorisation are less valuable than application andprocess to enhance understanding

the need for training workshops and classrooms to be participant friendly allowing for curiosity time to question receive answers to argue debate test andmake mistakes to create be spontaneous to be recognised and respected

Mutual Respect reflecting in training and inner life of a school the education message of vision

values human rights tolerance respecting dignity encouraging problem-solving skills allowing teachers to help children develop tools

for peaceful conflict resolution in all new learning situations the need to feel safe secure and totally trust our

teachersStudent Participation Opportunities for learners to express their points of view encouraging learners to

take personal responsibility for their studies Having a system of sharing responsibilities sharing ideas regular feedback and

learning evaluation Knowing that a good school and a good training workshop both promote total

participation and is a model of fairness for all

Child Rights and our Primary Health Care Responsibilities

The Child Health Rights directly concerning the teacher and the school must also beconsidered as the school can play a vital role in ensuring they are addressed Thefollowing particularly relate to articles 19 23 24 29 and 31

educational policies in schools and classrooms must be in place to protect childrenfrom all forms of physical punishment mental violence injury abuse neglect ormaltreatment

that an effort be made to include mentally and physically disabled children in theschool and classroom programmes so they can enjoy a full and decent life whichpromotes dignity self reliance and participation in the school and community

that schools may assist in facilitating a child in health rehabilitation

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3840

to ensure basic medical assistance is given in school for first aid and thedevelopment of primary health care awareness

keeping health records and observing nutritional state of individual children providing clean water in schools to ensure the educational programmes support mental and physical development

a child has an opportunity at school to rest and leisure and playIn Pakistan there is higher infant mortality lower immunisation lower literacy rateslower school enrolment lower access to safe water and more severely underweightchildren Primary health care is vital on the long list of human development needs Allchildren have the right to the best health care that is availableThis area is of concern to all involved in teaching as the child entering the school cantake advantage of all the opportunities if they are healthy and well cared for in pre-school environments and homesSchools also must ensure their primary role in health care so children can carry thelearning to other parts of the community The two concerns involve preventive orcurative methods

Ignorance polluted surroundings negligence in food care washing facilities animalsclose to living areas unsafe drinking water sanitation living surroundings seasonaldiseases communicable diseases personal hygiene girl children and their health andcommunicable diseases are all areas of concern The population growth rate isincreasing and many are deprived of basic Primary Health Care

When the population rate is more than the resources the situation can be extremelydifficult and expensive to remedy

In classroom and at schools areas of health can be addressed throughout the primaryyears so information is clearly disseminated with the help of the children Awareness of

healthy habits helps children build their self-esteem and learning to value your-self is animportant aspect of primary health care

The value of children learning aspects of Primary Health Care

they are very good and quick learners they share with others whatever they learn the learning in childhood is long lasting the teachers instructions or words are important words for a child children experience that is they do practical work and learn more school is the place where a childrsquos thought is effected for a practical life

Teachers and Community Role

recording weight height and skin colour observing health changes carefully observing and noting abnormalities and informing the parents having positive discussions with parents joyful learning lessons on primary health care making a health class and playground environment ensuring there is safe water in the school

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3940

ensuring there are adequate male and female toilet facilities in the schools having regular health chart challenges

Primary Health Care having healthy well nourished children learning in a healthyhygienic environment with clean safe water clean safe surroundings clean safepersonal habits clean safe food preparation Classroom Climate caring for the

emotional and physical well-being of children

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 4040

Appendix-A

Ref Right of children in Islam What the teacher can do

Al Hadith In accordance with Islamic preceptldquochildrenrdquo means both male andfemaleldquoAcquisition of knowledge is obligatory

for all true believersrdquo

Ensure that both boys and girls haveaccess to schoolIf there is a mixed class of boys andgirls the girls should have as much

attention as the boys

Right to be brought up properlylooked after and provided for andeducated

The teacher is in loco parentis (in the place of the parents) and has theresponsibility to provide the same careas the parents

Al Quran666

Right to religious moral ethicalguidance provided with an

understanding of right and wrong

The teacher needs to know andunderstand the teachings of Islam so

as to provide the child with a good

education without bias and with agood ethical foundation

Al Quran5251

Children are given in trust to their parents ndash who will be held

accountableldquoEveryone of you is a caretaker andeveryone of you is answerable for hissubjectsrdquo

As teachers are in the place of parents ndash they too may be held accountable

Abu BakrRAA

Justice and equality Inequality isinjustice (forbidden in Islam)ldquoHe dieth not who takes to learning totreat children affectionately and to kiss

them are charitable actsrdquo

The teacher must be very sure that the treatmentof all children is equal and fair no favoritismno bias against certain children for whateverreason

This is especially important with regard to thosechildren who have been left as orphans ordisabled either as a result of the earthquake orfor any other reason

Al Hadith ldquoIt is a childrsquos right that his fathershould teach him how to read write

helliprdquo

Teachers have a responsibility to be professional in their teaching and also

to help parents and the community tounderstand their obligations about sending all

their children to school

Abu Daud ldquoWhoever has a girl under hisguardianshiphellip[and does not] treat herwith contempt nor gives preference to

his sons over her Allah will admit himto paradiserdquo

Teachers have an obligation to treatgirls equally and without bias and tohelp the parents and community to

understand their obligations in termsof helping girls to have an education

Page 29: Head Teachers Training Manual.pdf

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 2940

o Flip chart papero Marker penso Tape for sticking papers to the wallso Workbook for each participant

6 9831239831419831559831559831459831519831509830856 983107983151983149983149983157983150983145983156983161 983137983150983140 983120983137983154983141983150983156983155 983141983150983143983137983143983141983149983141983150983156 983145983150 983155983139983144983151983151983148Objectives By the end of this session the participants will be able to

bull Identify roles of PTCSMC in school

bull How to mobilize communityPTC in the school affairsbull What are their role in food distribution teaching material distribution and

monitoring

Time Allocation

What PTC and SMCs can do for the schools

Activity-1 Need and response 40

Activity-2 ways of communication with community- School

improvement booklet and awareness raising message

10

Conclusion 05 minutes

Total 55 minutes

Materials required

IntroductionFacilitator will introduce community participation in education Community and parents

are best resources to be utilized In Pakistan SMCs PTCs representingcommunityparents have been initiated to assist the school

61 983105983139983156983145983158983145983156983161 1 983118983141983141983140983155 983137983150983140 983122983141983155983152983151983150983155983141983155

Divide the participants into small groups (3-4) Ask participants to open their workbooks

and list in the first column the 5 pressing needs of their schools Then the second columnthey should list one point for each need where SMCPTCs can assist The groups have 20

minutes for this exercise

Needs Assistance

Children not attending schools PTAsSMCs can advocate in the

community and support families to sendtheir children to school through provision of

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3040

scholarships especially their girl children

Distribution of food and teaching

learning materials

PTC and SMC can monitor of the fair distribution

Activity-4

The community is part of the class room atmosphere and school physical environmentHead teacher needs to build a good relationship with the community Know the

community develop co-operation communicate with them There are many ways of

connecting with the community as mentioned below

62 983127983137983161983155 983151983142 983149983137983147983145983150983143 983148983145983150983147983137983143983141983155 983159983145983156983144 983107983151983149983149983157983150983145983156983161983120983137983154983141983150983156983155

Some suggested ideas for information sharing below

letters Events like School Day parents day PTCSMCs and teachers meetings

community projects clean ups information promotions (heath and sanitation) the school as a centre for community activities and adult classes sharing School Improvement Booklet-awareness raising materials

7 9831239831419831559831559831459831519831509830857 983105983139983156983145983151983150983085983120983148983137983150

ObjectivesBy the end of this session the participants will be able to

bull Develop Action Plans to address the following School Improvement Indicatorso School attendance and enrollmento Improved School environment

o Health and hygieneo Utilization of teaching and learning resourceso Monitoring and recording wheat and oil rationo Activation of PTCSMC

Present Action plan format 10

Activity-1 design action plans for their schools 50

Activity -2 Presentations 20

Summing up 10

Total 1 30 minutes

Materials required

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3140

o Flip Charto Marker pens

o Action plan format

o School Day Charto Tape

o White Sheets

Introduction

The facilitator will share format of Action Plan to the participants Clearly explain how to

go about it Then ask the participants individually develop Action plan that will beimplemented in their schools The participants will also be informed that on the bases of

these Action Plans they will be monitored

What How Who When Comments

1 School

health

Providing

clean

water

HT

Teachers

PTCSMC

March 09 Head teacher in

collaboration with

PTCSMC will makesure there is a safe clean

water for students in the

school

2 Students

enrolment

Enrolment

campaignSchool

day

Visithomes

PTCSMC

HT

5t

Apr-09

3 School day

4 SMC

meeting

5 Improve

school

environment

The training participants will fill out this action plan according to their school needs and priority Share these Action Plans to the whole group and encourage others to make notes

from each others work incases they see it relevant to their schools as well

Objectives

By the end of this session the participants will be able too To develop an understanding of how a School Day is celebratedo Plan for their own schools of how they will celebrate the day

Present School Day Plan 10 minutes

Activity-1 Discuss in small groups how the day will be

celebrate

20 minutes

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3240

Make plans when the day will be celebrated at their school 30 minutes

Total 60 minutes

Materials required

o Flip Chart

o Marker pens

o School Day Chart

o Tapeo White Sheets

School DayA lsquoSchool Dayrsquo is the day in the GOP-WFP-UNESCO project when parents teachers and projectofficials meet in the school premises to discuss ways to improve the school Several factorscontribute to school improvement School attendance and enrollment Retention of studentsSchool environment Health and hygiene of students Utilization of teaching and learning

materials PTACommunity involvement Nutrition and diet and use of oil and wheat rations Ona School Day the head teacher with the help of Social Mobilizer of the implementing partner willdiscuss the school improvement factors with the parents and children of the school

ActivitiesThe following activities are suggested to make the day useful and attractive to the children

parents and community members

Activity 1 Preparation of activities of the day

Send invitation to all parents at least a week before the ldquoSchool Dayrdquo through children verballyand also in writing (hand written notes would suffice) and also spread the message by word-of-mouth At least two days before the program send a reminder by writing the message on the

studentsrsquo copy books or paper slips and read it loudly and clearly in the classrooms Make surethat the children have understood the message by asking them to explain And if possible invite

the community members through telephone calls or by sending the school children to spread thenews Advance planning is the key to success

Activity 2 Follow the agenda

SN Activities Time in

Minutes

Registration of the participants

1 Recitation verses from the holy Quran by one of the students 03

2 Naat by a student 05

Celebrate a School Day

Make sure you have

1 All parents children teachers head teacher supervisorADO and the PTASMC PTC are invited

2 A plan is ready for the day

3 Food items (wheat and oil) ready for distribution

4 Key messages and teaching and learning kits are available and are on display

5 Students prepared to show their talents to their parents and to the community members

6 Successes and areas needing improvements for discussion with parents and community

7 Constituted a committee for organization of the School Day

8 Informed the students that they should come neat and clean and in school uniform

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3340

Notes for the Head Teacher Use the day to celebrate to celebrate the schoolsrsquo achievements Open the school gates for parents community members and social workers of the villag

Involve everybody in the sessions and avoid a lot of talking (Sweeten the small stuff) Give children space to speak about their successes and problems at the school

If you have more than one teacher involve them in planning of the day Ask teachers to facilitate group discussions without dominating the discussion If teachers

are not available ask some literate volunteers from the village or NGO representatives if

available to help Decorate the school with childrenrsquos work and readymade displays and locally available

flowers and plants You have some of the resources available in your teaching andlearning kit

Have a positive focus Do not talk with parents about what their children can not dorather talk about what the children can do

Explore use of local resources

Take ideas from School Improvement Booklet (SIB) for the event Appreciate studentsrsquo successes and achievements with some rewards if possible Pray for every ones success and those who have helped in providing an opportunity to

celebrate the day pray for the country and the people for their good health wealth peaceand prosperity and thank everyone for their participation

Actively follow up on the implementation of School Improvement Plan prepared on theSchool Day

3 Welcome address by PTAPTCSMC representative 10

4 Introduction of the day by the Head teacher 20

5 Poem song or some creative item from the students 20

6 Discussion on the key messages (what does the messages mean how it will be disseminated

in the village How to achieve it)

40

7 Discussion on the topics (use group work) followed by whole group open discussion

School attendance and enrollment School environment Health and hygiene Utilization ofTeaching and Learning materials PTACommunity Involvement Nutrition and diet and

Use of oil and wheat rations (please involve some representative students as well)

40

8 Develop a School Development Plan (SDP ) while using the following pattern

40

Issues1 How it will be

resolved

Who will be

responsible

Resources

required

Source of

funding

Time (By

When)

Note Please use short term and quickly doable plans like reducing absenteeism by students and teachers cleaningthe school planning trees (use School Improvement Book for more ideas)

9 Conclude the day by stating the background and the purpose of food and educational

incentives and by asking the parents and children to take their food ration and remind them

about the key messages As a concluding activity invite the parents and the community

members to visit the classrooms and ask the students to explain to them their creative work

10

Activity 3 Documentation and Reporting

Document the proceedings of the day and develop a short report for Project Implementation Unit

ADO circle or talka

1 For example student attendance has declined in the past two months

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3440

Course Evaluation

Note Please take a few minutes to complete the form and return to the facilitator

1 List out what have you learnt from this training

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

----------------------------------------------------------

2 What did you like from the training

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------

3 What particular learning will you implement How

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------

4 What are the suggestions to improve the training

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------

5 How do you rate the facilitator knowledge skills and attitude

Knowledge 1------2--------3--------4--------5

Skills 1------2--------3--------4--------5

Attitude 1------2--------3--------4--------5

Note 1 is the lowest and 5 is highest rate Please circle the number that you think

the facilitator has performed

6 Over all comments about the training

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3540

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3640

Reading Materials

Facilitator Child Rights Our Educational Responsibilities

All Education programmes must be based on the understanding of the Convention on

the Rights of a Child When training is based on these values then the child will be thecentre of all topics presented The teachers job is to provide opportunities theatmosphere and environment so the rights of the child are met in the place they willspend much of their waking hours The main educational rights involve in schools arebased from rights number 13 17 28 29 and 31

Important Rights to note childrens right to leisure and play childrens need for space to develop the need to take childrens opinions into account the need to involve children in the learning process

the need for policies and training to be in the best interest of the child the need for learning to be life skills relevant local roots and global connections the importance of a change in attitude towards facilitating learning

The following needs to be in place so it can happen in Child Friendly SchoolsUniversal AccessReference to the many million children still deprived of education many of whom aregirls many of whom finish primary school lacking essential knowledge skills attitudesand values

Role of Parents Teachers and Community

awareness of the role of teachers and trainers being imperative in realising the ideaof childrens rights basing training on interpreting the Convention on the Rights of the Child and

putting it into real practice having all the skills necessary to encourage and assist all in the learning process realising that learning is not just about the facts but learning how to access and

process information so it is beneficial and relevant supporting and rewarding trainers and teachers ensuring that parents are given a key responsibility in forming constructive

relationships with teachers and schools for learning and training requirement fortheir children

Equal Opportunities an understanding of non-discrimination against girls special needs learning

difficulties children who are nomadic indigenous immigrant or are a linguisticminority

a realisation that every child has unique characteristics interests abilities needs

The Appropriate Quality Education Content

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3740

training of teachers and school learning being relevant to the child now and for thefuture

training sessions and consequently classroom and schools helping to developpersonalities talents mental and physical abilities to their fullest potential

Cultural roots and Global Values

the need to include respect for human rights in our learning environments an awareness of combination of learning to respect ones own nation and culture and

the culture of others the need to encourage tolerance and harmony for a better understanding of

minorities indigenous peoples refugees immigrants and gender equality

New Methods of Learning an agreement that learning is a combination of critical thinking and having fun that

passive listening and rote memorisation are less valuable than application andprocess to enhance understanding

the need for training workshops and classrooms to be participant friendly allowing for curiosity time to question receive answers to argue debate test andmake mistakes to create be spontaneous to be recognised and respected

Mutual Respect reflecting in training and inner life of a school the education message of vision

values human rights tolerance respecting dignity encouraging problem-solving skills allowing teachers to help children develop tools

for peaceful conflict resolution in all new learning situations the need to feel safe secure and totally trust our

teachersStudent Participation Opportunities for learners to express their points of view encouraging learners to

take personal responsibility for their studies Having a system of sharing responsibilities sharing ideas regular feedback and

learning evaluation Knowing that a good school and a good training workshop both promote total

participation and is a model of fairness for all

Child Rights and our Primary Health Care Responsibilities

The Child Health Rights directly concerning the teacher and the school must also beconsidered as the school can play a vital role in ensuring they are addressed Thefollowing particularly relate to articles 19 23 24 29 and 31

educational policies in schools and classrooms must be in place to protect childrenfrom all forms of physical punishment mental violence injury abuse neglect ormaltreatment

that an effort be made to include mentally and physically disabled children in theschool and classroom programmes so they can enjoy a full and decent life whichpromotes dignity self reliance and participation in the school and community

that schools may assist in facilitating a child in health rehabilitation

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3840

to ensure basic medical assistance is given in school for first aid and thedevelopment of primary health care awareness

keeping health records and observing nutritional state of individual children providing clean water in schools to ensure the educational programmes support mental and physical development

a child has an opportunity at school to rest and leisure and playIn Pakistan there is higher infant mortality lower immunisation lower literacy rateslower school enrolment lower access to safe water and more severely underweightchildren Primary health care is vital on the long list of human development needs Allchildren have the right to the best health care that is availableThis area is of concern to all involved in teaching as the child entering the school cantake advantage of all the opportunities if they are healthy and well cared for in pre-school environments and homesSchools also must ensure their primary role in health care so children can carry thelearning to other parts of the community The two concerns involve preventive orcurative methods

Ignorance polluted surroundings negligence in food care washing facilities animalsclose to living areas unsafe drinking water sanitation living surroundings seasonaldiseases communicable diseases personal hygiene girl children and their health andcommunicable diseases are all areas of concern The population growth rate isincreasing and many are deprived of basic Primary Health Care

When the population rate is more than the resources the situation can be extremelydifficult and expensive to remedy

In classroom and at schools areas of health can be addressed throughout the primaryyears so information is clearly disseminated with the help of the children Awareness of

healthy habits helps children build their self-esteem and learning to value your-self is animportant aspect of primary health care

The value of children learning aspects of Primary Health Care

they are very good and quick learners they share with others whatever they learn the learning in childhood is long lasting the teachers instructions or words are important words for a child children experience that is they do practical work and learn more school is the place where a childrsquos thought is effected for a practical life

Teachers and Community Role

recording weight height and skin colour observing health changes carefully observing and noting abnormalities and informing the parents having positive discussions with parents joyful learning lessons on primary health care making a health class and playground environment ensuring there is safe water in the school

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3940

ensuring there are adequate male and female toilet facilities in the schools having regular health chart challenges

Primary Health Care having healthy well nourished children learning in a healthyhygienic environment with clean safe water clean safe surroundings clean safepersonal habits clean safe food preparation Classroom Climate caring for the

emotional and physical well-being of children

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 4040

Appendix-A

Ref Right of children in Islam What the teacher can do

Al Hadith In accordance with Islamic preceptldquochildrenrdquo means both male andfemaleldquoAcquisition of knowledge is obligatory

for all true believersrdquo

Ensure that both boys and girls haveaccess to schoolIf there is a mixed class of boys andgirls the girls should have as much

attention as the boys

Right to be brought up properlylooked after and provided for andeducated

The teacher is in loco parentis (in the place of the parents) and has theresponsibility to provide the same careas the parents

Al Quran666

Right to religious moral ethicalguidance provided with an

understanding of right and wrong

The teacher needs to know andunderstand the teachings of Islam so

as to provide the child with a good

education without bias and with agood ethical foundation

Al Quran5251

Children are given in trust to their parents ndash who will be held

accountableldquoEveryone of you is a caretaker andeveryone of you is answerable for hissubjectsrdquo

As teachers are in the place of parents ndash they too may be held accountable

Abu BakrRAA

Justice and equality Inequality isinjustice (forbidden in Islam)ldquoHe dieth not who takes to learning totreat children affectionately and to kiss

them are charitable actsrdquo

The teacher must be very sure that the treatmentof all children is equal and fair no favoritismno bias against certain children for whateverreason

This is especially important with regard to thosechildren who have been left as orphans ordisabled either as a result of the earthquake orfor any other reason

Al Hadith ldquoIt is a childrsquos right that his fathershould teach him how to read write

helliprdquo

Teachers have a responsibility to be professional in their teaching and also

to help parents and the community tounderstand their obligations about sending all

their children to school

Abu Daud ldquoWhoever has a girl under hisguardianshiphellip[and does not] treat herwith contempt nor gives preference to

his sons over her Allah will admit himto paradiserdquo

Teachers have an obligation to treatgirls equally and without bias and tohelp the parents and community to

understand their obligations in termsof helping girls to have an education

Page 30: Head Teachers Training Manual.pdf

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3040

scholarships especially their girl children

Distribution of food and teaching

learning materials

PTC and SMC can monitor of the fair distribution

Activity-4

The community is part of the class room atmosphere and school physical environmentHead teacher needs to build a good relationship with the community Know the

community develop co-operation communicate with them There are many ways of

connecting with the community as mentioned below

62 983127983137983161983155 983151983142 983149983137983147983145983150983143 983148983145983150983147983137983143983141983155 983159983145983156983144 983107983151983149983149983157983150983145983156983161983120983137983154983141983150983156983155

Some suggested ideas for information sharing below

letters Events like School Day parents day PTCSMCs and teachers meetings

community projects clean ups information promotions (heath and sanitation) the school as a centre for community activities and adult classes sharing School Improvement Booklet-awareness raising materials

7 9831239831419831559831559831459831519831509830857 983105983139983156983145983151983150983085983120983148983137983150

ObjectivesBy the end of this session the participants will be able to

bull Develop Action Plans to address the following School Improvement Indicatorso School attendance and enrollmento Improved School environment

o Health and hygieneo Utilization of teaching and learning resourceso Monitoring and recording wheat and oil rationo Activation of PTCSMC

Present Action plan format 10

Activity-1 design action plans for their schools 50

Activity -2 Presentations 20

Summing up 10

Total 1 30 minutes

Materials required

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3140

o Flip Charto Marker pens

o Action plan format

o School Day Charto Tape

o White Sheets

Introduction

The facilitator will share format of Action Plan to the participants Clearly explain how to

go about it Then ask the participants individually develop Action plan that will beimplemented in their schools The participants will also be informed that on the bases of

these Action Plans they will be monitored

What How Who When Comments

1 School

health

Providing

clean

water

HT

Teachers

PTCSMC

March 09 Head teacher in

collaboration with

PTCSMC will makesure there is a safe clean

water for students in the

school

2 Students

enrolment

Enrolment

campaignSchool

day

Visithomes

PTCSMC

HT

5t

Apr-09

3 School day

4 SMC

meeting

5 Improve

school

environment

The training participants will fill out this action plan according to their school needs and priority Share these Action Plans to the whole group and encourage others to make notes

from each others work incases they see it relevant to their schools as well

Objectives

By the end of this session the participants will be able too To develop an understanding of how a School Day is celebratedo Plan for their own schools of how they will celebrate the day

Present School Day Plan 10 minutes

Activity-1 Discuss in small groups how the day will be

celebrate

20 minutes

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3240

Make plans when the day will be celebrated at their school 30 minutes

Total 60 minutes

Materials required

o Flip Chart

o Marker pens

o School Day Chart

o Tapeo White Sheets

School DayA lsquoSchool Dayrsquo is the day in the GOP-WFP-UNESCO project when parents teachers and projectofficials meet in the school premises to discuss ways to improve the school Several factorscontribute to school improvement School attendance and enrollment Retention of studentsSchool environment Health and hygiene of students Utilization of teaching and learning

materials PTACommunity involvement Nutrition and diet and use of oil and wheat rations Ona School Day the head teacher with the help of Social Mobilizer of the implementing partner willdiscuss the school improvement factors with the parents and children of the school

ActivitiesThe following activities are suggested to make the day useful and attractive to the children

parents and community members

Activity 1 Preparation of activities of the day

Send invitation to all parents at least a week before the ldquoSchool Dayrdquo through children verballyand also in writing (hand written notes would suffice) and also spread the message by word-of-mouth At least two days before the program send a reminder by writing the message on the

studentsrsquo copy books or paper slips and read it loudly and clearly in the classrooms Make surethat the children have understood the message by asking them to explain And if possible invite

the community members through telephone calls or by sending the school children to spread thenews Advance planning is the key to success

Activity 2 Follow the agenda

SN Activities Time in

Minutes

Registration of the participants

1 Recitation verses from the holy Quran by one of the students 03

2 Naat by a student 05

Celebrate a School Day

Make sure you have

1 All parents children teachers head teacher supervisorADO and the PTASMC PTC are invited

2 A plan is ready for the day

3 Food items (wheat and oil) ready for distribution

4 Key messages and teaching and learning kits are available and are on display

5 Students prepared to show their talents to their parents and to the community members

6 Successes and areas needing improvements for discussion with parents and community

7 Constituted a committee for organization of the School Day

8 Informed the students that they should come neat and clean and in school uniform

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3340

Notes for the Head Teacher Use the day to celebrate to celebrate the schoolsrsquo achievements Open the school gates for parents community members and social workers of the villag

Involve everybody in the sessions and avoid a lot of talking (Sweeten the small stuff) Give children space to speak about their successes and problems at the school

If you have more than one teacher involve them in planning of the day Ask teachers to facilitate group discussions without dominating the discussion If teachers

are not available ask some literate volunteers from the village or NGO representatives if

available to help Decorate the school with childrenrsquos work and readymade displays and locally available

flowers and plants You have some of the resources available in your teaching andlearning kit

Have a positive focus Do not talk with parents about what their children can not dorather talk about what the children can do

Explore use of local resources

Take ideas from School Improvement Booklet (SIB) for the event Appreciate studentsrsquo successes and achievements with some rewards if possible Pray for every ones success and those who have helped in providing an opportunity to

celebrate the day pray for the country and the people for their good health wealth peaceand prosperity and thank everyone for their participation

Actively follow up on the implementation of School Improvement Plan prepared on theSchool Day

3 Welcome address by PTAPTCSMC representative 10

4 Introduction of the day by the Head teacher 20

5 Poem song or some creative item from the students 20

6 Discussion on the key messages (what does the messages mean how it will be disseminated

in the village How to achieve it)

40

7 Discussion on the topics (use group work) followed by whole group open discussion

School attendance and enrollment School environment Health and hygiene Utilization ofTeaching and Learning materials PTACommunity Involvement Nutrition and diet and

Use of oil and wheat rations (please involve some representative students as well)

40

8 Develop a School Development Plan (SDP ) while using the following pattern

40

Issues1 How it will be

resolved

Who will be

responsible

Resources

required

Source of

funding

Time (By

When)

Note Please use short term and quickly doable plans like reducing absenteeism by students and teachers cleaningthe school planning trees (use School Improvement Book for more ideas)

9 Conclude the day by stating the background and the purpose of food and educational

incentives and by asking the parents and children to take their food ration and remind them

about the key messages As a concluding activity invite the parents and the community

members to visit the classrooms and ask the students to explain to them their creative work

10

Activity 3 Documentation and Reporting

Document the proceedings of the day and develop a short report for Project Implementation Unit

ADO circle or talka

1 For example student attendance has declined in the past two months

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3440

Course Evaluation

Note Please take a few minutes to complete the form and return to the facilitator

1 List out what have you learnt from this training

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

----------------------------------------------------------

2 What did you like from the training

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------

3 What particular learning will you implement How

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------

4 What are the suggestions to improve the training

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------

5 How do you rate the facilitator knowledge skills and attitude

Knowledge 1------2--------3--------4--------5

Skills 1------2--------3--------4--------5

Attitude 1------2--------3--------4--------5

Note 1 is the lowest and 5 is highest rate Please circle the number that you think

the facilitator has performed

6 Over all comments about the training

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3540

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3640

Reading Materials

Facilitator Child Rights Our Educational Responsibilities

All Education programmes must be based on the understanding of the Convention on

the Rights of a Child When training is based on these values then the child will be thecentre of all topics presented The teachers job is to provide opportunities theatmosphere and environment so the rights of the child are met in the place they willspend much of their waking hours The main educational rights involve in schools arebased from rights number 13 17 28 29 and 31

Important Rights to note childrens right to leisure and play childrens need for space to develop the need to take childrens opinions into account the need to involve children in the learning process

the need for policies and training to be in the best interest of the child the need for learning to be life skills relevant local roots and global connections the importance of a change in attitude towards facilitating learning

The following needs to be in place so it can happen in Child Friendly SchoolsUniversal AccessReference to the many million children still deprived of education many of whom aregirls many of whom finish primary school lacking essential knowledge skills attitudesand values

Role of Parents Teachers and Community

awareness of the role of teachers and trainers being imperative in realising the ideaof childrens rights basing training on interpreting the Convention on the Rights of the Child and

putting it into real practice having all the skills necessary to encourage and assist all in the learning process realising that learning is not just about the facts but learning how to access and

process information so it is beneficial and relevant supporting and rewarding trainers and teachers ensuring that parents are given a key responsibility in forming constructive

relationships with teachers and schools for learning and training requirement fortheir children

Equal Opportunities an understanding of non-discrimination against girls special needs learning

difficulties children who are nomadic indigenous immigrant or are a linguisticminority

a realisation that every child has unique characteristics interests abilities needs

The Appropriate Quality Education Content

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3740

training of teachers and school learning being relevant to the child now and for thefuture

training sessions and consequently classroom and schools helping to developpersonalities talents mental and physical abilities to their fullest potential

Cultural roots and Global Values

the need to include respect for human rights in our learning environments an awareness of combination of learning to respect ones own nation and culture and

the culture of others the need to encourage tolerance and harmony for a better understanding of

minorities indigenous peoples refugees immigrants and gender equality

New Methods of Learning an agreement that learning is a combination of critical thinking and having fun that

passive listening and rote memorisation are less valuable than application andprocess to enhance understanding

the need for training workshops and classrooms to be participant friendly allowing for curiosity time to question receive answers to argue debate test andmake mistakes to create be spontaneous to be recognised and respected

Mutual Respect reflecting in training and inner life of a school the education message of vision

values human rights tolerance respecting dignity encouraging problem-solving skills allowing teachers to help children develop tools

for peaceful conflict resolution in all new learning situations the need to feel safe secure and totally trust our

teachersStudent Participation Opportunities for learners to express their points of view encouraging learners to

take personal responsibility for their studies Having a system of sharing responsibilities sharing ideas regular feedback and

learning evaluation Knowing that a good school and a good training workshop both promote total

participation and is a model of fairness for all

Child Rights and our Primary Health Care Responsibilities

The Child Health Rights directly concerning the teacher and the school must also beconsidered as the school can play a vital role in ensuring they are addressed Thefollowing particularly relate to articles 19 23 24 29 and 31

educational policies in schools and classrooms must be in place to protect childrenfrom all forms of physical punishment mental violence injury abuse neglect ormaltreatment

that an effort be made to include mentally and physically disabled children in theschool and classroom programmes so they can enjoy a full and decent life whichpromotes dignity self reliance and participation in the school and community

that schools may assist in facilitating a child in health rehabilitation

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3840

to ensure basic medical assistance is given in school for first aid and thedevelopment of primary health care awareness

keeping health records and observing nutritional state of individual children providing clean water in schools to ensure the educational programmes support mental and physical development

a child has an opportunity at school to rest and leisure and playIn Pakistan there is higher infant mortality lower immunisation lower literacy rateslower school enrolment lower access to safe water and more severely underweightchildren Primary health care is vital on the long list of human development needs Allchildren have the right to the best health care that is availableThis area is of concern to all involved in teaching as the child entering the school cantake advantage of all the opportunities if they are healthy and well cared for in pre-school environments and homesSchools also must ensure their primary role in health care so children can carry thelearning to other parts of the community The two concerns involve preventive orcurative methods

Ignorance polluted surroundings negligence in food care washing facilities animalsclose to living areas unsafe drinking water sanitation living surroundings seasonaldiseases communicable diseases personal hygiene girl children and their health andcommunicable diseases are all areas of concern The population growth rate isincreasing and many are deprived of basic Primary Health Care

When the population rate is more than the resources the situation can be extremelydifficult and expensive to remedy

In classroom and at schools areas of health can be addressed throughout the primaryyears so information is clearly disseminated with the help of the children Awareness of

healthy habits helps children build their self-esteem and learning to value your-self is animportant aspect of primary health care

The value of children learning aspects of Primary Health Care

they are very good and quick learners they share with others whatever they learn the learning in childhood is long lasting the teachers instructions or words are important words for a child children experience that is they do practical work and learn more school is the place where a childrsquos thought is effected for a practical life

Teachers and Community Role

recording weight height and skin colour observing health changes carefully observing and noting abnormalities and informing the parents having positive discussions with parents joyful learning lessons on primary health care making a health class and playground environment ensuring there is safe water in the school

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3940

ensuring there are adequate male and female toilet facilities in the schools having regular health chart challenges

Primary Health Care having healthy well nourished children learning in a healthyhygienic environment with clean safe water clean safe surroundings clean safepersonal habits clean safe food preparation Classroom Climate caring for the

emotional and physical well-being of children

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 4040

Appendix-A

Ref Right of children in Islam What the teacher can do

Al Hadith In accordance with Islamic preceptldquochildrenrdquo means both male andfemaleldquoAcquisition of knowledge is obligatory

for all true believersrdquo

Ensure that both boys and girls haveaccess to schoolIf there is a mixed class of boys andgirls the girls should have as much

attention as the boys

Right to be brought up properlylooked after and provided for andeducated

The teacher is in loco parentis (in the place of the parents) and has theresponsibility to provide the same careas the parents

Al Quran666

Right to religious moral ethicalguidance provided with an

understanding of right and wrong

The teacher needs to know andunderstand the teachings of Islam so

as to provide the child with a good

education without bias and with agood ethical foundation

Al Quran5251

Children are given in trust to their parents ndash who will be held

accountableldquoEveryone of you is a caretaker andeveryone of you is answerable for hissubjectsrdquo

As teachers are in the place of parents ndash they too may be held accountable

Abu BakrRAA

Justice and equality Inequality isinjustice (forbidden in Islam)ldquoHe dieth not who takes to learning totreat children affectionately and to kiss

them are charitable actsrdquo

The teacher must be very sure that the treatmentof all children is equal and fair no favoritismno bias against certain children for whateverreason

This is especially important with regard to thosechildren who have been left as orphans ordisabled either as a result of the earthquake orfor any other reason

Al Hadith ldquoIt is a childrsquos right that his fathershould teach him how to read write

helliprdquo

Teachers have a responsibility to be professional in their teaching and also

to help parents and the community tounderstand their obligations about sending all

their children to school

Abu Daud ldquoWhoever has a girl under hisguardianshiphellip[and does not] treat herwith contempt nor gives preference to

his sons over her Allah will admit himto paradiserdquo

Teachers have an obligation to treatgirls equally and without bias and tohelp the parents and community to

understand their obligations in termsof helping girls to have an education

Page 31: Head Teachers Training Manual.pdf

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3140

o Flip Charto Marker pens

o Action plan format

o School Day Charto Tape

o White Sheets

Introduction

The facilitator will share format of Action Plan to the participants Clearly explain how to

go about it Then ask the participants individually develop Action plan that will beimplemented in their schools The participants will also be informed that on the bases of

these Action Plans they will be monitored

What How Who When Comments

1 School

health

Providing

clean

water

HT

Teachers

PTCSMC

March 09 Head teacher in

collaboration with

PTCSMC will makesure there is a safe clean

water for students in the

school

2 Students

enrolment

Enrolment

campaignSchool

day

Visithomes

PTCSMC

HT

5t

Apr-09

3 School day

4 SMC

meeting

5 Improve

school

environment

The training participants will fill out this action plan according to their school needs and priority Share these Action Plans to the whole group and encourage others to make notes

from each others work incases they see it relevant to their schools as well

Objectives

By the end of this session the participants will be able too To develop an understanding of how a School Day is celebratedo Plan for their own schools of how they will celebrate the day

Present School Day Plan 10 minutes

Activity-1 Discuss in small groups how the day will be

celebrate

20 minutes

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3240

Make plans when the day will be celebrated at their school 30 minutes

Total 60 minutes

Materials required

o Flip Chart

o Marker pens

o School Day Chart

o Tapeo White Sheets

School DayA lsquoSchool Dayrsquo is the day in the GOP-WFP-UNESCO project when parents teachers and projectofficials meet in the school premises to discuss ways to improve the school Several factorscontribute to school improvement School attendance and enrollment Retention of studentsSchool environment Health and hygiene of students Utilization of teaching and learning

materials PTACommunity involvement Nutrition and diet and use of oil and wheat rations Ona School Day the head teacher with the help of Social Mobilizer of the implementing partner willdiscuss the school improvement factors with the parents and children of the school

ActivitiesThe following activities are suggested to make the day useful and attractive to the children

parents and community members

Activity 1 Preparation of activities of the day

Send invitation to all parents at least a week before the ldquoSchool Dayrdquo through children verballyand also in writing (hand written notes would suffice) and also spread the message by word-of-mouth At least two days before the program send a reminder by writing the message on the

studentsrsquo copy books or paper slips and read it loudly and clearly in the classrooms Make surethat the children have understood the message by asking them to explain And if possible invite

the community members through telephone calls or by sending the school children to spread thenews Advance planning is the key to success

Activity 2 Follow the agenda

SN Activities Time in

Minutes

Registration of the participants

1 Recitation verses from the holy Quran by one of the students 03

2 Naat by a student 05

Celebrate a School Day

Make sure you have

1 All parents children teachers head teacher supervisorADO and the PTASMC PTC are invited

2 A plan is ready for the day

3 Food items (wheat and oil) ready for distribution

4 Key messages and teaching and learning kits are available and are on display

5 Students prepared to show their talents to their parents and to the community members

6 Successes and areas needing improvements for discussion with parents and community

7 Constituted a committee for organization of the School Day

8 Informed the students that they should come neat and clean and in school uniform

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3340

Notes for the Head Teacher Use the day to celebrate to celebrate the schoolsrsquo achievements Open the school gates for parents community members and social workers of the villag

Involve everybody in the sessions and avoid a lot of talking (Sweeten the small stuff) Give children space to speak about their successes and problems at the school

If you have more than one teacher involve them in planning of the day Ask teachers to facilitate group discussions without dominating the discussion If teachers

are not available ask some literate volunteers from the village or NGO representatives if

available to help Decorate the school with childrenrsquos work and readymade displays and locally available

flowers and plants You have some of the resources available in your teaching andlearning kit

Have a positive focus Do not talk with parents about what their children can not dorather talk about what the children can do

Explore use of local resources

Take ideas from School Improvement Booklet (SIB) for the event Appreciate studentsrsquo successes and achievements with some rewards if possible Pray for every ones success and those who have helped in providing an opportunity to

celebrate the day pray for the country and the people for their good health wealth peaceand prosperity and thank everyone for their participation

Actively follow up on the implementation of School Improvement Plan prepared on theSchool Day

3 Welcome address by PTAPTCSMC representative 10

4 Introduction of the day by the Head teacher 20

5 Poem song or some creative item from the students 20

6 Discussion on the key messages (what does the messages mean how it will be disseminated

in the village How to achieve it)

40

7 Discussion on the topics (use group work) followed by whole group open discussion

School attendance and enrollment School environment Health and hygiene Utilization ofTeaching and Learning materials PTACommunity Involvement Nutrition and diet and

Use of oil and wheat rations (please involve some representative students as well)

40

8 Develop a School Development Plan (SDP ) while using the following pattern

40

Issues1 How it will be

resolved

Who will be

responsible

Resources

required

Source of

funding

Time (By

When)

Note Please use short term and quickly doable plans like reducing absenteeism by students and teachers cleaningthe school planning trees (use School Improvement Book for more ideas)

9 Conclude the day by stating the background and the purpose of food and educational

incentives and by asking the parents and children to take their food ration and remind them

about the key messages As a concluding activity invite the parents and the community

members to visit the classrooms and ask the students to explain to them their creative work

10

Activity 3 Documentation and Reporting

Document the proceedings of the day and develop a short report for Project Implementation Unit

ADO circle or talka

1 For example student attendance has declined in the past two months

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3440

Course Evaluation

Note Please take a few minutes to complete the form and return to the facilitator

1 List out what have you learnt from this training

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

----------------------------------------------------------

2 What did you like from the training

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------

3 What particular learning will you implement How

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------

4 What are the suggestions to improve the training

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------

5 How do you rate the facilitator knowledge skills and attitude

Knowledge 1------2--------3--------4--------5

Skills 1------2--------3--------4--------5

Attitude 1------2--------3--------4--------5

Note 1 is the lowest and 5 is highest rate Please circle the number that you think

the facilitator has performed

6 Over all comments about the training

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3540

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3640

Reading Materials

Facilitator Child Rights Our Educational Responsibilities

All Education programmes must be based on the understanding of the Convention on

the Rights of a Child When training is based on these values then the child will be thecentre of all topics presented The teachers job is to provide opportunities theatmosphere and environment so the rights of the child are met in the place they willspend much of their waking hours The main educational rights involve in schools arebased from rights number 13 17 28 29 and 31

Important Rights to note childrens right to leisure and play childrens need for space to develop the need to take childrens opinions into account the need to involve children in the learning process

the need for policies and training to be in the best interest of the child the need for learning to be life skills relevant local roots and global connections the importance of a change in attitude towards facilitating learning

The following needs to be in place so it can happen in Child Friendly SchoolsUniversal AccessReference to the many million children still deprived of education many of whom aregirls many of whom finish primary school lacking essential knowledge skills attitudesand values

Role of Parents Teachers and Community

awareness of the role of teachers and trainers being imperative in realising the ideaof childrens rights basing training on interpreting the Convention on the Rights of the Child and

putting it into real practice having all the skills necessary to encourage and assist all in the learning process realising that learning is not just about the facts but learning how to access and

process information so it is beneficial and relevant supporting and rewarding trainers and teachers ensuring that parents are given a key responsibility in forming constructive

relationships with teachers and schools for learning and training requirement fortheir children

Equal Opportunities an understanding of non-discrimination against girls special needs learning

difficulties children who are nomadic indigenous immigrant or are a linguisticminority

a realisation that every child has unique characteristics interests abilities needs

The Appropriate Quality Education Content

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3740

training of teachers and school learning being relevant to the child now and for thefuture

training sessions and consequently classroom and schools helping to developpersonalities talents mental and physical abilities to their fullest potential

Cultural roots and Global Values

the need to include respect for human rights in our learning environments an awareness of combination of learning to respect ones own nation and culture and

the culture of others the need to encourage tolerance and harmony for a better understanding of

minorities indigenous peoples refugees immigrants and gender equality

New Methods of Learning an agreement that learning is a combination of critical thinking and having fun that

passive listening and rote memorisation are less valuable than application andprocess to enhance understanding

the need for training workshops and classrooms to be participant friendly allowing for curiosity time to question receive answers to argue debate test andmake mistakes to create be spontaneous to be recognised and respected

Mutual Respect reflecting in training and inner life of a school the education message of vision

values human rights tolerance respecting dignity encouraging problem-solving skills allowing teachers to help children develop tools

for peaceful conflict resolution in all new learning situations the need to feel safe secure and totally trust our

teachersStudent Participation Opportunities for learners to express their points of view encouraging learners to

take personal responsibility for their studies Having a system of sharing responsibilities sharing ideas regular feedback and

learning evaluation Knowing that a good school and a good training workshop both promote total

participation and is a model of fairness for all

Child Rights and our Primary Health Care Responsibilities

The Child Health Rights directly concerning the teacher and the school must also beconsidered as the school can play a vital role in ensuring they are addressed Thefollowing particularly relate to articles 19 23 24 29 and 31

educational policies in schools and classrooms must be in place to protect childrenfrom all forms of physical punishment mental violence injury abuse neglect ormaltreatment

that an effort be made to include mentally and physically disabled children in theschool and classroom programmes so they can enjoy a full and decent life whichpromotes dignity self reliance and participation in the school and community

that schools may assist in facilitating a child in health rehabilitation

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3840

to ensure basic medical assistance is given in school for first aid and thedevelopment of primary health care awareness

keeping health records and observing nutritional state of individual children providing clean water in schools to ensure the educational programmes support mental and physical development

a child has an opportunity at school to rest and leisure and playIn Pakistan there is higher infant mortality lower immunisation lower literacy rateslower school enrolment lower access to safe water and more severely underweightchildren Primary health care is vital on the long list of human development needs Allchildren have the right to the best health care that is availableThis area is of concern to all involved in teaching as the child entering the school cantake advantage of all the opportunities if they are healthy and well cared for in pre-school environments and homesSchools also must ensure their primary role in health care so children can carry thelearning to other parts of the community The two concerns involve preventive orcurative methods

Ignorance polluted surroundings negligence in food care washing facilities animalsclose to living areas unsafe drinking water sanitation living surroundings seasonaldiseases communicable diseases personal hygiene girl children and their health andcommunicable diseases are all areas of concern The population growth rate isincreasing and many are deprived of basic Primary Health Care

When the population rate is more than the resources the situation can be extremelydifficult and expensive to remedy

In classroom and at schools areas of health can be addressed throughout the primaryyears so information is clearly disseminated with the help of the children Awareness of

healthy habits helps children build their self-esteem and learning to value your-self is animportant aspect of primary health care

The value of children learning aspects of Primary Health Care

they are very good and quick learners they share with others whatever they learn the learning in childhood is long lasting the teachers instructions or words are important words for a child children experience that is they do practical work and learn more school is the place where a childrsquos thought is effected for a practical life

Teachers and Community Role

recording weight height and skin colour observing health changes carefully observing and noting abnormalities and informing the parents having positive discussions with parents joyful learning lessons on primary health care making a health class and playground environment ensuring there is safe water in the school

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3940

ensuring there are adequate male and female toilet facilities in the schools having regular health chart challenges

Primary Health Care having healthy well nourished children learning in a healthyhygienic environment with clean safe water clean safe surroundings clean safepersonal habits clean safe food preparation Classroom Climate caring for the

emotional and physical well-being of children

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 4040

Appendix-A

Ref Right of children in Islam What the teacher can do

Al Hadith In accordance with Islamic preceptldquochildrenrdquo means both male andfemaleldquoAcquisition of knowledge is obligatory

for all true believersrdquo

Ensure that both boys and girls haveaccess to schoolIf there is a mixed class of boys andgirls the girls should have as much

attention as the boys

Right to be brought up properlylooked after and provided for andeducated

The teacher is in loco parentis (in the place of the parents) and has theresponsibility to provide the same careas the parents

Al Quran666

Right to religious moral ethicalguidance provided with an

understanding of right and wrong

The teacher needs to know andunderstand the teachings of Islam so

as to provide the child with a good

education without bias and with agood ethical foundation

Al Quran5251

Children are given in trust to their parents ndash who will be held

accountableldquoEveryone of you is a caretaker andeveryone of you is answerable for hissubjectsrdquo

As teachers are in the place of parents ndash they too may be held accountable

Abu BakrRAA

Justice and equality Inequality isinjustice (forbidden in Islam)ldquoHe dieth not who takes to learning totreat children affectionately and to kiss

them are charitable actsrdquo

The teacher must be very sure that the treatmentof all children is equal and fair no favoritismno bias against certain children for whateverreason

This is especially important with regard to thosechildren who have been left as orphans ordisabled either as a result of the earthquake orfor any other reason

Al Hadith ldquoIt is a childrsquos right that his fathershould teach him how to read write

helliprdquo

Teachers have a responsibility to be professional in their teaching and also

to help parents and the community tounderstand their obligations about sending all

their children to school

Abu Daud ldquoWhoever has a girl under hisguardianshiphellip[and does not] treat herwith contempt nor gives preference to

his sons over her Allah will admit himto paradiserdquo

Teachers have an obligation to treatgirls equally and without bias and tohelp the parents and community to

understand their obligations in termsof helping girls to have an education

Page 32: Head Teachers Training Manual.pdf

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3240

Make plans when the day will be celebrated at their school 30 minutes

Total 60 minutes

Materials required

o Flip Chart

o Marker pens

o School Day Chart

o Tapeo White Sheets

School DayA lsquoSchool Dayrsquo is the day in the GOP-WFP-UNESCO project when parents teachers and projectofficials meet in the school premises to discuss ways to improve the school Several factorscontribute to school improvement School attendance and enrollment Retention of studentsSchool environment Health and hygiene of students Utilization of teaching and learning

materials PTACommunity involvement Nutrition and diet and use of oil and wheat rations Ona School Day the head teacher with the help of Social Mobilizer of the implementing partner willdiscuss the school improvement factors with the parents and children of the school

ActivitiesThe following activities are suggested to make the day useful and attractive to the children

parents and community members

Activity 1 Preparation of activities of the day

Send invitation to all parents at least a week before the ldquoSchool Dayrdquo through children verballyand also in writing (hand written notes would suffice) and also spread the message by word-of-mouth At least two days before the program send a reminder by writing the message on the

studentsrsquo copy books or paper slips and read it loudly and clearly in the classrooms Make surethat the children have understood the message by asking them to explain And if possible invite

the community members through telephone calls or by sending the school children to spread thenews Advance planning is the key to success

Activity 2 Follow the agenda

SN Activities Time in

Minutes

Registration of the participants

1 Recitation verses from the holy Quran by one of the students 03

2 Naat by a student 05

Celebrate a School Day

Make sure you have

1 All parents children teachers head teacher supervisorADO and the PTASMC PTC are invited

2 A plan is ready for the day

3 Food items (wheat and oil) ready for distribution

4 Key messages and teaching and learning kits are available and are on display

5 Students prepared to show their talents to their parents and to the community members

6 Successes and areas needing improvements for discussion with parents and community

7 Constituted a committee for organization of the School Day

8 Informed the students that they should come neat and clean and in school uniform

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3340

Notes for the Head Teacher Use the day to celebrate to celebrate the schoolsrsquo achievements Open the school gates for parents community members and social workers of the villag

Involve everybody in the sessions and avoid a lot of talking (Sweeten the small stuff) Give children space to speak about their successes and problems at the school

If you have more than one teacher involve them in planning of the day Ask teachers to facilitate group discussions without dominating the discussion If teachers

are not available ask some literate volunteers from the village or NGO representatives if

available to help Decorate the school with childrenrsquos work and readymade displays and locally available

flowers and plants You have some of the resources available in your teaching andlearning kit

Have a positive focus Do not talk with parents about what their children can not dorather talk about what the children can do

Explore use of local resources

Take ideas from School Improvement Booklet (SIB) for the event Appreciate studentsrsquo successes and achievements with some rewards if possible Pray for every ones success and those who have helped in providing an opportunity to

celebrate the day pray for the country and the people for their good health wealth peaceand prosperity and thank everyone for their participation

Actively follow up on the implementation of School Improvement Plan prepared on theSchool Day

3 Welcome address by PTAPTCSMC representative 10

4 Introduction of the day by the Head teacher 20

5 Poem song or some creative item from the students 20

6 Discussion on the key messages (what does the messages mean how it will be disseminated

in the village How to achieve it)

40

7 Discussion on the topics (use group work) followed by whole group open discussion

School attendance and enrollment School environment Health and hygiene Utilization ofTeaching and Learning materials PTACommunity Involvement Nutrition and diet and

Use of oil and wheat rations (please involve some representative students as well)

40

8 Develop a School Development Plan (SDP ) while using the following pattern

40

Issues1 How it will be

resolved

Who will be

responsible

Resources

required

Source of

funding

Time (By

When)

Note Please use short term and quickly doable plans like reducing absenteeism by students and teachers cleaningthe school planning trees (use School Improvement Book for more ideas)

9 Conclude the day by stating the background and the purpose of food and educational

incentives and by asking the parents and children to take their food ration and remind them

about the key messages As a concluding activity invite the parents and the community

members to visit the classrooms and ask the students to explain to them their creative work

10

Activity 3 Documentation and Reporting

Document the proceedings of the day and develop a short report for Project Implementation Unit

ADO circle or talka

1 For example student attendance has declined in the past two months

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3440

Course Evaluation

Note Please take a few minutes to complete the form and return to the facilitator

1 List out what have you learnt from this training

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

----------------------------------------------------------

2 What did you like from the training

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------

3 What particular learning will you implement How

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------

4 What are the suggestions to improve the training

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------

5 How do you rate the facilitator knowledge skills and attitude

Knowledge 1------2--------3--------4--------5

Skills 1------2--------3--------4--------5

Attitude 1------2--------3--------4--------5

Note 1 is the lowest and 5 is highest rate Please circle the number that you think

the facilitator has performed

6 Over all comments about the training

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3540

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3640

Reading Materials

Facilitator Child Rights Our Educational Responsibilities

All Education programmes must be based on the understanding of the Convention on

the Rights of a Child When training is based on these values then the child will be thecentre of all topics presented The teachers job is to provide opportunities theatmosphere and environment so the rights of the child are met in the place they willspend much of their waking hours The main educational rights involve in schools arebased from rights number 13 17 28 29 and 31

Important Rights to note childrens right to leisure and play childrens need for space to develop the need to take childrens opinions into account the need to involve children in the learning process

the need for policies and training to be in the best interest of the child the need for learning to be life skills relevant local roots and global connections the importance of a change in attitude towards facilitating learning

The following needs to be in place so it can happen in Child Friendly SchoolsUniversal AccessReference to the many million children still deprived of education many of whom aregirls many of whom finish primary school lacking essential knowledge skills attitudesand values

Role of Parents Teachers and Community

awareness of the role of teachers and trainers being imperative in realising the ideaof childrens rights basing training on interpreting the Convention on the Rights of the Child and

putting it into real practice having all the skills necessary to encourage and assist all in the learning process realising that learning is not just about the facts but learning how to access and

process information so it is beneficial and relevant supporting and rewarding trainers and teachers ensuring that parents are given a key responsibility in forming constructive

relationships with teachers and schools for learning and training requirement fortheir children

Equal Opportunities an understanding of non-discrimination against girls special needs learning

difficulties children who are nomadic indigenous immigrant or are a linguisticminority

a realisation that every child has unique characteristics interests abilities needs

The Appropriate Quality Education Content

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3740

training of teachers and school learning being relevant to the child now and for thefuture

training sessions and consequently classroom and schools helping to developpersonalities talents mental and physical abilities to their fullest potential

Cultural roots and Global Values

the need to include respect for human rights in our learning environments an awareness of combination of learning to respect ones own nation and culture and

the culture of others the need to encourage tolerance and harmony for a better understanding of

minorities indigenous peoples refugees immigrants and gender equality

New Methods of Learning an agreement that learning is a combination of critical thinking and having fun that

passive listening and rote memorisation are less valuable than application andprocess to enhance understanding

the need for training workshops and classrooms to be participant friendly allowing for curiosity time to question receive answers to argue debate test andmake mistakes to create be spontaneous to be recognised and respected

Mutual Respect reflecting in training and inner life of a school the education message of vision

values human rights tolerance respecting dignity encouraging problem-solving skills allowing teachers to help children develop tools

for peaceful conflict resolution in all new learning situations the need to feel safe secure and totally trust our

teachersStudent Participation Opportunities for learners to express their points of view encouraging learners to

take personal responsibility for their studies Having a system of sharing responsibilities sharing ideas regular feedback and

learning evaluation Knowing that a good school and a good training workshop both promote total

participation and is a model of fairness for all

Child Rights and our Primary Health Care Responsibilities

The Child Health Rights directly concerning the teacher and the school must also beconsidered as the school can play a vital role in ensuring they are addressed Thefollowing particularly relate to articles 19 23 24 29 and 31

educational policies in schools and classrooms must be in place to protect childrenfrom all forms of physical punishment mental violence injury abuse neglect ormaltreatment

that an effort be made to include mentally and physically disabled children in theschool and classroom programmes so they can enjoy a full and decent life whichpromotes dignity self reliance and participation in the school and community

that schools may assist in facilitating a child in health rehabilitation

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3840

to ensure basic medical assistance is given in school for first aid and thedevelopment of primary health care awareness

keeping health records and observing nutritional state of individual children providing clean water in schools to ensure the educational programmes support mental and physical development

a child has an opportunity at school to rest and leisure and playIn Pakistan there is higher infant mortality lower immunisation lower literacy rateslower school enrolment lower access to safe water and more severely underweightchildren Primary health care is vital on the long list of human development needs Allchildren have the right to the best health care that is availableThis area is of concern to all involved in teaching as the child entering the school cantake advantage of all the opportunities if they are healthy and well cared for in pre-school environments and homesSchools also must ensure their primary role in health care so children can carry thelearning to other parts of the community The two concerns involve preventive orcurative methods

Ignorance polluted surroundings negligence in food care washing facilities animalsclose to living areas unsafe drinking water sanitation living surroundings seasonaldiseases communicable diseases personal hygiene girl children and their health andcommunicable diseases are all areas of concern The population growth rate isincreasing and many are deprived of basic Primary Health Care

When the population rate is more than the resources the situation can be extremelydifficult and expensive to remedy

In classroom and at schools areas of health can be addressed throughout the primaryyears so information is clearly disseminated with the help of the children Awareness of

healthy habits helps children build their self-esteem and learning to value your-self is animportant aspect of primary health care

The value of children learning aspects of Primary Health Care

they are very good and quick learners they share with others whatever they learn the learning in childhood is long lasting the teachers instructions or words are important words for a child children experience that is they do practical work and learn more school is the place where a childrsquos thought is effected for a practical life

Teachers and Community Role

recording weight height and skin colour observing health changes carefully observing and noting abnormalities and informing the parents having positive discussions with parents joyful learning lessons on primary health care making a health class and playground environment ensuring there is safe water in the school

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3940

ensuring there are adequate male and female toilet facilities in the schools having regular health chart challenges

Primary Health Care having healthy well nourished children learning in a healthyhygienic environment with clean safe water clean safe surroundings clean safepersonal habits clean safe food preparation Classroom Climate caring for the

emotional and physical well-being of children

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 4040

Appendix-A

Ref Right of children in Islam What the teacher can do

Al Hadith In accordance with Islamic preceptldquochildrenrdquo means both male andfemaleldquoAcquisition of knowledge is obligatory

for all true believersrdquo

Ensure that both boys and girls haveaccess to schoolIf there is a mixed class of boys andgirls the girls should have as much

attention as the boys

Right to be brought up properlylooked after and provided for andeducated

The teacher is in loco parentis (in the place of the parents) and has theresponsibility to provide the same careas the parents

Al Quran666

Right to religious moral ethicalguidance provided with an

understanding of right and wrong

The teacher needs to know andunderstand the teachings of Islam so

as to provide the child with a good

education without bias and with agood ethical foundation

Al Quran5251

Children are given in trust to their parents ndash who will be held

accountableldquoEveryone of you is a caretaker andeveryone of you is answerable for hissubjectsrdquo

As teachers are in the place of parents ndash they too may be held accountable

Abu BakrRAA

Justice and equality Inequality isinjustice (forbidden in Islam)ldquoHe dieth not who takes to learning totreat children affectionately and to kiss

them are charitable actsrdquo

The teacher must be very sure that the treatmentof all children is equal and fair no favoritismno bias against certain children for whateverreason

This is especially important with regard to thosechildren who have been left as orphans ordisabled either as a result of the earthquake orfor any other reason

Al Hadith ldquoIt is a childrsquos right that his fathershould teach him how to read write

helliprdquo

Teachers have a responsibility to be professional in their teaching and also

to help parents and the community tounderstand their obligations about sending all

their children to school

Abu Daud ldquoWhoever has a girl under hisguardianshiphellip[and does not] treat herwith contempt nor gives preference to

his sons over her Allah will admit himto paradiserdquo

Teachers have an obligation to treatgirls equally and without bias and tohelp the parents and community to

understand their obligations in termsof helping girls to have an education

Page 33: Head Teachers Training Manual.pdf

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3340

Notes for the Head Teacher Use the day to celebrate to celebrate the schoolsrsquo achievements Open the school gates for parents community members and social workers of the villag

Involve everybody in the sessions and avoid a lot of talking (Sweeten the small stuff) Give children space to speak about their successes and problems at the school

If you have more than one teacher involve them in planning of the day Ask teachers to facilitate group discussions without dominating the discussion If teachers

are not available ask some literate volunteers from the village or NGO representatives if

available to help Decorate the school with childrenrsquos work and readymade displays and locally available

flowers and plants You have some of the resources available in your teaching andlearning kit

Have a positive focus Do not talk with parents about what their children can not dorather talk about what the children can do

Explore use of local resources

Take ideas from School Improvement Booklet (SIB) for the event Appreciate studentsrsquo successes and achievements with some rewards if possible Pray for every ones success and those who have helped in providing an opportunity to

celebrate the day pray for the country and the people for their good health wealth peaceand prosperity and thank everyone for their participation

Actively follow up on the implementation of School Improvement Plan prepared on theSchool Day

3 Welcome address by PTAPTCSMC representative 10

4 Introduction of the day by the Head teacher 20

5 Poem song or some creative item from the students 20

6 Discussion on the key messages (what does the messages mean how it will be disseminated

in the village How to achieve it)

40

7 Discussion on the topics (use group work) followed by whole group open discussion

School attendance and enrollment School environment Health and hygiene Utilization ofTeaching and Learning materials PTACommunity Involvement Nutrition and diet and

Use of oil and wheat rations (please involve some representative students as well)

40

8 Develop a School Development Plan (SDP ) while using the following pattern

40

Issues1 How it will be

resolved

Who will be

responsible

Resources

required

Source of

funding

Time (By

When)

Note Please use short term and quickly doable plans like reducing absenteeism by students and teachers cleaningthe school planning trees (use School Improvement Book for more ideas)

9 Conclude the day by stating the background and the purpose of food and educational

incentives and by asking the parents and children to take their food ration and remind them

about the key messages As a concluding activity invite the parents and the community

members to visit the classrooms and ask the students to explain to them their creative work

10

Activity 3 Documentation and Reporting

Document the proceedings of the day and develop a short report for Project Implementation Unit

ADO circle or talka

1 For example student attendance has declined in the past two months

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3440

Course Evaluation

Note Please take a few minutes to complete the form and return to the facilitator

1 List out what have you learnt from this training

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

----------------------------------------------------------

2 What did you like from the training

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------

3 What particular learning will you implement How

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------

4 What are the suggestions to improve the training

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------

5 How do you rate the facilitator knowledge skills and attitude

Knowledge 1------2--------3--------4--------5

Skills 1------2--------3--------4--------5

Attitude 1------2--------3--------4--------5

Note 1 is the lowest and 5 is highest rate Please circle the number that you think

the facilitator has performed

6 Over all comments about the training

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3540

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3640

Reading Materials

Facilitator Child Rights Our Educational Responsibilities

All Education programmes must be based on the understanding of the Convention on

the Rights of a Child When training is based on these values then the child will be thecentre of all topics presented The teachers job is to provide opportunities theatmosphere and environment so the rights of the child are met in the place they willspend much of their waking hours The main educational rights involve in schools arebased from rights number 13 17 28 29 and 31

Important Rights to note childrens right to leisure and play childrens need for space to develop the need to take childrens opinions into account the need to involve children in the learning process

the need for policies and training to be in the best interest of the child the need for learning to be life skills relevant local roots and global connections the importance of a change in attitude towards facilitating learning

The following needs to be in place so it can happen in Child Friendly SchoolsUniversal AccessReference to the many million children still deprived of education many of whom aregirls many of whom finish primary school lacking essential knowledge skills attitudesand values

Role of Parents Teachers and Community

awareness of the role of teachers and trainers being imperative in realising the ideaof childrens rights basing training on interpreting the Convention on the Rights of the Child and

putting it into real practice having all the skills necessary to encourage and assist all in the learning process realising that learning is not just about the facts but learning how to access and

process information so it is beneficial and relevant supporting and rewarding trainers and teachers ensuring that parents are given a key responsibility in forming constructive

relationships with teachers and schools for learning and training requirement fortheir children

Equal Opportunities an understanding of non-discrimination against girls special needs learning

difficulties children who are nomadic indigenous immigrant or are a linguisticminority

a realisation that every child has unique characteristics interests abilities needs

The Appropriate Quality Education Content

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3740

training of teachers and school learning being relevant to the child now and for thefuture

training sessions and consequently classroom and schools helping to developpersonalities talents mental and physical abilities to their fullest potential

Cultural roots and Global Values

the need to include respect for human rights in our learning environments an awareness of combination of learning to respect ones own nation and culture and

the culture of others the need to encourage tolerance and harmony for a better understanding of

minorities indigenous peoples refugees immigrants and gender equality

New Methods of Learning an agreement that learning is a combination of critical thinking and having fun that

passive listening and rote memorisation are less valuable than application andprocess to enhance understanding

the need for training workshops and classrooms to be participant friendly allowing for curiosity time to question receive answers to argue debate test andmake mistakes to create be spontaneous to be recognised and respected

Mutual Respect reflecting in training and inner life of a school the education message of vision

values human rights tolerance respecting dignity encouraging problem-solving skills allowing teachers to help children develop tools

for peaceful conflict resolution in all new learning situations the need to feel safe secure and totally trust our

teachersStudent Participation Opportunities for learners to express their points of view encouraging learners to

take personal responsibility for their studies Having a system of sharing responsibilities sharing ideas regular feedback and

learning evaluation Knowing that a good school and a good training workshop both promote total

participation and is a model of fairness for all

Child Rights and our Primary Health Care Responsibilities

The Child Health Rights directly concerning the teacher and the school must also beconsidered as the school can play a vital role in ensuring they are addressed Thefollowing particularly relate to articles 19 23 24 29 and 31

educational policies in schools and classrooms must be in place to protect childrenfrom all forms of physical punishment mental violence injury abuse neglect ormaltreatment

that an effort be made to include mentally and physically disabled children in theschool and classroom programmes so they can enjoy a full and decent life whichpromotes dignity self reliance and participation in the school and community

that schools may assist in facilitating a child in health rehabilitation

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3840

to ensure basic medical assistance is given in school for first aid and thedevelopment of primary health care awareness

keeping health records and observing nutritional state of individual children providing clean water in schools to ensure the educational programmes support mental and physical development

a child has an opportunity at school to rest and leisure and playIn Pakistan there is higher infant mortality lower immunisation lower literacy rateslower school enrolment lower access to safe water and more severely underweightchildren Primary health care is vital on the long list of human development needs Allchildren have the right to the best health care that is availableThis area is of concern to all involved in teaching as the child entering the school cantake advantage of all the opportunities if they are healthy and well cared for in pre-school environments and homesSchools also must ensure their primary role in health care so children can carry thelearning to other parts of the community The two concerns involve preventive orcurative methods

Ignorance polluted surroundings negligence in food care washing facilities animalsclose to living areas unsafe drinking water sanitation living surroundings seasonaldiseases communicable diseases personal hygiene girl children and their health andcommunicable diseases are all areas of concern The population growth rate isincreasing and many are deprived of basic Primary Health Care

When the population rate is more than the resources the situation can be extremelydifficult and expensive to remedy

In classroom and at schools areas of health can be addressed throughout the primaryyears so information is clearly disseminated with the help of the children Awareness of

healthy habits helps children build their self-esteem and learning to value your-self is animportant aspect of primary health care

The value of children learning aspects of Primary Health Care

they are very good and quick learners they share with others whatever they learn the learning in childhood is long lasting the teachers instructions or words are important words for a child children experience that is they do practical work and learn more school is the place where a childrsquos thought is effected for a practical life

Teachers and Community Role

recording weight height and skin colour observing health changes carefully observing and noting abnormalities and informing the parents having positive discussions with parents joyful learning lessons on primary health care making a health class and playground environment ensuring there is safe water in the school

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3940

ensuring there are adequate male and female toilet facilities in the schools having regular health chart challenges

Primary Health Care having healthy well nourished children learning in a healthyhygienic environment with clean safe water clean safe surroundings clean safepersonal habits clean safe food preparation Classroom Climate caring for the

emotional and physical well-being of children

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 4040

Appendix-A

Ref Right of children in Islam What the teacher can do

Al Hadith In accordance with Islamic preceptldquochildrenrdquo means both male andfemaleldquoAcquisition of knowledge is obligatory

for all true believersrdquo

Ensure that both boys and girls haveaccess to schoolIf there is a mixed class of boys andgirls the girls should have as much

attention as the boys

Right to be brought up properlylooked after and provided for andeducated

The teacher is in loco parentis (in the place of the parents) and has theresponsibility to provide the same careas the parents

Al Quran666

Right to religious moral ethicalguidance provided with an

understanding of right and wrong

The teacher needs to know andunderstand the teachings of Islam so

as to provide the child with a good

education without bias and with agood ethical foundation

Al Quran5251

Children are given in trust to their parents ndash who will be held

accountableldquoEveryone of you is a caretaker andeveryone of you is answerable for hissubjectsrdquo

As teachers are in the place of parents ndash they too may be held accountable

Abu BakrRAA

Justice and equality Inequality isinjustice (forbidden in Islam)ldquoHe dieth not who takes to learning totreat children affectionately and to kiss

them are charitable actsrdquo

The teacher must be very sure that the treatmentof all children is equal and fair no favoritismno bias against certain children for whateverreason

This is especially important with regard to thosechildren who have been left as orphans ordisabled either as a result of the earthquake orfor any other reason

Al Hadith ldquoIt is a childrsquos right that his fathershould teach him how to read write

helliprdquo

Teachers have a responsibility to be professional in their teaching and also

to help parents and the community tounderstand their obligations about sending all

their children to school

Abu Daud ldquoWhoever has a girl under hisguardianshiphellip[and does not] treat herwith contempt nor gives preference to

his sons over her Allah will admit himto paradiserdquo

Teachers have an obligation to treatgirls equally and without bias and tohelp the parents and community to

understand their obligations in termsof helping girls to have an education

Page 34: Head Teachers Training Manual.pdf

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3440

Course Evaluation

Note Please take a few minutes to complete the form and return to the facilitator

1 List out what have you learnt from this training

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

----------------------------------------------------------

2 What did you like from the training

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------

3 What particular learning will you implement How

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------

4 What are the suggestions to improve the training

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------

5 How do you rate the facilitator knowledge skills and attitude

Knowledge 1------2--------3--------4--------5

Skills 1------2--------3--------4--------5

Attitude 1------2--------3--------4--------5

Note 1 is the lowest and 5 is highest rate Please circle the number that you think

the facilitator has performed

6 Over all comments about the training

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3540

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3640

Reading Materials

Facilitator Child Rights Our Educational Responsibilities

All Education programmes must be based on the understanding of the Convention on

the Rights of a Child When training is based on these values then the child will be thecentre of all topics presented The teachers job is to provide opportunities theatmosphere and environment so the rights of the child are met in the place they willspend much of their waking hours The main educational rights involve in schools arebased from rights number 13 17 28 29 and 31

Important Rights to note childrens right to leisure and play childrens need for space to develop the need to take childrens opinions into account the need to involve children in the learning process

the need for policies and training to be in the best interest of the child the need for learning to be life skills relevant local roots and global connections the importance of a change in attitude towards facilitating learning

The following needs to be in place so it can happen in Child Friendly SchoolsUniversal AccessReference to the many million children still deprived of education many of whom aregirls many of whom finish primary school lacking essential knowledge skills attitudesand values

Role of Parents Teachers and Community

awareness of the role of teachers and trainers being imperative in realising the ideaof childrens rights basing training on interpreting the Convention on the Rights of the Child and

putting it into real practice having all the skills necessary to encourage and assist all in the learning process realising that learning is not just about the facts but learning how to access and

process information so it is beneficial and relevant supporting and rewarding trainers and teachers ensuring that parents are given a key responsibility in forming constructive

relationships with teachers and schools for learning and training requirement fortheir children

Equal Opportunities an understanding of non-discrimination against girls special needs learning

difficulties children who are nomadic indigenous immigrant or are a linguisticminority

a realisation that every child has unique characteristics interests abilities needs

The Appropriate Quality Education Content

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3740

training of teachers and school learning being relevant to the child now and for thefuture

training sessions and consequently classroom and schools helping to developpersonalities talents mental and physical abilities to their fullest potential

Cultural roots and Global Values

the need to include respect for human rights in our learning environments an awareness of combination of learning to respect ones own nation and culture and

the culture of others the need to encourage tolerance and harmony for a better understanding of

minorities indigenous peoples refugees immigrants and gender equality

New Methods of Learning an agreement that learning is a combination of critical thinking and having fun that

passive listening and rote memorisation are less valuable than application andprocess to enhance understanding

the need for training workshops and classrooms to be participant friendly allowing for curiosity time to question receive answers to argue debate test andmake mistakes to create be spontaneous to be recognised and respected

Mutual Respect reflecting in training and inner life of a school the education message of vision

values human rights tolerance respecting dignity encouraging problem-solving skills allowing teachers to help children develop tools

for peaceful conflict resolution in all new learning situations the need to feel safe secure and totally trust our

teachersStudent Participation Opportunities for learners to express their points of view encouraging learners to

take personal responsibility for their studies Having a system of sharing responsibilities sharing ideas regular feedback and

learning evaluation Knowing that a good school and a good training workshop both promote total

participation and is a model of fairness for all

Child Rights and our Primary Health Care Responsibilities

The Child Health Rights directly concerning the teacher and the school must also beconsidered as the school can play a vital role in ensuring they are addressed Thefollowing particularly relate to articles 19 23 24 29 and 31

educational policies in schools and classrooms must be in place to protect childrenfrom all forms of physical punishment mental violence injury abuse neglect ormaltreatment

that an effort be made to include mentally and physically disabled children in theschool and classroom programmes so they can enjoy a full and decent life whichpromotes dignity self reliance and participation in the school and community

that schools may assist in facilitating a child in health rehabilitation

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3840

to ensure basic medical assistance is given in school for first aid and thedevelopment of primary health care awareness

keeping health records and observing nutritional state of individual children providing clean water in schools to ensure the educational programmes support mental and physical development

a child has an opportunity at school to rest and leisure and playIn Pakistan there is higher infant mortality lower immunisation lower literacy rateslower school enrolment lower access to safe water and more severely underweightchildren Primary health care is vital on the long list of human development needs Allchildren have the right to the best health care that is availableThis area is of concern to all involved in teaching as the child entering the school cantake advantage of all the opportunities if they are healthy and well cared for in pre-school environments and homesSchools also must ensure their primary role in health care so children can carry thelearning to other parts of the community The two concerns involve preventive orcurative methods

Ignorance polluted surroundings negligence in food care washing facilities animalsclose to living areas unsafe drinking water sanitation living surroundings seasonaldiseases communicable diseases personal hygiene girl children and their health andcommunicable diseases are all areas of concern The population growth rate isincreasing and many are deprived of basic Primary Health Care

When the population rate is more than the resources the situation can be extremelydifficult and expensive to remedy

In classroom and at schools areas of health can be addressed throughout the primaryyears so information is clearly disseminated with the help of the children Awareness of

healthy habits helps children build their self-esteem and learning to value your-self is animportant aspect of primary health care

The value of children learning aspects of Primary Health Care

they are very good and quick learners they share with others whatever they learn the learning in childhood is long lasting the teachers instructions or words are important words for a child children experience that is they do practical work and learn more school is the place where a childrsquos thought is effected for a practical life

Teachers and Community Role

recording weight height and skin colour observing health changes carefully observing and noting abnormalities and informing the parents having positive discussions with parents joyful learning lessons on primary health care making a health class and playground environment ensuring there is safe water in the school

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3940

ensuring there are adequate male and female toilet facilities in the schools having regular health chart challenges

Primary Health Care having healthy well nourished children learning in a healthyhygienic environment with clean safe water clean safe surroundings clean safepersonal habits clean safe food preparation Classroom Climate caring for the

emotional and physical well-being of children

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 4040

Appendix-A

Ref Right of children in Islam What the teacher can do

Al Hadith In accordance with Islamic preceptldquochildrenrdquo means both male andfemaleldquoAcquisition of knowledge is obligatory

for all true believersrdquo

Ensure that both boys and girls haveaccess to schoolIf there is a mixed class of boys andgirls the girls should have as much

attention as the boys

Right to be brought up properlylooked after and provided for andeducated

The teacher is in loco parentis (in the place of the parents) and has theresponsibility to provide the same careas the parents

Al Quran666

Right to religious moral ethicalguidance provided with an

understanding of right and wrong

The teacher needs to know andunderstand the teachings of Islam so

as to provide the child with a good

education without bias and with agood ethical foundation

Al Quran5251

Children are given in trust to their parents ndash who will be held

accountableldquoEveryone of you is a caretaker andeveryone of you is answerable for hissubjectsrdquo

As teachers are in the place of parents ndash they too may be held accountable

Abu BakrRAA

Justice and equality Inequality isinjustice (forbidden in Islam)ldquoHe dieth not who takes to learning totreat children affectionately and to kiss

them are charitable actsrdquo

The teacher must be very sure that the treatmentof all children is equal and fair no favoritismno bias against certain children for whateverreason

This is especially important with regard to thosechildren who have been left as orphans ordisabled either as a result of the earthquake orfor any other reason

Al Hadith ldquoIt is a childrsquos right that his fathershould teach him how to read write

helliprdquo

Teachers have a responsibility to be professional in their teaching and also

to help parents and the community tounderstand their obligations about sending all

their children to school

Abu Daud ldquoWhoever has a girl under hisguardianshiphellip[and does not] treat herwith contempt nor gives preference to

his sons over her Allah will admit himto paradiserdquo

Teachers have an obligation to treatgirls equally and without bias and tohelp the parents and community to

understand their obligations in termsof helping girls to have an education

Page 35: Head Teachers Training Manual.pdf

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3540

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3640

Reading Materials

Facilitator Child Rights Our Educational Responsibilities

All Education programmes must be based on the understanding of the Convention on

the Rights of a Child When training is based on these values then the child will be thecentre of all topics presented The teachers job is to provide opportunities theatmosphere and environment so the rights of the child are met in the place they willspend much of their waking hours The main educational rights involve in schools arebased from rights number 13 17 28 29 and 31

Important Rights to note childrens right to leisure and play childrens need for space to develop the need to take childrens opinions into account the need to involve children in the learning process

the need for policies and training to be in the best interest of the child the need for learning to be life skills relevant local roots and global connections the importance of a change in attitude towards facilitating learning

The following needs to be in place so it can happen in Child Friendly SchoolsUniversal AccessReference to the many million children still deprived of education many of whom aregirls many of whom finish primary school lacking essential knowledge skills attitudesand values

Role of Parents Teachers and Community

awareness of the role of teachers and trainers being imperative in realising the ideaof childrens rights basing training on interpreting the Convention on the Rights of the Child and

putting it into real practice having all the skills necessary to encourage and assist all in the learning process realising that learning is not just about the facts but learning how to access and

process information so it is beneficial and relevant supporting and rewarding trainers and teachers ensuring that parents are given a key responsibility in forming constructive

relationships with teachers and schools for learning and training requirement fortheir children

Equal Opportunities an understanding of non-discrimination against girls special needs learning

difficulties children who are nomadic indigenous immigrant or are a linguisticminority

a realisation that every child has unique characteristics interests abilities needs

The Appropriate Quality Education Content

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3740

training of teachers and school learning being relevant to the child now and for thefuture

training sessions and consequently classroom and schools helping to developpersonalities talents mental and physical abilities to their fullest potential

Cultural roots and Global Values

the need to include respect for human rights in our learning environments an awareness of combination of learning to respect ones own nation and culture and

the culture of others the need to encourage tolerance and harmony for a better understanding of

minorities indigenous peoples refugees immigrants and gender equality

New Methods of Learning an agreement that learning is a combination of critical thinking and having fun that

passive listening and rote memorisation are less valuable than application andprocess to enhance understanding

the need for training workshops and classrooms to be participant friendly allowing for curiosity time to question receive answers to argue debate test andmake mistakes to create be spontaneous to be recognised and respected

Mutual Respect reflecting in training and inner life of a school the education message of vision

values human rights tolerance respecting dignity encouraging problem-solving skills allowing teachers to help children develop tools

for peaceful conflict resolution in all new learning situations the need to feel safe secure and totally trust our

teachersStudent Participation Opportunities for learners to express their points of view encouraging learners to

take personal responsibility for their studies Having a system of sharing responsibilities sharing ideas regular feedback and

learning evaluation Knowing that a good school and a good training workshop both promote total

participation and is a model of fairness for all

Child Rights and our Primary Health Care Responsibilities

The Child Health Rights directly concerning the teacher and the school must also beconsidered as the school can play a vital role in ensuring they are addressed Thefollowing particularly relate to articles 19 23 24 29 and 31

educational policies in schools and classrooms must be in place to protect childrenfrom all forms of physical punishment mental violence injury abuse neglect ormaltreatment

that an effort be made to include mentally and physically disabled children in theschool and classroom programmes so they can enjoy a full and decent life whichpromotes dignity self reliance and participation in the school and community

that schools may assist in facilitating a child in health rehabilitation

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3840

to ensure basic medical assistance is given in school for first aid and thedevelopment of primary health care awareness

keeping health records and observing nutritional state of individual children providing clean water in schools to ensure the educational programmes support mental and physical development

a child has an opportunity at school to rest and leisure and playIn Pakistan there is higher infant mortality lower immunisation lower literacy rateslower school enrolment lower access to safe water and more severely underweightchildren Primary health care is vital on the long list of human development needs Allchildren have the right to the best health care that is availableThis area is of concern to all involved in teaching as the child entering the school cantake advantage of all the opportunities if they are healthy and well cared for in pre-school environments and homesSchools also must ensure their primary role in health care so children can carry thelearning to other parts of the community The two concerns involve preventive orcurative methods

Ignorance polluted surroundings negligence in food care washing facilities animalsclose to living areas unsafe drinking water sanitation living surroundings seasonaldiseases communicable diseases personal hygiene girl children and their health andcommunicable diseases are all areas of concern The population growth rate isincreasing and many are deprived of basic Primary Health Care

When the population rate is more than the resources the situation can be extremelydifficult and expensive to remedy

In classroom and at schools areas of health can be addressed throughout the primaryyears so information is clearly disseminated with the help of the children Awareness of

healthy habits helps children build their self-esteem and learning to value your-self is animportant aspect of primary health care

The value of children learning aspects of Primary Health Care

they are very good and quick learners they share with others whatever they learn the learning in childhood is long lasting the teachers instructions or words are important words for a child children experience that is they do practical work and learn more school is the place where a childrsquos thought is effected for a practical life

Teachers and Community Role

recording weight height and skin colour observing health changes carefully observing and noting abnormalities and informing the parents having positive discussions with parents joyful learning lessons on primary health care making a health class and playground environment ensuring there is safe water in the school

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3940

ensuring there are adequate male and female toilet facilities in the schools having regular health chart challenges

Primary Health Care having healthy well nourished children learning in a healthyhygienic environment with clean safe water clean safe surroundings clean safepersonal habits clean safe food preparation Classroom Climate caring for the

emotional and physical well-being of children

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 4040

Appendix-A

Ref Right of children in Islam What the teacher can do

Al Hadith In accordance with Islamic preceptldquochildrenrdquo means both male andfemaleldquoAcquisition of knowledge is obligatory

for all true believersrdquo

Ensure that both boys and girls haveaccess to schoolIf there is a mixed class of boys andgirls the girls should have as much

attention as the boys

Right to be brought up properlylooked after and provided for andeducated

The teacher is in loco parentis (in the place of the parents) and has theresponsibility to provide the same careas the parents

Al Quran666

Right to religious moral ethicalguidance provided with an

understanding of right and wrong

The teacher needs to know andunderstand the teachings of Islam so

as to provide the child with a good

education without bias and with agood ethical foundation

Al Quran5251

Children are given in trust to their parents ndash who will be held

accountableldquoEveryone of you is a caretaker andeveryone of you is answerable for hissubjectsrdquo

As teachers are in the place of parents ndash they too may be held accountable

Abu BakrRAA

Justice and equality Inequality isinjustice (forbidden in Islam)ldquoHe dieth not who takes to learning totreat children affectionately and to kiss

them are charitable actsrdquo

The teacher must be very sure that the treatmentof all children is equal and fair no favoritismno bias against certain children for whateverreason

This is especially important with regard to thosechildren who have been left as orphans ordisabled either as a result of the earthquake orfor any other reason

Al Hadith ldquoIt is a childrsquos right that his fathershould teach him how to read write

helliprdquo

Teachers have a responsibility to be professional in their teaching and also

to help parents and the community tounderstand their obligations about sending all

their children to school

Abu Daud ldquoWhoever has a girl under hisguardianshiphellip[and does not] treat herwith contempt nor gives preference to

his sons over her Allah will admit himto paradiserdquo

Teachers have an obligation to treatgirls equally and without bias and tohelp the parents and community to

understand their obligations in termsof helping girls to have an education

Page 36: Head Teachers Training Manual.pdf

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3640

Reading Materials

Facilitator Child Rights Our Educational Responsibilities

All Education programmes must be based on the understanding of the Convention on

the Rights of a Child When training is based on these values then the child will be thecentre of all topics presented The teachers job is to provide opportunities theatmosphere and environment so the rights of the child are met in the place they willspend much of their waking hours The main educational rights involve in schools arebased from rights number 13 17 28 29 and 31

Important Rights to note childrens right to leisure and play childrens need for space to develop the need to take childrens opinions into account the need to involve children in the learning process

the need for policies and training to be in the best interest of the child the need for learning to be life skills relevant local roots and global connections the importance of a change in attitude towards facilitating learning

The following needs to be in place so it can happen in Child Friendly SchoolsUniversal AccessReference to the many million children still deprived of education many of whom aregirls many of whom finish primary school lacking essential knowledge skills attitudesand values

Role of Parents Teachers and Community

awareness of the role of teachers and trainers being imperative in realising the ideaof childrens rights basing training on interpreting the Convention on the Rights of the Child and

putting it into real practice having all the skills necessary to encourage and assist all in the learning process realising that learning is not just about the facts but learning how to access and

process information so it is beneficial and relevant supporting and rewarding trainers and teachers ensuring that parents are given a key responsibility in forming constructive

relationships with teachers and schools for learning and training requirement fortheir children

Equal Opportunities an understanding of non-discrimination against girls special needs learning

difficulties children who are nomadic indigenous immigrant or are a linguisticminority

a realisation that every child has unique characteristics interests abilities needs

The Appropriate Quality Education Content

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3740

training of teachers and school learning being relevant to the child now and for thefuture

training sessions and consequently classroom and schools helping to developpersonalities talents mental and physical abilities to their fullest potential

Cultural roots and Global Values

the need to include respect for human rights in our learning environments an awareness of combination of learning to respect ones own nation and culture and

the culture of others the need to encourage tolerance and harmony for a better understanding of

minorities indigenous peoples refugees immigrants and gender equality

New Methods of Learning an agreement that learning is a combination of critical thinking and having fun that

passive listening and rote memorisation are less valuable than application andprocess to enhance understanding

the need for training workshops and classrooms to be participant friendly allowing for curiosity time to question receive answers to argue debate test andmake mistakes to create be spontaneous to be recognised and respected

Mutual Respect reflecting in training and inner life of a school the education message of vision

values human rights tolerance respecting dignity encouraging problem-solving skills allowing teachers to help children develop tools

for peaceful conflict resolution in all new learning situations the need to feel safe secure and totally trust our

teachersStudent Participation Opportunities for learners to express their points of view encouraging learners to

take personal responsibility for their studies Having a system of sharing responsibilities sharing ideas regular feedback and

learning evaluation Knowing that a good school and a good training workshop both promote total

participation and is a model of fairness for all

Child Rights and our Primary Health Care Responsibilities

The Child Health Rights directly concerning the teacher and the school must also beconsidered as the school can play a vital role in ensuring they are addressed Thefollowing particularly relate to articles 19 23 24 29 and 31

educational policies in schools and classrooms must be in place to protect childrenfrom all forms of physical punishment mental violence injury abuse neglect ormaltreatment

that an effort be made to include mentally and physically disabled children in theschool and classroom programmes so they can enjoy a full and decent life whichpromotes dignity self reliance and participation in the school and community

that schools may assist in facilitating a child in health rehabilitation

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3840

to ensure basic medical assistance is given in school for first aid and thedevelopment of primary health care awareness

keeping health records and observing nutritional state of individual children providing clean water in schools to ensure the educational programmes support mental and physical development

a child has an opportunity at school to rest and leisure and playIn Pakistan there is higher infant mortality lower immunisation lower literacy rateslower school enrolment lower access to safe water and more severely underweightchildren Primary health care is vital on the long list of human development needs Allchildren have the right to the best health care that is availableThis area is of concern to all involved in teaching as the child entering the school cantake advantage of all the opportunities if they are healthy and well cared for in pre-school environments and homesSchools also must ensure their primary role in health care so children can carry thelearning to other parts of the community The two concerns involve preventive orcurative methods

Ignorance polluted surroundings negligence in food care washing facilities animalsclose to living areas unsafe drinking water sanitation living surroundings seasonaldiseases communicable diseases personal hygiene girl children and their health andcommunicable diseases are all areas of concern The population growth rate isincreasing and many are deprived of basic Primary Health Care

When the population rate is more than the resources the situation can be extremelydifficult and expensive to remedy

In classroom and at schools areas of health can be addressed throughout the primaryyears so information is clearly disseminated with the help of the children Awareness of

healthy habits helps children build their self-esteem and learning to value your-self is animportant aspect of primary health care

The value of children learning aspects of Primary Health Care

they are very good and quick learners they share with others whatever they learn the learning in childhood is long lasting the teachers instructions or words are important words for a child children experience that is they do practical work and learn more school is the place where a childrsquos thought is effected for a practical life

Teachers and Community Role

recording weight height and skin colour observing health changes carefully observing and noting abnormalities and informing the parents having positive discussions with parents joyful learning lessons on primary health care making a health class and playground environment ensuring there is safe water in the school

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3940

ensuring there are adequate male and female toilet facilities in the schools having regular health chart challenges

Primary Health Care having healthy well nourished children learning in a healthyhygienic environment with clean safe water clean safe surroundings clean safepersonal habits clean safe food preparation Classroom Climate caring for the

emotional and physical well-being of children

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 4040

Appendix-A

Ref Right of children in Islam What the teacher can do

Al Hadith In accordance with Islamic preceptldquochildrenrdquo means both male andfemaleldquoAcquisition of knowledge is obligatory

for all true believersrdquo

Ensure that both boys and girls haveaccess to schoolIf there is a mixed class of boys andgirls the girls should have as much

attention as the boys

Right to be brought up properlylooked after and provided for andeducated

The teacher is in loco parentis (in the place of the parents) and has theresponsibility to provide the same careas the parents

Al Quran666

Right to religious moral ethicalguidance provided with an

understanding of right and wrong

The teacher needs to know andunderstand the teachings of Islam so

as to provide the child with a good

education without bias and with agood ethical foundation

Al Quran5251

Children are given in trust to their parents ndash who will be held

accountableldquoEveryone of you is a caretaker andeveryone of you is answerable for hissubjectsrdquo

As teachers are in the place of parents ndash they too may be held accountable

Abu BakrRAA

Justice and equality Inequality isinjustice (forbidden in Islam)ldquoHe dieth not who takes to learning totreat children affectionately and to kiss

them are charitable actsrdquo

The teacher must be very sure that the treatmentof all children is equal and fair no favoritismno bias against certain children for whateverreason

This is especially important with regard to thosechildren who have been left as orphans ordisabled either as a result of the earthquake orfor any other reason

Al Hadith ldquoIt is a childrsquos right that his fathershould teach him how to read write

helliprdquo

Teachers have a responsibility to be professional in their teaching and also

to help parents and the community tounderstand their obligations about sending all

their children to school

Abu Daud ldquoWhoever has a girl under hisguardianshiphellip[and does not] treat herwith contempt nor gives preference to

his sons over her Allah will admit himto paradiserdquo

Teachers have an obligation to treatgirls equally and without bias and tohelp the parents and community to

understand their obligations in termsof helping girls to have an education

Page 37: Head Teachers Training Manual.pdf

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3740

training of teachers and school learning being relevant to the child now and for thefuture

training sessions and consequently classroom and schools helping to developpersonalities talents mental and physical abilities to their fullest potential

Cultural roots and Global Values

the need to include respect for human rights in our learning environments an awareness of combination of learning to respect ones own nation and culture and

the culture of others the need to encourage tolerance and harmony for a better understanding of

minorities indigenous peoples refugees immigrants and gender equality

New Methods of Learning an agreement that learning is a combination of critical thinking and having fun that

passive listening and rote memorisation are less valuable than application andprocess to enhance understanding

the need for training workshops and classrooms to be participant friendly allowing for curiosity time to question receive answers to argue debate test andmake mistakes to create be spontaneous to be recognised and respected

Mutual Respect reflecting in training and inner life of a school the education message of vision

values human rights tolerance respecting dignity encouraging problem-solving skills allowing teachers to help children develop tools

for peaceful conflict resolution in all new learning situations the need to feel safe secure and totally trust our

teachersStudent Participation Opportunities for learners to express their points of view encouraging learners to

take personal responsibility for their studies Having a system of sharing responsibilities sharing ideas regular feedback and

learning evaluation Knowing that a good school and a good training workshop both promote total

participation and is a model of fairness for all

Child Rights and our Primary Health Care Responsibilities

The Child Health Rights directly concerning the teacher and the school must also beconsidered as the school can play a vital role in ensuring they are addressed Thefollowing particularly relate to articles 19 23 24 29 and 31

educational policies in schools and classrooms must be in place to protect childrenfrom all forms of physical punishment mental violence injury abuse neglect ormaltreatment

that an effort be made to include mentally and physically disabled children in theschool and classroom programmes so they can enjoy a full and decent life whichpromotes dignity self reliance and participation in the school and community

that schools may assist in facilitating a child in health rehabilitation

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3840

to ensure basic medical assistance is given in school for first aid and thedevelopment of primary health care awareness

keeping health records and observing nutritional state of individual children providing clean water in schools to ensure the educational programmes support mental and physical development

a child has an opportunity at school to rest and leisure and playIn Pakistan there is higher infant mortality lower immunisation lower literacy rateslower school enrolment lower access to safe water and more severely underweightchildren Primary health care is vital on the long list of human development needs Allchildren have the right to the best health care that is availableThis area is of concern to all involved in teaching as the child entering the school cantake advantage of all the opportunities if they are healthy and well cared for in pre-school environments and homesSchools also must ensure their primary role in health care so children can carry thelearning to other parts of the community The two concerns involve preventive orcurative methods

Ignorance polluted surroundings negligence in food care washing facilities animalsclose to living areas unsafe drinking water sanitation living surroundings seasonaldiseases communicable diseases personal hygiene girl children and their health andcommunicable diseases are all areas of concern The population growth rate isincreasing and many are deprived of basic Primary Health Care

When the population rate is more than the resources the situation can be extremelydifficult and expensive to remedy

In classroom and at schools areas of health can be addressed throughout the primaryyears so information is clearly disseminated with the help of the children Awareness of

healthy habits helps children build their self-esteem and learning to value your-self is animportant aspect of primary health care

The value of children learning aspects of Primary Health Care

they are very good and quick learners they share with others whatever they learn the learning in childhood is long lasting the teachers instructions or words are important words for a child children experience that is they do practical work and learn more school is the place where a childrsquos thought is effected for a practical life

Teachers and Community Role

recording weight height and skin colour observing health changes carefully observing and noting abnormalities and informing the parents having positive discussions with parents joyful learning lessons on primary health care making a health class and playground environment ensuring there is safe water in the school

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3940

ensuring there are adequate male and female toilet facilities in the schools having regular health chart challenges

Primary Health Care having healthy well nourished children learning in a healthyhygienic environment with clean safe water clean safe surroundings clean safepersonal habits clean safe food preparation Classroom Climate caring for the

emotional and physical well-being of children

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 4040

Appendix-A

Ref Right of children in Islam What the teacher can do

Al Hadith In accordance with Islamic preceptldquochildrenrdquo means both male andfemaleldquoAcquisition of knowledge is obligatory

for all true believersrdquo

Ensure that both boys and girls haveaccess to schoolIf there is a mixed class of boys andgirls the girls should have as much

attention as the boys

Right to be brought up properlylooked after and provided for andeducated

The teacher is in loco parentis (in the place of the parents) and has theresponsibility to provide the same careas the parents

Al Quran666

Right to religious moral ethicalguidance provided with an

understanding of right and wrong

The teacher needs to know andunderstand the teachings of Islam so

as to provide the child with a good

education without bias and with agood ethical foundation

Al Quran5251

Children are given in trust to their parents ndash who will be held

accountableldquoEveryone of you is a caretaker andeveryone of you is answerable for hissubjectsrdquo

As teachers are in the place of parents ndash they too may be held accountable

Abu BakrRAA

Justice and equality Inequality isinjustice (forbidden in Islam)ldquoHe dieth not who takes to learning totreat children affectionately and to kiss

them are charitable actsrdquo

The teacher must be very sure that the treatmentof all children is equal and fair no favoritismno bias against certain children for whateverreason

This is especially important with regard to thosechildren who have been left as orphans ordisabled either as a result of the earthquake orfor any other reason

Al Hadith ldquoIt is a childrsquos right that his fathershould teach him how to read write

helliprdquo

Teachers have a responsibility to be professional in their teaching and also

to help parents and the community tounderstand their obligations about sending all

their children to school

Abu Daud ldquoWhoever has a girl under hisguardianshiphellip[and does not] treat herwith contempt nor gives preference to

his sons over her Allah will admit himto paradiserdquo

Teachers have an obligation to treatgirls equally and without bias and tohelp the parents and community to

understand their obligations in termsof helping girls to have an education

Page 38: Head Teachers Training Manual.pdf

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3840

to ensure basic medical assistance is given in school for first aid and thedevelopment of primary health care awareness

keeping health records and observing nutritional state of individual children providing clean water in schools to ensure the educational programmes support mental and physical development

a child has an opportunity at school to rest and leisure and playIn Pakistan there is higher infant mortality lower immunisation lower literacy rateslower school enrolment lower access to safe water and more severely underweightchildren Primary health care is vital on the long list of human development needs Allchildren have the right to the best health care that is availableThis area is of concern to all involved in teaching as the child entering the school cantake advantage of all the opportunities if they are healthy and well cared for in pre-school environments and homesSchools also must ensure their primary role in health care so children can carry thelearning to other parts of the community The two concerns involve preventive orcurative methods

Ignorance polluted surroundings negligence in food care washing facilities animalsclose to living areas unsafe drinking water sanitation living surroundings seasonaldiseases communicable diseases personal hygiene girl children and their health andcommunicable diseases are all areas of concern The population growth rate isincreasing and many are deprived of basic Primary Health Care

When the population rate is more than the resources the situation can be extremelydifficult and expensive to remedy

In classroom and at schools areas of health can be addressed throughout the primaryyears so information is clearly disseminated with the help of the children Awareness of

healthy habits helps children build their self-esteem and learning to value your-self is animportant aspect of primary health care

The value of children learning aspects of Primary Health Care

they are very good and quick learners they share with others whatever they learn the learning in childhood is long lasting the teachers instructions or words are important words for a child children experience that is they do practical work and learn more school is the place where a childrsquos thought is effected for a practical life

Teachers and Community Role

recording weight height and skin colour observing health changes carefully observing and noting abnormalities and informing the parents having positive discussions with parents joyful learning lessons on primary health care making a health class and playground environment ensuring there is safe water in the school

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3940

ensuring there are adequate male and female toilet facilities in the schools having regular health chart challenges

Primary Health Care having healthy well nourished children learning in a healthyhygienic environment with clean safe water clean safe surroundings clean safepersonal habits clean safe food preparation Classroom Climate caring for the

emotional and physical well-being of children

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 4040

Appendix-A

Ref Right of children in Islam What the teacher can do

Al Hadith In accordance with Islamic preceptldquochildrenrdquo means both male andfemaleldquoAcquisition of knowledge is obligatory

for all true believersrdquo

Ensure that both boys and girls haveaccess to schoolIf there is a mixed class of boys andgirls the girls should have as much

attention as the boys

Right to be brought up properlylooked after and provided for andeducated

The teacher is in loco parentis (in the place of the parents) and has theresponsibility to provide the same careas the parents

Al Quran666

Right to religious moral ethicalguidance provided with an

understanding of right and wrong

The teacher needs to know andunderstand the teachings of Islam so

as to provide the child with a good

education without bias and with agood ethical foundation

Al Quran5251

Children are given in trust to their parents ndash who will be held

accountableldquoEveryone of you is a caretaker andeveryone of you is answerable for hissubjectsrdquo

As teachers are in the place of parents ndash they too may be held accountable

Abu BakrRAA

Justice and equality Inequality isinjustice (forbidden in Islam)ldquoHe dieth not who takes to learning totreat children affectionately and to kiss

them are charitable actsrdquo

The teacher must be very sure that the treatmentof all children is equal and fair no favoritismno bias against certain children for whateverreason

This is especially important with regard to thosechildren who have been left as orphans ordisabled either as a result of the earthquake orfor any other reason

Al Hadith ldquoIt is a childrsquos right that his fathershould teach him how to read write

helliprdquo

Teachers have a responsibility to be professional in their teaching and also

to help parents and the community tounderstand their obligations about sending all

their children to school

Abu Daud ldquoWhoever has a girl under hisguardianshiphellip[and does not] treat herwith contempt nor gives preference to

his sons over her Allah will admit himto paradiserdquo

Teachers have an obligation to treatgirls equally and without bias and tohelp the parents and community to

understand their obligations in termsof helping girls to have an education

Page 39: Head Teachers Training Manual.pdf

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 3940

ensuring there are adequate male and female toilet facilities in the schools having regular health chart challenges

Primary Health Care having healthy well nourished children learning in a healthyhygienic environment with clean safe water clean safe surroundings clean safepersonal habits clean safe food preparation Classroom Climate caring for the

emotional and physical well-being of children

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 4040

Appendix-A

Ref Right of children in Islam What the teacher can do

Al Hadith In accordance with Islamic preceptldquochildrenrdquo means both male andfemaleldquoAcquisition of knowledge is obligatory

for all true believersrdquo

Ensure that both boys and girls haveaccess to schoolIf there is a mixed class of boys andgirls the girls should have as much

attention as the boys

Right to be brought up properlylooked after and provided for andeducated

The teacher is in loco parentis (in the place of the parents) and has theresponsibility to provide the same careas the parents

Al Quran666

Right to religious moral ethicalguidance provided with an

understanding of right and wrong

The teacher needs to know andunderstand the teachings of Islam so

as to provide the child with a good

education without bias and with agood ethical foundation

Al Quran5251

Children are given in trust to their parents ndash who will be held

accountableldquoEveryone of you is a caretaker andeveryone of you is answerable for hissubjectsrdquo

As teachers are in the place of parents ndash they too may be held accountable

Abu BakrRAA

Justice and equality Inequality isinjustice (forbidden in Islam)ldquoHe dieth not who takes to learning totreat children affectionately and to kiss

them are charitable actsrdquo

The teacher must be very sure that the treatmentof all children is equal and fair no favoritismno bias against certain children for whateverreason

This is especially important with regard to thosechildren who have been left as orphans ordisabled either as a result of the earthquake orfor any other reason

Al Hadith ldquoIt is a childrsquos right that his fathershould teach him how to read write

helliprdquo

Teachers have a responsibility to be professional in their teaching and also

to help parents and the community tounderstand their obligations about sending all

their children to school

Abu Daud ldquoWhoever has a girl under hisguardianshiphellip[and does not] treat herwith contempt nor gives preference to

his sons over her Allah will admit himto paradiserdquo

Teachers have an obligation to treatgirls equally and without bias and tohelp the parents and community to

understand their obligations in termsof helping girls to have an education

Page 40: Head Teachers Training Manual.pdf

8132019 Head Teachers Training Manualpdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullhead-teachers-training-manualpdf 4040

Appendix-A

Ref Right of children in Islam What the teacher can do

Al Hadith In accordance with Islamic preceptldquochildrenrdquo means both male andfemaleldquoAcquisition of knowledge is obligatory

for all true believersrdquo

Ensure that both boys and girls haveaccess to schoolIf there is a mixed class of boys andgirls the girls should have as much

attention as the boys

Right to be brought up properlylooked after and provided for andeducated

The teacher is in loco parentis (in the place of the parents) and has theresponsibility to provide the same careas the parents

Al Quran666

Right to religious moral ethicalguidance provided with an

understanding of right and wrong

The teacher needs to know andunderstand the teachings of Islam so

as to provide the child with a good

education without bias and with agood ethical foundation

Al Quran5251

Children are given in trust to their parents ndash who will be held

accountableldquoEveryone of you is a caretaker andeveryone of you is answerable for hissubjectsrdquo

As teachers are in the place of parents ndash they too may be held accountable

Abu BakrRAA

Justice and equality Inequality isinjustice (forbidden in Islam)ldquoHe dieth not who takes to learning totreat children affectionately and to kiss

them are charitable actsrdquo

The teacher must be very sure that the treatmentof all children is equal and fair no favoritismno bias against certain children for whateverreason

This is especially important with regard to thosechildren who have been left as orphans ordisabled either as a result of the earthquake orfor any other reason

Al Hadith ldquoIt is a childrsquos right that his fathershould teach him how to read write

helliprdquo

Teachers have a responsibility to be professional in their teaching and also

to help parents and the community tounderstand their obligations about sending all

their children to school

Abu Daud ldquoWhoever has a girl under hisguardianshiphellip[and does not] treat herwith contempt nor gives preference to

his sons over her Allah will admit himto paradiserdquo

Teachers have an obligation to treatgirls equally and without bias and tohelp the parents and community to

understand their obligations in termsof helping girls to have an education